JP7143923B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko machine.

One type of game machine is, for example, a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-154110

By the way, game machines are always required to have innovative playability.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine having novel game characteristics.

The game machine according to claim 1,
a first means visible from the front;
In front of the first means, a second means that is arranged so as to overlap the display part of the first means and is visible from the front,
The second means is configured to be displaceable relative to the first means,
Drive means for displacing the second means,
The second means is configured to be capable of setting the effect state related to the effect display derived by the first means, and the second means interlocks with the effect display derived by the first means. In a game machine configured to be displaceable,
It is possible to grasp whether the second means is displaced to a position corresponding to the combined display displayed on the display section of the first means, and to display the combined display so as to interlock with the second means. is configured to allow
At least a third means capable of executing a different effect from the first means,
The second means has a first effect state which is a state of effect interlocked with the effect display derived in the first means, and a second effect state which is a state of effect related to the aspect of the third means. variably configured,
In the second effect state, the second means exposes the first means forward, displaces to a position overlapping a part of the third means in the longitudinal direction of the game machine, and displaces the first means. A display different from the presentation by the aspect of the second means and the third means is executed,
an operation means that can be operated by a player;
means for displacing the second means when a predetermined condition is satisfied based on the operation of the operating means;
The gaming machine is characterized in that, when the second means is in the second effect state, a mode in which the first means and the third means interlock with each other can be derived.

According to claim 1, it is possible to provide a game machine with novel game characteristics .

It is a front view showing the pachinko machine in the first embodiment. It is a perspective view showing a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which shows the state which opened the inner frame and the front frame set. It is a front view showing the configuration of the inner frame, the game board, and the like. It is a rear view showing the configuration of the pachinko machine. It is a perspective view showing a state in which the inner frame, the back pack unit and the like are opened. It is a block diagram showing the main electrical configuration of the pachinko machine. 7 is a flowchart showing menu display processing; It is a flowchart which shows a password input process. 4 is a flowchart showing code issuing processing; 4 is a flowchart of mission confirmation processing; (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a menu screen, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a password input screen, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a mission list screen. 4 is a flowchart showing access handling processing by a server; It is a flowchart which shows the password issuing process by a server. It is an explanatory view showing an outline of a game system. It is explanatory drawing which shows a local production. 9 is a flowchart showing normal processing of a sub-controller in the second embodiment; It is a flow chart of the ready-to-win effect setting process in the second embodiment. FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an advance notice effect setting process in the second embodiment; FIG. It is an explanatory view showing the effect setting items in the second embodiment. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing a setting storage area in the second embodiment; FIG. It is an explanatory view showing a ready-to-win effect table in the second embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the production|presentation setting counter in 2nd Embodiment. FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing remaining time setting processing in the third embodiment; FIG. It is a flow chart which shows specific production start processing in a 3rd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the end processing of specific production|presentation in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows trial production execution processing in a 3rd embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows mission 1st execution processing in a 3rd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mission 2nd execution process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows specific production start processing in a 4th embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows trial production execution processing in a 4th embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows trial production execution processing in a 4th embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows mission 1st execution processing in a 4th embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows announcement start timing distinction processing in a 4th embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows announcement execution processing in a 4th embodiment. FIG. 16 is a flow chart showing postscript processing in the fourth embodiment. FIG. It is a front view which shows the structure, such as an inner frame and a game board, in 5th Embodiment. FIG. 14 is a flow chart showing a shot ball counting process in the fifth embodiment; FIG. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 6th Embodiment. It is a front view of an inner frame, a game board, etc. in 6th Embodiment. It is a perspective schematic diagram which shows the installation part etc. in 6th Embodiment. FIG. 20 is a schematic front view for explaining how the position of code information changes in the sub-display device of the sixth embodiment; It is a figure for demonstrating the installation part, lift apparatus, etc. of 6th Embodiment, Comprising: (a) is a front schematic diagram, (b) is a fracture|rupture perspective view including a partial cross section. FIG. 12A is a cross-sectional view for explaining the positional relationship among the sub-display device, the mobile camera, the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, the mobile camera, and the like in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. A state of reading code information is shown, and (b) shows a state of reading code information on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal with a mobile camera. It is a front schematic diagram which shows the modification corresponding to 6th Embodiment. FIG. 14 is a front view showing a slot machine of a seventh embodiment; FIG. 11 is a development view of a reel in a seventh embodiment; FIG. 16 is a flow chart showing reading processing of the seventh embodiment; FIG. FIG. 22 is a flow chart showing game information forgetting prevention processing of the eighth embodiment. FIG. It is a flow chart which shows card forgetting prevention prevention processing of an 8th embodiment. It is a front view of the decorative design display device showing the forget-to-take guidance display of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing main processing by a main controller of the ninth embodiment; FIG. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing time setting processing of the ninth embodiment; FIG. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing time setting display processing of the ninth embodiment; FIG. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration design display for demonstrating the time setting screen in 9th Embodiment. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration design display for demonstrating the time display in the modification of 9th Embodiment. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing password input processing according to the tenth embodiment; FIG. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration design display for demonstrating the password input screen of 10th Embodiment.

(First embodiment)
A first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 3, etc., the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 that constitutes the outer shell of the pachinko machine 10. An inner frame 12 is supported on one side of the outer frame 11 so as to be openable and closable. . For the sake of convenience, FIG. 3 omits the nails and accessories provided on the surface of the game board 30, the glass unit 137 attached to the front frame set 14, and the like.

As shown in FIG. 6 and the like, the outer frame 11 has an upper frame-constituting portion 11a and a lower frame-constituting portion 11b made of wooden plate material, and a left frame-constituting portion 11c and a right side frame-constituting portion 11d made of aluminum alloy by extrusion molding. These frame-constituting parts 11a to 11d are assembled into a rectangular frame as a whole by detachable fasteners such as screws.

An upper hinge 81 and a lower hinge 82 are attached to the upper and lower ends of the left side frame-constituting portion 11c (see FIG. 1). The upper and lower parts of the inner frame 12 are rotatably supported by the upper hinge 81 and the lower hinge 82, so that the inner frame 12 can be opened and closed. A space formed inside the outer frame 11 accommodates the inner frame 12 and the like.

An extension wall portion 83 that protrudes toward the inner side of the outer frame 11 from the vicinity of the rear end in the width direction is formed on the right side frame-constituting portion 11d. The extending wall portion 83 covers the entire upper and lower sections corresponding to the locking device 600 (see FIG. 6) provided on the back side of the right side portion of the inner frame 12 from the back side of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 5). In addition, as shown in FIG. 3 , a pair of upper and lower receiving portions 84 and 85 to which the locking member of the locking device 600 is locked is provided on the front side of the extending wall portion 83 . A pressing portion 86 that abuts on an inner frame open detection switch 92 (to be described later) protrudes toward the inside of the outer frame 11 from the lower receiving portion 85 .

Further, a resin-made curtain plate decoration 87 is attached to the lower side frame-constituting portion 11b. A rib 88 protruding upward is integrally formed in the inner part of the upper surface of the curtain plate decoration 87 . This makes it difficult for a gap to be formed with the inner frame 12 .

As shown in FIG. 3, the opening/closing axis of the inner frame 12 is set vertically along the left side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the front, and the inner frame 12 can be opened forward with this opening/closing axis as the axis. It has become. The inner frame 12 is mainly composed of a resin base 38 having a rectangular outer shape, and a substantially elliptical window hole 39 is formed in the central portion of the resin base 38 .

A front frame set 14 is attached to the front side of the inner frame 12 so that it can be opened and closed. As with the inner frame 12, the front frame set 14 can be opened forward with an opening/closing axis set along the top and bottom on the left side of the pachinko machine 10 as viewed from the front. Note that the front frame set 14 may be configured to be directly supported by the outer frame 11 instead of via the inner frame 12 so as to be openable.

The front frame set 14 has a rectangular outer shape like the inner frame 12, and covers substantially the entire front side of the inner frame 12 in the closed state. A substantially elliptical window portion 101 is formed in the central portion of the front frame set 14 . Thereby, the game board 30 (game area) attached to the rear surface of the inner frame 12 can be visually recognized from the outside through the window portion 101 of the front frame set 14 and the window hole 39 of the inner frame 12 . A detailed configuration of the game board 30 will be described later.

As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, on the front side of the front frame set 14, a lower tray 15 is provided as a ball receiving tray at the center of the lower portion thereof. can be stored inside. Further, on the front side of the lower tray 15, a ball extracting lever 25 for ejecting game balls from the inside of the lower tray 15 is provided.

On the right side of the lower plate 15, a game ball shooting handle (hereinafter simply referred to as a handle) 18 projecting forward is provided. The handle 18 is provided with a touch sensor (not shown) and an operation amount detection means (variable resistor) (not shown) for detecting an operation amount of an operation portion of the handle 18 . Then, when the handle 18 is rotated clockwise, a game ball is shot by a shooting device 60 as a shooting means, which will be described later, with a force corresponding to the amount of rotation operation. Also, the handle 18 is provided with a firing prohibition button 18a that can be pressed with the thumb of the right hand holding the handle 18. As shown in FIG. When the shooting prohibition button 18a is pressed, shooting of game balls by the shooting device 60 is prohibited even if the handle 18 is gripped. Therefore, it is possible to rotate the handle 18 while prohibiting the shooting of the game ball, or temporarily stop shooting the game ball while gripping the handle 18.例文帳に追加

An upper plate 19 is provided above the lower plate 15 . The upper plate 19 is a ball receiver that temporarily stores game balls and guides them toward a launching device 60 to be described later while aligning them in a row. When the upper tray 19 is filled with game balls, the game balls to be paid out are guided to the lower tray 15 via a lower tray communication passage 71 and a discharge port 16, which will be described later.

A ball lending button 121 and a returning button 122 are provided on the upper plate 19. - 特許庁As a result, when the ball lending button 121 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10 in a game hall or the like, the ball lending button 121 is operated. A rented ball is supplied to the upper tray 19 . On the other hand, the return button 122 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. However, the ball lending button 121 and return button 122 are unnecessary in a pachinko machine in which game balls are directly lent to the upper tray 19 from a ball lending device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine.

Also, the upper plate 19 is provided with a ball removal button 123 . By pressing the ball removal button 123, a communication hole (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the ball guide path of the upper tray 19 and communicating with the lower tray 15 is opened and stored in the upper tray 19. The game ball is guided (dropped) to the lower tray 15. - 特許庁That is, the player can move the game ball on the upper tray 19 to the lower tray 15 at any time by operating the ball removal button 123 .

Further, the upper plate 19 is provided with a performance button 125 (decision button) and a cross button 126 (cursor key) as operation means and input means. A performance button 125 has a built-in LED, and by pressing the performance button 125, a corresponding performance is performed in a decorative pattern display device 42 or the like, which will be described later, or the performance content is changed.

Further, the front face of the front frame set 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around it. These light emitting means play a role of increasing the performance effect during the game by changing and controlling the light emitting mode in accordance with the change of the game state or the like. For example, on the periphery of the window portion 101, an annular illumination portion 102 containing light emitting means such as an LED is provided. In addition, error display lamps 104 are provided on both sides of the ring-shaped decorative portion 102 to light up in the event of a predetermined error. A large number of fine through-holes are formed in the annular illumination portion 102 above each error display lamp 104 corresponding to the speaker SP (see FIG. 3) provided on the back surface of the front frame set 14. .

A glass unit 137 is attached to the rear side of the front frame set 14 . The glass unit 137 is not a conventional front and rear pair of rectangular plate glasses that are attached separately as a front and rear pair, but is formed in a round shape as a whole and attached after being assembled.

Next, the inner frame 12 will be described with reference to FIG. As described above, the game board 30 is attached to the inner frame 12 in contact with the back side of the resin base 38 on the rear side of the window hole 39 . Therefore, a substantially central portion of the front surface of the game board 30 is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window hole 39 .

In addition, a launching device 60 and a launching rail 61 for guiding game balls immediately after being launched by the launching device 60 are attached to the lower front portion of the inner frame 12 (resin base 38), that is, below the window hole 39. there is In this embodiment, a solenoid type launcher is adopted as the launcher 60 . Furthermore, above the shooting device 60, a ball feeding device guides the game balls guided from the upper tray 19 one by one to the shooting position of the shooting device 60 by driving a built-in drive means (eg, solenoid). 63 are provided.

Next, the configuration of the game board 30 will be described with reference to FIG. The game board 30 includes a general winning port 31, a variable winning device 32, a starting winning unit (starting port) 33, a through gate 34, a variable display device unit 35, a first special display device 43L and a second special display device 43R, a variable A specific lamp 40 or the like is provided. As is well known, when a game ball enters (wins a prize) in various winning ports such as a general winning port 31, a variable winning device 32 as a variable ball winning means, and a start winning unit 33, it is detected by various detection switches, and is detected by the upper tray 19 or A predetermined number of prize balls are paid out to the lower tray 15.例文帳に追加For example, if there are 3 balls in the startup winning unit 33, 10 balls in the general winning port 31, and 10 balls in the variable winning device 32, 15 game balls are paid out. In addition, the game board 30 is provided with an out port 36, and game balls that do not enter various prize winning ports such as the general winning port 31 are discharged out of the game area through the out port 36. . The game board 30 is also provided with a large number of nails for appropriately distributing and adjusting the falling direction of game balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills.

The variable winning device 32 is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot win a prize, and is in an open state in which a game ball can win a prize in a big win state. Although not shown, the variable winning device 32 includes a large winning opening leading to the rear of the game board 30, a shutter for opening and closing the large winning opening, a large winning opening solenoid for operating the shutter, and a large winning opening. Equipped with a count switch 223 for detecting a game ball that has entered the mouth, the variable prize winning device 32 (large prize winning port) is closed and opened by driving and controlling the large winning port solenoid and opening and closing the shutter. are switching.

The starting winning unit 33 includes a first starting winning device 33a, a second starting winning device 33b, and a pair of opening and closing members 33c provided on both sides of the second starting winning device 33b. When the opening and closing member 33c opens and closes according to the establishment of a predetermined condition, the game ball flowing down the side of the second start-up winning device 33b is guided to the second start-up winning device 33b. It is configured so that the state can be changed between states. Although the details will be described later, the starting winning unit 33 includes a first starting winning switch 224a and a second starting winning switch 224a for detecting game balls entering the first starting winning device 33a and the second starting winning device 33b, respectively. 224b, and when a game ball is detected by the start winning switch 224a, 224b, a lottery for determining whether or not to generate a jackpot state is performed, and special display devices 43L, 43R (and later described) A decorative pattern display device 42) serving as variable display means performs variable display for teaching the result of the lottery. Then, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery, a jackpot state as a special game state in which the variable prize winning device 32 is opened is provided.

In addition, in the present embodiment, there is a low probability state in which a jackpot is won with a predetermined probability in the lottery, and a high probability state in which the jackpot is won with a higher probability than the low probability state in the lottery. Furthermore, the opening and closing member 33c is opened relatively frequently, and a high ball entry state in which it is easy to enter the game ball into the second start winning device 33b. There is a low ball entry state in which it is difficult to enter the start winning device 33b. Hereinafter, the state of low probability and low ball entry state will be referred to as "normal mode", and the state of low probability and high ball entry state will be referred to as "time reduction mode". A certain state is called "probability variation mode."

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the normal mode and the variable probability mode are continued until the big win state occurs, whereas the time reduction mode is the special display devices 43L, 43R and the decorative pattern display device 42 even if the big win state does not occur. When the variable display in 1 is performed 100 times, it ends and shifts to the normal mode.

In addition, the types of jackpots in this embodiment are 16-round variable variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "16RS"), 7-round variable variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "7RS"), and 7-round normal jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "7RN"). There are three types. Then, assuming that the variable winning device 32 is opened for 30 seconds, or that 8 game balls enter the variable winning device 32 after the variable winning device 32 is opened, as one round, "16RS" , it is repeated 16 times, while for "7RS", it is repeated 7 times before the jackpot state ends. Further, after the jackpot state of "16RS" and "7RS" is ended, the "probability variable mode" is given, and after the jackpot state of "7RN" is finished, the "time reduction mode" is given.

Each of the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R is composed of a 7-segment display device capable of displaying two characters (and dots), and is positioned so as to be visible to the player (in this example, the position of the variable winning device 32). right). Then, when the game ball enters the first starting prize winning device 33a of the starting prize winning unit 33, switching display (fluctuation display) is performed on the first special display device 43L, and the game is transferred to the second starting prize winning device 33b. Switching display (variable display) is performed on the second special display device 43R when the ball enters the ball. The display contents of the special display devices 43L and 43R are directly controlled by a main control device 261 as main control means, which will be described later.

In addition, after the variable display is performed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R, depending on the display mode when the variable display stops, the result of the lottery, that is, "big hit" or "loss" Something is definitely shown. For example, when a game ball wins in the first starting prize winning device 33a, the corresponding first special display device 43L switches the lighting mode (combination of segments to be lit) at high speed (for example, every 4 msec) (variable display). After a predetermined period of time has passed, one of the lighting modes is stopped (for example, stopped for several seconds). Then, when a "big win" is won in the winning lottery, the corresponding lighting mode is displayed when the variation is stopped, and a big win state occurs.

Furthermore, on the special display devices 43L and 43R, not only is it taught that the "jackpot" has been won, but also the type of the jackpot state, that is, which of "16RS", "7RS" and "7RN" is indicated. is also taught. For example, when "7.7." is finally displayed (stopped) on the first special display device 43L (or the second special display device 43R), "16RS" is given and "n. 0." is displayed, "7RN" is assigned. Moreover, there are not one but a plurality of stopping modes of the special display devices 43L and 43R for teaching one jackpot type, and one of them is selected and stopped. In addition, when either the first special display device 43L or the second special display device 43R performs the variable display or the determined display, the other is turned off ("-" is displayed). may be set), and if neither the variable display nor the fixed display is performed, "-" is displayed in both.

Further, when a game ball newly wins the starting winning unit 33 during the variable display of the first or second special display devices 43L, 43R, the variable display for that amount is the variable display being performed at that time. It is configured to be performed after the end of That is, the variable display is put on standby (suspended). The maximum number of times the variable display is suspended is determined for each pachinko machine model. Up to four variable displays (a total of eight variable displays) are reserved for each game ball.

Furthermore, the pending number of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning device 33a (hereinafter referred to as "first variable display") is indicated by the first pending lamp 46a capable of emitting blue light. The number of pending variable display (hereinafter referred to as "second variable display") based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting prize winning device 33b is indicated by the second pending lamp 46b capable of emitting red light. It is designed to be The holding lamps 46a and 46b are provided with four each, which is the same as the maximum holding number of the first variable display and the second variable display. Light. Display contents of the holding lamps 46a and 46b are controlled by a sub-control device 262 as a sub-control means to be described later. Incidentally, when a game ball newly wins the starting prize winning unit 33 during the jackpot state, the variable display for that amount is also suspended.

It should be noted that the suspended variable displays are basically digested in the order they were suspended, but if both the first variable display and the second variable display are suspended (hold lamp 46b are lit by one or more), the second variable display is preferentially extinguished. That is, unless the second variable display triggered by the winning of the second starting prize-winning device 33b is completely extinguished, the first variable display triggered by the winning of the ball to the first starting prize-winning device 33a is performed. There is no configuration. For example, in a state in which one first holding lamp 46a is lit, when a game ball enters the second start winning device 33b and one second holding lamp 46b is lit, the first variable display is postponed and the second variable display is performed first.

The variation specifying lamp 40 indicates which of the first start winning device 33a and the second start winning device 33b the variation display performed by the decorative pattern display device 42 corresponds to (the first variation display or the second variable display), and is arranged at a position visible to the player (under the special display devices 43L and 43R in this example). The variation specific lamp 40 includes an LED whose emission color is blue and an LED whose emission color is red. It emits red light when displaying.

The through gate 34 is configured so that game balls flowing down the game area can pass one by one. Although the details will be described later, the through gate 34 is provided with a through gate switch 225 capable of detecting a game ball passing through the through gate 34, and when a game ball is detected by the through gate switch 225, a start is made. A ball-entering support lottery is performed to determine whether or not the winning unit 33 is to be opened, and a variable display for teaching the result of the ball-entering support lottery is performed on the normal symbol display device 41.例文帳に追加Then, when winning the ball-entering support lottery, the second start-up winning device 33b (opening/closing member 33c) of the start-up winning unit 33 is opened for a specified time after the end of the variable display.

In the variable display device unit 35, a normal pattern display device 41 that variably displays triggered by passing through the through gate 34, and a decorative pattern display device that variably displays according to the variable display by the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R. 42 are provided. Further, the variable display device unit 35 is provided with the first suspension lamp 46a, the second suspension lamp 46b, and the suspension lamp 44. As shown in FIG.

The normal symbol display device 41 is configured to be able to light up and display "○" or "X" as a normal symbol. The switching display (variable display) is performed at high speed such as "○"→.... Then, when the variable display stops for a few seconds at the "O" symbol (winning symbol), the starting winning unit 33 (opening/closing member 33c) is opened for a predetermined period of time. Display contents of the normal symbol display device 41 are directly controlled by a main control device 261 which will be described later.

In addition, when a game ball newly passes through the through gate 34 during the variable display of the normal symbol display device 41, the variable display for that amount is performed after the variable display being performed at that time is finished. It has become. That is, the variable display is put on standby (suspended). The maximum number of times of the variable display to be held is determined for each pachinko machine model, but in this embodiment, it is held up to four times, and the number of times of holding is displayed by the holding lamp 44. there is

The decorative pattern display device 42 of the present embodiment is composed of a liquid crystal display device, and is configured to be able to variably display decorative patterns as identification information. The display contents of the decorative pattern display device 42 are controlled by a sub-control device 262 and a display control device 45, which will be described later. That is, in the decorative pattern display device 42, based on the command from the main control device 261, the sub-control device 262 assists so as to correspond to the results displayed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R. Display content is determined, and display control is performed by the display control device 45 based on the determination.

The decorative pattern display device 42 is provided with, for example, three pattern display areas, upper, middle and lower, and a plurality of types of decorative patterns (for example, number patterns with numbers 1 to 9) are displayed in each pattern display area. The decorative symbols are sequentially displayed (variably displayed), and thereafter, the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in order for each symbol display area (for example, in the order of the upper symbol display area→lower symbol display area→middle symbol display area). . For example, when the main controller 261 confirms the occurrence of the big win, the first or second special display devices 43L and 43R display corresponding to the big win, and the decorative pattern display device 42 shows the big win. (for example, the decorative symbols stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area, the middle symbol display area, and the lower symbol display area are the same), and the jackpot state is started.

Further, when the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination corresponding to the big hit, as a preliminary step, for example, the same decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area and the lower symbol display area. The ready-to-win state is the state in which the same symbol is stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area and the lower symbol display area and the variable display is still performed in the middle symbol display area. Of course, the occurrence of the reach state does not necessarily mean that the jackpot will be won, and there are cases where the win is lost.

In this embodiment, after the ready-to-win state occurs, in the middle symbol display area, when the same decorative symbol (ready-to-win symbol) stopped displayed in the upper symbol display area and the lower symbol display area is stopped and displayed (Zoro When the eyes are stopped and displayed), a jackpot state is given. In addition, in the case of an odd number of doubles, "16RS" or "7RS" in which a variable probability mode is given after the end of the jackpot state occurs, and in the case of an even number of doubles, "16RS", "7RS", Or "7RN" is given. Also, the combination of decorative patterns other than doublet basically teaches "mismatch".

A center frame 47 is arranged in the variable display device unit 35 so as to surround the decorative pattern display device 42 . A ball entrance 151 is provided in the upper part of the center frame 47, and a game ball that enters the ball entrance 151 is formed inside the center frame 47, and along the side of the decorative pattern display device 42 It is guided onto a stage 153 formed below the decorative pattern display device 42 via a vertically extending warp channel 152 . A game ball guided onto the stage 153 falls from the stage 153 to a front game area, or rolls on the stage 153 and then enters a pocket 154 formed on the central back side of the stage 153. . In addition, the pocket 154 communicates with a guide passage 155 leading to a game area directly above the starting winning unit 33 (first starting winning device 33a), and a game ball entering the pocket 154 is relatively high. A ball is set to enter the starting winning unit 33 (first starting winning device 33a) with probability.

In addition, the game board 30 is provided with a rail 50 which is composed of an inner rail forming part 51 and an outer rail forming part 52 and guides the game ball shot from the shooting device 60 to the upper part of the game board 30 . As a result, the game ball shot with the rotating operation of the handle 18 is guided into the game area formed between the game board 30 and the glass unit 137 through the shooting rails 61 and 50 .

A return ball preventing member 53 is attached to the tip portion (upper left portion in FIG. 4) of the inner rail constituting portion 51 . As a result, the game ball once guided from the rail 50 to the game area is prevented from returning into the rail 50 again. Further, a return rubber 54 is attached to substantially the tip portion (upper right portion in FIG. 4) of the outer rail constituting portion 52 . A game ball shot with a force greater than or equal to a predetermined amount hits the return rubber 54 and is returned to, for example, the substantially central portion side of the game board 30 .

Further, in the present embodiment, the outer rail forming part 52 ends at the upper right part of the game board 30 and the inner rail forming part 51 ends at the lower right part of the game board 30 . Therefore, the play area is defined by the rails 50 and the inner peripheral surfaces of the window holes 39 of the resin base 38 . However, since the game ball hit by the shooting device 60 may flow backward on the rail 50 until it passes the return ball prevention member 53, the parallel parts of the inner and outer rail constituent parts 51 and 52 are excluded from the game area. be killed.

As shown in FIG. 3 , a ball passage unit 70 is provided on the rear side of the front frame set 14 below the window portion 101 . The ball passage unit 70 includes a lower tray communication path 71 that connects the payout mechanism 352 to the outlet 16 of the lower tray 15 and an upper tray communication path 73 that connects the payout mechanism 352 to the upper tray 19 . In addition, there is a gap of a predetermined interval between the launch rail 61 provided on the front side of the inner frame 12 and the rail 50 (outer rail constituting portion 52), and the ball passage unit 70 of the front frame set 14 has the above-mentioned A foul ball passage 72 is formed to guide the game ball dropped from the gap to the lower tray 15.例文帳に追加As a result, if a game ball shot from the shooting device 60 does not reach the return-ball prevention member 53 and travels back along the rail 50 as a foul ball, the foul ball passes through the foul ball passage 72 to the lower tray 15. Ejected.

Reference numeral 67 in FIGS. 3 and 4 denotes a payout passage for guiding game balls paid out by a payout mechanism 352, which will be described later, to the front of the inner frame 12. The upper tray communication passage 73 (upper tray 19) and a passage leading to the lower tray communication passage 71 (lower tray 15). A shutter 68 is provided below the payout passage 67, and when the front frame set 14 is opened, the shutter 68 protrudes forward due to the biasing force of a spring or the like, and nearly closes the outlet of the payout passage 67. ing. Further, when the front frame set 14 is closed, the shutter 68 is pushed open by the inlet-side rear end of the lower tray communication passage 71 . The inlets (ball inlets) of the lower tray communicating path 71 and the upper tray communicating path 73 are adjacent to each other, and the inlets and the dispensing path 67 are separated by a predetermined distance when the front frame set 14 is closed, A game ball can pass through the gap between the two. Therefore, when the upper tray 19 and the upper tray communication path 73 are filled with game balls, the game balls to be paid out flow to the lower tray communication path 71 side (overflow to the entrance side of the lower tray communication path 71), and the lower tray connection It will be dispensed to the lower tray 15 through the passage 71 .

In addition, the ball passage unit 70 is provided with a full detection switch (not shown) for detecting game balls positioned in the lower tray communication passage 71 . Due to the presence of the full detection switch, it is grasped that the lower tray 15 is full of game balls (that the lower tray 15 is full of game balls and that the game balls are staying in the lower tray communication passage 71). be able to. In this embodiment, based on the detection of game balls continuously for a predetermined period of time by the full detection switch, an error notification is provided to teach that the lower tray 15 is full by using the display or sound on the decorative pattern display device 42. is controlled. In addition, when the retention of the game ball in the lower tray communication passage 71 is eliminated and the game ball is no longer detected by the full detection switch (when the game ball is no longer detected continuously for a predetermined time), the error notification state is canceled.

Next, the rear configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6. FIG. On the back of the pachinko machine 10, various control boards are arranged vertically and horizontally, and some of them are arranged so as to be overlapped in the front and back, and a game ball supply device (payout mechanism) for supplying game balls. and a resin protective cover, etc. are attached. Since the dispensing mechanism and the protective cover are integrated as one unit, and the resin portion is generally called the back pack, the unit is called "back pack unit 203" here.

First, the rear configuration of the game board 30 will be described. As shown in FIG. 6, on the rear side of the variable display device unit 35 (see FIG. 4) disposed corresponding to the through hole in the center of the game board 30, a resin frame cover covering the center frame 47 from behind is provided. 213 is provided so as to protrude rearward. In addition, on the rear side of the frame cover 213, the decorative pattern display device 42, which is a liquid crystal display device facing forward from the opening of the frame cover 213, the display control device 45, and the sub-control device 262 can be attached and detached in a stacked state. attached to the

The decorative pattern display device 42 is housed in a storage box 42a having an opening for exposing the display portion (liquid crystal screen) of the decorative pattern display device 42 to the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and is attached to the rear surface of the frame cover 213. fixed on the side. The display control device 45 is housed in a substrate box 45a and fixed to the back side of the decorative pattern display device 42 (housing box 42a). The sub-controller 262 is accommodated in a substrate box 262a and fixed to the rear side of the display control device 45 (substrate box 45a). An LED control board or the like for driving the LED or the like built in the center frame 47 is arranged inside the frame cover 213 . The storage box 42a and the substrate boxes 45a and 262a are made of a transparent resin material or the like so that the inside can be visually recognized.

Below the frame cover 213, a back frame set 215 is attached to the game board 30 so as to cover the general winning port 31, the variable winning device 32, the starting winning unit 33 and the like from behind. The back frame set 215 is provided with a ball recovery mechanism (not shown) for recovering game balls that have entered various winning slots. The game balls collected by this ball collecting mechanism are guided to a discharge passage portion 217 which will be described later, and discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 from a discharge chute of the discharge passage portion 217 .

Also, in this embodiment, the back frame set 215 functions as a mounting base for the main controller 261 . More specifically, a substrate box 263 in which a main controller 261 is mounted is rotatably pivoted to the back frame set 215 and can be opened rearward.

The main controller 261 is housed in a substrate box 263 made of transparent resin material or the like. The board box 263 includes a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base, and these box base and box cover are connected by a sealing member. The board box 263 connected by the sealing member is configured so that it cannot be opened unless a predetermined trace is left. As a result, it is possible to easily discover that the board box 263 has been illegally opened.

In addition, the game board 30 is provided with ball entry detection switches for detecting game balls that have entered the various prize winning openings corresponding to the various winning openings such as the general winning opening 31 and the like. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4 , a winning opening switch 221 is provided at a position corresponding to the general winning opening 31 , and a count switch 223 is provided to the variable winning device 32 . Further, the starting winning unit 33 is provided with a first starting winning switch 224a and a second starting winning switch 224b corresponding to the first starting winning device 33a and the second starting winning device 33b, respectively. Furthermore, a through gate switch 225 is provided at a position corresponding to the through gate 34 .

Also, although not shown, the back frame set 215 is provided with a first board relay board that is electrically connected to the winning slot switch 221, the count switch 223, and the through gate switch 225 via cable connectors. . This first board surface relay board relays the winning slot switch 221 and the like and the main controller 261, and is electrically connected to the main controller 261 via a cable connector. On the other hand, the starting prize-winning switches 224a and 224b are directly connected to the main controller 261 via connector cables without passing through the relay board.

The detection results detected by the various incoming ball detection switches are taken into the main controller 261 . Then, a payout command (the number of game balls to be paid out) according to the winning situation of each time is transmitted from the main control device 261 to the payout control device 311, and based on the output signal from the payout control device 311, a predetermined number of game balls is sent. is paid out (except when detected by the through gate switch 225).
In addition, although not shown, on the back side of the game board 30, a solenoid for opening the large winning opening is provided by the variable winning device 32, and the starting winning unit 33 operates a pair of opening/closing members 33c. A winning opening solenoid that opens and closes is provided. The back frame set 215 is also provided with a second board relay board (not shown) that relays these solenoids and the main controller 261 .

Next, the configuration of the back pack unit 203 will be described. As shown in FIG. 5, the back pack unit 203 is formed by integrating a resin-molded back pack 351 and a game ball payout mechanism 352 . The back pack unit 203 is supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the left side (the right side in FIG. 5) of the inner frame 12, and can be opened rearward about an opening/closing axis extending in the vertical direction. ing. In addition, an external terminal plate 240 is provided on the upper left portion of the back pack unit 203 (upper right portion in FIG. 5).

The external terminal board 240 is for relaying transmission of various kinds of information to a game hall computer or the like, and is provided with a plurality of external connection terminals. For convenience, no reference numerals are attached, but for example, a terminal for outputting information about the current game state (jackpot state, variable probability mode, etc.), front frame set 14 and inner frame detected by open detection switches 91 and 92 described later A terminal for outputting information about the opening of 12, a terminal for outputting information about various error states such as ball entry error, lower tray full error, tank no ball error, payout error, prize paid out from payout control device 311 A terminal for outputting information about the number of balls is provided.

The back pack 351 is integrally formed of, for example, ABS resin, and has a protective cover portion 354 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 354 has a shape in which left and right side surfaces and an upper surface are closed and only a lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to cover at least the frame cover 213 . However, in this embodiment, the protective cover portion 354 is configured to cover the upper portion and the right portion (the left portion in FIG. 5) of the board box 263 as well. As a result, in the closed state of the back pack unit 203, the sealing member provided on the right side of the board box 263 and the terminal section (board side connector) provided along the upper edge of the main controller 261 are covered. It will happen.

The dispensing mechanism section 352 is arranged so as to bypass the protective cover section 354 . Namely, above the protective cover portion 354, a tank 355 which opens upward is provided, and the tank 355 is sequentially replenished with game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall. Below the tank 355 is connected a tank rail 356 which has, for example, two rows of ball passages in the horizontal direction and is gently inclined toward the downstream side. Concatenated. A payout device 358 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 357, and payout of the required number of game balls is appropriately performed by a predetermined electrical configuration such as a payout motor. The game balls paid out from the payout device 358 are supplied to the upper tray 19 and the like.

In the payout mechanism section 352, a payout relay board 381 for relaying a payout command signal from the payout control device 311 to the payout device 358 is installed, and a power switch board 382 for taking in the main power supply from the outside is installed. there is The power switch board 382 is supplied with a main power supply of, for example, 24 V AC via a voltage converter, and is turned on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 382a.

Below the back pack unit 203 (board box 263), a lower frame set 251 that is pivotally supported by the left side (the right side in FIG. 5) of the inner frame 12 and that can be opened rearward is provided. As shown in FIG. 6, the lower frame set 251 is formed with a discharge passage portion 217 into which the game balls collected by the ball collection mechanism described above flow in. A discharge chute (not shown) for discharging the pachinko machine 10 to the outside is formed. In other words, the game balls that have won the prize-winning openings such as the general prize-winning opening 31 are collected via the ball recovery mechanism of the back frame set 215 and discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge chute of the discharge passage portion 217 . Incidentally, the out port 36 is similarly connected to the discharge passage portion 217, and the game balls that do not win in any of the prize winning ports are also discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge chute. In this embodiment, the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 are configured as separate bodies and can be opened and closed independently, but the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 are integrally formed. It is also possible to

Also, as shown in FIG. 5, on the back side of the lower frame set 251, a payout control device 311, a firing control device 312, a power supply device 313, and a card unit connection board 314 are detachably attached in a state of being superimposed on each other. It is

The firing control device 312 and the power supply device 313 are housed in a board box 313 a and fixed to the back side of the lower frame set 251 . For the sake of convenience, the launch control device 312 and the power supply device 313 are described as independent control devices, but they are actually configured by one substrate (printed circuit board).

Also, the payout control device 311 is housed in the board box 311a and fixed to the back side of the board box 313a (the firing control device 312 and the power supply device 313). The board box 311a housing the payout control device 311 is provided with a sealing member in the same manner as the board box 263 housing the above-described main control device 261 so that a trace of the opening of the board box 311a remains. It's becoming

In addition, the card unit connection board 314 is housed in a board box 314a and fixed to the rear side of the board box 313a (the firing control device 312 and the power supply device 313). The board boxes 311a, 313a, and 314a are made of a transparent resin material or the like so that the inside can be visually recognized.

Also, the payout control device 311 is provided with a state return switch 321 projecting outward from the substrate box 311a. For example, when the state recovery switch 321 is pressed when a payout error such as a ball clogging occurs in the payout motor, the payout motor is rotated forward or reverse to clear the ball jam (return to normal state).

Further, the power supply device 313 is provided with a RAM erase switch 323 projecting outward from the board box 313a. This pachinko machine 10 has a backup function, and even in the event of a power failure, it can retain the state at the time of the power failure, and can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure when recovering from the power failure (recovery of power). can. Therefore, when the power is turned off in a normal procedure (for example, when the game hall is closed), the state before the power is turned off is stored. to put in.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a locking device 600 is provided on the rear side of the right side portion of the inner frame 12 . The locking device 600 has a cylinder lock 700 (see FIG. 1, etc.) exposed on the front side of the front frame set 14. A key is inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 700 and turned to one side to open the lock. The frame 12 can be unlocked, and the front frame set 14 can be unlocked by rotating it in the other direction. In this embodiment, inner frame 12 is locked to outer frame 11 and front frame set 14 is locked to inner frame 12 .

As described above, the right-side frame-constituting portion 11d of the outer frame 11 is formed with the extending wall portion 83 that covers the entire upper and lower sections corresponding to the locking device 600 from the back side of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 5). reference). As a result, it becomes difficult to insert a wire or the like from the back side of the outer frame 11 and operate the locking device 600 with the wire or the like. As a result, the defense performance can be improved. Furthermore, the extending wall portion 83 is configured to cover the right end portion (the left end portion in FIG. 5) of the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 from the back side, and in the closed state of the inner frame 12, The rear pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 cannot be opened.

Further, as shown in FIG. 4, a front frame open detection switch 91 for detecting the opening of the front frame set 14 is provided at the lower right portion of the front side of the inner frame 12 (the right side of the launching device 60), and FIG. As shown in , an inner frame open detection switch 92 for detecting the opening of the inner frame 12 is provided on the lower right portion of the back side of the inner frame 12 (lower left in FIG. 5). The front frame open detection switch 91 and the inner frame open detection switch 92 each have a detection part that can appear and disappear with respect to the switch body, and the front frame open detection switch 91 is provided so that the detection part faces forward, The inner frame open detection switch 92 is provided so that the detection portion faces rearward. When the detector is in a state of protruding from the switch body, an ON signal is output to the main controller 261, and when the detector is pushed toward the switch body and retracted into the switch body, an OFF signal is output. It is configured to output to the main controller 261 . That is, when the front frame set 14 is closed, the detection part of the front frame open detection switch 91 is pressed by the back surface of the front frame set 14 and is turned off. It turns on. Similarly, when the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame open detection switch 92 is turned off by pressing the pressing portion 86 integrally formed with the receiving portion 85 of the outer frame 11. When the inner frame 12 is opened, the switch 92 is turned off. The part returns to the protruding state and is turned on.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. A main controller 261 (main substrate) as main control means is equipped with a CPU 501 as a one-chip microcomputer as an arithmetic device. The CPU 501 includes a ROM 502 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the CPU 501, and a RAM 503 that temporarily stores various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 502. Also, various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are incorporated. However, the CPU, ROM, and RAM may not be integrated into one chip, but may be integrated into chips for each function.

The RAM 503 includes a stack area that stores the contents of the internal registers of the CPU 501 and the return address of the control program executed by the CPU 501, and a work area (work area) that stores various flags, counters, I/O values, and the like. ) and a backup area 503a.

The RAM 503 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 313 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off. All data stored in the

The backup area 503a is designed to restore the state of the pachinko machine 10 to the state before the power cut when the power is turned off when the power is turned off due to a power cut or the like. (similarly)) and the values of each register, I/O, etc. are stored. Writing to the backup area 503a is executed by the main processing when the power is turned off, and conversely, each value written to the backup area 503a is restored when the power is turned on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation; the same applies hereinafter). is executed in The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the CPU 501 is configured to receive a power failure signal SK1 output from a power failure monitoring circuit 542, which will be described later, when the power supply is interrupted due to a power failure or the like. Upon occurrence, power failure processing (NMI interrupt processing) is immediately executed.

If at least the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 503a are backed up, it is not necessary to back up the data stored in all areas. For example, the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 503a may be backed up, and the data stored in the work area may not be backed up.

An input/output port 505 is connected to the CPU 501 containing the ROM 502 and RAM 503 via a bus line 504 including an address bus, a data bus, and the like. Connected to the input/output port 505 are a RAM erasing switch circuit 543, payout control device 311, sub-control device 262, first and second special display devices 43L and 43R, normal symbol display device 41, etc., which will be described later. With this configuration, the special display devices 43L, 43R and the normal symbol display device 41 are directly controlled by the main control device 261. FIG. On the other hand, the decorative pattern display device 42 is controlled via the sub-control device 262 .

In addition, although illustration of various relay boards and the like is omitted for convenience, the input/output port 505 includes a winning port switch 221, a count switch 223, start winning unit switches 224a and 224b, a through gate switch 225, various switches of the handle 18, and the like. various detection switches, various substrates, and various electric parts such as solenoids for opening and closing the variable winning device 32 are connected. In other words, the main controller 261 is provided with a plurality of terminal portions (board-side connectors) for connecting connectors of various cable connectors.

The sub-control device 262 (sub-control board) as a sub-control means includes a CPU 551 which is an arithmetic device, a ROM 552 storing various control programs and fixed value data executed by the CPU 551, and a control program stored in the ROM 552. It includes a RAM 553, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data, etc., an input/output port 554, a bus line 555, and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit (not shown). It has The RAM 553 is a memory that temporarily stores work data and flags used when various programs are executed by the CPU 551 .

The input/output port 554 is connected to the CPU 551 , the ROM 552 and the RAM 553 via a bus line 555 and also to the display control device 45 . Further, the input/output port 554 is connected with the speaker SP, the hold lamps 46a and 46b, the performance button 125, various illumination parts and the lamps 102-104.

The CPU 551 of the sub control device 262 causes the display control device 45 to execute display control based on, for example, a command signal (for example, a variation pattern command) transmitted from the main control device 261, and causes the decorative pattern display device 42 to display. As described above, in the present embodiment, the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R controlled by the main controller 261 are adapted to display that the jackpot has been won. In the decorative design display device 42 controlled by , a display (incidental effect display) matching the display of the special display devices 43L and 43R is performed. In addition, a gaming machine ID is stored in the ROM 552 of this embodiment.

The payout control device 311 controls the payout of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 358 . A CPU 511, which is an arithmetic device, includes a ROM 512 storing control programs executed by the CPU 511, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 513 used as a work memory and the like.

Similar to the RAM 503 of the main controller 261, the RAM 513 of the payout control device 311 includes a stack area for storing the contents of the internal register of the CPU 511 and the return address of the control program executed by the CPU 511, various flags and counters, It has a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored, and a backup area 513a.

The RAM 513 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 313 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. data is backed up. If at least the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 513a are backed up, it is not necessary to back up the data stored in all areas. For example, the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 513a may be backed up, and the data stored in the work area may not be backed up.

Backup area 513a, when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, in order to restore the state of the pachinko machine 10 to the state before the power cut when the power is turned on again, the stack pointer at the time of power cut, each register, This is an area for storing values such as I/O. Writing to the backup area 513a is executed by the main process when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written to the backup area 513a is executed by the main process when the power is turned on. As with the CPU 501 of the main controller 261, the NMI terminal of the CPU 511 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SK1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 542 when the power supply is interrupted due to a power failure or the like. When input to the CPU 511, NMI interrupt processing is immediately executed as power failure processing.

In the work area, a payout permission flag set to allow the payout of prize balls by the payout control device 311, a command reception flag set when a command transmitted from the main control device 261 is received, and a main control device 261 A command buffer is provided in which commands sent from are stored.

The payout permission flag is a flag for setting the payout permission of prize balls, and is turned on when a specific command permitting the payout of prize balls is transmitted from the main controller 261 and the specific command is received. or when it returns to the state before power-off. In this embodiment, the specific commands are a payout initialization command that instructs the initialization process of the RAM 513 of the payout control device 311, a prize ball command that instructs the payout of prize balls, and a There are three payout return commands sent in the case.

The command reception flag is a flag for confirming whether or not the payout control device 311 has received a command, and is turned on when any command is received. It is turned off when returning to the previous state, and is turned off when the received command is determined by the command determination process.

The command buffer consists of a ring buffer that temporarily stores commands sent from the main controller 261 . The ring buffer has a predetermined storage area, and commands are stored with regularity from the beginning to the end of the storage area. The return command is configured to be updated. Therefore, when a command is stored and read, the store pointer and read pointer in the command buffer are updated, and the command is stored and read based on each pointer.

An input/output port 515 is connected to the CPU 511 containing the ROM 512 and RAM 513 via a bus line 514 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 515 is connected to the RAM erasing switch circuit 543, the main controller 261, the firing controller 312, the dispensing device 358, and the like.

The card unit connection board 314 includes a ball rental operation unit (ball rental button 121 and return button 122) on the front of the pachinko machine 10, and a card unit (ball rental unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10 in a game hall or the like. and are electrically connected to each other, take in the command of the player's ball lending operation, and output it to the card unit. Note that the card unit connection board 314 may be omitted in a cash machine in which game balls are directly lent to the upper tray 19 from a ball lending device or the like without going through the card unit.

The shooting control device 312 permits or prohibits shooting of game balls by the shooting device 60, and the shooting device 60 is allowed to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, a firing permission signal is output from the payout control device 311, a sensor signal detects that the player is touching the handle 18, and a firing prohibition button 18a ( 1) is not operated, the shooting device 60 is driven, and game balls are shot with an intensity corresponding to the amount of operation of the handle 18. FIG.

The display control device 45 follows the instruction from the sub-controller 262 and executes the variable display of the decorative design in the decorative design display device 42 . The display control device 45 includes a CPU 521, a program ROM 522, a work RAM 523, a video RAM 524, a character ROM 525, a video display processor (VDP) 526, an input port 527, an output port 529, and bus lines 530, 531. and An input/output port 554 of the sub-controller 262 is connected to the input port 527 . Also, the CPU 521 , program ROM 522 , work RAM 523 and VDP 526 are connected to the input port 527 via the bus line 530 . An output port 529 is connected to the VDP 526 via a bus line 531, and the output port 529 is connected to the decorative pattern display device 42, which is a liquid crystal display device.

The CPU 521 of the display control device 45 receives the display command transmitted from the sub-control device 262 via the input port 527, analyzes the received command or performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the received command, and controls the VDP 526. (specifically, generation of an internal command for the VDP 526). Thereby, display control in the decorative pattern display device 42 is performed.

A program ROM 522 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data executed by the CPU 521, and a work RAM 523 is a memory for temporarily storing work data and flags used when various programs are executed by the CPU 521. is.

The video RAM 524 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the decorative design display device 42. By rewriting the content of the video RAM 524, the display content of the decorative design display device 42 is changed. The character ROM 525 is a memory for storing character data such as designs displayed on the decorative design display device 42 .

The VDP 526 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates the LCD driver (liquid crystal driving circuit) incorporated in the decorative pattern display device 42 . Since the VDP 526 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance should be called a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 526 adjusts the timing of each of the CPU 521, the video RAM 524, etc., and intervenes in the reading and writing of data.

In addition, the power supply device 313 includes a power supply unit 541 that supplies power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 542 that monitors power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM deletion switch circuit 543 that is connected to the RAM deletion switch 323. and

The power supply unit 541 supplies necessary operating power to each of the main control device 261, the payout control device 311 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 541 takes in an AC 24V power supply supplied from the outside, and generates +12V power supply for driving various switches and motors, +5V power supply for logic, backup power supply for RAM backup, etc. These +12V power supply, +5V power supply and backup power supply are supplied to the main control device 261, the payout control device 311 and the like. An operating power source (+12V power source, +5V power source, etc.) is supplied to the launch control device 312 via the payout control device 311 . Similarly, various switches, motors, and the like are supplied with operating power through the control device to which they are connected.

The power failure monitoring circuit 542 is a circuit that outputs a power failure signal SK1 to each NMI terminal of the CPU 501 of the main controller 261 and the CPU 511 of the payout controller 311 when the power is shut off due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 542 monitors a stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 541, and determines that a power failure (power failure) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. A power failure signal SK1 is output to the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311. By the output of this power failure signal SK1, the main control device 261 and the payout control device 311 recognize the occurrence of power failure and execute power failure processing (NMI interrupt processing).

Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 541 normally outputs 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the power failure processing. configured to maintain value. Therefore, the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311 can normally execute and complete the power failure process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 543 is a circuit that takes in the switch signal of the RAM erase switch 323 and clears the backup data of the RAM 503 of the main controller 261 and the RAM 513 of the payout controller 311 according to the state of the switch 323 . When the RAM erasing switch 323 is pressed, the RAM erasing switch circuit 543 outputs a RAM erasing signal SK2 to the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erasing switch 323 is pressed (including power-on due to power failure cancellation), the data in the RAMs 503 and 513 of the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311 are cleared. be.

Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described. In this embodiment, the CPU 501 provided in the main control device 261 as main control means performs a lottery using various counter information during the game. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a jackpot random number counter C1 used for the lottery for whether or not to generate a jackpot state, a type determination counter C2 used for determining the type of jackpot (type lottery), and decoration A variation selection counter C3 used to determine whether or not to generate a ready-to-win state in the symbol display device 42, an initial value random number counter CINI used to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and first and second special display devices. 43L, 43R (decorative pattern display device 42) 1st variation type counter CS1, 2nd variation type counter CS2 used for determining the variation display time, etc., and used for lottery (entrance support lottery) of normal design display device 41 A normal symbol random number counter C4 is used. Note that the variation selection counter C3 is also used for lottery for the reach type when the decorative symbol display device 42 is deviated and varied. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are also used for variation pattern selection (effect pattern selection) of the decorative symbol display device . Specifically, according to the determined variation pattern, the variation time of the special display devices 43L and 43R is determined, and the variation mode and variation time in the decorative design display device 42, that is, the performance pattern is determined.

Each of the counters C1, C2, C3, CINI, CS1, CS2, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 as the lower limit after reaching the upper limit. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 503 (except for the random number initial value counter CINI).

The RAM 503 stores the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the variation selection counter C3. A variable holding area is provided. The normal variable holding area comprises one execution area and four holding areas (first holding area to fourth holding area). In each holding area of the normal fluctuation holding area, the value of the normal symbol random number counter C4 is stored chronologically according to the passage history of the game ball to the through gate 34.例文帳に追加By adopting this configuration, the variable display on the normal symbol display device 41 can be held up to four times.

In addition, the special variation reservation area includes a first special variation reservation area and a second special variation storage area each having four reservation areas (first reservation to fourth reservation area), and one execution area. In each reservation area of the first special variable reservation area, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the variation selection counter C3 is set according to the winning history of the game ball to the first start winning device 33a. Stored sequentially. In each reservation area of the second special variable reservation area, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the variation selection counter C3 is set according to the winning history of the game ball to the second start winning device 33b. Stored sequentially. By adopting this configuration, it is possible to suspend the variable display up to four times on each of the special display devices 43L and 43R.

To explain each counter in detail, the jackpot random number counter C1 is, for example, incremented one by one within the range of 0 to 599, and after reaching the upper limit as the closing price (that is, 599), 0, which is the lower limit as the opening price. It is configured to return to Normally, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one cycle, the value of the initial value random number counter CINI at that time is read as the next initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The initial value random number counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599), and is updated once for each timer interrupt and repeatedly updated within the remaining time of normal processing. On the other hand, the jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated (once per timer interrupt in this embodiment), and the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot random number counter buffer. Then, at the timing when the game ball wins the first start prize winning device 33a or the second start prize winning device 33b of the start prize winning unit 33, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter buffer changes to the special variation holding area. stored in

In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 that becomes a jackpot in a low probability state (normal mode, time reduction mode) is two, and the value is "7, 307", which is a high probability. The number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 that becomes a jackpot in the state (probability variable mode, potential probability mode) is 20, and the values are "7 to 16, 307 to 316". In this embodiment, the ROM 502 is provided with two success/fail determination tables that are referred to when determining whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 corresponds to a jackpot. There is a first right/wrong judgment table that stores values and a second right/wrong judgment table that stores "8 to 16, 308 to 316" as jackpot values.

In addition, in the normal mode, the probability of winning a jackpot in the winning lottery (jackpot probability) is 1/300, and the fluctuation time in the normal symbol display device 41 for teaching the result of the ball entry support lottery is 6 seconds. Also, when winning the ball-entering support lottery, the second starting prize winning device 33b (opening/closing member 33c) is opened for 0.6 seconds.

In the variable probability mode, the probability of a big win is 1/30, making it easier to win a big win than in the normal mode. In addition, in the variable probability mode, the variation time of the normal symbol display device 41 based on the entrance support lottery is 2 seconds, which is shorter than in the normal mode, and when winning the entrance support lottery, the second start winning prize. Device 33b is opened three times, each opening for 2 seconds. That is, in the variable probability mode, compared to the normal mode, the fluctuation time in the normal symbol display device 41 is shortened, and the opening time of the second start winning device 33b per winning of the entrance support lottery is longer, and the number of times of opening is longer. will increase. As a result, the time zone in which the second starting prize winning device 33b is in the open state is lengthened, so that game balls frequently enter the second starting prize winning device 33b (become in a high ball winning state). , the winning lottery is continuously performed, and the state of keeping the ball is good. In addition, in the high ball entry state, the probability that the "○" symbol is stopped and displayed on the normal symbol display device 41 (the winning probability of the ball entry support lottery) may be set higher than in the normal mode.

In the time reduction mode, the jackpot probability is 1/300. Further, in the time shortening mode, the variation time of the normal symbol display device 41 based on the entrance support lottery is 2 seconds, and when winning the entrance support lottery, the second start winning device 33b is opened three times. Together, each opening time is 2 seconds. That is, in the time shortening mode, although the probability of the jackpot is as low as in the normal mode, only the operation of the starting winning unit 33 is the same as the variable probability mode. In this embodiment, the time reduction mode is set over a total of 100 variable displays performed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R after the end of the "7RN" jackpot state. Also, the time reduction mode ends when the special display devices 43L and 43R perform a total of 100 variable displays even if no big win state occurs, and then shifts to the normal mode.

The type determining counter C2 is incremented by one within a range of 0 to 19, for example, and returns to 0, which is the lower limit, after reaching the upper limit (that is, 19). Further, the ROM 502 is provided with a type determination table that is referred to when determining which jackpot type the value of the type determination counter C2 corresponds to. Then, when winning by lottery, the type of the type of the jackpot state to be given is determined based on the value of the type determination counter C2 (type lottery is performed), and the jackpot state of the determined type is given. The Rukoto.

The type determination counter C2 is periodically updated (once per timer interrupt in this embodiment), and the value of the type determination counter C2 is stored in the type determination counter buffer. Then, at the timing when the game ball wins the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device 33b of the start winning unit 33, the value of the type determination counter C2 stored in the type determination counter buffer is changed to the special variation hold of the RAM503. stored in the area.

Further, in this embodiment, "0" of the type determination counter C2 corresponds to "16RS", "1 to 14" correspond to "7RS", and "15 to 19" correspond to "7RN". there is That is, when winning the lottery, the percentage of "16RS" is 5%, the percentage of "7RS" is 70%, and the percentage of "7RN" is 25%. Furthermore, when winning the probability variable jackpot, the percentage of the variable display of the decorative symbol display device 42 in which odd numbers are stopped and displayed is 30%. By the way, in the case of "16RS", even if the jackpot type is not taught at the start of the jackpot state, etc., it is possible to grasp that it is "16RS" by moving the jackpot state to the 8th round. can.

In addition, in the case where "7RS" is won and even-number doubles are stop-displayed during the variable display on the decorative pattern display device 42, the ratio of teaching that it is a definite variable jackpot during the jackpot state is low. It is 80%, and the remaining 20% makes it impossible to determine whether the mode given after the end of the jackpot is the variable probability mode or the time reduction mode. In addition, even when the odd double number is stopped and displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, it is not possible to distinguish between "16RS" and "7RS" at that time. By the way, after grasping the correspondence relationship between the stop display pattern of the special display devices 43L and 43R and the jackpot type, the jackpot type can be reliably grasped by confirming the stop display pattern of the special display devices 43L and 43R. However, since there are a wide variety of stop display patterns of the special display devices 43L and 43R, it is practically difficult to grasp the above correspondence, and at this point the type of jackpot is not known. By doing so, it is possible to improve interest.

The variable selection counter C3 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 238, for example, and return to 0 as the lower limit after reaching the upper limit (that is, 238). In this embodiment, after the ready-to-win state occurs with respect to the decorative pattern, the final stop pattern shifts by one before and after the ready-to-win pattern by the variation selection counter C3 and stops, and the same ready-to-win state occurs. A lottery is drawn for "reach other than front and rear out" in which the rear final stop symbol stops at a position other than the front and rear of the reach symbol and "complete out" in which the reach state does not occur. In this embodiment, a reach determination table is provided in the ROM 502 to store the correspondence between the value of the variation selection counter C3 and the reach type. The reach determination table stores a value of "0 to 238", C3 = 0, 1 corresponds to front and rear out reach, C3 = 2 to 21 corresponds to reach other than front and rear out, C3 = 22 to 238 is perfect It has a configuration that corresponds to the outside.

The variation selection counter C3 is periodically updated (once per timer interrupt in this embodiment), and the value of the variation selection counter C3 is stored in the variation selection counter buffer. Then, at the timing when the game ball wins the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device 33b of the start winning unit 33, the value of the variation selection counter C3 stored in the variation selection counter buffer is changed to the special variation holding of the RAM503. stored in the area.

Further, one of the two fluctuation type counters CS1 and CS2 is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 59, for example, and reaches the upper limit (that is, 59), and then the lower limit. It is configured to return to 0, and the other fluctuation type counter CS2 is, for example, incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 37, and after reaching the upper limit (that is, 37), it returns to 0, which is the lower limit. It has become. For example, the first variation type counter CS1 determines the reach pattern of decorative symbols such as so-called normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough pattern variation modes, and the second variation type counter CS2 determines the final stop symbol after the reach occurs. (In this example, the middle pattern), a more detailed pattern variation mode such as the elapsed time until the stop is determined. Therefore, by combining these fluctuation type counters CS1 and CS2, it is possible to easily realize diversification of fluctuation patterns. Further, it is also possible to determine the symbol variation mode only by the first variation type counter CS1, or to determine the symbol variation mode by combining the first variation type counter CS1 and the stop symbol.

In addition, the fluctuation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated once each time the normal processing described later is executed, and are repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the normal processing. Buffer values of CS1 and CS2 are acquired when determining a variation pattern at the start of variation of the decorative design by the decorative design display device 42 .

Note that the size and range of each counter is merely an example and can be changed arbitrarily. However, it is desirable that the size of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, the variation selection counter C3, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are all different prime numbers and that they are not synchronized in any case.

In addition, the normal symbol random number counter C4 is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 9, for example, and returns to the lower limit value of 0 after reaching the upper limit value (that is, 9). The random number counter C4 is periodically updated (once per timer interrupt in this embodiment), and when the game ball passes through either the left or right through gate 34, the value of the normal symbol random number counter C4 is obtained. There are six different random number values, and the range is "3 to 8".And, when the value of the winning normal symbol random number counter C4 is obtained, the normal symbol display device 41 shows a predetermined fluctuation display. After a period of time, a symbol corresponding to the winning ("○" in this example) is stopped and displayed, and the second starting winning device 33b (opening/closing member 33c) is opened in a pattern corresponding to the game mode at that time.

Now, in this embodiment, the player can simply It is configured to receive services that cannot be obtained only by playing games. Such a game system will be described below. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10, a mobile communication terminal operated by a player, and a server constitute a game system.

First, the schematic configuration of the entire gaming system will be described with reference to FIG. As a method of sending information from the pachinko machine 10 to the mobile communication terminal, a QR code (registered trademark) as code information, which is a two-dimensional code, is displayed on the decorative design display device 42 and read by the mobile communication terminal. done. By reading the QR code on the mobile communication terminal, character string information in URL format can be obtained using a conversion application (barcode reader) pre-installed on the mobile communication terminal. Access the server based on the server's address information.

The server issues a password based on various information included in the character string information in response to a request from the mobile communication terminal. By manually inputting the password into the pachinko machine 10 by the player, it is possible to play a game reflecting various information contained in the character string information.

Next, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In this embodiment, when the production button 125 is operated while the variable display is not performed, a menu screen is opened on the decorative symbol display device 42 . Here, processing related to menu operation (menu display processing) performed by the sub-controller 262 will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in step S1101, it is determined whether or not the special display devices 43L and 43R (decorative pattern display devices 42) are performing variable display. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1101, the process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S1101, it is determined in step S1102 whether or not the game is in the jackpot state. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1102, the process ends. If a negative determination is made in step S1102, it is determined in step S1103 whether or not the production button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1103, the process ends.

If the determination in step S1103 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1104 whether or not the menu screen is being displayed. When a negative determination is made in step S1104, after displaying the menu screen (top menu) on the decorative design display device 42 in step S1105, this process ends.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the menu screen (top menu) includes "password input (game start)", "code issue (initial registration/game end)", "stage select", "customize", and "end". is displayed. Then, when the cross button 126 is operated to move the cursor and the effect button 125 is operated, the corresponding subpage is opened (or the menu screen is closed).

Further, when the determination in step S1104 is affirmative, in step S1106, a password select operation (operating the effect button 125 while the cursor is aligned with the operation item "password input (game start)") is performed. determine whether or not If an affirmative determination is made in step S1106, the password input screen is displayed in step S1107, and then this processing ends.

As shown in FIG. 12(b), on the password input screen, the alphanumeric characters "A to Z" and "1 to 9" used for the password, and the selection of "delete one character", "determine", and "return" are selected. Along with the items being displayed, a word display section composed of eight frames (squares) arranged side by side is displayed in order to display the 8-character word input as a password by dividing it into characters. . Furthermore, on the password input screen, there is an alphanumeric character used for the password, an input cursor that indicates whether you are selecting "delete one character", "determine" or "return", and a word display consisting of 8 frames. A main cursor is displayed to indicate to which frame the alphanumeric characters are to be input when the alphanumeric characters are selected with the input cursor and input operation is performed.

In this embodiment, the upper three digits (three characters on the left side) of the password indicate information set according to game information, which is information about the game played by the player, and the lower five digits (the five characters on the right side) indicate information set according to the game information. (characters) indicates the information set according to the selection information (and the remaining information if the remaining information is set, which will be described later), which is information about the player's hobbies and tastes. By dividing the information in this way, it becomes easier to read the contents of the password when executing the process corresponding to the password on the pachinko machine 10 side, and the simplification of the process can be achieved.

In this embodiment, by entering the password issued by the server, the balance of the effect changes compared to the case where the game is played without entering the password. It becomes possible to derive a production that does not have anything to do with it. Hereinafter, a game performed by inputting a password will be referred to as a "mobile-linked game", and a game performed without inputting a password will be referred to as a "non-mobile-linked game".

Further, when a negative determination is made in step S1106, in step S1108, the code operation (operating the production button 125 while the cursor is placed on the operation item "issue code (initial registration/end of game)"). determine whether it has been done. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1108, the code issue screen is displayed in step S1109, and then this processing ends.

Although not shown, the code issue screen displays operation items such as "initial registration", "code issue (game end)", and "return to top menu". In addition, a QR code is displayed on each subpage corresponding to "issue code (initial registration/end of game)".

Further, if a negative determination is made in step S1108, in step S1110, it is determined whether or not a stage select operation (operating the effect button 125 while the cursor is placed on the "stage select" operation item) has been performed. discriminate. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1110, the stage select screen is displayed in step S1111, and then this process ends.

In the present embodiment, three stages are provided in a normal game state in which variable display is performed: a diving stage, a cruising stage, and a deep-sea search stage, in which the background, appearing characters, etc. change, and the production method also changes. Correspondingly, selection items corresponding to these three stages are displayed on the stage select screen, and by moving the cursor and operating the production button 125, the corresponding stage is displayed. . When the selection operation is performed, the menu screen is automatically closed. Further, when the effect button 125 is operated during the variable display (when the button effect using the effect button 125 is not performed), the stages are switched one by one each time the effect button 125 is operated.

If a negative determination is made in step S1110, it is determined in step S1112 whether or not a customization operation (operating the effect button 125 while the cursor is placed on the "customize" operation item) has been performed. . If an affirmative determination is made in step S1112, the customization screen is displayed in step S1113, and then this processing ends.

In the present embodiment, as customization functions, the design of the appearing character displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 of the pachinko machine 10 is slightly changed, and the player selects the character and voice that appear during a predetermined effect. can do Furthermore, although the customization function cannot be used in the non-mobile-linked game, the customization function is gradually enhanced by clearing predetermined conditions regarding the game in the mobile-linked game.

If a negative determination is made in step S1112, it is determined in step S1114 whether or not an end operation (operating the effect button 125 while the cursor is placed on the "end" operation item) has been performed. If the determination in step S1114 is affirmative, in step S1115 the menu screen is closed, and then this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1114, this processing ends.

Next, processing related to password input (password input processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the password input screen is opened on the decorative design display device . If a negative determination is made in step S1201, the process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1201, it is determined in step S1202 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1202, this processing ends.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S1202, it is determined in step S1203 whether or not the input operation is for returning to the top menu. When an affirmative determination is made in step S1203, the process proceeds to step S1204, displays the top menu on the decorative design display device 42, and then ends this process.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1203, it is determined in step S1205 whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1205, the process is terminated as it is (a process of displaying "Already input" or the like may be performed). On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1205, it is determined in step S1206 whether or not the input operation is for each word constituting a password. If the determination in step S1206 is affirmative, in step S1207 the word specified by the input cursor is displayed in the frame of the word display area specified by the main cursor, and then this process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S1206, it is determined in step S1208 whether or not the operation is to erase one character of the word input in the word display section. If the determination in step S1208 is affirmative, in step S1209, if no word has been entered in the frame specified by the main cursor in the word display area, or if no word has been entered in the frame specified by the main cursor, After executing the process of erasing the word of the previous frame (one frame to the left), this process ends.

In addition, if a negative determination is made in step S1208, that is, if the player has finished inputting the password in the word display section and has operated the effect button 125 while the input cursor is aligned with the operation item "determine". , password authentication processing is performed in step S1210. In subsequent step S1211, it is determined whether or not the entered word combination is registered as a password combination. That is, not all combinations of alphanumeric characters described above are used as passwords, and some combinations are not used.

If the determination in step S1211 is affirmative, in step S1212 input error display processing is performed, and then this processing ends. That is, in the input error display process, a message such as "The password is incorrect" is displayed, and the operation item for which the player's consent is obtained is displayed in a state of being selected by the cursor from the beginning, and the player operates the effect button 125. Then, the setting is made so as to return to the password input screen.

If a negative determination is made in step S1211, password reflection processing is performed in step S1213 to reflect the information contained in the input password in the game of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. Although the details will be described later, the password includes a variable rank given according to the number of variable displays (number of variations) performed on the special display devices 43L and 43R (decorative pattern display device 42) when the player plays the game. and whether or not the jackpot rank given according to the number of times the jackpot state occurs (the number of jackpot hits) and the first to third premium reach as a predetermined specific effect have been derived. In addition to information such as career ranks given accordingly, information on the player's preferences regarding games is also included.

After step S1213, in step S1214, processing for setting the remaining number of times is performed, and then this processing ends. Details of the remaining count setting process and the password reflection process will be described later for convenience of explanation.

Next, processing related to QR code issuance (code issuance processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1301, it is determined whether or not the code issuance screen is open on the decorative design display device . If a negative determination is made in step S1301, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1301, it is determined in step S1302 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1302, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1302, it is determined in step S1303 whether or not the input operation is for returning to the top menu. If a negative determination is made in step S1303, it is determined in step S1304 whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress. If a negative determination is made in step S1304, this processing ends.

If the determination in step S1304 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1305 whether or not it is the first registration. When a negative determination is made in step S1305, in step S1306, a QR code is set based on the game data of the player and displayed on the decoration symbol display device 42.

In this embodiment, the QR code displayed on the "issue code (end of game)" subpage contains the gaming machine ID that identifies the pachinko machine 10, the address of the server operated by the gaming machine manufacturer, and the and selection information, which is information about selection by operating the cross button 126 or the effect button 125. By reading with a mobile communication terminal, it is represented by a character string in URL (Uniform Resource Locator) format. converted into information. That is, on the display of the mobile communication terminal, the character string indicating the address of the server and the character string indicating the game information are displayed, and by accessing the server, the game information and the like are transmitted to the server. Become.

The sub-control device 262 of this embodiment includes a game information storage area as game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, and a selection information storage area as selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information. there is

The game information of this embodiment includes the number of fluctuations, the number of big hits, and information as to whether or not the first to third premium reaches have been derived. Correspondingly, in the game information storage area, there are a variation number counter that counts the number of variations in the mobile-linked game state, a jackpot number counter that counts the number of jackpots in the mobile-linked game state, and a first 3) There are three experienced flags that are turned on when various premium reaches are derived. Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the variation number counter and the jackpot number counter constitute game information counting means.

It should be noted that only the first premium reach out of the first to third premium reach can be derived in the non-mobile-linked gaming state or in the initial state even in the mobile-linked gaming state. On the other hand, if the first premium reach is derived even once in the mobile-linked gaming state, the second premium reach can be derived in subsequent mobile-linked gaming states, and the second premium reach that has already been derived is allowed. The derivation probability of the first premium reach is increased. In addition, when the second premium reach is derived in a state where the second premium reach is derivable, the third premium reach is derivable, and the first and second premiums that have already been derived Reach derivation probability is increased. Furthermore, when the third premium reach is derived in a state where the third premium reach is derivable, the derivation probability of the first to third premium reach increases.

In addition, in the mobile-linked gaming state, when the first premium reach is derived, the first experienced flag is turned on, and when the second premium reach is derived, the second experienced flag is turned on and the third premium. When reach is derived, the third experienced flag is turned on. Incidentally, the premium reach corresponds to "16RS", and when the premium reach is derived, it can be grasped that the "16RS" jackpot state will occur at that time. In this embodiment, when the probability of occurrence of premium reach is increased, the probability of stopping the odd double number when the variable display is stopped when the probability variable jackpot is won is reduced by that amount. .

Further, the selection information of this embodiment includes the number of changes in each stage in the normal game state, that is, the "diving stage", the "cruising stage", and the "deep sea exploration stage".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, three stages are prepared for the jackpot state as well. More specifically, in this embodiment, when an even number of doubles is stopped and displayed in the variable display, it is actually a variable jackpot, and when an odd number of doubles is stopped and displayed, it is actually "16RS". A "sudden announcement stage" announced at the start of the jackpot round, a "final announcement stage" announced at the end of the 7th round, and the player pressing the production button 125 or the like in any of the 1st to 7th rounds. A "chance production stage" is prepared in which the promotion production that participates in the operation is derived. Then, at the start of the jackpot state, a select screen for selecting a stage is displayed, and when the cursor is moved to the option corresponding to the desired stage with the cross button and the performance button 125 is operated, the jackpot round is started on the corresponding stage. becomes. In the present embodiment, the selection information includes the number of times each of the "suddenly announcement stage", "final announcement stage", and "chance presentation stage" is selected.

In addition, in this embodiment, a display prompting the operation of the production button 125 is made on the decorative pattern display device 42, and whether or not the production button 125 is operated (pressed) within the set period, and the number of times the production button 125 is operated (number of repeated hits) ), a button effect may be performed such that the derived effect changes depending on. In this embodiment, the selection information includes whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated for the button effect and how many times the effect button 125 has been operated.

Corresponding to this, in the selection information storage area, stay stage counters that count the number of changes in the "diving stage", "cruising stage", and "deep sea exploration stage", "sudden announcement stage", and "final announcement stage" A jackpot stage selection counter that counts the number of selections of the "stage" and the "chance production stage" respectively, a button counter that counts when the production button 125 is not operated at all during the button production, and a production button 125 during the button production. A continuous hit counter for counting the total number of operations is provided. In particular, in this embodiment, two sets of stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counters, button counters, and repeated hit counters are provided for personal use and for statistics.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, a questionnaire may be conducted during the jackpot state. For example, at the start of the jackpot state, only when the value of the questionnaire implementation counter that can take a value of "0 to 16" is acquired and the value is "1", the decorative pattern is displayed at the start of the second round. A questionnaire display is derived on the display device 42 .

As for the questionnaire display, first, a screen asking whether or not to cooperate with the questionnaire is displayed. If there is an input operation to move and not cooperate, or if the corresponding input operation is not performed even after a predetermined period of time (even after the round in which the questionnaire display started has ended), the questionnaire Display is terminated.

Correspondingly, the sub-controller 262 is provided with a questionnaire result storage area for storing questionnaire answer information (questions and answers).

Then, in step S1306, the variation number counter, the jackpot number counter, and the memory contents of the experienced flag, which are the game information, and the stay stage counter, the jackpot stage selection counter, the button counter, and the continuous hit counter, which are the selection information. The memory contents for both use and statistics and the memory contents of the questionnaire result memory area are encoded and included in the QR code.

In addition, on the display of the mobile communication terminal that reads the QR code, as shown in the upper center of FIG. Information on whether or not it was derived, number of fluctuations in the "diving stage", number of fluctuations in the "cruising stage", number of fluctuations in the "deep sea exploration stage", number of selections in the "sudden announcement stage", "final announcement stage" , the number of times the “chance production stage” was selected, the types of questionnaires that were conducted, and information indicating the answers to the questionnaires. In FIG. 15, character strings indicating game information and selection information are indicated by "·" for convenience.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, "-" is used as a delimiter between the character strings indicating each piece of game information and each piece of selection information. In addition, the number of characters constituting each character string indicating each piece of game information and each selection information is not constant. changes depending on the content to be shown. That is, by determining the order in which the character strings representing the game information and the selection information are arranged and the delimiting characters, the number of character strings representing each piece of information can be changed. As a result, when the amount of information is small, the number of characters can be reduced as much as possible, and the communication time can be reduced (the communication fee can be reduced).

By the way, as a character string indicating game information or selection information, for example, if the number of fluctuations is 1000 times and the number of big wins is 2 times, simply "1000-02" etc. is displayed on the mobile communication terminal. Although it is possible to display it on the display, if such a correspondence relationship is displayed in an easy-to-understand manner, there is a risk that the numbers will be illegally falsified in the mobile communication terminal and false information will be sent to the server. There is Therefore, in this embodiment, the game information and selection information are encrypted, for example, if the number of fluctuations is 1000 times and the number of jackpots is 2 times, the game is displayed as "E7L1-MQT". The display of the mobile communication terminal is displayed so that the user cannot understand the correspondence relationship between the character string and its specific content (number of fluctuations, etc.). In addition, since rules regarding encryption (encryption/decryption) are unified between the pachinko machine 10 side and the server side, information can be reliably exchanged.

In addition, if many kinds of questionnaires are conducted from the transmission of the previous game information or selection information to the present, there is a possibility that the amount of data in the transmission of the next game information or selection information becomes enormous. In addition, even in a configuration in which a questionnaire is not conducted as in the present embodiment, even if more types of information to be accumulated and stored as game information and selection information and sent to the server are set, the next game information and selection information are set. There is a risk that the amount of data in the transmission of In this case, it is conceivable to set an upper limit on the amount of information to be transmitted at one time in order to reduce communication time and communication charges. In such a configuration, when the amount of information is small, the number of characters is reduced as much as possible to increase the types of information that can be sent at one time, or to accumulate on the pachinko machine 10 side because it could not be sent in the previous transmission. You can send it with information. Also, the characters used to delimit character strings are not particularly limited, and can be set as appropriate. may be associated. In addition, although delimiters are set between character strings, it is also possible to add a predetermined character to the beginning of each character string and use such a character as a substitute for the delimiter. In addition, when indicating that 0 times or that a predetermined condition is not satisfied, it may be indicated by a character string other than the initial character, but it is configured to indicate that by arranging delimiters consecutively. may In this case, the number of characters can be further reduced.

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the stage selectable by the player's operation of the effect button 125 or the cross button 126 and the button effect constitute the selected effect. Further, a function that enables derivation of the stage and button effects to be changed by the button operation constitutes selection effect deriving means.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S1305 is affirmative, in step S1307 a QR code corresponding to initial registration is set and displayed, and then this process ends. The QR code displayed on the "initial registration" subpage includes the gaming machine ID, server URL, and information indicating that the game is being played for the first time. The QR code for the initial registration does not include the game information and the selection information, but the QR code after the next time is configured to include both the game information and the selection information.

If the determination in step S1303 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1308 whether or not the QR code is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1308, in step S1309, processing for erasing the player's personal game data stored in the pachinko machine 10 is performed, and then this processing ends. More specifically, in step S1309, the variation number counter, the jackpot number counter, and the experienced flag are reset (the counter value is set to 0, and the flag is turned off), and the stay stage counter, jackpot stage selection counter, Of the button counter and repeated hit counter, the one for personal use is reset.

Incidentally, the stay stage counter, jackpot stage selection counter, button counter, and repeat counter for statistics are not reset at this time. Also, the questionnaire result storage area is only for statistics. The storage area for statistics and the storage area for questionnaire results are configured to be able to store selected information for one week separately for each day. It is configured to be deleted.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the variation number counter, the jackpot number counter, the personal stay stage counter, the jackpot stage selection counter, the button counter, the continuous hit counter, and the memory to the experienced flag are mobile interlocking games is performed only on On the other hand, the counting of the stay stage counter for statistics, the jackpot stage selection counter, the button counter, the repeated hitting counter, and the storage of the questionnaire result storage area are carried out not only in the mobile-linked game but also in the non-mobile-linked game. will be Corresponding to these configurations, the QR code contains the player's individual game information and selection information, and one week's selection information and questionnaire information including not only the player's information but also other players' information. set to included.

In addition, when a negative determination is made in step S1308, the process proceeds to step S1310, displays the top menu on the decorative design display device 42, and then ends this process. In this embodiment, the decorative design display device 42 corresponds to the display means, and the function of displaying the QR code on the decorative design display device 42 constitutes the information output means.

Next, the server-side processing (access handling processing) when there is an access from a predetermined mobile communication terminal (for example, a mobile phone, a smart phone, etc.) will be described with reference to FIG. The mobile communication terminal includes reading means (camera, decoder, etc.) capable of reading the QR code displayed on the decorative design display device 42, communication means capable of communicating with the server, and data supplied from the server (web page etc.). In addition, the server receives from the mobile communication terminal a fluctuation number counter, a jackpot number counter, an experienced flag, a stay stage counter for personal use and statistics, a jackpot stage selection counter, a button counter, a repeat counter, and questionnaire results. A host side game information storage area ( host side game information storage means), host side selection information storage area (host side game information storage means) and a host-side questionnaire result storage area. Further, in this embodiment, the host-side variation counter and the host-side jackpot number counter constitute the host-side game information counting means.

First, in step S1401, it is determined whether or not there is an access from a mobile communication terminal. If a negative determination is made in step S1401, this processing ends. If the determination in step S1401 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1402 whether or not the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal includes information indicating that it is the first time.

If the determination in step S1402 is affirmative, in step S1403, the game that has accessed the host-side storage area (host-side game information storage area, host-side selection information storage area) via the mobile communication terminal is displayed. A process of setting storage areas (individual game information storage area, individual selection information storage area) for accumulating and storing player's individual game information and selection information is performed.

Subsequently, in step S1404, a process of displaying a first-time web page corresponding to access using the first-time QR code is performed on the display of the mobile communication terminal, and then this process ends. More specifically, after formal user registration, a password for the first time is displayed (a password is issued even if there is no entry in the user registration). The initial password includes information indicating that the game is played for the first time. Also, in step S1404, the cookie information is stored in the accessing mobile communication terminal. As a result, when the mobile communication terminal accesses the server from the next time onwards, the cookie information will also be sent to the server, and the server will be able to confirm the cookie information even if the player does not log in. , the mobile communication terminal of the player with which accumulated data has been accessed is grasped, and the corresponding display is performed. It should be noted that the user may be configured to log in by entering the ID password each time the server is accessed.

If a negative determination is made in step S1402, that is, if access is received based on the QR code issued after the first time, in step S1405, the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal is used as the change count information (variation count information). information indicating the value of the number counter) is read, the number of fluctuations this time is added to the number of fluctuations already stored in the host side fluctuation number counter, and the calculated value is newly stored in the host side fluctuation number counter.

In the following step S1406, the number of big wins information (information indicating the value of the number of big wins counter) is read from the information transmitted from the portable communication terminal, and the number of big wins this time is changed to the number of variations already stored in the number of big wins counter on the host side. , and the calculated value is newly stored in the host-side jackpot number counter.

Further, in step S1407, occurrence information of premium reach (information indicating the flag that has been turned on) of premium reach is read from the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal. turn on the flag.

Thereafter, in step S1408, variation rank determination processing is performed. In this embodiment, a player is ranked according to how many mobile-linked games they have played. or Rank determination is basically performed in the server, and in step S1408, by determining whether or not the number of fluctuations stored in the host-side fluctuation number counter is equal to or greater than a predetermined number of fluctuations, A rank (variation rank) relating to the number of fluctuations is determined. In this embodiment, the variable rank can be updated to the second rank when the variable display is performed 1000 times in the first rank (initial rank). In addition, although it takes 3000 rotations from the second rank to the third rank, after that, 5000 rotations are required to update the rank by one. When the pachinko machine 10 is played in a game hall from the start of business to the end of business, the total number of times of fluctuation display is about 3000, depending on the business hours and the content of the game, and the second rank and later are ranked in one day. It is difficult to raise the rank, but if it is the first rank, it can be hoped for in half a day.

In the following step S1409, big hit rank determination processing is performed. In this embodiment, the jackpot rank can be updated to the second rank by executing the jackpot state ten times in the first rank (initial rank). In addition, although it takes 30 times from the 2nd rank to the 3rd rank, and 50 times from the 3rd rank to the 4th rank, after that, 80 times are required to update the rank by one. When the pachinko machine 10 is played in a game hall from the start of business to the end of business, the total number of jackpot wins is about 25, depending on business hours and luck, and it is not possible to raise the rank in one day after the second rank. It's difficult, but if it's the 1st rank, you can hope to rank up in a day.

In subsequent step S1410, career rank determination processing is performed. In this embodiment, the career ranks are a first rank that has never led a premium reach during a mobile-linked game and can only lead a first premium reach, and a first rank that leads a first premium reach. As a result, it is possible to derive the second premium reach, and the second rank, which increases the probability of deriving the first premium reach, and the second rank, have derived the second premium reach, As a result, it is possible to derive the 3rd premium reach, and the 3rd rank, which increases the probability of deriving the 1st and 2nd premium reach, and the 3rd premium reach in the 3rd rank, have been derived. There is a 4th rank that increases the probability of deriving the 1st to 3rd premium reach.

In the subsequent step S1411, various selection information (both personal and statistical stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counters, button counters, and information indicating the values of repeated hit counters) are extracted from the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal. It reads it, performs processing to add it to the corresponding counter, or performs processing to set the corresponding flag. In this embodiment, not only the selection information of the individual player but also the selection information of other players who have played the pachinko machine 10 played by the player is transmitted via the mobile communication terminal. The player's individual selection information is stored in a personal selection information storage area capable of storing the player's individual selection information in the host side game information storage area, and the selection information including other players is stored in the player who plays the same model. The overall selection information is stored in the overall game information storage area. In step S1411, the process of storing the questionnaire information included in the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal in the host-side questionnaire result storage area is also executed.

After that, in step S1412, the display of the mobile communication terminal performs processing for displaying a web page reflecting the rank determined in steps S1408 to S1410 and the accumulated data of the selection information added in step S1411. After that, this process is terminated. The web page includes a "spec" that teaches specifications such as the jackpot probability of the pachinko machine 10, a "personal data management" that allows the player to check the game record of the individual player, and a There is an operation item such as "Issue password" that can issue a new password. In this embodiment, the functions of steps S1408 to S1410 constitute rank determination means.

Next, processing for issuing a password (password issuing processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1501, it is determined whether or not an operation for issuing a password has been performed. If a negative determination is made in step S1501, this processing ends. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1501, remaining information determination processing is performed in step S1502.

In the remaining information determination process, the current fluctuation rank is checked to grasp the next fluctuation rank, and a predetermined value as the total number of fluctuations necessary for updating to the next fluctuation rank is grasped, and from this value , the value obtained by subtracting the number of fluctuations stored in the host side fluctuation number counter, that is, the remaining number of fluctuation display times required to update to the next fluctuation rank is calculated, and the host side residual fluctuation number storage area temporarily stored in Further, it is determined whether or not the calculated number of times is less than 1000 times, and if it is 1000 times or more, the number of times stored in the host side balance winning number storage area is erased.

Further, in the remaining information determination process, the current jackpot rank is confirmed to grasp the next jackpot rank, and a predetermined value as the total number of jackpots required for updating to the next jackpot rank is grasped, A value obtained by subtracting the number of jackpots stored in the host-side jackpot number counter from the value, that is, the remaining number of jackpots required to update to the next jackpot rank is calculated, and the host-side remaining jackpot count is stored. Temporarily store in area. Further, it determines whether or not the calculated number of times is less than 30 times, and if it is 30 times or more, erases the number of times stored in the host side balance winning number storage area. In this embodiment, the function of the remaining information determination process constitutes the calculation means and the allowable value determination means.

After step S1502, in step S1503, reference is made to the change rank, jackpot rank, career rank, individual selection information of the player, the value of the host-side remaining variation count storage area, and the value of the host-side remaining variation count storage area. , perform password setting processing to set a password. Further, when a value other than "0" is stored in the host-side residual variation frequency storage area and the host-side residual variation frequency storage area, residual information indicating that value is included in the password. In other words, if there are 1000 or more times remaining before reaching the next variation rank or 30 or more times remaining before reaching the next jackpot rank, the remaining information is not included in the password.

The sub-control device 262 of the pachinko machine 10 has a rank storage area for storing the fluctuation rank, the jackpot rank, and the history rank. is read, the corresponding information is stored in the rank storage area. As a result, it is possible to enjoy the effects corresponding to the rank. In this embodiment, it is possible to select the design of a character that appears in a predetermined presentation, or select a voice pattern to be output at a predetermined timing, according to the variation rank and the jackpot rank. Also, for example, when super reach is performed, the value stored in the rank storage area may be checked, and the corresponding effect table may be selected from among a plurality of effect tables. The contents stored in the rank storage area are erased at the same time when the QR code issued in the code issuing process is erased (see step S1309 in FIG. 10).

In addition, the sub-control device 262 has a preference information storage area capable of storing information (preference information) based on the accumulated selection information of the individual player. The information is stored in the preference information storage area. The preference information of this embodiment includes information indicating the most selected stage in the normal game state, information indicating the most selected stage in the jackpot state, and whether or not there is a tendency to operate the effect button 125 during button effect. There is information indicating

Then, in the password reflection process (see FIG. 9) of step S1213 described above, when the menu screen display is closed, the process of automatically shifting to the most selected stage in the normal game state and the start of the jackpot state Sometimes, the selection cursor on the stage selection screen is set so that it is aimed at the operation item that selects the most selected stage from the beginning, and the button effect derivation ratio is increased or decreased (change the selected effect table ) processing is performed. The contents stored in the preference information storage area are erased at the same time when the QR code issued in the code issuing process is erased.

In addition, as described above, in the present embodiment, there is a possibility that a questionnaire will be conducted during the jackpot state (second round), and the content of the preference information storage area will also be reflected in the question content of the questionnaire. be done. For example, in the non-mobile-linked game state, "How many times have you played this model? 1: First time, 2: 2nd to 4th times, 3: 5 times or more", "How many times in a month in the game hall?" 1: once or less, 2: 2-4 times, 3: 5 times or more", "Which stage do you dislike? 1: diving stage, 2: cruising stage, 3: deep sea exploration stage", etc. is selected. On the other hand, in the mobile-linked game state, in addition to the content of the questions in the non-mobile-linked game state (some of which may be omitted), the stage in the normal game state that is most selected by the player is "○○ stage. What do you like? 1; Production, 2; Character, 3; Others”, “What do you like about production? 1; selected. It should be noted that up to three questions can be asked during one jackpot state, and even if three questions are not answered, the questionnaire display ends when the third round ends.

Further, the sub-control device 262 has a remaining variation number storage area (counter) and a remaining winning number storage area (counter) as remaining number storage means, and a remaining variation flag and a remaining winning flag corresponding to these respectively. , when the remaining information is read from the password, in the remaining number setting process (step S1214), the remaining number is set in the remaining variation number storage area and the remaining winning number storage area, and the corresponding remaining variation flag and remaining number are set. Turn on the winning flag. Thereafter, when the remaining variation flag is turned on, the value of the remaining variation number storage area is decremented by 1 each time a variation display is performed, and when the remaining winning flag is turned on, each time a jackpot state occurs. 1 is subtracted from the value of the remaining hit count storage area. Then, when the value of the corresponding remaining variation number storage area or remaining winning number storage area becomes "0" while the corresponding remaining variation flag or remaining winning flag is turned on, the variation rank or jackpot rank is updated by one rank. Alternatively, the value of the corresponding rank storage area is changed (1 is added) so that the processing corresponding to the new rank is executed.

In addition, in this embodiment, the remaining variation display until reaching the next variation rank is 100 times, 50 times, 40 times, 30 times, 20 times, 10 times, 5 times, 3 times, 2 times, 1 time In that case, the variation display (decorative pattern display device 42) is configured to make an announcement (guidance) to the effect that the variation rank will be increased in XX times. Furthermore, when the number of hits remaining until reaching the next jackpot rank is 10, 7, 5, 3, 2, and 1, the first variation display (decorative pattern display) after the end of the jackpot The device 42) is configured to provide guidance to the effect that the jackpot rank will be increased in XX more times.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, as a factor that changes the production state so that a change occurs in the selected production (state transition condition for shifting to a specific production state), a fluctuation rank, a jackpot rank, a career rank, and a game In addition to personal preference information, missions are set to change the state of production according to the items that have been achieved. More specifically, in one game (mobile-linked game), the jackpot state is generated 10 times, 20 times, 30 times, or 40 times. 3 times, 5 times, 10 times without pinching), change display after the jackpot state ends in one game 500 times to 599 times, 600 times to 699 times, 700 times to 799 times, 800 times to 899 times times, 900 times or more to generate a jackpot state, 3 times, 5 times, 7 times, 9 times to generate a variable display that causes a reach state within 20 rotations, specific sub characters (such as seahorses 2, 3, 4, and 5 times in succession, using a real-time clock or the like that is installed in the pachinko machine 10 and is set to the Japanese standard time at the time of manufacture, In addition, in a configuration in which the opening time and closing time of the game hall are set, a big win can be made within one hour of opening the game hall, and a big win can be made within one hour of closing the game hall.

The success or failure of each mission, counts, etc., are managed by corresponding flags, counting counters, etc. as game information storage means. If there is an accomplished mission, that information is included in the QR code. However, the value of the counter used to determine the success or failure of the mission is not included in the QR code, and regardless of the value of the count (whether the count is 0 or the mission is one step away) ), the same process (corresponding mission not achieved).

It should be noted that counts for updating variable ranks, jackpot ranks, career ranks, etc. are also included in one type of mission. In addition, missions that are achieved (rank update) by counting the specified number are count-based missions, and various information that is subject to counting (for example, the occurrence of a jackpot state, which is the number of jackpots) , the occurrence of a normal jackpot that is the target of the number of continuous normal jackpots, the occurrence of a reach state that is the target of the number of reach occurrences within 20 rotations, etc.) correspond to the count game information, and a counter that counts it. constitutes game information counting means. Furthermore, the information of the variable display that the corresponding counter value is transmitted to the server at the end of the mobile-linked game and the information of the jackpot are the first count information, and other count-type missions in which the corresponding counter value is not transmitted. is the second count information.

In addition, limited missions are missions that can be achieved by the occurrence of a target effect or game state in a limited situation, and various types of information that the target effect or game state has occurred correspond to limited game information. A flag for storing success or failure constitutes a limited-system achievement information storage means. By the way, although detailed explanation is omitted, various missions teach that the completion of the mission is approaching when the target event occurs, and it is possible to determine whether or not to generate the mission. It is supposed to be done. That is, for example, if it is a mission related to variable display, when the variable display is executed, the number of changes until the mission is completed is checked, and the remaining number of times indicates that the mission is near completion. In this case, the teaching process is performed. In addition, for example, in the case of a mission in which a normal jackpot occurs three times in a row, between the decision to generate a jackpot state and the jackpot state, a normal jackpot and a counter that counts the number of consecutive normal jackpots are set. If it is the second time in the count this time, the ending of the jackpot state, the fluctuation display immediately after that, etc., and if the next time is also a normal jackpot, the mission of three consecutive jackpots will be achieved. to teach them.

Now, in this embodiment, when the determination (step S1108) of whether or not the code issuing operation has been performed in the menu display processing (see FIG. 8) is affirmative, the code issuing processing (see FIG. 10) is executed. It is configured such that a mission confirmation process is performed before it is performed. The mission confirmation process will be described below with reference to FIG. Incidentally, in this embodiment, when the code issuance screen is displayed in step S1109 of FIG. 8, instead of the "code issuance screen" being displayed suddenly, a "mission confirmation screen" asking whether or not to confirm the mission is displayed. is displayed.

First, in step S1601, it is determined whether or not a mission confirmation screen is displayed. When an affirmative determination is made in step S1601, it is determined in step S1602 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1602, this processing ends. By the way, on the "mission confirmation screen", the purpose of the screen display and selection items of "Yes" and "No" are displayed, and the items can be selected and determined by the effect button 125 and the cross button 126. .

On the other hand, if the determination in step S1602 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1603 whether or not "yes" has been selected. If the determination in step S1603 is affirmative, in step S1604, a mission list screen (see FIG. 12C) displaying a list of missions that are about to be completed is displayed, and then this process ends. . For example, if the remaining variation display until reaching the next variation rank is 200 times or less (it is softer than the guidance execution criteria performed during the variation display), on the mission list screen, "Variation The item "Rank" is displayed, and when the cursor is moved to "Variation Rank", "Remaining 150 times or less" or the like is displayed. Also, for example, if it is one hour after the game hall starts spinning, the item "Within 1 hour of opening" is displayed. etc. is displayed. In addition, for example, when the reach state occurs 4 times between 15 fluctuation displays, the item "reach 5 times within 20 rotations" is displayed, and when the cursor is moved there, "5 more times The mission is cleared when the reach is generated between the fluctuation displays. It should be noted that the term ``achieving near completion'' as used here means a state in which the specified number associated with the achievement of the count-type mission is less than the predetermined allowable number of times, and a limited-type mission. If a predetermined effect or game state, which is the target of , can be made to appear at the current stage, the corresponding limited mission is achieved.

Further, if a negative determination is made in step S1603, that is, if "No" is selected to indicate that the mission list screen should not be displayed, a code issuance screen (QR code) is displayed in step S1605, and then this End the process.

If a negative determination is made in step S1601, it is determined in step S1606 whether or not the mission list screen is displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S1606, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1606, it is determined in step S1607 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1607, this processing ends. Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 12(c), in the "mission list screen", the item "return to game" and the item "end game (issue QR code)" are displayed at the bottom. , the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, the item can be selected and determined.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S1607 is affirmative, it is determined in step S1608 whether or not the item "return to game" has been selected. If the determination in step S1608 is negative, that is, if the player selects to end the game, the code issuing screen is displayed in step S1605, and then the process ends. As a result, the end of the mobile-linked game is confirmed (it becomes impossible for a counter or the like, which normally counts consecutive O jackpot wins, to count from the continuation).

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1608, that is, if the item "return to game" is selected (or if another cancel operation is performed), the main menu screen is displayed in step S1609. After that (processing for closing all menu screens may be performed), this processing is terminated. In other words, after confirming the mission that is about to be completed, the user can return to the mobile-linked game without displaying the QR code. By the way, even if you don't want to end the mobile-linked game, by performing the operation to end the mobile-linked game until the mission list display is displayed, you can basically complete the mission at any time except during the variable display or the jackpot state. You can check the list.

In addition, depending on the missions that have been cleared, or the combination thereof, a new effect state (the type of effect that is derived and the balance that is derived will change) will be given, but it should not be forced on one-sidedly. Instead, it may be configured so that the player can select from among the performance states he has experienced so far (either on the pachinko machine 10 side or the server side). Further, in the present embodiment, it is possible to select whether or not to display the mission list screen at the end of the mobile-linked game, but it may be configured so that it is always displayed. In this embodiment, the decorative pattern display device 42, the function of displaying the number of variable display times and the number of big wins until the variable rank and the big win rank are updated during the variable display, and the mission list when ending the mobile linked game The function of displaying the screen constitutes near-achievement teaching means.

In addition, the QR code issued in the code issuing process is erased from the remaining fluctuation number storage area, the remaining hit number storage area, the two remaining setting flags, and the flags and counters used to determine the success or failure of various missions. reset at the same time. Further, for example, in response to rank-up or mission achievement, the decorative symbol display device 42 may display an event over a plurality of variable displays. That is, for example, by checking the values of the remaining variation number storage area and the remaining number of hits storage area, it is possible to grasp the remaining number of times until the rank up, so when the variation display to rank up is suspended (for example, the number of remaining variations The countdown of the values in the storage area and the number of remaining winnings storage area is performed when there is a winning to the starting winning unit 33 (starting winning process), and when the value becomes "0") Alternatively, in a part of the variation display (including at least the variation display in which the value of the remaining variation number storage area and the remaining number of wins storage area becomes "0"), a series of displays (for example, the remaining variation number storage area and the remaining number of wins The party is prepared for the variable display where the value in the count storage area becomes "0", and the party is displayed in the variable display where the values in the remaining variation count storage area and the remaining win count storage area become "0". is performed, a predetermined change occurs in the appearing character (for example, a change in clothing), and the subsequent variable display may be configured to continue to maintain the state after the change.

After step S1503, the password is displayed in step S1504, and then this process ends. The functions of steps S1503 and S1504 constitute password issuing means.

As described in detail above, according to the first embodiment, the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage area (variation number counter, If the jackpot number counter and the value of the experienced flag) are included, the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage area (both personal and statistical stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counter, button counter, and the value of the repeated hit counter) are also included. In other words, in order to understand the information that the player wants to know or collect in order to use it as reference material when the player reviews his own game, or to receive services according to the game history, and to understand customer needs It is a set of information that game machine manufacturers want to know. Therefore, by reading the QR code with the portable communication terminal and communicating with the server after the game, the player can send useful information to the server for both the player side and the game machine maker side. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and wide-ranging (responses can be obtained from a larger number of players), thus avoiding situations where the information is outdated, irrelevant, or overly biased. can be done. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain detailed data such as the fact that a person who selects a predetermined stage does not operate buttons very often. As a result, fresh and accurate information can be obtained one by one, and such good information can be used to develop new machines that meet the expectations of players. In other words, while inheriting the goodness of the past by leaving the elements that are popular with the players, on the contrary, the elements that are not popular are removed and simplified, or alternatively, the complexity is suppressed by replacing them with other elements. It is possible to carry out new trials while doing so.

In addition, in the present embodiment, only the game information in the mobile-linked game state, which is the period from the password input operation to the display of the QR code including the game information and selection information, is stored in the game information storage area. remembered. Therefore, the individual game information of the player can be reliably stored, and the data storage capacity of the game information in the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed as much as possible.

Further, in the selection information storage area, there are a storage area for individual players for storing selection information of individual players (playing games) and a statistical area for storing selection information for all players who have played the pachinko machine 10. The storage area for statistics stores not only the selection information in the mobile-linked game state but also the selection information in the non-mobile-linked game state. Therefore, selection information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent incidentally. This makes it possible to obtain more selection information at the server.

In addition, the contents stored in the game information storage area and the contents stored in the personal storage area of the selection information storage area are deleted when the QR code is displayed and the mobile-linked game ends. On the other hand, the contents stored in the statistic storage area of the selection information storage area remain unchanged even after the QR code is displayed and the mobile-linked game is terminated. Therefore, it is possible to transmit more selection information to the server (selection information for other players is also collectively transmitted) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the pachinko machine 10 . Furthermore, for example, when the QR code is displayed, the stored contents of the statistic storage area in the selection information storage area are erased. However, if the player does not read the QR code and send it to the server, the selection information of the player (and the game in the non-mobile-linked game immediately before the player starts the mobile-linked game) If it has been done, the selection information accumulated and stored at that time) will not be sent to the server and will not remain on the pachinko machine 10 side. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, even after the QR code is displayed, the stored contents of the statistics storage area in the selection information storage area remain. left. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information can be achieved more reliably.

In addition, in the server, the game information stored in the host-side game information storage area and the selection information stored in the storage area for the player's personal use among the selection information stored in the host-side selection information storage area in this example. A password will be issued accordingly. More specifically, the password includes not only rank information indicating each rank given according to the accumulated game information, but also information indicating the player's tastes and preferences determined from the accumulated selection information. is set to Therefore, selection information accumulated so far by the individual player, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences can be reflected in the game, and an effect suitable for the player's individual hobbies and preferences can be performed. (In this example, by entering a password in the normal game state, the stage can be automatically switched to the stage preferred by the player, or the frequency of button effects can be increased or decreased). As a result, it is possible to improve the playability by retrofitting, and particularly in the present embodiment, the player feels that the gaming machine becomes more familiar with him as he repeatedly plays the game, so that he can play the game comfortably. can be done. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation in which the player must perform the same operation each time in order to set the pachinko machine 10 to his/her desired state (for example, to set his/her favorite stage) within a selectable range. Furthermore, since the effect balance changes at any time according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rutiness.

Further, according to the present embodiment, a questionnaire effect may be derived during the jackpot state. In this way, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped simply by counting the selections of selection effects. For example, it is possible to inquire about a performance that the user dislikes (uninteresting) or why he/she likes a particular performance. Therefore, it is possible to collect more information and more reliably avoid the situation of creating a gaming machine that does not meet the needs of the player.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to the information (the player's hobbies and preferences) based on the selection information included in the password input to the pachinko machine 10 . That is, for example, when the player himself/herself has selected the diving stage overwhelmingly many times in the past, the decorative pattern display device 42 displays the message "Please tell me why you like the diving stage. 1; Game tempo ( 2: I like the characters that appear.3: I like the sound.”, etc., can also be displayed. Therefore, it is possible to conduct a more detailed survey and obtain better quality questionnaire data. In addition, even if the number of options and the number of questions are reduced, it is possible to efficiently shift to detailed questions, and as a player, the questionnaire can be completed relatively smoothly (without feeling too much stress). can answer.

If a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, the questions may be biased or the questions may be irrelevant to the player's tastes and preferences. can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be efficiently conducted, more suitable answers can be obtained, and the number of times the questionnaire effect is derived can be reduced. You can control the situation that you feel.

In addition, in the questionnaire production, a display asking whether or not to participate in the questionnaire is displayed first, and only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed, the contents of the questionnaire (questions) are displayed, and an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed. is performed, or if there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period of time, the contents of the questionnaire are not displayed. Therefore, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, although the player has no intention to participate in the questionnaire, the contents of the questionnaire are displayed, and no operation is performed here. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire result is significantly lowered due to making a different selection (simply repeatedly hitting the effect button 125).

In addition, in the present embodiment, ranking is performed according to the number of fluctuations, the number of big hits, and the experience of deriving premium reach. In other words, it is now possible to derive effects that could not be derived until now, and it is possible to enhance the customization function. Furthermore, determination of update of the rank and accumulation of game information of the game over a plurality of times are performed in the server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeatedly play the mobile-linked game, so it is desirable to have the player actively participate in the mobile-linked game and, in turn, to provide more selection information. can.

Further, in the case where the server side accumulates and stores total game information, even if the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the rank is not updated unless the information to that effect is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

However, even if the number of fluctuations or the number of big hits reaches the prescribed number of times predetermined as a condition for updating the rank, the game is started shortly after the game is started, and even if the prescribed number of times is reached early, the game must be finished once. There is a concern that the changes in the presentation corresponding to the new rank cannot be enjoyed without following the steps of displaying the QR code, accessing the server, and entering the issued password. As a result, the player who has fulfilled the condition for updating the rank and wants to enjoy the corresponding effect will have to end the game once as described above. Also, even after the conditions for updating the rank are met, the number of fluctuations and the number of jackpots are accumulated without accessing the server, so the period during which you can enjoy the performance corresponding to the next updated rank will be significantly shortened. Alternatively, the condition for skipping one rank and updating to two ranks may be achieved, and the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the one rank higher may be lost. There is

In this regard, according to the present embodiment, in the server, the difference between the total number of fluctuations and the total number of jackpots executed and the specified number of times predetermined as the condition for updating the rank is less than the allowable value (the number of fluctuations is less than 1000 times , the number of jackpots is less than 30), the password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of fluctuations up to the prescribed number of times and the number of jackpots. Therefore, even if the game is not ended once, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank can be changed. Therefore, as long as the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the player can derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without extra effort. Furthermore, it is possible to provide sufficient opportunities to enjoy the effects and the like corresponding to each rank.

In addition, if the difference between the total number of variations and the number of jackpots executed and the specified number of times predetermined as a condition for updating the rank is greater than or equal to an allowable value, the password is configured not to include remaining information. ing. In this way, since the password does not always contain residual information, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, when entering a password, there are not only combinations of words that are allowed to be entered, but also combinations that are not allowed to be entered. length and increase the number of types of words that can be selected when entering a password. Therefore, by minimizing the total number of password patterns, it is possible to shorten the password and minimize the number of words that can be selected when entering the password, thereby improving the operability when the player enters the password. etc. can be achieved. As a result, the password input operation is difficult and the input work is avoided, the game cycle via the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there, and the chances of obtaining data (selection information) about the player are reduced. It is possible to suppress the situation such as

In addition, the sub-control device 262 of the pachinko machine 10 has a remaining variation frequency storage area and a remaining winning frequency storage area for storing the remaining variation frequency and jackpot frequency required until the variation rank and the jackpot rank are updated to the next rank. , and a remaining variation flag and a remaining winning flag corresponding to these, respectively. When the remaining information is read from the password, processing such as setting the remaining number of times in the corresponding storage area is performed. Furthermore, when a mobile-linked game is played for the first time (or when restarted from the beginning), although the password issued by the server does not contain remaining information, it does contain information indicating that the game is being played for the first time. Based on the fact that the information is included, processing such as setting the remaining number of times in the corresponding storage area is performed. Therefore, even when the condition for updating the rank to the next rank is achieved in the initial rank, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank can be preferably changed without requiring the player extra time and effort.

In addition, for the variable rank and the jackpot rank, the number of times the rank can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of times required for subsequent rank updates. That is, the change rank requires 1000 times of change display from the first rank (initial rank) to the second rank, 3000 times of change display is required from the second rank to the third rank, and after that, the rank 5000 times of change display are required to update one of . As for the jackpot rank, 10 jackpots are required from 1st rank to 2nd rank, 30 jackpots are required from 2nd rank to 3rd rank, and 50 jackpots are required from 3rd rank to 4th rank. 1 jackpot, after that it takes 80 jackpots to update one rank. In this way, by making the update condition from the initial rank to the next rank relatively loose, the game performance via the mobile communication terminal and the server is reduced due to the fact that the update condition cannot be achieved even once. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the person is not attracted to the person and is later avoided.

In this embodiment, when the mobile interlocking game is performed, the remaining number of fluctuation display times until the fluctuation rank is updated is 100 times or less, or the remaining number of jackpots until the jackpot rank is updated is 10 times or less. , the number of remaining times until each rank update is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 . Furthermore, when performing an operation to end the mobile-linked game, a mission list screen showing missions that are about to be completed is displayed. Therefore, a player who is interested in a new effect state that can be obtained by completing a mission can obtain information on a mission that is about to be completed, and choose to continue playing the game for a while to achieve the mission. It can be performed. For this reason, for a player who is playing a game aiming at the performance state obtained by completing the mission, it is possible to stop at that point and enjoy the performance state as a privilege, even though the mission is just one step away from being achieved. It is possible to avoid a situation where the work is carried over to the next time or after, or that the situation has to be redone from scratch next time. As a result, it is possible to avoid the frustration of finding out later that the player has stopped playing just one step away from completing the mission. Time) and the business hours of the game hall, etc., making it easier to plan games such as whether to complete the mission this time or next time, and the production state given according to the game experience (completed mission) It is possible to improve the convenience for enjoying the.

Also, when you end the mobile-linked game, you can check the missions that are close to completion, so you may forget your initial goal when starting the mobile-linked game this time, and you may accidentally play the mobile-linked game. can be prevented from ending. Furthermore, even if you do not want to end the mobile-linked game, you can basically complete the mission at any time except during the variable display or the jackpot state by performing the operation to end the mobile-linked game until the mission list display is displayed. You can check the list. In this way, since the mission can be confirmed on the decorative pattern display device 42, it is possible to calmly confirm the mission that is closer to completion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which it becomes difficult to grasp due to confusion when, for example, a plurality of missions are about to be completed.

In particular, among the count missions, the count information of the counters corresponding to the variation rank and the jackpot rank (remaining variation number storage area and remaining number of winning number storage area) is included in the QR code at the end of the mobile-linked game and sent to the server. sent to. On the other hand, for other count-based missions, the information about what has been accomplished is included in the QR code and sent to the server, but the count information for the corresponding counter is included in the QR code. not sent to the server. Therefore, once the mobile-linked game is stopped, the counting starts from 1 again. For this reason, as in the present embodiment, by teaching that the mission is nearing completion, the player may stop the game just a short time before the mission is completed, thereby making it easier to reach the mission. The function and effect of preventing the distance from being separated will be exhibited more remarkably.

In addition, regarding the variable rank and the jackpot rank, the remaining number of times until the rank is updated is displayed as it is. It is possible to clearly grasp the number of times until the achievement.

(Second embodiment)
The second embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23, focusing on the characteristic portions. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

In the second embodiment, the player can set the effects of the pachinko machine 10 on the server (home page of the game machine manufacturer). That is, as shown in FIG. 20, it is possible to set the appearance rate of each effect in each stage in the normal game state. More specific effects setting items include the appearance rate of the advance notice effect that suggests the degree of expectation for the occurrence of the jackpot, the appearance balance of the reach effect that is performed in the variable display where the jackpot is taught and the reach outside the front and back occurs, and the jackpot. Appearance rate of cut-in effects to increase expectations for occurrence, distribution balance of activation timing of premium roles (not shown) that teaches that a big win will occur, various reach suggestions that suggest expectations for occurrence of reach state Presence or absence of characters. Of course, the types (targets) and number of effect setting items are not particularly limited, and may be configured so that more detailed (many) settings can be performed.

Regarding the setting of effect setting items, as a general game flow, first, when accessing the server at the time of initial registration of the mobile linked game, when the input of the player's personal information is completed, "The appearance rate of the effect You can change the settings, what should you do? By the way, you can change the settings at any time." is displayed. Here, when the effect setting item is set, the information on the setting contents of the effect setting item is added to the password issued by the server, and by inputting the password into the pachinko machine 10, the setting is performed. The game is played with the balance of the effect setting items.

In addition, the server accumulates and stores the game information and selection information of the player who has completed the initial registration, and also stores the setting contents of the effect setting items. Therefore, in the next and subsequent mobile-communication-linked games, the password will be added with the information on the setting contents of the effect setting items stored in the server.

Furthermore, when accessing the server with the portable communication terminal based on the information of the latest QR code issued by the pachinko machine 10, the setting of the effect setting items can be freely changed at any time. In addition, in this embodiment, even if it is not a mobile communication terminal that is playing a mobile-linked game (cookie information is registered in the server), the server is accessed from a personal computer installed at the player's home, etc. By entering the password issued by the server from the mobile communication terminal into the server from the personal computer (or accessing the server with the URL format character string information obtained when the latest QR code is read), the player It is possible to change the setting of the effect setting item corresponding to the mobile-linked game and issue a password for the mobile-linked game after the change.

In addition, in this embodiment, even if the mobile-linked game is not performed, the performance setting items can be set, and a game can be performed on the pachinko machine 10 according to the setting contents. That is, even a player who does not play a mobile-linked game can access the server using a personal computer or the like and set the effect setting items so as to obtain a desired effect. Further, it is possible to issue a password for effect setting including the effect content of the set effect setting item and the information of the corresponding model. By inputting the effect setting password into the pachinko machine 10, the player can enjoy a game corresponding to the set contents of the set effect setting items.

In addition, on the server, the setting contents of the effect setting items set by other players or game machine manufacturers can be viewed, and passwords for the settings can be obtained. For example, a popularity vote is conducted on the setting contents of the effect setting items on the server, and the setting contents and their passwords of the superiors are made public. Also, for example, as a recommendation from the manufacturer, the image of the setting and its password are made public. Incidentally, the password contains only the setting contents of the effect setting items and the model information, and does not contain the player's individual information such as game information. For this reason, the effect setting password has a smaller amount of information, and therefore has a smaller number of words than a password for a normal mobile-linked game. As part of the mobile-linked game, when the server is accessed based on the information of the QR code issued by the pachinko machine 10, or when the password issued to the server in advance by the mobile communication terminal is entered into the server from the personal computer. If you log in with this, you can reflect the setting contents of the effect setting items set by other players and game machine manufacturers to your own effect setting items, and issue a password for mobile-linked games after the change. It's like

In the present embodiment, in order to simplify the control of the pachinko machine 10 and reduce the memory usage, etc., the pachinko machine 10 is configured not to set the effect setting items. 10 may be configured so that the setting of the effect setting item can be changed. In this case, the convenience of changing the setting of the effect setting item is further improved. When adopting this configuration, in order to continue to use the setting contents of the effect setting items in the mobile linked game, it is necessary to output the setting contents of the effect setting items to the server side. It is necessary to include the setting contents of the setting item. Further, when adopting such a configuration, after entering the password for the mobile-linked game to the pachinko machine 10 to perform the mobile-linked game, if the password for effect setting is entered, based on the password for effect setting, , the contents of the effect setting items may be changed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, random or original can be selected in various settings of effect setting items. If random is set, the server will decide one of the options, but the player will not be informed of the content of the decision at that time, and the mobile-linked game password of this setting will be used. After inputting and performing a mobile interlocking game on the pachinko machine 10, the QR code is read with a mobile communication terminal, and when the server is accessed, the setting screen for the effect setting items can be opened to know the effect setting items. ing. As a result, it is possible to add enjoyment such as matching answers, and to increase motivation for mobile-linked games. Furthermore, all random and all original settings for the entire selection items, random settings for each column on the setting screen of the effect setting items, and original settings for each column are also possible.

Further, in the present embodiment, a special effect that cannot be set independently can be derived by combining the settings of the effect setting items. For example, in the present embodiment, as the advance notice effect, a "fish school effect" displayed across the decorative pattern display device 42 is performed. A jackpot state occurs in about 40% of the cases. In this embodiment, it is possible to set the probability that the fish school effect will appear when the jackpot state occurs, and the probability that the fish school will appear when the front and back reach is reached. In addition, when it is set to 60% or less, as a special effect, a school of fish (large school of fish) composed of relatively large fish, which is not derived in the original state, appears.

Furthermore, for example, in the present embodiment, one to three of the reach effects "Kuroshio Reach", "Coral Reach", and "Marine Reach" can be made unnecessary (prevented from appearing). Above, any one can be set as a favorite. In this embodiment, if any one of "Kuroshio Reach", "Coral Reach", and "Marine Reach" is unnecessary and one of them is set as a favorite, as a special effect, It is set so that "treasure reach", which is a reach effect that is not derived in the original state, is derived.

It should be noted that the fact that the "large school of fish" and "treasure reach" have been set to be derived is not specified on the server. is derived, the player cannot confirm. In addition, in the present embodiment, the server side is set so that the "large school of fish" and "treasure reach" are derived, and the pachinko machine 10 is made to make the "large school of fish" and "treasure reach" appear. A password is issued, for example, the server side issues a password purely showing the set content of the performance setting item itself, and the pachinko machine 10 side that inputs the password determines whether or not there is a combination for generating a special performance. may be configured to perform corresponding settings.

Further, on the pachinko machine 10 side, when a password is entered as in the first embodiment, password reflection processing is performed to reflect the information contained in the entered password to the game of the pachinko machine 10 . In the password reflection process, corresponding information is stored based on the game information indicating the player's gaming experience on the same model as the pachinko machine 10 included in the mobile-linked game password and the selection information indicating the player's preference. Perform processing to store in the area. In particular, in this embodiment, the RAM 553 of the sub-control device 262 is provided with a setting storage area as a setting storage means for storing the setting contents of the effect setting items set by the player. , a process of storing the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the mobile-linked game password is performed.

More specifically, as shown in FIG. 21, the setting storage area has a storage area for hit and a storage area for miss corresponding to the "fish school effect", each of which has a probability of 100% for the fish school effect. When it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, the essential flag is set to ON, and when it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, the none flag is set to ON. In addition, when it is set to be performed with a probability of 10% to 90% (selectable in increments of 10%), information indicating the effect setting counter used when deciding whether to perform the fish school effect is stored. be done.

In addition, there is a storage area for the probability variable jackpot and a storage area for the normal jackpot corresponding to the "premium role", and each uses the premium role (the jackpot state may occur during the variable display). or teach that you actually won a variable jackpot in the jackpot state that started with the type of jackpot not specified) with a probability of 100% The mandatory flag is set to ON, and if it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, the none flag is set to ON. In addition, when it is set to be performed with a probability of 10% to 90%, information is stored indicating an effect setting counter used when determining whether or not to perform a premium accessory effect.

Also, when the "large school of fish" is to be derived, the large school of fish flag is set to ON.

Also, corresponding to the "reach effect", when the "reach effect" is derived with the original balance, the original flag is turned on, and if the setting is made with other balance, the type of the reach effect Information indicating the ready-to-win effect table to be referred to this time is stored among a plurality of ready-to-win effect tables (see FIG. 22) to be referred to when determining.

In addition, in response to "Sam Reach" in which a character whose appearance on the decorative pattern display device 42 confirms that a variable probability big win state will occur, Sam Reach is set to be performed with a probability of 100% at the time of the probability variable big win. , a mandatory flag is set to on, and if it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, a nonexistent flag is set to on. Further, when it is set to be performed with any probability of 50%, 10%, 5%, or 1%, information indicating the effect setting counter used when determining whether or not to perform thumb reach is stored. be.

In addition, in correspondence with the "cut-in effect", a mandatory flag, a non-existent flag, or a effect setting counter is set. A flag is individually set for the "reach-suggesting character".

As described above, there are two types of password input in this embodiment. When entering a password that includes game information, enter the password from the password entry screen for mobile-linked games, and do not include game information. When entering a password containing the setting contents of the effect setting items and the model information, the password is entered from the password input screen for setting the effect.

Further, as in the first embodiment, when the mobile-linked game is to be terminated, the decoration symbol display device 42 performs processing (code issuing processing) for displaying a QR code containing information on the content of the current game. It will happen. In particular, in this embodiment, the QR code includes information on the effect setting items. However, the information about the effect setting items is not the setting of the effect setting items itself, but the information about the impression of how the game was actually played with the contents set by the server.

More specifically, in this embodiment, when an effect corresponding to the effect selection item is actually derived in the pachinko machine 10 in a state where a mobile-linked game is being played, a questionnaire is displayed asking for impressions of the effect. is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 . For example, when super reach is derived, after such variable display (for example, the next variable display, if the jackpot state occurs, during the jackpot, if there is no suspension of the variable display, the decorative pattern is variable display (characters and the like that make up the decorative patterns may operate within a range in which the arrangement of the decorative patterns does not change), during the display of the stop screen), a part of the decorative pattern display device 42 is used to display the production contents. A display asking for his impression is made.

In response to such a display, the player operates the effect button 125 to make a corresponding input. Although not shown, the effect buttons 125 of this embodiment include a relatively large main button located in the center, a left button located to the left of the main button, and a right button located to the right of the main button. and For example, during the variable display following the variable display in which the Kuroshio Reach has occurred, the picture of the effect button 125 is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, and "If you like the Kuroshio Reach, press the right button; if you do not like it, Press the left button", "Press the main button in the middle when you finish inputting", etc. are displayed.

Furthermore, the RAM 553 of the sub-controller 262 is provided with good/bad counters corresponding to each item in the setting storage area. The good/bad counter is a counter that can take values from 0 to 20, and the reference value (initial value) is 10 (10 is set at the start of each mobile-linked game). When the right button is operated during the period of asking the impression of the corresponding performance, 1 is added for each operation, and 1 is subtracted for each operation when the left button is operated.

Information on the value of this like/dislike counter is included in the QR code displayed at the end of the mobile-linked game, and the server may change the effect setting based on the information on the like/dislike counter. In this embodiment, when receiving information indicating that the value of the corresponding likes/dislikes counter has become 0, the effect appearance rate is lowered by one level (for example, if the appearance rate of a school of fish is 40%, it is lowered to 30%). , the effect appearance rate is raised by one stage when information indicating that the value of the corresponding likes/dislikes counter has reached 20 is received.

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the effect buttons 125 (main button, left button, right button) and the display of the choice of likes and dislikes for the effect on the decorative pattern display device 42 constitute the likes and dislikes input means, and the likes/dislikes counter stores the likes/dislikes information. It corresponds to means.

Next, normal processing of the sub-controller 262 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S3901, the port corresponding to the command input of the input/output port 554 is confirmed, and it is determined whether or not the command transmitted from the main controller 261 has been received.

If a command has been received, the command is stored in the command buffer of RAM 553 in step S3902. A command buffer of the RAM 553 is composed of a ring buffer that temporarily stores commands sent from the main controller 261 . The ring buffer has a predetermined storage area, and commands are stored with regularity from the beginning to the end of the storage area. The return command is configured to be updated. Therefore, when a command is stored and read, the store pointer and read pointer in the command buffer are updated, and commands are stored and read based on the respective pointers.

In subsequent step S3903, pending information storage processing for storing the information of the preceding command output from the main controller 261 in the pending information storage area provided in the RAM 553 is performed. In addition, the starting command sent when the game ball enters the first starting winning device 33a or the second starting winning device 33b includes the first starting winning device 33a or the second starting winning device 33a as described above. Information indicating which ball entry in 33b triggers the variation display, information indicating whether the variation information corresponds to a big win, information indicating the type of jackpot, and information indicating the type of reach are included.

The pending information storage area, similar to the special variable pending area of the main control device 261, has a first pending information storage area and a second pending information storage area each having four pending areas (first pending area to fourth pending area). , and one execution area. In the first reservation information storage area, according to the reception history of the starting command based on the first variation display (information stored in the first special variation reservation area) triggered by the ball entering the first start winning device 33a , Information on whether or not the jackpot, jackpot type, and change information such as reach type are stored in chronological order. In addition, in the second reservation information storage area, the reception history of the starting command based on the second variation display (information stored in the second special variation reservation area) triggered by the ball entering the second start winning device 33b In addition, fluctuation information is stored chronologically. By adopting this configuration, the information (variation information) of the first variable display triggered by the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a and the second fluctuation display triggered by the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b Four pieces of variable display information can be retained and stored, and as a result, the sub-controller 262 can grasp the variation information stored in the first and second special variation retention areas of the main controller 261. can be done. In addition, in the hold information storage process, the lighting process of the hold lamps 46a and 46b accompanying the reception of the preceding command (increase in the number of holds) is also performed.

After step S3903 or when a negative determination is made in step S3901, the process proceeds to step S3904 to perform first counter update processing. In the first counter update process, a process of updating part of the effect setting counters (more specifically, a sub-effect setting counter to be described later) used when determining the effect is executed.

After step S3904, in step S3905, it is determined whether or not it is time to execute the next normal process, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (2 msec in this example) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process. If the predetermined time has already passed, the process proceeds to step S3906. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet passed since the start of the previous normal process, the process proceeds to step S3914.

In step S3906, update processing is executed for the symbol counters used when displaying the decorative symbols and the effect setting counters used when determining the effect, which are not subject to update in step S3903. Subsequently, in step S3907, hold processing is performed. In the pending process, the information in the pending information storage area is shifted and the pending lamps 46a and 46b are turned on according to the reception of the variation pattern command (the suspended variable display is terminated).

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 23, the effect setting counters of this embodiment include a 90% counter (values of 0 to 9), an 80% counter (values of 0 to 10), a 70% counter (values of 0 to 12 ), 60% counter (value is 0-14), 50% counter (value is 0-17), 40% counter (value is 0-21), 30% counter (value is 0-29), 20% counter ( 0-44), 10% counter (value 0-89), 5% counter (value 0-179), 1% counter (value 0-899), sub-90% counter (value 0-9 ), sub-80% counter (value is 0-10), sub-70% counter (value is 0-12), sub-60% counter (value is 0-14), sub-50% counter (value is 0-17), There are sub-40% counters (values are 0-21), sub-30% counters (values are 0-29), sub-20% counters (values are 0-44), and sub-10% counters (values are 0-89). In step S3904, sub-90% counter, sub-80% counter, sub-70% counter, sub-60% counter, sub-50% counter, sub-40% counter, sub-30% counter, sub-20% counter, sub-10% counter It is updated, and the remaining effect setting counters are updated in step S3906. Also, each time the game is updated, the value of each effect setting counter is stored in the corresponding counter buffer.

After the suspension process, in step S3908, a password input process for inputting a mobile-linked game password or a password for effect setting is performed. In the password input process, as described above, the information such as the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the password is converted into a corresponding format and stored in the corresponding storage area.

In subsequent step S3909, a code issuing process for issuing a QR code at the end of the mobile-linked game is performed. In the code issuing process, as described above, a QR code is issued that includes game information, selection information, information on the value of the like/dislike counter indicating the impression of the effect corresponding to the effect setting item, and the like. In this embodiment, even if the issue screen is erased, the memory contents of the setting storage area remain as they are. (original settings are made). In addition, in this embodiment, the contents stored in the setting storage area are configured to be reset by an operation on the menu screen of the decorative pattern display device 42, and are reset even when the power is turned off. A reset means is constituted by the menu screen for selecting whether or not to reset, the effect button 125, the cross button 126, and the function of the sub-controller 262 for resetting and controlling the contents stored in the setting storage area according to the operation.

Thereafter, display setting processing is performed in step S3910. Here, based on the information stored in the command buffer of the RAM 553, various arithmetic processing such as generation of display commands to be output to the display control device 45 and command output settings are performed. That is, here, the display mode to be displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 is determined.

For example, when receiving a variation pattern command and a symbol command, the sub-control device 262 refers to the corresponding table based on the variation type, variation time, stop symbol, etc., and determines the display pattern and the like. Then, it performs control such as outputting the determined item to the display control device 45 as a display command.

In addition, the display command is, for example, a command for specifying a series of display effects from the start to the end of the variable display, or a command for specifying the display effect during the jackpot, based on the information stored in the command buffer. The necessary display commands are generated each time. Normally, the display commands related to the variable display generated by the sub-control device 262 are roughly divided into a group of normal variable data and a group of ready-to-win effect data. By sequentially outputting in accordance with a predetermined time order based on , a display effect corresponding to various variation patterns is performed. For example, the normal fluctuation data group consists of normal fluctuation data 1, normal fluctuation data 2, . n, data output is sequentially performed in the order of normal fluctuation data 1→2→ . . . , data output is performed in order of n.

In addition, the display control device 45 performs drawing processing according to a command from the sub-control device 262, and starts the variable display of the decorative design on the decorative design display device 42. FIG. In addition, once the variation pattern command is received from the main controller 261, until the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern elapses, the pattern is displayed under the cooperation of the sub-controller 262 and the display controller 45. continues to fluctuate.

Here, the ready-to-win effect setting process performed in the display setting process of step S3910 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S7101, it is determined whether or not a variation pattern command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S7101, the processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7101, it is determined whether or not the original flag in the storage area corresponding to the ready-to-win effect in the setting storage area (see FIG. 21) is set to ON.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S7102, it is determined in step S7103 whether or not a jackpot state will occur. When the determination in step S7103 is affirmative, in step S7104, the first ready-to-win effect table (see FIG. 22) is referred to among the plurality of ready-to-win effect tables to determine the ready-to-win effect. That is, the value of the reach effect selection counter updated at the timing of step S3906 is acquired in the range of 0 to 30, and if it is 0 to 8, it is "Kuroshio Reach", and if it is 9 to 17, it is "Coral Reach", and 18 to If it is 29, it is set to perform "marine reach", and if it is 30, it is set to perform "normal reach". After step S7104, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7103, it is determined in step S7105 whether or not the front-rear deviating reach. When the determination in step S7105 is affirmative, in step S7106, the second ready-to-win effect table (see FIG. 22) is referred to determine the ready-to-win effect. That is, the value of the reach effect selection counter is acquired, and if it is 0 to 13, it is "Kuroshio reach", if it is 14 to 21, it is "coral reach", if it is 22 to 29, it is "marine reach", and if it is 30, it is " Set to perform "Normal Reach". After step S7106, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S7105 is negative, in step S7107 setting is made to perform "normal reach", and then this processing ends.

Also, if a negative determination is made in step S7102, that is, if some effect change setting has been made regarding the ready-to-win effect, it is determined in step S7108 whether or not the game is a big win. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7108, in step S7109, any one of the reach effect tables (third to eighteenth reach effect tables) supported in the storage area corresponding to the reach effect in the setting storage area (see FIG. 21) or: see FIG. 22) to determine the ready-to-win effect. Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 22, when referring to the 13th ready-to-win effect table to the 18th ready-to-win effect table, there is a case where "treasure ready-to-win" is selected. After step S7109, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7108, it is determined in step S7110 whether or not the front-rear deviating reach. When an affirmative determination is made in step S7110, after determining the ready-to-win effect in step S7109, this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7110, "normal reach" is set in step S7111, and this process ends.

In this embodiment, only in the case of the original setting regarding the ready-to-win effect, the ratio of the ready-to-win effect to be selected changes depending on whether the hit is a big hit or the case of being out of the front or back. Even when the effect setting item is set to one's preference, the ratio of the ready-to-win effect selected may be changed depending on whether the player is right or wrong.

It should be noted that "Sam Reach" is a reach performance that may be derived only when any one of "Kuroshio Reach", "Coral Reach", "Marine Reach", and "Treasure Reach" is derived. Therefore, when it is determined that one of "Kuroshio Reach", "Coral Reach", "Marine Reach", and "Treasure Reach" is derived, "Sam Reach" is derived after the reach effect setting process. Setting processing of whether or not to allow (about 1/500 of the original probability variable jackpot) will be performed. In addition, premium accessories may be activated when a jackpot state occurs regardless of the type of reach. Processing is performed to set whether or not to operate, and to set the timing when it is to be operated.

Next, with reference to FIG. 19, the advance notice effect setting process performed after the ready-to-win effect setting process in the display setting process of step S3910 will be described. First, in step S7201, it is determined whether or not a variation pattern command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S7201, the processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S7201 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7202 whether or not super reach. By the way, Super Reach is the state of reach from which one of "Kuroshio Reach", "Coral Reach", "Marine Reach", and "Treasure Reach" is derived, and the fluctuation time is longer than "Normal Reach". ing.

If the determination in step S7202 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7203 whether or not it is a big hit. When an affirmative determination is made in step S7203, it is determined in step S7204 whether or not the non-existence flag of the storage area at the time of winning corresponding to the "fish school effect" is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S7204, it is determined in step S7205 whether or not the essential flag in the storage area at the time of winning corresponding to the "fish school effect" is set to ON.

If a negative determination is made in step S7205, in step S7206, the effect setting counter to be used (see FIG. 23) is designated among the plurality of effect setting counters in the win time storage area corresponding to the "fish school effect". Therefore, the value of the effect setting counter is acquired. In the subsequent step S7207, it is determined whether or not the obtained effect setting counter value is one of 0-8. In this embodiment, if the value of the effect setting counter is 0 to 8, the fish school effect is performed. ing.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in addition to the "fish shoal effect", as a notice effect that does not determine the occurrence of the big win state just by appearing, bubbles are displayed upward from the lower part of the decorative pattern display device 42 " There is a bubble performance. When a negative determination is made in step S7207, or when an affirmative determination is made in step S7204, in step S7208, processing for deriving a bubble effect is performed, and then this processing ends. In this embodiment, when super reach is performed, either the fish school effect or the bubble effect is always performed. can be configured to

On the other hand, if the determination in step S7207 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7209 whether or not the large fish school flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S7209, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7205, then in step S7210 processing for deriving a fish school effect is performed, and then this processing ends.

If the determination in step S7209 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7211 whether or not the value of the large school of fish counter updated within the range of 0 to 13 is 0 to 5 at the timing of step S3906. If a negative determination is made in step S7211, the process moves to step S7210. On the other hand, if the determination in step S7211 is affirmative, then in step S7212 processing for deriving a large fish school effect is performed, and then this processing ends.

In addition, if a negative determination is made in step S7203, that is, in the case of front-rear out-of-reach reach where super reach occurs, in step S7213, the non-existence flag of the storage area at the time of deviation corresponding to the "fish school effect" is set to ON. determine whether there is If a negative determination is made in step S7213, it is determined in step S7214 whether or not the mandatory flag in the storage area at the time of deviation corresponding to the "fish school effect" is set to ON.

If a negative determination is made in step S7214, in step S7215, the effect setting counter to be used out of the plurality of effect setting counters is designated in the memory area for the time of loss corresponding to the "fish school effect". Get the value of the counter. In the following step S7216, it is determined whether or not the obtained effect setting counter value is any one of 0-8.

Note that the effect setting counter is also used for settings other than the setting of the fish school effect (in this example, the activation probability of the premium accessory, the appearance rate of Thumb Reach, and the appearance rate of the cut-in effect). When the same production setting counter is acquired at the same timing (timing without updating) for a plurality of settings, the combination pattern of the plurality of productions determined using the same production setting counter is always the same. There is a risk that it will be lost. In this regard, in this example, a sub-effect setting counter whose update timing is different from the effect setting counter is provided, and when the appearance rate of a plurality of effects has the same probability, one of them uses the sub-effect setting counter. will be set to

When a negative determination is made in step S7216, or when an affirmative determination is made in step S7213, in step S7217, a process of deriving a bubble effect is performed, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S7216 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7218 whether or not the large fish school flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S7218, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7214, then in step S7219 a process for deriving a fish school effect is performed, and then this process ends.

Also, if the determination in step S7218 is affirmative, it is determined in step S7220 whether or not the value of the large school of fish counter is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S7220, the process moves to step S7219. On the other hand, if the determination in step S7220 is affirmative, then in step S7221 a process for deriving a large fish school effect is performed, and then this process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S7202, that is, if super reach is not derived, in step S7222, the value of the bubble counter updated in the range of 0 to 7 is 0 or 1 at the timing of step S3906. determine whether there is If a negative determination is made in step S7222, this process ends. On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S7222, in step S7223, settings are made for deriving the bubble effect, and then this processing ends.

Returning to the description of FIG. 17, in the lamp setting process of step S3911, the lighting pattern of the lamps/electrical decorations is set in order to synchronize with the display effects performed by the decorative pattern display device 42. FIG.

In the sound setting process of step S3912, the output pattern of the speaker SP is set in order to synchronize with the display effect performed by the decorative design display device 42. Also, when a command related to sound such as notification of error occurrence is transmitted from the main controller 261, settings for performing these controls are also performed in step S3912.

In step S3913, an external output process is executed to transmit control signals based on the settings in steps S3906 to S3912 to each device. For example, a display command is transmitted to the display control device 45 when the decorative design display device 42 displays the decorative design in a variable manner.

After the processing of steps S3906 to S3912, which is performed every 2 msec, is executed, or if a negative determination is made in step S3905, the process proceeds to step S3914 to determine whether the RAM 553 stores information on occurrence of power failure. determine whether Note that the power-off occurrence information is stored when a power-off command is received from the main controller 261 .

If the power-off occurrence information is not stored, the process advances to step S3915 to determine whether or not the RAM 553 has been destroyed. If the RAM 553 is not destroyed here, the process returns to step S3901 and the normal process is repeated. On the other hand, if the RAM 553 has been destroyed, the process is looped infinitely to stop execution of subsequent processes.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3914 that power-off occurrence information is stored, power-off processing is executed in step S3916. In the power-off processing, interrupt processing is prohibited and each output port is turned off. Also, the memory of information on occurrence of power failure is erased. After executing the power-off process, the process loops infinitely.

As described in detail above, in the second embodiment, regarding a plurality of effect setting items related to effects, encoded selection information (mobile-linked game password or effect setting password) including the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player ) to the pachinko machine 10, settings made outside the pachinko machine 10 and settings actually played can be reflected in the current game. For this reason, it is not necessary to repeat the same settings from scratch many times, and convenience can be improved. Also, the player can make the performance to his liking, making the game more comfortable and more attractive. Therefore, for example, I like most of the specs and motifs (concepts), but I don't like some effects, or I don't like the appearance balance of each effect, so I stop playing the game (2 It is possible to suppress the situation such as not playing repeatedly, etc.), and to have the player enjoy the pachinko machine 10 more (increase the opportunity to be liked).

Furthermore, when playing a mobile-linked game using a mobile communication terminal and a server, once the effect setting items are set, there is no need to set the effect setting items each time the game is played. Only by inputting the password to the pachinko machine 10, the player's performance setting items can be additionally set. Therefore, it is possible to relatively smoothly change the setting of the performance of the pachinko machine 10. - 特許庁

Also, the setting contents of the effect setting items are input to the pachinko machine 10 via the server. Therefore, in the server, it is possible to grasp the setting contents of the effect setting items for all the players. Therefore, it is possible to disclose the setting contents and exchange information on the setting contents (popularity vote, etc.), and by sharing information, etc., the game system (mobile-linked game) centered on the pachinko machine 10 can be changed. can be enjoyed more. Furthermore, the gaming machine maker can grasp the tastes (trends) of all players, which can be utilized in the development of gaming machines.

In addition, in this embodiment, when an effect related to the effect setting item is performed in the pachinko machine 10, the impression of likes and dislikes for the effect is asked, and the effect button 125 is operated according to the likes and dislikes, and the likes and dislikes are made. It counts in the form of a good/bad counter value, sends the counter value to the server (via the mobile communication terminal), and is configured to be able to change the settings of the effect setting items based on the counter value. In other words, the player can actually play a game and experience the effects related to the effect setting items, and can input his/her likes and dislikes to the effects to the pachinko machine 10 and reflect them. Therefore, it is possible to make settings closer to the player's wishes, and the player can play the game more comfortably.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to issue not only a password for a mobile-linked game that includes information about the player's personal information, but also a password for setting effects that includes information on the setting contents of the setting items and compatible models. Of course, the pachinko machine 10 side is also configured to be compatible with both passwords. That is, when playing a mobile-linked game, the mobile-linked game password includes the setting contents of the effect setting items, and by inputting such a password, the user can enjoy the game with the set effect balance. . Even if other people enter the password, they can enjoy the game with the corresponding effect balance, but other people cannot use the mobile-linked game password containing personal information. In this respect, according to the present embodiment, the server issues a password for effect setting that includes the setting contents of the effect setting items and does not contain personal information, the password is entered into the pachinko machine 10, and the effect included in the password is issued. Corresponding processing such as storing the setting contents of the setting item in the setting storage area can be executed. Therefore, if you find a favorite effect setting on the server, etc., by making a note of the corresponding effect setting password, anyone can easily set the effect setting items one by one according to the settings you like. You don't have to do it) You can play a game with that effect setting. Therefore, it is possible to more easily enjoy the gameplay of being able to change the effects according to the player's taste (even players who do not play mobile-linked games can enjoy the game with the effects set to their liking). can do.). In addition, since it is possible to relatively easily try combinations of a plurality of effect setting items set by others, it is possible to easily find a suitable effect setting.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, random can be selected in the setting of effect setting items. Therefore, it is possible to meet the demands of players who want a change from the original, but do not have any desired settings, or who do not want to know the details of the settings themselves.

In addition, in the present embodiment, a combination of effect setting items selected by the player can derive a special effect that cannot be set independently. That is, for example, if the appearance probability of the fish shoal effect at the time of hit and the probability of appearance at the time of failure are equal to 60% or less, a large fish effect in which large fish that are not usually derived form a school is derived. It has become so. In this case, it is possible to provide fun similar to a treasure hunt, such as deriving hidden effects. Therefore, it is possible to arouse the player's interest by setting the effect setting items, which can lead to the maintenance of motivation for the game.

(Third embodiment)
The third embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 24 to 29, focusing on the characteristic portions. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

Now, in the third embodiment, at a predetermined scheduled time, the pachinko machines 10 of the same model to be the targets installed in the game hall simultaneously execute the same effect (specific effect). In this embodiment, at 10:00 am every Saturday and Sunday, a specific effect is executed in the decorative pattern display device 42 to compete to quickly derive a specific object, for example, a "school of platinum fish". there is The "specific effect" of the present embodiment consists of two stages: a step 1 of searching for a sea area where the "platinum fish school" inhabits, and a step 2 of searching the sea area and discovering the "platinum fish school". Hereinafter, step 1 will be referred to as "time trial presentation", and step 2 will be referred to as "specific mission presentation".

Although details will be described later, the main controller 261 also includes a real-time clock as a real-time grasping means for measuring the current time, and a remaining time measuring timer as a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on. is used to grasp the arrival of the scheduled time set as the start time of the specific effect, and the specific effect is started along with the arrival of the scheduled time. The pachinko machine 10 is equipped with a standby power supply as a power storage means capable of supplying power to the real-time clock even when the power is turned off, and the real-time clock continuously performs measurement from the time the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured. there is

By the way, assuming that the real-time clocks provided in each pachinko machine 10 do not deviate, by referring to the real-time clocks in a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model, when the scheduled time comes, the "specific effect" can be performed at the same time. Although it can be started, the real-time clock can drift over time. Therefore, in the present embodiment, processing (remaining time setting processing) is performed to eliminate such deviation and simultaneously start the "specific effect" in a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model. In particular, in the present embodiment, the remaining time setting process is performed first among the main processes performed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. is performed in the initial setting process, which is performed before various determination processes are performed. That is, the time from when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on until the remaining time setting process is performed is the same for the pachinko machines 10 of the same model.

In this embodiment, an island facility that can arrange a plurality of pachinko machines 10 side by side in a game hall can simultaneously turn on/off the power of all electric devices mounted on the island facility. It has a centralized power supply. In addition, the game hall is equipped with a master power supply capable of turning on/off the centralized power supply of the island facility, and a measurement timer (adjustable by the persons concerned with the game hall, etc.) for measuring the actual time. In the game hall of this embodiment, when the master power supply is turned on, it is determined whether or not the first digit of the fraction of the actual measurement timer is "0" minutes. An on-time adjuster is provided that repeats the determination process without reducing the time. Further, when the determination is affirmative in the determination process, the centralized power supply is turned on. With this configuration, the game machine such as the pachinko machine 10 installed in the game hall is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes in minutes of the actual time. You can turn on the power all at once.

The remaining time setting process will be described below with reference to FIG. First, in step S2101, a real-time clock or the like is referenced to determine whether or not it is the execution day of the specific effect (the day corresponding to Saturday and Sunday in this embodiment). If a negative determination is made here, the processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if the determination is affirmative, in step S2102, current time setting processing is performed to set the "current time" used to calculate the remaining time until the start of the specific effect (scheduled time).

That is, the measured time of the real-time clock slightly deviates from the actual time as time elapses. For this reason, in this embodiment, instead of using the measured time of the real-time clock as it is, the remaining time is calculated by correcting such deviation. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the deviation (error) of the real-time clock is ±2 minutes at maximum after one to two years from manufacture.

Specifically, in step S2102, first, the measurement time of the real-time clock is confirmed. Then, the value obtained by rounding off the "minute" value of the measured time of the real-time clock is set to the "minute" of the "current time" used for calculating the remaining time until the scheduled time. For example, if the "minute" of the real-time clock is 0 minutes to 4 minutes, the "minute" of the "current time" used for calculation is set to 0 minute. Also, if the "minute" of the real-time clock is 5 to 14 minutes, the "current time" used for calculation is set to 10 minutes, and if the "minute" of the real-time clock is 15 to 24 minutes. , set the "minute" of the "current time" used for calculation to 20 minutes. If the "minute" of the real-time clock is 35 to 44 minutes, then the "current time" used for calculation is set to 40 minutes and the "minute" of the real-time clock is 45 to 54 minutes. In the case of , the "minute" of the "current time" used for calculation is set to 50 minutes. By the way, when setting the "current time" used in calculations like these, if the "hour" is not advanced by correcting the "minute" of the real-time clock, the "current time" ” sets the “hour” of the real-time clock as it is.

On the other hand, if the "minute" of the real-time clock is between 55 minutes and 59 minutes, the "hour" of the "current time" used for calculation is advanced by one hour, and the "current time" used for calculation "Minute" is set to 0 minute.

In other words, assuming that multiple pachinko machines 10 are turned on at the same time when the 1-digit value of the fraction becomes 0 at the actual time, the error of the real-time clock is ±2 minutes at the maximum. Therefore, by correcting the current time as described above, the actual time (measured value of the actual measurement timer of the game hall) is calculated based on the measured value of the real time clock, and that time is " It can be set as "current time". Assuming that the error of the real-time clock is ±2 minutes at maximum as in this example, there is no problem even if the actual measurement timer of the game hall deviates within the range of 2 minutes. In this embodiment, the function of step S2102 constitutes approximate selection means.

After step S2102, in step S2103, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated by subtracting the "current time" set as described above from the start time (scheduled time) of the specific effect. In this embodiment, the function of step S2103 constitutes remaining time calculation means. In subsequent step S2104, it is determined whether or not the calculated value is positive. That is, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on after the scheduled time, such as when the game hall is open from the afternoon or when a power outage occurs, the result of the calculation becomes negative. Become. In this case (when a negative determination is made in step S2104), this processing is terminated as it is.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S2104 is affirmative, in step S2105 the calculated remaining time is set in a remaining time measuring timer as a measuring means. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured, the scheduled time is set to exactly 10:00 am. After step S2105, in step S2106, a specific effect flag indicating that a specific effect is to be executed is set to ON, and then this process is terminated.

By the way, the count of the remaining time measurement timer is started immediately after the setting. It is supposed to be subtracted. In addition, to explain the outline of the remaining time setting process with a specific example, for example, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on at 8:30 am in the actual time, and the real time clock of the pachinko machine 10 at that time is set. is 8:31 a.m., the "current time" used to set the remaining time is set to 8:30 a.m., and the "current time" is subtracted from the scheduled time of 10:00 a.m. 1 hour and 30 minutes (a value corresponding to), which is the remaining time until the start of the specific effect, is set in the remaining time measuring timer. As a result, at the plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall (the pachinko machines 10 whose power is turned on at the same time), the specific performance is started at 10:00 after 1 hour and 30 minutes. becomes.

Furthermore, in another game hall, for example, the power of the pachinko machine 10 was turned on at the actual time of 8:00 a.m., and the real-time clock of the pachinko machine 10 at that time was 7:59 a.m. In this case, the "current time" used to set the remaining time is set to 8:00 am, and the remaining time until the start of the specific effect is obtained by subtracting the "current time" from the scheduled time of 10:00 am. Set the remaining time measurement timer to 2 hours (a value corresponding to 2 hours). As a result, at the plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall (the pachinko machines 10 whose power is turned on at the same time), at 10 o'clock two hours later, the specific performance is started. . Also, the pachinko machine 10 in another game hall starts the specific performance at 10:00, which is set in advance as the scheduled time. That is, not only the pachinko machines 10 whose powers are turned on at the same time but also the pachinko machines 10 whose powers are turned on at different timings can be matched in starting time of the specific performance.

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the function of performing the remaining time setting process constitutes the start setting means. More specifically, in step S2102, the function of setting the "current time" used to calculate the remaining time based on the measured time of the real-time clock constitutes the approximation selection means. Further, the computing function of step S2103 constitutes remaining time computing means.

Next, specific effect start processing for starting a specific effect will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2201, it is determined that the "specific effect (time trial effect)" is scheduled to be executed on that day, but has not yet been executed (in this example, before 10:00 am on Saturday and Sunday). It is determined whether or not the specific effect flag shown is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S2201, that is, if the "specific effect" will not be performed on that day (or the final "specific effect" scheduled to be performed on that day is being executed), the End this process.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S2201 is affirmative, it is determined in step S2202 whether or not the value of the timer for measuring the remaining time has become "0", i. ) is reached. If a negative determination is made in step S2202, this processing ends. By the way, the value of the remaining time measurement timer is subtracted in timer interrupt processing performed at a cycle of 2 msec.

When an affirmative determination is made in step S2202, it is determined in step S2203 whether or not variable display is being performed to teach a big win state. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2203, the process ends. That is, when the right of the jackpot state is obtained before the start of the specific effect, the specific effect itself is not performed.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2203, in step S2204, a specific effect start flag indicating that the period of the specific effect is being set is turned on, and in step S2205, the sub-control device 262 receives the specific effect as a specific effect. Set a specific effect start command for starting the time trial effect. In addition, the sub-control device 262 that has received the specific effect start command starts the time trial effect of the specific effect of 5 minutes at the longest.

In subsequent step S2206, the remaining time of the time trial presentation is set for the remaining time measurement timer. In this embodiment, a five-minute time trial presentation is basically performed, so a value corresponding to five minutes is set in the remaining time measurement timer. After that, in step S2207, after the specific effect flag is set to OFF, this processing ends.

Next, specific effect end processing for ending the specific effect will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2301, it is determined whether or not the specific effect start flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S2301, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2301, it is determined in step S2302 whether or not it is a variable display that teaches the occurrence of a big win state. Incidentally, the end condition of the time trial effect of the present embodiment is that a big winning state occurs or five minutes have passed since the start.

If a negative determination is made in step S2302, it is determined in step S2303 whether or not the value of the timer for measuring the remaining time is "0", that is, whether or not the set period (5 minutes) of the time trial effect has passed. . If a negative determination is made in step S2303, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2303, that is, if 5 minutes have passed since the start of the time trial effect without the fluctuation display teaching the big win state occurring during the time trial effect, in step S2304, the time trial effect is performed. A time-up effect command for executing a time-up effect for instructing the end is set. After that, in step S2305, after the specific effect start flag is set to OFF, this processing is terminated.

Further, if the determination in step S2302 is affirmative, that is, if the variable display for teaching the jackpot state is started during the time trial presentation, in step S2306 preparations are made to shift from the time trial presentation to the specific mission presentation. It is determined whether or not the specific mission preparation flag indicating the period is turned on.

More specifically, in the variable display setting process for starting the variable display, which is performed separately from the specific effect end process, the main controller 261 sets the variable display (sets the variable display). When it is determined that the variation information for the game) is a variation display corresponding to a big hit, the specific effect start flag is checked to determine whether the time trial effect is being performed, and if it is determined affirmatively, the variation The fluctuation time of the display is set to 13 seconds, and the fluctuation time information is put on the fluctuation pattern command and output to the sub-controller 262 along with the information of the big win. That is, when the variable display corresponding to the big win state is started during the time trial presentation, the variable time of the variable display is set to 13 seconds.

Further, as described above, in this embodiment, when the time trial effect is successful, the specific mission effect is performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, during the first 3 seconds (preparation period) of the 13-second variable display, the occurrence of the big win state is taught, and guidance is given to the effect of shifting to a specific mission effect. . Furthermore, in the remaining 10 seconds, a specific mission effect is performed. In addition, in the variable display, even if the occurrence of the big win state is taught at the beginning of the variable display, and the transition to the specific mission effect is performed after 3 seconds, the variable display of the decorative symbols and the corresponding special symbols does not end. The variable display continues until 13 seconds pass. For example, the decorative pattern of the decorative pattern display device 42 continues to be variably displayed (so-called full-rotation display) in the lower right area of the decorative pattern display device 42 while maintaining the state of being aligned in a row, and fluctuates with the end of the specific mission effect. The display is terminated (stopped display).

Step S2306 and subsequent steps are processes for proceeding with the specific effect, and when a negative determination is made in step S2306, a specific mission preparation flag is set to ON in step S2307. In subsequent step S2308, a value corresponding to the preparation period of 3 seconds is set for the remaining time measurement timer. Furthermore, in step S2309, after setting a specific mission preparation command for instructing the sub-controller 262 to start the preparation period, this processing ends.

If the determination in step S2306 is affirmative, it is determined in step S2310 whether or not the value of the remaining time measurement timer is "0", that is, whether or not the preparation period for the specific mission presentation of three seconds has ended. determine. If a negative determination is made in step S2310, this process ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S2310 is affirmative, the specific mission preparation flag is turned off in step S2311.

In the subsequent step S2312, a specific mission effect start command for instructing the sub-control device 262 to start the specific mission effect is set. After that, in step S2313, after the specific effect start flag is set to OFF, this process is terminated.

In this embodiment, the specific effect ending process, that is, the main controller 261 does not send a command to end the specific mission effect. That is, in the present embodiment, since the specific mission effect is performed by using the variable display (duration of the time) that teaches the occurrence of the big win state during the time trial effect, the main controller 261 side The sub-control device 262 side can end the specific mission effect together with the end of the variable display without performing control related to the specific mission after starting the specific mission effect. Of course, during the performance of the specific mission, since the variable display is being performed, the big win state does not occur during the performance.

Next, the process (trial effect execution process) on the side of the sub-controller 262 regarding the specific effect will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in step S2401, it is determined whether or not a specific effect start command has been received from the main controller 261. When an affirmative determination is made in step S2401, in step S2402, a time trial flag indicating that the time trial effect is being executed is set to ON. In the subsequent step S2403, measurement by a clear time measurement timer for measuring various times during the specific effect is started. Furthermore, in step S2404, the trial clear time storage area for storing the clear time of the time trial effect is reset. Incidentally, the trial clear time storage area is referred to when the QR code is displayed (created) in terminating the mobile-linked game. By referring to the storage area, settings are made such that it is possible to grasp that the trial effect was not cleared. After that, this process is terminated.

Incidentally, when the time trial flag is set to ON, processing for starting the time trial presentation is performed. In the present embodiment, the decorative pattern display device 42 starts a display effect that a predetermined character searches the sea along with an instruction to "discover the legendary sea area where a school of platinum fish is said to inhabit." Corresponding sound modes and light emission modes are derived for various lamps. Then, if the "legendary sea area" can be discovered, the time trial presentation will end as a success (shift to a specific mission). In addition, as described above, in the present embodiment, the success of the time trial effect corresponds to the occurrence of the big win state, and when the variable display for teaching the big win state is started, "Legendary A display effect for discovering the "sea area" is performed. In addition, the variable display on the decorative design display device 42 during the time trial presentation is displayed relatively small in the lower right area of the decorative design display device 42 .

Also, if a negative determination is made in step S2401, it is determined in step S2405 whether or not a time-up effect command has been received. If the determination in step S2405 is affirmative, the time trial flag is turned off in step S2406. Furthermore, in step S2407, after setting for executing a time-up effect indicating that the time trial effect has ended (for example, a predetermined character expresses disappointment in the decorative pattern display device 42), this End the process.

If a negative determination is made in step S2405, it is determined in step S2408 whether or not a specific mission preparation command has been received. If the determination in step S2408 is affirmative, the time trial flag is turned off in step S2409.

In the subsequent step S2410, settings are made for executing the mission preparation effect to be performed until the specific mission effect is started. More specifically, in the mission preparation effect, the success of the time trial effect is indicated in 3 seconds by the indication that the "legendary sea area" was discovered, and the specific mission effect is started (the achievement of the specific mission effect). condition) is taught by notification of a new mission such as "Find a school of platinum fish", and along with this, how to play during the specific mission production (how to operate the production button 125), etc. are taught.

After that, in step S2411, the clear time measurement timer is stopped, and in step S2412, the measured value (trial clear time) is stored in the trial clear time storage area. That is, the clear time of the time trial effect is stored in the trial clear time storage area. After that, this process is terminated. In this embodiment, the measured value of the clear time measurement timer is "a value that serves as an index indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect", and the trial clear time that can store the value. The storage area constitutes fast storage means.

Also, if a negative determination is made in step S2408, it is determined in step S2413 whether or not a specific mission effect start command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S2413, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2413, the process proceeds to the process for starting the specific mission effect from step S2414.

Now, the specific mission effect of this embodiment is, as described above, the 13-second variation display for teaching the occurrence of the jackpot state that started during the time trial effect, from 3 seconds after the start to the end of the variation. It is done using 10 seconds. The specific mission effect will be successful if the "school of platinum fish" can be made to appear on the decorative pattern display device 42, but the condition for the appearance of the "school of platinum fish" is that it is a certainty variable jackpot, and the condition fulfillment lottery, which will be described in detail later. It is set to be elected in the mission achievement lottery as, and when both are achieved, the "platinum fish school" will appear. That is, even when the variable display corresponding to the normal jackpot is started during the time trial presentation, the special mission presentation is not cleared although the special mission presentation is started.

In addition, the mission achievement lottery is triggered by the operation (detection) of the production button 125 during the specific mission production. However, in the present embodiment, the button effective period of the operation of the production button 125 as a trigger for the mission achievement lottery ends one second earlier than the end of the specific mission production (variable display) (the button effective period is up to 9 seconds). Furthermore, in one specific mission production, the mission achievement lottery can be performed up to four times. is invalid as a trigger for the mission achievement lottery.

In addition, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery differs depending on whether the player stays in any of the normal mode, the time reduction mode, and the variable probability mode during the specific mission presentation. In this embodiment, the normal mode is the most likely to win, and the variable probability mode is the most difficult to win. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the later the timing at which the mission achievement lottery is performed in the specific mission effect, the higher the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery.

Returning to the description of the trial effect execution process, in step S2414, measurement by the clear time measurement timer is started. In the subsequent step S2415, a mission flag indicating that the specific mission effect is being executed is set to ON. Furthermore, in step S2416, a value corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the mission control timer used to control the specific mission effect, and in step S2417, a mission achievement lottery (details will be described later) to determine whether or not to derive a school of platinum fish. ) is set to ON.

In subsequent step S2418, the mission clear time storage area for storing the clear time of the specific mission effect is reset. Incidentally, when the QR code is displayed (created) in terminating the mobile-linked game, the mission clear time storage area is referred to. By referring to the time storage area, settings are made so that it is possible to grasp that a specific mission effect could not be cleared.

Further, in step S2419, "4" is set in a remaining lottery number counter (which can take a value of 0 to 4) indicating the remaining number of times the mission achievement lottery can be performed in the specific mission effect. After that, in step S2420, it is determined whether or not the variable probability mode is maintained. When an affirmative determination is made in step S2420, in step S2421, the corresponding mission success determination table is selected from a plurality of (12 in this example) mission success determination tables referred to in the mission achievement lottery. set '9' to the lookup table counter (which can take values from 1 to 12) used for After that, this process is terminated.

If the determination in step S2420 is negative, it is determined in step S2422 whether or not the normal mode is maintained. If the determination in step S2422 is affirmative, in step S2423 the reference table counter is set to "1", and then this process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2422, that is, if the time reduction mode is set, in step S2424 the reference table counter is set to "5", and then this process ends.

Next, among the processes (mission first execution process, mission second execution process) for advancing the specific mission effect, the first mission execution process will be described first with reference to FIG. In step S2501, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is turned on. If a negative determination is made in step S2501, this processing is terminated as it is because the specific mission presentation is not in progress.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2501, it is determined in step S2502 whether or not the end time of all 13 seconds of variable display corresponding to the specific mission effect has come. As described above, in the present embodiment, since the specific mission effect is finished when the variable display is finished, if the determination in step S2502 is affirmative, the mission flag is set to OFF in step S2503. , the process ends.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2502, it is determined in step S2504 whether or not the lottery permission flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S2504, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2504, it is determined in step S2505 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S2505, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S2505 is affirmative, it is determined in step S2506 whether or not the probability variable jackpot has been won. If a negative determination is made in step S2506, the process proceeds to step S2509, which is to be performed in the case of losing in a mission achievement lottery, which will be described later. In this example, since the effect corresponding to the case where the mission achievement lottery is lost is not performed, this processing may be terminated as it is when the determination in step S2506 is negative.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S2506 is affirmative, a mission achievement lottery is conducted in step S2507. The sub-control device 262 of the present embodiment includes a mission random number counter and a mission success/fail determination table that stores values corresponding to preset winnings among values of the mission random number counter. The mission random number counter is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in order within a range of 0 to 199, for example, and returns to 0 as the lower limit after reaching 199 as the upper limit. The mission random number counter is updated periodically.

Also, the number of values of the mission random number counter to be won changes depending on the situation. In this embodiment, the mission propriety determination table is divided into normal mode use, time reduction mode use, and probability variation mode use. Furthermore, there are three for each mode, that is, a table for 0 to 3 seconds at the start of a specific mission production, a table for 3 seconds (exactly 3 seconds is included in the former) to 5 seconds, and a table for 5 seconds (5 There is a table for 7 seconds (exact seconds are included in the former) to 7 seconds, and a table for 7 seconds (exact 7 seconds is included in the former) to 9 seconds. That is, in this embodiment, there are 12 mission propriety determination tables.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a reference table counter is provided to indicate which of these mission success/failure determination tables should be referred to. The reference table counter takes any value from 1 to 12. In this embodiment, 1 to 4 are for normal mode, 5 to 8 are for time reduction mode, and 9 to 12 are for variable probability mode. Suitable for the time. Furthermore, among the four tables for each mode, the smallest number corresponds to 0 to 3 seconds, the second smallest number corresponds to 3 to 5 seconds, and the third smallest number corresponds to It corresponds to 5 to 7 seconds, and the largest number corresponds to 7 to 9 seconds.

In addition, in this embodiment, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery is, in order to make it easier to clear in the specific mission production if it is difficult to clear in the time trial production, It becomes higher in the order of time use < normal mode use. In addition, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery is 0 to 3 seconds < 3 to 5 seconds < 5 to 7 in order to increase the possibility of clearing in exchange for a slower clear time. For seconds <7 seconds to 9 seconds, it becomes higher in the order. For example, if you refer to the table for 0 to 3 seconds in normal mode, you win about 1/16, and if you refer to the table for 3 to 5 seconds in normal mode, about 1/8. If you win in normal mode and refer to the table for 5 to 7 seconds, you win in about 1/4, and in normal mode and refer to the table for 7 to 9 seconds, about 1 If you win at /3 and refer to the table for 0 to 3 seconds in time reduction mode, you win at about 1/32 and refer to the table for 3 to 5 seconds in time reduction mode. , wins about 1/16, and when you refer to the table for 5 to 7 seconds in the time reduction mode, you win about 1/8, and in the time reduction mode and the table for 7 to 9 seconds If you refer to it, you will win about 1/4, and if you refer to the table for 0 to 3 seconds in probability mode, you will win in about 1/100, and for 3 to 5 seconds in probability mode. If you refer to the table, you will win about 1/80, and if you refer to the table for 5 to 7 seconds in probability mode, you will win in about 1/60, and in probability mode and 7 to 9 If you refer to the second table, you win about 1/40. Note that update control of the mission suitability determination table will be described later.

Therefore, in the step S2507, the value of the mission random number counter is acquired, and the success/fail determination table for mission indicated by the reference table counter is referenced to determine whether or not the acquired value of the mission random number counter is the winning value. will be performed.

In the subsequent step S2508, it is determined whether or not the player has won the mission achievement lottery. When a negative determination is made in step S2508, 1 is subtracted from the remaining lottery number counter value in step S2509. In subsequent step S2510, it is determined whether or not the value of the remaining lottery number counter is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S2510, the process ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S2510 is affirmative, that is, if all four mission achievement lotteries that can be performed in the specific mission effect have been completed, in step S2511, after setting the lottery permission flag to OFF, End this process. The decoration pattern display device 42 or the like may be configured to indicate the remaining number of times the mission achievement lottery can be received.

If the determination in step S2508 is affirmative, that is, if the specific mission effect is cleared, then in step S2512 a mission achievement flag indicating that the specific mission effect is cleared is turned on. In the following step S2513, the decoration symbol display device 42 or the like executes a success effect process for deriving a effect indicating that the specific mission effect has been cleared, that is, a "platinum fish school" or the like. Incidentally, such a success effect includes a 1-second part in which a "platinum fish school" occurs, and a 2-second part that follows the part and is repeated until the specific mission effect period ends.

After that, in step S2514, the clear time measuring timer is stopped, and in step S2515, the value of the clear time measuring timer (mission clear time) is stored in the mission clear time storage area. Further, in step S2516, the lottery permission flag is turned off, and then this process is terminated.

Next, the second mission execution process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2601, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S2601, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S2601 is affirmative, it is determined whether or not the value of the mission control timer is 0 only in step S2602. If a negative determination is made in step S2602, this processing ends. Note that the mission control timer is periodically updated by another process.

If the determination in step S2602 is affirmative, it is determined in step S2603 whether the value of the reference table counter is 4, 8, or 12. In other words, the state in which any of 4, 8, or 12 is set in the reference table counter is the state in the period of 7 to 9 seconds after the start of the specific mission effect. The timing of step S2603, which is shifted when the mission control timer is determined to be 0 in step S2602, is the timing when the period of 7 to 9 seconds ends, that is, the start of the specific mission effect. When the production button 125 is not operated 4 times within 9 seconds and the operation of the production button 125 is not won in the mission achievement lottery, the effective period ends as a trigger for the mission achievement lottery. It's becoming

If a negative determination is made in step S2603, 1 is added to the value of the reference table counter in step S2604. Further, in step S2605, the mission control timer is set to a value corresponding to 2 seconds, and then this process ends.

If the determination in step S2603 is affirmative, it is determined in step S2606 whether or not the mission achievement flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S2606, the lottery permission flag is turned off in step S2607. Incidentally, when the mission achievement lottery has been executed four times, the upper limit, the lottery permission flag has already been set to off.

In the following step S2608, setting is made to perform one-second disappointment effect indicating that the specific mission effect could not be cleared, and then this process is terminated. That is, for example, if the specific mission effect cannot be cleared, the display effect of searching for a "platinum fish school" is performed on the decorative pattern display device 42 until 9 seconds after the start of the specific mission effect, and from 9 seconds to the end. For one second, a display effect is performed to express regret that the "platinum school of fish" could not be found.

Further, when the determination in step S2606 is affirmative, that is, when a success effect indicating that the specific mission effect has been cleared has already been performed in the decorative design display device 42 or the like, a mission achievement flag is generated in step S2609. is turned off, and then this process is terminated.

Incidentally, during the specific mission effect, the variable display of the decorative symbols performed in the lower right area of the decorative pattern display device 42 is stopped when the specific mission effect is completed. In particular, when the specific mission production is successful, the decorative pattern is stopped with an odd number of doubles indicating that it is a definite variable jackpot, and if it is not successful, the decorative pattern is either a normal jackpot or a definite variable jackpot. There is also a possibility that it will be stopped at an even number of doubles. Further, in this embodiment, the function of performing a series of processes by the main control device 261 and the sub-control device 262 of FIGS. 25 to 29 constitutes specific effect executing means. Furthermore, the functions of steps S2302 and S2307 by the main controller 261, and steps S2408, S2507, and S2508 by the sub-controller 262 constitute achievement detection means, and the value of the clear time measurement timer is stored in steps S2412 and S2515. The trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area constitute achievement storage means.

In this embodiment, before 10:00 am on Saturdays and Sundays, based on the value of the remaining time measuring timer, an announcement such as "How many minutes will the specific effect start" is made. As a result, the player can avoid worrying about whether the specific performance will actually be performed from today onwards. Also, on days other than Saturday and Sunday, an announcement (advertisement) such as ``a specific performance will be performed on Saturday and Sunday at 10:00 am'' is made based on a preset scheduled time. Of course, even if the measured time of the real-time clock of each pachinko machine 10 is different as described above, the start time of the specific performance is adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled by having the function of correcting the current time correctly. be able to. For this reason, players check their own clocks (for example, radio-controlled clocks) and arrive at the gaming hall at the scheduled time soon, and the mobile-linked game procedures (input of passwords, etc.) are completed just before the scheduled time. Even if it becomes, it will surely be in time for the specific production.

By the way, as described above, the record of the specific effect when the specific effect is performed, that is, the information indicating the clear time of the specific mission effect and the clear time of the time trial effect can be obtained when the mobile linked game is finished. , is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, and is included in the QR code read by the mobile communication terminal. When the server is accessed by the mobile communication terminal that has read the QR code, the information included in the QR code is read by the server, and the server side can determine the player, the clear time of the specific mission effect, and the time trial. Along with associating with the clear time of the performance, the clear time of the specific mission performance and the clear time of the time trial performance of all the players who have accessed the server are aggregated, and the top players are specified. The QR code also includes date information, and on the server side, it is also confirmed whether the specific performance was performed on the target date (whether it was performed this week or before last week). be. In this embodiment, the function of displaying a QR code including information on the clear time of the specific mission effect and the clear time of the time trial effect in the decorative pattern display device 42 constitutes the information output means.

In other words, the player with the fastest clearing time for the specific mission effect will be ranked first, and the top five players will be uploaded to the web page as top ranking players. More specifically, in this example, the deadline for accepting rankings is 11:50 pm on Monday because the specific effects are performed on Saturday and Sunday. The provisional rankings will be announced by 11:50 pm on Monday, and the rankings will be finalized after 11:50 pm. Also, if the clear time of the specific mission effect is the same, the clear time of the time trial effect is referred to, and the faster one wins first place. Further, when no player has cleared the specific mission effect, the player with the fastest clear time of the time trial effect is ranked first. By the way, the reception of rankings for specific effects on the server starts at 10:00 am on Saturdays.

Further, in the present embodiment, the player who takes first place in the specific effect is given the right to set the next specific effect. That is, in the present embodiment, by performing the initial registration of the mobile-linked game, it is configured to be able to set the specific effect. In other words, in the specific production described above, the time trial production searches for the "legendary sea area", and the specific mission production searches for the "platinum fish school". , characters for searching, etc. are prepared in multiple patterns. These settings can be freely combined, and the setting of the player who achieves the top result in the specific effect is reflected in the next week's specific effect.

Regarding such "reflection", after the ranking is determined as described above, the password issued by the server includes the settings of the player who achieved the top result in a specific effect. there is By inputting the password on the day when the specific effect is performed, the content of the specific effect reflects the setting. The deadline for issuing such a password is until 10:00 am on Sunday.

By the way, in this embodiment, when the mobile-linked game is not performed, the specific effect that reflects the setting of the player who took the top in the specific effect last week is not performed, and the original (initial) specific effect is performed. done. However, the specific effect that is performed when not in the mobile-linked game is controlled so that the volume is half or less compared to the specific effect in the mobile-linked game. Also, even if the mobile-linked game is started after the specific effect is performed, the result of the specific effect performed before the mobile-linked game starts is not included in the QR code (trial clear time storage area, When the clear time is stored in the mission clear time storage area, it may be checked whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress, and if the result is denied, the memory may not be stored).

As described in detail above, according to the third embodiment, a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model can start the same effect (specific effect) all at once. In addition, the QR code issued at the end of the mobile-linked game includes information including the time trial effect that constitutes the specific effect, the clear time of the specific mission effect, and the player information that can identify the player. It is now displayed. As a result, it is possible to tally the clear time on the server via a mobile communication terminal that reads the QR code, and it is possible to "compete who among the players who experienced the specific effect cleared the specific mission effect first (specified If there is no player who has cleared the mission effect, or if there are duplicate players, the trial clear time is referred to)" can be added. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the playability by utilizing the specific performance performed simultaneously by the plurality of pachinko machines 10.例文帳に追加

In addition, when the player takes the top rank in the ranking of the specific effects collected by the server, the player's settings regarding the specific effects can be reflected in the next specific effects. In this case, it is possible to arouse stronger interest in the specific effect. In particular, in this embodiment, the setting of the player who has taken the top ranking in the specific effect is reflected not only in the password issued to him/herself but also in the password issued to others. In other words, when the decision right to set the next specific effect is given, it affects not only one's own game but also other people's games. Therefore, the value of the specific performance can be dramatically increased, and the interest in and willingness to participate in the specific performance can be further enhanced. In addition, since the setting by the decision maker is limited to the specific performance, it is possible to avoid a situation in which one's own game is entirely influenced by the settings of other players.

In addition, in order to reflect the settings based on the result of the previous specific effect, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile-linked game) in which information is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server. In addition, it is possible to increase the opportunities to have users participate in mobile-linked games. As a result, the game machine maker that manages and operates the server can obtain more game information as development materials for the pachinko machine 10 .

In addition, when not participating in the mobile-linked game, the sound volume is lowered during the execution period of the specific effect. Therefore, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific effect of the player participating in the mobile-linked game. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the probability of achieving a specific mission effect (probability of winning a mission achievement lottery) varies depending on whether the time trial effect is cleared in the normal mode, the time reduction mode, or the variable probability mode. It's becoming In particular, in this embodiment, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery is the highest when the normal mode, which is the most difficult to clear the time trial effect, is cleared, and on the contrary, when the variable probability mode, which is the easiest to clear the time trial effect, is cleared. The probability of winning the mission achievement lottery is the lowest. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the feeling of unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific effect (time trial effect).

Furthermore, the specific mission effect of the above-described embodiment is configured such that a mission achievement lottery is performed to determine whether or not the specific mission effect is successful by operating the operation button 125 by the player. During the period, the probability of achieving the specific mission effect (probability of winning the mission achievement lottery) differs depending on when the mission achievement lottery is held. In the present embodiment, the longer the elapsed time from the start of the specific mission effect, the higher the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery. In other words, the winning probability in the mission achievement lottery can be increased in exchange for the passage of time in the effective period. Therefore, in order to get a good result in the specific performance, it is necessary to operate the performance button 125 as soon as possible to win the mission achievement lottery, but by delaying the timing of operating the performance button 125, the mission achievement lottery is won. Since the probability of winning increases, the probability of success is relatively low, but either the performance button 125 is operated at the earliest possible timing with the aim of winning earlier, or the performance button 125 is carefully aimed at winning with a high probability in pursuit of certainty. It is possible to enjoy tactics such as whether to operate the effect button 125 at a relatively late timing. In addition, since the upper limit of the number of times the mission achievement lottery is performed is determined, the above effects can be achieved without fail.

Further, in this embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the current time is confirmed by the real-time clock, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated, and counting is started. However, the "current time" used in the calculation here is not the measured value (time) itself indicated by the real-time clock, but the real-time clock among the times divided in 10-minute intervals of one hour. The time closest to the current time being measured is applied to the "current time". As a result, even if the real-time clocks of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at the same time are out of sync, the "current time" is corrected so that the remaining time until the scheduled time matches. As a result, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific performance can be matched even with the pachinko machine 10 whose power is turned on at a different timing.

By adopting the configuration as described above, not only the pachinko machines 10 whose powers are turned on at the same time, but also the pachinko machines 10 whose powers are turned on at different timings can match the starting time of the specific performance. can. Therefore, for example, it is possible to make it impossible for a player aiming at a specific effect to perform the specific effect at store A, and then move to store B and perform the specific effect at store B. It is possible to prevent the outflow of players aiming at the specific performance caused by the time difference between the start times of the .

Further, in this embodiment, based on the setting at the time of manufacture of the pachinko machine 10, even a person other than those involved in the game hall can specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed. That is, for example, it is possible to make an announcement that a XX movie (as a specific effect) will be released on a server operated by a gaming machine maker or at a pachinko machine 10 as a future schedule at XX hours on XX days. becomes. With such an announcement, it is possible to increase the chances of having the player enjoy the subsequent specific presentation. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player goes to the game hall on the specified day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed. Moreover, it is possible to specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed as XX day XX hour instead of information with a certain range of approximately XX day XX hour. In this way, since the start time of the specific effect can be adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player checks his or her own clock (for example, a radio-controlled clock) and arrives at the game hall around the scheduled time. However, even if the procedure for the mobile-linked game (input of password, etc.) is completed at the last minute of the scheduled time, the specific effect can be achieved without fail. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real-time clock deviates to the advance side, and the player checks his/her own clock and thinks that he will be in time, but he is not in time.

Further, even if the deviation of the real-time clock built in the pachinko machine 10 is not configured to be correctable, the deviation of the start timing of the specific performance is prevented even between the pachinko machines 10 whose power is turned on at different timings. can be done. Therefore, the real time clock status of a plurality of pachinko machines 10 should be grasped, compared with the actual time, and corrected (automatically or manually by a person involved in the game hall). It is possible to avoid the risk of complication and cost increase of the island equipment due to the above, and the weakening of resistance to illegal input due to the increase of the input path from the outside of the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加In addition, even if the real-time clock is omitted, if a timer is provided for measuring the time from the start-up of the power supply, the pachinko machines 10 that are turned on all at once cannot start the specific performance at the same time. However, if a power failure occurs, there is a concern that the specific effect that has already been performed before the power failure may be unintentionally re-executed even after the power failure. In this respect, as in the present embodiment, by using both a real-time clock and a timer for measuring the remaining time, it is possible to proceed with the game in the same manner even if there is a power failure in relation to the specific effect. .

It is also conceivable to install a radio-controlled clock as a real-time clock. In such an environment, even if a specific effect is to be performed using a radio-controlled clock, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect will vary. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to reliably exhibit the above effects regardless of where the pachinko machine 10 is installed.

In addition, data related to the specific effect can be output to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, and by inputting the data to a server managed by the gaming machine manufacturer, various services such as publication of aggregated data are performed. In the configuration, by aligning the timing of the start and end of the specific effect, it is possible to relatively easily collect and manage data related to the specific effect on the server side.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the remaining time setting process for correcting the current time is performed in the initial setting process when the pachinko machine 10 is powered up, before the predetermined determination process is performed, The remaining time measurement timer is set to start the specific effect, and the countdown is started. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measured values of the remaining time measurement timers for each pachinko machine 10 are deviated due to intervening determination processing before remaining time setting processing.

(Fourth embodiment)
The fourth embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 30 to 36, focusing on the characteristic portions. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the third embodiment, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

Now, in the fourth embodiment, as in the third embodiment, the "specific effect" is executed. However, as shown in FIG. 30, in the fourth embodiment, the specific effect is performed even during the variable display of the big win at the start timing of the specific effect. ing. In addition, in the fourth embodiment, even when the player is in the jackpot state or when the variable display is not performed at the start timing of the specific effect, the player playing the pachinko machine 10 is specified. It is configured so that it can participate in the production. Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, even if the mobile-linked game is not in a state (non-mobile-linked game state) at the start timing of the specific effect, the record of the specific effect can be reflected in the mobile-linked game. configured to allow Details of such a configuration will be described below. Note that the specific effect end processing and the second mission execution processing are the same as those in the third embodiment, so description thereof will be omitted.

First, the trial effect execution process will be described with reference to FIG. In step S6201, it is determined whether or not a specific effect start command indicating the arrival of the specific effect start timing has been received. If the determination in step S6201 is affirmative, the time trial flag is set to ON in step S6202, and measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started in step S6203.

In the subsequent step S6204, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is in progress. If a negative determination is made in step S6204, it is determined in step S6205 whether or not a demonstration screen display to which transition is made when the variable display is not performed for a predetermined period of time is being displayed. The demonstration screen display is appropriately set for each model. For example, instead of displaying the decorative pattern, a demonstration display is performed on the entire display screen, or (with the decorative pattern still displayed ) In some cases, the power consumption of the decorative pattern display device 42 is reduced by, for example, suppressing the amount of light emitted.

If a negative determination is made in step S6205, the trial display flag is turned on in step S6206. In this embodiment, only when the trial display flag is set to ON, the display effect in the decorative pattern display device 42 corresponding to the specific effect (time trial effect), the audio output corresponding to the specific effect, and the specific effect The corresponding lighting modes of various lamps are derived.

After step S6206, in step S6207, after setting the value of the trial counter for indicating the result of the specific effect to "1", this processing is terminated. In this embodiment, the state in which the demonstration screen is displayed corresponds to the dedicated standby state.

If the determination in step S6204 or step S6205 is affirmative, step S6206 is skipped and the process proceeds to step S6207. In other words, when the jackpot state or the demo screen is being displayed, even if the start timing of the specific effect arrives, the display mode, sound mode, etc. corresponding to the specific effect are not derived (the appearance state is kept). It's like However, internally, the time trial flag is set to ON and the clear time measurement timer is started, so it is possible to participate in the time trial effect in the middle and specify the clear time of the time trial effect. It's like

If a negative determination is made in step S6201, it is determined in step S6208 whether or not the time trial flag is set to ON. If the determination in step S6208 is affirmative, it is determined in step S6209 whether or not the trial display flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S6209, it is determined in step S6210 whether or not the jackpot is in progress. If the determination in step S6210 is negative, it is determined in step S6211 whether or not the demo screen is being displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S6211, a trial display flag is turned on in step S6212. That is, during the execution period of the specific effect, the display mode corresponding to the specific effect (time trial effect) was not derived due to the fact that the jackpot was in progress or the demo screen was being displayed, but the jackpot state ended or the pachinko When the player starts the game on the machine 10 and the demo screen display ends, the trial display flag is set to ON in step S6212, so that the specific effect is immediately started, even in appearance. ing.

After step S6212, or when an affirmative determination is made in any of step S6209, step S6210, or step S6211, in step S6213, a time-up effect command indicating that the time trial effect time is up is received. determine whether it did.

If the determination in step S6213 is affirmative, the time trial flag is turned off in step S6214. In subsequent step S6215, it is determined whether or not the trial display flag is set to ON. If the determination in step S6215 is affirmative, that is, if the display mode or the like corresponding to the time trial effect has been derived, then in step S6216, the display mode or the like of the decorative pattern display device 42 indicates that the time trial effect has ended. Perform processing for performing the time-up effect taught in .

After step S6216 or when a negative determination is made in step S6215, the clear time measurement timer is stopped and reset in step S6217. After step S6217, in step S6218, it is determined whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress. If the determination in step S6218 is affirmative, the value of the trial counter is set to "2" in step S6219, and then this process ends.

By the way, if you end the mobile-linked game after the time-trial effect starts and before the time-trial effect ends, the trial counter value for the QR code displayed on the code issue screen is "1", and the server side that obtains this information can grasp that the player has stopped the time trial effect in the middle (withdrew in the middle). Also, when the server obtains information that the value of the trial counter is "2", it can be grasped that the player has failed to clear the time trial effect (time has expired). These pieces of information are accumulated and stored on the server side. When the code issue screen is cleared, the value of the trial counter is also reset (set to "0").

On the other hand, if the determination in step S6218 is negative, in step S6220 the retrofitting confirmation flag is turned on, and then the process proceeds to step S6219. That is, when the mobile-linked game is played, the result of the specific effect is also accumulated and reflected in the effect etc. in the future game, but in this embodiment, the mobile-linked game Even if the player has not played the game, if he wants to play the mobile-linked game after trying the specific effect, the result of this specific effect should be reflected in the mobile-linked game. is configured so that Details of the configuration will be described later.

If the determination in step S6213 is negative, or if the determination in step S6208 is negative, the process proceeds to step S6301 in FIG. In step S6301, it is determined whether or not a specific mission preparation command indicating that the time trial effect has been cleared (that the variable display for a big win has started during the time trial effect period) has been received. When an affirmative determination is made in step S6301, the time trial flag is set to OFF in step S6302, and processing for performing mission preparation effects (description of specific mission effects, etc.) is performed in step S6303. In the subsequent step S6304, the clear time measurement timer is stopped, and in step S6305, the measured value of the clear time measurement timer is stored in the trial clear time storage area.

Further, in step S6306, the clear time measurement timer is reset, and in step S6307, the value of the trial counter is set to "3". In the subsequent step S6308, it is determined whether or not the mobile-linked game is being played. If a negative determination is made in step S6308, the post-installation confirmation flag is turned on in step S6309, and this process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6308, this processing ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S6301, it is determined in step S6310 whether or not a start specific mission effect start command for ending the mission preparation effect and starting the substantial specific mission effect has been received. do. If a negative determination is made in step S6310, the process ends.

On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S6310, processing for starting the specific mission effect in steps S6311 to S6320 is performed. These processes are basically the same as in the third embodiment (in steps S2414 to S2424 of FIG. 27, the process of resetting the mission clear time storage area in step S2418 is omitted).

Next, the first mission execution process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6401, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S6401, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6401, it is determined in step S6402 whether or not the end time of the variable display corresponding to the specific mission effect has come. If the determination in step S6402 is affirmative, the mission flag is set off in step S6403, the lottery permission flag is set off in step S6404, the trial display flag is set off in step S6405, and the clear is performed in step S6406. Stop the timing timer (it may have already stopped) and reset it. After that, this process is terminated.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6402, in step S6407, it is determined whether or not the lottery permission flag is set to ON, and if affirmative determination is made, in step S6408, the operation of the production button 125 is performed. determine whether there is If a negative determination is made in step S6407 or step S6408, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S6408 is affirmative, it is determined in step S6409 whether or not it is a variable probability jackpot. In the following step S6411, it is determined whether or not the mission achievement lottery has been won. If the determination is negative here, or if the determination in step S6409 is negative, in step S6412, the number of remaining lottery counter is counted. Subtract 1. After that, in step S6413, it is determined whether or not the value of the remaining lottery number counter is "0". In S6414, the lottery permission flag is turned off, and then this process ends.

In addition, when the affirmative determination is made in step S6411, in step S6415, the mission achievement flag is set to ON, and in step S6416, success in teaching that the specific mission effect has been cleared by the display mode of the decorative design display device 42 or the like. Perform processing for performing production. Further, in step S6417, the clear time measuring timer is stopped, and in step S6418, the measured value of the clear time measuring timer is stored in the mission clear time storage area.

In subsequent step S6419, the lottery permission flag is set to OFF, and in step S6420, the value of the trial counter is set to "4". When the server receives the information that the trial counter value is "3", it indicates that although the time trial presentation was cleared, the specific mission presentation could not be cleared. Although there is data, it can be understood that there is no information on the clear time of the specific mission production. Further, when the server receives information that the value of the trial counter is "4", the server indicates that the specific mission effect has been cleared, that is, the time trial effect clear time data and the specific mission effect clear time data It can be understood that there are both

After that, in step S6421, it is determined whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress. If a negative determination is made in step S6421, in step S6422 the retrofitting confirmation flag is set to ON, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6421, this process ends. Also in this embodiment, the second mission execution process is performed in the same manner as in the third embodiment.

Now, as described above, when participating in the specific effect in a state in which the mobile-linked game is not performed, the retrofit confirmation flag is set to ON. Next, the processing (announcement start timing determination processing) performed when the retrofit confirmation flag is set to ON will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in step S6501, it is determined whether or not the retrofitting confirmation flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S6501, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6501, it is determined in step S6502 whether or not the variation display (variation information such as the value of the jackpot random number counter C1) is stored. Incidentally, since the announcement start timing determination processing is performed on the side of the sub-controller 262, the reservation information storage area (see the above second embodiment) provided in the RAM 553 of the sub-controller 262 is checked and the determination in step S6502 is performed. I do.

If the determination in step S6502 is negative, it is determined in step S6503 whether or not variable display is being performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6502 or step S6503, this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6503, that is, if the variable display is interrupted, the retrofitting confirmation flag is turned off in step S6504.

In subsequent step S6505, the announcement flag is set to ON. Furthermore, in step S6506, it is determined whether or not the demo screen is being displayed. When a negative determination is made in step S6506, in step S6507, an announcement screen is displayed on the decorative design display device 42, and control such as corresponding voice output is executed. In this embodiment, when the specific effect is performed while the mobile-linked game is not being played, at this timing, that is, at the timing when the variable display is interrupted, an opportunity to participate in the mobile-linked game is given, and the mobile-linked game is played here. When participating in , the result of the current specific effect is also sent to the server side, added to the accumulated information, and reflected in future game effects.

Therefore, in the step S6507, display of an announcement screen for announcing that (announcement display) is started. In this embodiment, "By participating in the mobile-linked game, you will be able to enjoy a special effect according to your gaming history", or "Now, by participating in the mobile-linked game, You can reflect the result of the game," or "The player who clears the specific mission effect first can set the next specific effect content."

After step S6507, in step S6508, a value corresponding to the time (for example, 1 minute) for making an announcement is set to the announcement control timer, and then this processing ends. As for the announcement control timer, subtraction processing is performed in timer interrupt processing which is performed at predetermined time intervals.

If the determination in step S6506 is affirmative, step S6507 is skipped and the process proceeds to step S6508. That is, in this embodiment, even if the pachinko machine 10 is not played, the specific effect is internally started, the retrofit confirmation flag is set to ON, and the process proceeds to step S6506. However, in that case, since there is no need to display the announcement screen, step S6507 is skipped.

Although details will be described later, the period during which the announcement screen can be displayed (announcement display period) ends when the variable display is started. Therefore, when the demonstration screen display is performed on the surface and the announcement display period is set internally, the variation display is started, and the demonstration screen display ends (when the variation display starts, the demo screen display is ), the announcement display period also ends. It has become.

Next, announcement execution processing will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6601, it is determined whether or not the announcement flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S6601, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6601, it is determined in step S6602 whether or not variable display has started.

If the determination in step S6602 is negative, it is determined in step S6603 whether or not the value of the announcement control timer has become "0". If the determination in step S6603 is negative, it is determined in step S6604 whether or not there is an additional write request input. That is, on the announcement screen (or a guidance screen to be described later), an option "participate in a mobile-linked game" is displayed. This becomes the input of the above-mentioned postscript request.

If the determination in step S6604 is negative, it is determined in step S6605 whether or not there is a guidance request input. In this embodiment, an option "more details" is displayed on the announcement screen, and by moving the cursor there with the cross button 126 and operating the production button 125, the guidance request input is performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6605 and a guidance request is input, a guidance screen is displayed in step S6606. In this embodiment, "Your clear time for a specific mission effect is ... seconds" or "The top 3 clear times for the previous specific mission effect are ... seconds, ... seconds, ... seconds , etc. is displayed. After step S6606, this processing ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S6605, it is determined in step S6607 whether or not there is an announcement request input. In this embodiment, on the guidance screen, options such as "return" and "participate in mobile-linked game" are displayed. It becomes the announcement request input. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6607, the announcement screen is displayed in step S6608, and then this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6607, this processing ends.

If the determination in step S6604 is affirmative, that is, if there is an additional write request input, the additional write flag is turned on in step S6609, and the additional write screen is displayed in step S6610. In this embodiment, on the postscript screen, a guide such as ``I will perform the procedure to participate in the mobile-linked game'' is displayed, and ``If you are new to the mobile-linked game'' and ``Do you have a password for the mobile-linked game? Those who are using it" are displayed.

In the following step S6611, a value corresponding to the time (for example, 30 seconds) corresponding to the period for displaying the postscript screen is set to the announcement control timer. After that, in step S6613, the announcement flag is set to off, and this process ends. By turning off the announcement flag, the display of the announcement screen and the guidance screen ends.

Also, if the determination in step S6603 is affirmative, that is, if the end time of the announcement period has arrived, in step S6612, the contents stored in the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area are erased. Reset the trial counter. In other words, for example, although the announcement screen was displayed, there was no desire to play a mobile-linked game and it was left as it was, or the game was not played and it was an internal announcement period, but the period was If it has passed, there is no need to include the information about the specific effect in the code information on the code issue screen (output the information to the outside), and there is no need to store it, so it is deleted here. ing. Then, after step S6612, the announcement flag is turned off in step S6613, and this process ends.

Further, if the determination in step S6602 is affirmative, that is, if the variable display is started during the display of the announcement screen or the guidance screen (a game ball enters the starting winning unit 33), the process also proceeds to step S6612. It's like In other words, for a player who does not intend to play a mobile-linked game, even if the variable display is interrupted and the announcement display is performed, by continuing to shoot the game ball as it is, the announcement display is performed. The game can be continued as it is without delaying the progress of the game.

In addition, although he did not intend to end the announcement screen, in order to avoid a situation in which the game ball was shot without knowing it and entered the start winning unit 33, the announcement screen was erased unintentionally. For example, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6603, it is determined whether or not an announcement screen is being displayed, and if an affirmative determination is made here, the player is asked whether to end the announcement screen display. Such an input screen may be displayed, or the announcement display may be reset so that the announcement display is performed after the variable display, that is, the retrofitting confirmation flag may be set to ON again. If the latter configuration is adopted, the information stored in the trial clear time storage area, mission clear time storage area, and trial counter is maintained as is at the time of resetting.

Next, append processing will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6701, it is determined whether or not the postscript screen is displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S6701, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S6701 is affirmative, it is determined in step S6702 whether or not the value of the announcement control timer is "0".

If the determination in step S6702 is affirmative, the time to end the display period of the postscript screen has arrived, so in step S6703 the postscript flag is set to OFF. After clearing the stored contents of the clear time storage area and resetting the trial counter, this processing is terminated. By turning off the postscript flag, the display of the postscript screen ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S6702, it is determined in step S6705 whether or not variable display is to be started. Even if the determination in step S6705 is affirmative, the process proceeds to step S6703 to end the additional screen and start the variable display.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S6705 is negative, in step S6706 it is determined whether or not there is an input for initial registration. It is determined whether or not the performance button 125 is pressed by moving the cursor with the button 126.例文帳に追加If an affirmative determination is made in step S6706, a code issue screen is displayed in step S6707. Here, a QR code for initial registration is issued, but the QR code contains information related to the specific effect this time (trial counter value, time trial effect clear stored in the trial clear time storage area) time, and the clear time of the specific mission effect stored in the mission clear time storage area).

After step S6707, the postscript flag is turned off in step S6708, and this process ends. As for the subsequent mobile-linked game, the issued QR code is read by the communication mobile terminal, the server is accessed, and the initial registration is performed. Further, the password issued by the server is input to the pachinko machine 10, and the game is restarted (the mobile-linked game is started) after the result of the specific effect is stored in the server. In addition, when the code issuance screen is cleared, the trial counter is reset, and the contents stored in the trial clear time storage area and mission clear time storage area are deleted.

If a negative determination is made in step S6706, it is determined in step S6709 whether or not there is an input to the effect that the password is already possessed. It is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been pressed by moving the cursor to the selection item of "Those who play" with the cross button 126.例文帳に追加If a negative determination is made in step S6709, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6709, a password input screen is displayed in step S6710. In addition, even if a password is entered on the password entry screen, the contents of the trial counter, trial clear time storage area, and mission clear time storage area are retained as they are. These information are included in the QR code together with the game information and the like.

In this embodiment, when a password issued by a server is input to the pachinko machine 10, a storage area for storing information contained in the input password constitutes player identification information storage means. Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 stores the information specifying the player's game history and the like, while the pachinko machine 10 stores the information specifying who the player is. However, the specified information may be stored in the pachinko machine 10. FIG.

As described in detail above, according to the fourth embodiment, as in the third embodiment, a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model can start a specific effect all at once, and furthermore, the mobile communication terminal Specific performance information such as clear time is sent to the server via , and the performance derived during the next and subsequent mobile-linked games can be changed according to the results of totaling the information. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the playability by utilizing the specific performance performed simultaneously by the plurality of pachinko machines 10.例文帳に追加

Further, according to the fourth embodiment, even when a specific effect is performed in a state other than a mobile-linked game, information of the specific effect, that is, the clear time of the time trial effect or the specific mission effect, etc., is stored. After the end of the specific effect, if the player desires, the information of the specific effect can be reflected in the mobile-linked game. In other words, for example, if you carelessly forgot to enter the password to start the mobile-linked game, or if you just started playing the game without entering the password with a light heart, such as just for a short time today, you may encounter a specific effect. In the event that unexpectedly good results are obtained in the game, it is possible to take in the information indicating the result later so that it is reflected in the mobile-linked game. Therefore, although a good result was obtained in a specific effect and it should have been a happy feeling, the mobile-linked game was not played and the information could not be taken in, resulting in feelings of disappointment, regret, etc. It is possible to avoid such a situation. Therefore, the convenience of the mobile-linked game can be improved, and the mobile-linked game can be played comfortably.

Furthermore, even for players who were reluctant to play mobile-linked games, such as the troublesomeness, we have given them the opportunity to start mobile-linked games, saying, "Since we got good results with specific effects, let's take this opportunity to start playing mobile-linked games." A relatively strong motivation to participate in the linked game can be provided. Therefore, by giving the player an opportunity to participate in the mobile-linked game at the perfect timing, it is possible to dramatically increase the possibility of the player participating in the mobile-linked game.

In addition, for example, the arrival at the game hall is just before the specific effect starts, or the specific effect has already started, and if the password for the mobile-linked game is entered, the remaining period of the specific effect will be reduced. However, if you enter the password later after performing the specific effect for the time being, the result of this specific effect can be reliably memorized. Therefore, due to the need to enter the password immediately before or after the start of the specific effect, the remaining time of the specific effect is shortened, or the password is input in a hurry, giving a sense of futility. can be prevented, and the specific effect can be fully enjoyed.

Further, according to the fourth embodiment, even if the player is not playing a game (even if the player is in an energy-saving mode, a so-called demo screen is being displayed), when the timing to start the specific effect comes, the specific Measurement (measurement of the clear time measurement timer) for judging how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the effect is started. Therefore, it is possible to participate in the specific performance in the middle, and even if the player is late for the start of the specific performance, he/she can enjoy the specific performance by starting the game during the period of the specific performance. In particular, for example, when the specific performance is a performance that is started all at once by a plurality of pachinko machines 10, he wanted to participate in the specific performance, but was unable to make it in time for the start of the specific performance, so he participated in the specific performance. It is possible to avoid a frustrating situation in which the player simply watches the specific performance of the surrounding pachinko machines 10 without being able to play.

In addition, for example, at the start timing of a specific effect, it happened that the game medium was just out of the seat to use the toilet, talk on the phone, buy a drink, etc., or the game machine was in a predetermined error state or the door was open. Even when borrowing the game takes time, if the game is restarted during the period of the specific effect, the specific effect can be reliably derived. Therefore, for example, when adopting a configuration in which the specific effect is not performed unless the game is in progress at the start timing of the specific effect, it becomes difficult to leave the seat when the timing approaches. Thus, it is possible to avoid situations such as when a player returns to his/her seat to play a game and is unable to participate in the specific performance even though others around him/her are performing the specific performance.

It should be noted that the restart of the game referred to here also means switching from the demo screen display to the normal game screen. The demo screen display is switched to a normal game screen (variable display, etc.). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, it may be configured to switch from the demonstration screen display when a rotation operation of the steering wheel 18 or an operation of the effect button 125 is detected. In addition, other criteria may be provided for the criteria for determining that a game is in progress, or a game machine that does not display a demo screen (for example, the screen that was finally displayed when a game was played, or the power The screen may remain as it was at startup, or the display may be turned off and not displayed).

In addition, when it is time to start a specific effect in the energy saving mode (demonstration screen display period) as a standby state that is generally provided to suppress power consumption, the clear time measurement timer starts to measure. On the other hand, the effect mode corresponding to the specific effect by the decorative pattern display device 42 etc. is not derived, that is, the demonstration screen display (the illumination of the decorative pattern display device 42 becomes dark, the various lamps become dark, or the number of lamps lit decrease, audio output is stopped, etc.) is maintained. Therefore, the energy-saving mode can be maintained as much as possible, which contributes to the suppression of power consumption. Of course, the timing to start the specific effect arrives during the energy saving mode, and although there is no change on the surface, the specific effect is set internally (the specific effect can be started at any time), so energy saving By canceling the mode, you can immediately participate in a specific production.

Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, when the variable display is interrupted after the end of the specific effect performed during the non-mobile-linked game, an announcement is displayed asking whether or not there is an intention to participate in the mobile-linked game. It's like That is, here, it is questioned whether or not the information regarding the specific effect stored in each clear time storage area, etc. is reflected in the mobile-linked game. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the user forgets to reflect the information in the mobile-linked game. In particular, since the announcement is made at the timing when the variable display is interrupted, that is, at the timing when the player may end the game, the situation of forgetting to reflect the information on the specific effect in the mobile-linked game is further reduced. can be suppressed.

In addition, if the player determines that the information regarding the specific effect executed during the non-mobile-linked game is not necessary in the announcement display (when the player makes an input indicating that it will not be reflected in the mobile-linked game), Alternatively, when the player finishes the game and the next player may start the game (when the display period of the announcement display ends), it is also erased (trial clear time storage area , clears the memory in the mission clear time storage area, and resets the trial counter). As a result, when the player ends the game and the next player starts the mobile-linked game, it is possible to prevent the previous player's game information (information about the specific effect) from being mixed. . By the way, even when the announcement period ends, the information about the specific effect is deleted, so that if the player ends the game and goes home without making any corresponding input during the announcement period. Even so, it is possible to avoid the information relating to the specific effect remaining and being reflected in another player.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the announcement is displayed, a guidance screen can be displayed that teaches the player a privilege that may be given to the player by participating in the mobile-linked game. For this reason, it is possible to appeal at the perfect timing what kind of merits there are when participating in a mobile-linked game. Therefore, it is possible to further encourage participation in the mobile-linked game. In addition, if you don't care about mobile-linked games at all (or you don't have knowledge about mobile-linked games) and you somehow start playing a pachinko machine 10 and you unexpectedly get a good result with a specific effect, Regret not participating in mobile-linked games after learning about benefits (in this example, the right to set the content of the next specific effect is granted) when a good result is obtained in a specific effect It is possible to prevent such situations.

In particular, in the present embodiment, past clear time data and the like of specific mission effects are displayed as well as benefits for participating in a mobile-linked game. For this reason, the player compares his clear time with his own clear time and thinks, ``It seems that a good result was obtained with a specific effect'' → ``It seems that if this result is reflected, an interesting effect can be seen, etc.'' Let's try participating in the linked game." Therefore, it is possible to more positively encourage the player to participate in the mobile-linked game at the current timing.

Further, in the present embodiment, a specific effect is started during the mobile-linked game, and the mobile-linked game is stopped during the specific effect period (a QR code containing various game information is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, and the screen is erased), during the period of the specific effect, the clear time measurement timer continues to measure. As a result, for example, even when the player ends the game during the specific performance period and another player plays the pachinko machine 10 immediately after that, the specific performance can be surely enjoyed. Therefore, the opportunity to participate in the specific performance can be increased, for example, although the player wanted to participate in the specific performance, the target pachinko machine 10 was full and the game could not be played, and the game could not be played before the start of the next specific performance. can improve the convenience when it takes a relatively long time.

In addition, even when a big winning state occurs before the start of the specific performance and the start timing of the specific performance comes during the big winning state, measurement of the clear time measuring timer is started. Therefore, when the jackpot state ends during the specific performance period, the player can enjoy the specific performance after the jackpot state ends (fifth embodiment).
In the above-described first embodiment and the like, a two-dimensional code including game information, selection information, etc. is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, and the game information, selection information, etc. are transmitted from the pachinko machine 10 to the server via the portable communication terminal. Although it is configured to be able to transmit, the information transmitted from the pachinko machine 10 to the server via the mobile communication terminal is not particularly limited. , specific measurement information indicating the number of occurrences of a specific event in a specific period, or the time until the specific period ends.

The fifth embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38 while giving specific examples of specific periods and specific events. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the like, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

As shown in FIG. 37, the game board 30 of the present embodiment is provided with two variable winning devices 32 (a first variable winning device 32a and a second variable winning device 32b), and two starting winning units 33 ( A first starting winning device 33a and a second starting winning device 33b) are provided. Also, if there is a ball entering the first variable winning device 32a, there are 14 balls, if there is a ball entering the second variable winning device 32b, there are 13 balls, and there is a ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a. Two game balls are paid out when there is a game ball, and one game ball is paid out when a ball enters the second start prize winning device 33b.

The first starting winning device 33a is provided below the variable display unit 35, and the first variable winning device 32a is provided below the first starting winning device 33a. Hereinafter, for convenience, the area located on the left side of the variable display unit 35 will be referred to as the "left area", and the area located on the right side of the variable display unit 35 will be referred to as the "right area". In addition, the area located downstream of the left side area and to the left of the substantially central portion in the horizontal direction of the game board 30 where the first start-up winning device 33a and the first variable winning device 32a are arranged is referred to as the "lower left area". In other words, the area located downstream of the right side area and located on the right side of the substantially central portion in the left-right direction of the game board 30 is referred to as the "lower right area".

The second startup winning device 33b is provided near the boundary between the right side area and the lower right area.

The second start-up winning device 33b has a shape called a general electronic tulip, like the start-up winning unit 33 of the first embodiment. That is, a pair of blade members 37 are provided adjacent to both the left and right sides of the starting winning hole into which game balls can enter. In the present embodiment, a game nail is disposed at a position directly above the start winning opening of the second start winning device 33b, and when the blade member 37 is in a closed state extending vertically, (the game nail There is no room for the game ball to pass between the wing member 37 and the wing member 37). On the other hand, by changing the state of the blade member 37 to the open state in which it opens outward, the game ball can enter the starting winning hole.

On the other hand, the first starting prize winning device 33a does not have a blade member 37, and the ease with which a game ball enters is constant.

The second variable winning device 32b is provided in the lower right region on the downstream side of the second start-up winning device 33b. The first and second variable winning devices 32a and 32b of the present embodiment are configured so that the lower edge of the big winning shutter is rotatably supported along the lower edge of the big winning opening. there is In addition, a first count switch 223a and a second count switch 223b are provided for detecting a game ball that has entered the big winning hole. 14 and 13 prize balls are provided (game balls are paid out), respectively.

Also, the first start prize winning device 33a and the second start prize winning device 33b are provided with a first start prize winning switch 224a and a second start prize winning switch 224b for detecting the winning game balls, respectively. When a game ball is detected by the start prize-winning switches 224a and 224b, two prize balls and one prize ball are provided as described above, and furthermore, whether or not to generate a jackpot state or the like is determined. A lottery is performed, and a variable display is performed on the special display devices 43L and 43R (and the decorative pattern display device 42).

In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery triggered by the winning of the game ball to the first starting winning device 33a (detection of the first starting winning switch 224a), the first variable winning device 32a A jackpot state that is in an open state occurs, and when a jackpot is won in a lottery triggered by the winning of a game ball to the second start prize winning device 33b (detection of the second start prize switch 224b), the second 2 variable prize winning device 32b is open state to generate a jackpot state.

In addition, in the winning lottery triggered by the winning of the first start prize winning device 33a, if a jackpot is won in which a high ball entry state (probability variable mode or time reduction mode) is given after the jackpot ends, after the jackpot state ends , to shoot the game ball toward the right side area (so-called right hitting).

Only one through gate 34 is provided on the upstream side of the second starting prize winning device 33b. That is, unless the player hits to the right, the ball entry support lottery for determining whether or not to open the second starting prize winning device 33b (wing member 37) cannot be accepted. However, in the low ball entry state (normal mode, high probability state and low probability mode), the probability of winning the ball support lottery is low, and as described above, it is in the closed state. Since the ball cannot be entered into the second starting prize winning device 33b, in the low ball entry state, the game ball is launched (left-handed) toward the left side area.

In addition, the second start-up winning device 33b of the present embodiment is provided with an assist winning opening 40 into which a game ball moving in the game area can enter, directly above the central portion in the left-right direction of the big winning shutter. When game balls are detected by a detection switch (not shown) that counts the game balls entering the assist winning opening 40, three game balls are paid out to the upper tray 19 or the lower tray 15.例文帳に追加Due to the presence of the assist winning opening 40, the number of winning openings into which the game ball enters when the game ball is shot toward the right side area (so-called right hitting) increases, and the game in which the ball does not enter the second start winning device 33b. During the jackpot state in which the ball enters the assist winning opening 40 or the second variable winning device 32b is opened (in the arrangement of this embodiment, both during the round period and during the interval period), the game ball assists winning opening I will enter the ball in 40. Therefore, in the time shortening mode, (even if the number of prize balls when the game ball enters the second starting prize winning device 32b is one less than that of the first starting prize winning device 32a), the number of game balls can be substantially reduced. You can play games without Furthermore, in the jackpot state in which the second variable winning device 32b is opened, more game balls are obtained than when there is no assist winning port 40 (or when the winning ball enters the first variable winning Although it is less than the device 32a, it is possible to make up for it, or even make it more than that.

Now, in this embodiment, the number of game balls shot by the shooting device 60 is counted. More specifically, a launch detection switch 401 is provided as launch detection means for detecting a game ball moving on the launch rail 61 that guides the game ball launched by the launcher 60 . The shooting detection switch 401 is provided on the front end side of the shooting rail 61 from the shooting position where the game ball is hit by the shooting device 60 in the shooting rail 61 so as not to detect the game ball at the shooting position. However, it is provided in the vicinity of the shooting position where the game ball shot by the shooting device 60 is less shaken as much as possible.

Furthermore, although illustration is omitted, a return ball detection means for detecting a game ball that has flowed backward on the rail 50 without reaching the guide area, although it was shot by the shooting device 60 and headed toward the game area while being guided by the rail 50. A foul ball detection switch is provided. In this embodiment, it is provided in a foul ball passage 72 (see FIG. 3) as a miss ball return passage that communicates with the gap between the launch rail 61 and the rail 50 (outer rail constituent portion 52). In this embodiment, the launch rail 61 and the rail 50 constitute a guide passage.

Also, the RAM 503 of the main controller 261 is provided with a shot number counter as specific measuring means for counting the number of game balls shot into the game area. Furthermore, the firing detection switch 401 and the foul ball detection switch are electrically connected to the input/output port 505 of the main controller 261 . The shot number counter is counted up when the shot detection switch 401 detects, and the shot number counter is counted down when the foul ball detection switch detects.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, it is also configured so that the number of shots of game balls can be grasped for each situation. That is, the shot number counter of this embodiment is a first shot number counter that counts the number of shots in all states, and a second shot number counter that counts the number of shots in the jackpot state in which the first variable prize winning device 32a is open. , a third shot number counter that counts the number of shots in the jackpot state in which the second variable winning device 32b is open, and a fourth shot number counter that counts the number of shots in the high ball entry state.

Here, the shot ball counting process for counting the number of game balls shot will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S8101, it is determined whether or not there is detection information of the firing detection switch 401. FIG. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8101, in step S8102, a jackpot that occurs in a low ball entry state and a jackpot state in which the first variable prize winning device 32a is in an open state (hereinafter also referred to as "first jackpot state") ) to determine whether it is in the If the determination in step S8102 is affirmative, in step S8103, 1 is added to the values of the first shot number counter and the second shot number counter, and then this process ends.

In addition, if a negative determination is made in step S8102, in step S8104, a jackpot that occurs in a high ball winning state and a jackpot state in which the second variable winning device 32b is in an open state (hereinafter referred to as "second jackpot state)). If the determination in step S8104 is affirmative, in step S8105, 1 is added to the values of the first shot number counter and the third shot number counter, and then this process ends.

Furthermore, when a negative determination is made in step S8104, it is determined in step S8106 whether or not it is in a high ball entry state (probability variable mode or time reduction mode). If the determination in step S8106 is affirmative, in step S8107, 1 is added to the values of the first shot number counter and the fourth shot number counter, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S8106 is negative, in step S8108 the value of the first firing number counter is incremented by 1, after which this process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S8101, it is determined in step S8109 whether or not there is detection information of the foul ball detection switch. If a negative determination is made in step S8109, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8109, it is determined in step S8110 whether or not the game is in the first jackpot state. If the determination in step S8110 is affirmative, in step S8111, the values of the first and second shot number counters are decremented by 1, and this process ends.

Moreover, when a negative determination is made in step S8110, it is determined in step S8112 whether or not the second jackpot state is in progress. If the determination in step S8112 is affirmative, in step S8113, the values of the first and third shot number counters are decremented by 1, and then this process ends.

Furthermore, if a negative determination is made in step S8112, it is determined in step S8114 whether or not the player is in a high ball entry state. If the determination in step S8114 is affirmative, in step S8115, the values of the first and fourth shot number counters are decremented by 1, and this process ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S8114 is negative, in step S8116, the value of the first firing number counter is decremented by 1, and then this process ends.

Although individual detailed description is omitted, in this embodiment, in addition to the number of shots of game balls, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the through gate in the high ball entry state A specific measurement counter is provided to measure the number of times the game ball passes through 34 and the number of times the game ball enters the second start winning device 33b in the high ball winning state, and a process for measuring is performed. ing.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of shots described above, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the number of times the game ball passes through the through gate 34 in the high ball entry state, Specific measurement means for measuring the number of game balls entered into the second starting prize winning device 33b and specific measurement counters as specific storage means correspond from the start of the mobile-linked game to the end of the mobile-linked game. and a specific statistical measurement counter for measuring the corresponding value for a predetermined period (for example, 3 days) regardless of the mobile-linked game. It should be noted that the statistical specific measurement counter does not measure total values for a predetermined period, but is divided by day. For example, if it is configured to store specific measurement values of specific measurement counters for three days, the one-day-old storage area stores the values of various specific measurement counters from one day ago, and the values of various specific measurement counters from two days ago are stored. When the power is turned off, the values in the two-day-old storage area are erased, the values in the one-day-old storage area are shifted to the two-day-old storage area, and the final specific measurement values for the day are provided. may be stored in the one-day-old storage area. In this embodiment, the first and second variable winning devices 32a and 32b constitute variable ball entry means, the second starting prize winning device 33b constitutes opening and closing ball entry means and starting ball entry means, and the through gate 34 supports. Configure the ball entry means. In addition, the first to fourth shot number counters, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the number of times the game ball passes through the through gate 34 in the high ball entry state, the second in the high ball entry state A measurement value of a specific measurement counter that measures the number of game balls entering the starting winning device 33b corresponds to the specific measurement information.

Then, when the player who has played the mobile-linked game performs code issuing processing for issuing a QR code on the decorative pattern display device 42 (display means) in order to end the mobile-linked game, a jackpot state during the mobile-linked game. Along with game information such as the total number of occurrences and the total number of fluctuations, a QR code containing the measurement information of the first to fourth shot number counters and other specific measurement counters is issued. In addition, when the QR code display screen is closed, the values of the various specific measurement counters for the individual player are erased, but the specific measurement counters for statistics are not erased at that time (for example, after 3 days erased when it expires).

Further, the gaming machine maker that operates the server can grasp the operation status of the pachinko machine 10 based on the value of the first shot number counter. Furthermore, it is possible to grasp the state of the game nail around the first variable prize winning device 32a based on the number of times the first variable prize winning device 32a is in the open state of the jackpot state and the value of the second shot number counter. Based on the number of times the second variable prize winning device 32b is opened and the number of times of the jackpot state and the value of the third shot number counter, it is possible to grasp the situation of the game nail around the second variable prize winning device 32b. can. In addition, based on the number of game balls entering the second starting prize winning device 33b in the high ball winning state and the value of the fourth shot number counter, the situation of the game nail around the second starting prize winning device 33b is monitored. It is possible to grasp the situation of the game nails around the through gate 34 based on the number of passages through the through gate 34 in the high ball entry state and the value of the fourth shot number counter.

In addition, in this embodiment, mobile-linked games are ranked according to the number of times the game ball is shot in the mobile-linked game of the player, and the content of the effects can be changed according to the rank ( It is designed to derive effects that could not be derived until now, and to enhance customization functions).

As described in detail above, in the fifth embodiment, when performing a mobile-linked game in which information is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server via the mobile communication terminal, the QR displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 is displayed. If the code contains game information that can be used to grasp the player's game history (history/experience), etc., the first to fourth shot number counters that measure the number of specific events in a specific period, or other specific Specific measurement information of the measurement counter (total number of shots in the first jackpot state, total number of shots in the high winning state, number of winnings to the second start winning device 33b in the high winning state, etc.) It is configured. For this reason, on the side of the game machine manufacturer that operates the server, not only the game information but also the specific measurement information is aggregated and analyzed, and the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played at the site (game hall etc.) where the game is played. It is possible to quickly, accurately and widely grasp the usage status of Therefore, it is possible to develop a better pachinko machine 10 by referring to such information.

More specifically, in the first jackpot state and the second jackpot state, which are states in which game balls are launched aiming at the first variable prize winning device 32a and the second variable prize winning device 32b, the first jackpot state and the second jackpot state It is possible to grasp how many game balls were shot before the end. That is, since the jackpot state ends when the upper limit number of game balls enter the first variable prize winning device 32a or the second variable prize winning device 32b, the game during the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state By counting the total number of shot balls (the total number of shot balls required to end the jackpot state), the ease of entry of game balls into the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b ( It is possible to grasp the situation of game nails, etc. around the variable winning devices 32a and 32b.

In addition, for example, the time until the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state ends is measured, and based on this, it is easy for the game ball to enter the first variable prize winning device 32a or the second variable prize winning device 32b. It is also conceivable to configure it so that the degree can be estimated. However, if an error occurs in the jackpot state, there is a possibility that it cannot be dealt with. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, it is desirable to estimate (grasp) the likelihood of the game ball reaching the first variable winning device 32a or the second variable winning device 32b based on the number of shots of the game ball.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the number of game balls launched in the high ball entry state, the number of game balls entered in the second start winning device 33b in the high ball entry state (probability variable mode or time reduction mode), The number of game balls passing through the through gate 34 in the high ball entry state is also counted, and the specific count information is transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, based on the number of game balls launched in the high-ball-entering state and the number of game balls entering the second start winning device 33b in the high-ball-entering state, the game balls launched in the high-ball-entering state It is possible to grasp the ratio of the number of game balls entering the second starting prize winning device 33b to the total number of , that is, the ease of entering the second starting prize winning device 33b in a high ball winning state. More specifically, the high ball entry state of the present embodiment is a period in which a game ball is shot to the right side area aiming at the second start winning device 33b that is in the open state (so-called right hitting). By measuring the total number of game balls fired in the high ball winning state and the total number of balls entering the second start winning device 33b, the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played at a site (game hall, etc.) , it is possible to grasp the situation of the ease of reaching the second start-up winning device 33b of the game ball, for example, the situation of the game nail around the second start-up winning device 33b.

In addition, for example, the length (time) of the period of high ball winning state and the number of game balls entering the second start winning device 33b are measured, and based on these, the second start winning device It is also conceivable to make it possible to estimate the ease with which a game ball enters 33b. However, when comparing the case where the game ball is continuously shot in the high ball entry state and the case where the game ball is not fired in the high ball entry state for a period of time (for example, after a break, etc.), the game is played for the same amount of time. In the latter case, the rate of game balls entering the second start-up winning device 33b is relatively greatly reduced even though the ball is hit, and the likelihood of the game ball reaching the second start-up winning device 33b is reduced. There is a risk that it will not be used as a basis for making decisions. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, it is desirable to estimate (grasp) the likelihood of the game ball reaching the second starting prize winning device 33b based on the number of shots of the game ball.

In addition, based on the number of game balls shot in the high-ball-entering state and the number of game balls that have passed through the through gate 34 in the high-ball-entering state, the total number of game balls shot in the high-ball-entering state is accounted for. It is possible to grasp the ratio of the number of game balls that have passed through the through gate 34, that is, the ease of passing through the through gate 34 in a state of high ball entry. More specifically, by measuring the total number of game balls fired and the total number of balls entering the through gate 34 during the period of hitting to the right, the actual site (game hall, etc.) where the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played is calculated. ), it is possible to grasp the situation of the ease of reaching the through gate 34 of the game ball, for example, the situation of the game nail around the through gate 34, and the like.

In addition, in the fifth embodiment, mobile-linked games are ranked according to the number of game balls shot by the player in the mobile-linked game, and the content of the presentation can be changed according to the rank. It's like That is, in the above-described first embodiment, as a measure (reference) for measuring how much a predetermined player has played a predetermined pachinko machine 10 so far, for example, the number of occurrences of a jackpot state that is advantageous to the player, Examples include the number of times a lottery is performed or the number of balls entered into the starting winning unit 33, but these are the development (luck) of the game for each player and the number of pachinko machines 10 in which the player is playing. It can change greatly depending on the situation of game nails and the like. On the other hand, as in the fifth embodiment, the number of game balls shot into the game area is counted, and it is used as a ruler for measuring how many games have been played with a predetermined pachinko machine 10. This will result in a more fair evaluation. For this reason, for example, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a player who has the same playing time but who has many occurrences of the big win state is not evaluated and is uninteresting, and due to this, the player keeps away from the game itself.

In addition, in this embodiment, a launch detection switch 401 is provided for detecting game balls moving on the launch rail 61, and the number of shots of game balls is counted based on the detection information of the launch detection switch 401. It is configured. Therefore, for example, compared to counting the number of shots based on the operation of the launching device 60, the counting can be performed more accurately. In addition, by providing the launch detection switch 401 in the game area, the launch detection switch 401 hinders the operation of the game ball, and the launch detection switch 401 is visually recognized in the game area, resulting in a deterioration of the design. can be prevented.

Further, a foul ball detection switch is provided for detecting a game ball that flows backward through the guide rail 50 and is ejected from the gap between the guide rail 50 and the launch rail 61 into the foul ball passage 72 (see FIG. 3). . As a result, it is possible to prevent game balls that have been shot by the shooting device 60 but have not reached the game area from being included in the count of game balls that have been shot into the game area. Further, since the shooting detection switch 401 is provided on the side of the shooting rail 61, it does not detect the game ball flowing backward along the guide rail 50. - 特許庁Furthermore, the foul ball detection switch does not detect a game ball moving on the guide rail 50 either. Therefore, the number of game balls shot into the game area can be grasped more reliably. In addition, by providing the launch detection switch 401 as close as possible to the shooting device 60, it is possible to simplify the configuration for ensuring detection while avoiding collision between the launch detection switch 401 and the game ball. can be planned.

In addition, in this embodiment, the specific counting counter for measuring specific counting information such as the number of shots of game balls is not only for individual players who play mobile-linked games, There is also provided a statistic for measuring total specific count information since the power of the pachinko machine 10 was turned on on that day. When the player ends the mobile-linked game, the QR code is read with the mobile communication terminal and the server is accessed. Count information is also sent to the server side. Thereby, more specific measurement information can be obtained in the server.

(Sixth embodiment)
In the above-described first embodiment and the like, when ending the mobile-linked game, the player holds the mobile communication terminal by hand and reads the two-dimensional code including the game information and selection information displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42. It is configured such that the player manually inputs the password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that accessed the server into the pachinko machine 10 when performing the reading work and starting the mobile-linked game. The configuration is not limited.

The sixth embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 39 to 44 and the like, while giving specific examples of specific periods and specific events. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the like, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

As shown in FIG. 40, the resin base 38 of the inner frame 12 is provided with a sub-display device 411 as display means constituted by a liquid crystal display device at a position corresponding to the lower right portion of the game board 30 . That is, in the first embodiment and the like, the QR code as the code information including the game information and the selection information was displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, but in the present embodiment, the code information The QR code is displayed on the decorative design display device 42 only once at the time of initial registration, and after that it is displayed on the sub-display device 411 .

Further, a mobile camera 412 as a photographing position detecting means is provided directly above the central portion of the sub-display device 411 . The mobile camera 412 is electrically connected to the sub-controller 262, and the sub-display 411 is electrically connected to a dedicated display controller (not shown) driven and controlled based on a signal from the sub-controller 262. ing. In addition, as shown in FIG. 40, in the resin base 38 of the inner frame 12, the registration number of the pachinko machine 10 attached to the front surface of the game board 30 is displayed at a position directly below the sub-display device 411. A viewing window 413 is formed to allow a certificate stamp (not shown) to be viewed from the front.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 39, 41, etc., a mobile communication terminal 431 can be installed on the front frame set 14 at a position corresponding to the front of the sub display device 411, the mobile camera 412, and the viewing window 413. A mounting portion 414 is provided. The installation portion 414 has a substantially pocket-like shape that opens upward and to the left, and is basically made of a transparent resin material (for example, polypropylene or the like). However, the rear wall portion of the installation portion 414 of this embodiment is composed of the transparent glass unit 137 .

As shown in FIG. 41 and the like, a mobile communication terminal 431 targeted in this embodiment has a plate-like body, and has a display section 432 (liquid crystal display section) on at least the front side and a A smart phone provided with a camera (hereinafter referred to as a portable camera 433) as a photographing unit is intended. The portable communication terminal 431 of the present embodiment is assumed to have a QR code reading function, and a device having a QR code reading function including the portable camera 433 constitutes a reading device. However, it may be configured so that it is possible to use not only the smart phone but also other types of mobile communication terminals.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 41, 43(a), 44, etc., the installation unit 414 is configured to be able to install the mobile communication terminal 431 in an upright posture with the display unit 432 facing forward or backward. there is In other words, it is not possible to install the mobile communication terminal 431 in a sideways or laid-down state (although it may be possible to place the mobile communication terminal 431 so as to protrude to the left, the code information displayed on the sub-display device 411 is The functions described in detail above, such as reading by the terminal 431, do not function at all). In addition, as shown in FIG. 43 , the installation portion 414 has an attachment piece 415 formed with a screw hole 416 for attaching the installation portion 414 to the main body of the front frame set 14 . After the installation portion 414 is attached, the front of the attachment piece 415 is covered (hidden almost invisible) by a decorative cover attached to the front side of the front frame set 14 (see FIG. 39). ).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, etc., in this embodiment, a lift device 421 is provided as a driving means capable of vertically displacing the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the installation portion 414 . The lift device 421 includes a base 422 arranged so as to overlap the bottom wall portion 417 of the installation portion 414 , and the base 422 is connected to a motor (not shown) provided on the back side of the front frame set 14 . 44(a), and the upper "code reading position" shown in FIG. 44(b). Although the details will be described later, the "code reading position" is not a pinpoint position but has a certain range.

In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44(a), basically, the mobile communication terminal 431 is placed in a posture in which the display unit 432 faces forward while the base 422 is in the lower "code reading position" ( (hereinafter also referred to as “front-facing”), the mobile camera 433 on the back side of the mobile communication terminal 431 is placed within the range of the display area of the sub-display device 411 . In other words, the relative positional relationship is such that the mobile camera 433 can read the code information displayed on the sub-display device 411 .

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 44(b), the mobile communication terminal 431 is placed in a posture in which the display unit 432 faces backward (hereinafter also referred to as "backward facing") with the base 422 in the upper "code reading position". By installing it, the mobile camera 412 on the pachinko machine 10 side can fit the mobile communication terminal 431 within the range of the display unit 432 . In other words, the mobile camera 412 has a relative positional relationship in which the code information or the like displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read. Incidentally, the base 422 is provided with a stopper protrusion 423 that protrudes upward from the left end portion, and is configured so that the mobile communication terminal 431 on which the base 422 is placed is less likely to drop leftward from the base 422 and thus the installation portion 414 . It is

However, as shown in FIG. 43( a ), the upper edge of the right side wall portion 418 of the installation portion 414 is located below the upper edge of the front wall portion 419 and the lower edge of the right side wall portion 418 . is located above the bottom wall portion 417 , and the upper edge of the stopper protrusion 423 is located considerably below the upper edge of the right side wall portion 418 of the installation portion 414 . With this configuration, the upper right portion of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the installation portion 414 is pushed to the left, the mobile communication terminal 431 is tilted, and the upper left portion of the mobile communication terminal 431 protrudes leftward from the installation portion 414, It is designed to be easily removed from the installation portion 414 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 44(a), the viewing window 413 is positioned above the bottom wall portion 417 of the installation portion 414 and the base 422 at the code reading position (lower position). When the mobile communication terminal 431 is not installed on the 414 , the viewing window 413 can be viewed through the transparent front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 and the part of the glass unit 137 corresponding to the rear wall portion of the installation portion 414 . You can see the certificate on the back side. Further, the sub-display device 411 is positioned below the upper edge of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 , and the vertical width of the sub-display device 411 of this embodiment is equal to the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 . is slightly shorter than half of the vertical width of the In other words, the area and layout of the display area of the sub-display device 411 are set assuming a range that can face the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431, but are designed to avoid being unnecessarily large. It is smaller than the area of the display unit 432 of the communication terminal 431 . In addition, in this embodiment, the mobile camera 412 is also positioned below the upper edge of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling disgust that the mobile camera 412 is being directed at the player.

Note that the installation portion 414 is formed slightly larger so as to be compatible with the shape (size) of smartphones and smartphone cases of as many models as possible. Furthermore, there is no uneven design in the front frame set 14 directly above the installation portion 414, so that the movement of the portable communication terminal 431 into and out of the installation portion 414 is not hindered. Some mobile communication terminals 431 also have a camera on the front side where the display unit 432 is located, but this embodiment does not use it. Note that this embodiment does not support a tablet-type terminal that is larger than a smartphone, but it may be supported.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414, a center alignment line 420 extending in the front-rear direction is formed as a mark. In this embodiment, the position of the centering line 420 and the center of the mobile camera 412 in the lateral width direction are aligned in the horizontal direction. Therefore, by aligning the center alignment line 420 with the center of the width direction of the mobile communication terminal 431, the center of the width direction of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the center of the width direction of the mobile camera 412 are aligned in the left-right direction. are designed to match.

Next, the flow of the mobile-linked game in this embodiment will be described. First, at the time of initial registration of the mobile-linked game (see the first embodiment), the mobile communication terminal 431 reads the QR code dedicated to initial registration displayed on the decorative design display device 42, and accesses the server directly with the mobile communication terminal 431. In this case, if the user consents to the item "Start downloading the dedicated application", the application for the mobile linked game (hereinafter also referred to as the "linked application") will be downloaded to the mobile communication terminal 431. By downloading such an interlocking application to the mobile communication terminal 431, the mobile communication terminal 431 becomes capable of executing operations related to mobile interlocking games, which will be described later in detail. Become so. As shown in FIG. 41 and the like, the password 434 of this embodiment is not composed of a list (combination) of symbols (characters, numbers, etc.), but in the form of a two-dimensional code (QR code in this example). publish. Although the password 434 in this example is in the form of a QR code, it will also be referred to as "password 434" in the following description for convenience. Further, in the present embodiment, the password 434 displayed in the form of a QR code on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 corresponds to "intermediary information".

Further, the password 434 of the present embodiment includes, for example, information such as the rank of the mobile-linked game based on the player's previous game information, information on the player's preference for games (information based on selection information), Information that identifies the player (mobile communication terminal 431), information that indicates various settings that the player has set on the web page of the server (for example, customization of effects such as selecting a character costume, etc.), It includes information on interlocking games (how many days it's been since, how many times you won a jackpot in the previous game, etc.) and information for various notifications from game machine manufacturers. Correspondingly, on the pachinko machine 10 side, the information included in the password is also stored, and reflected information referred to when reflecting the information in the mobile-linked game (executing the mobile-linked game based on the information). As storage means, in addition to the rank storage area and preference information storage area, an area for storing various settings set by the player on the web page of the server, and an area for storing information corresponding to the information related to the previous mobile-linked game. , and an area for storing various notifications from game machine manufacturers.

In addition, when starting the mobile-linked game from the second time onward, the mobile-linked game is started by touching the icon of the linked application displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 to activate the linked application. (Issuing a password?) is displayed, and by touching it, the server is accessed and a password 434 is displayed on the display unit 432. . Moreover, as described above, the password 434 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is displayed in the upper center of the display section 432 as shown in FIG. 41 and the like.

Then, the password 434 is displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, and on the pachinko machine 10 side, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are operated to display the decorative pattern display device 42, Open the password input screen from the menu screen. By opening the password input screen, an announcement is displayed on the same screen to the effect that the mobile communication terminal 431 should be installed in the installation section 414 facing backwards (see FIG. 41). For example, while changing the background color, there is an announcement to the effect that please place it here. done. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44(b), the base 422 of the lift device 421 is configured to be displaced upward to the "code reading position".

After preparing the state as described above, the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation section 414 facing backward. At this time, using the center alignment line 420 formed on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 as a guide, install so that the center line of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the left and right positions of the mobile camera 412 are aligned ( This will also be announced on the password entry screen.) Installation of the mobile communication terminal 431 on the installation unit 414 can be recognized by the mobile camera 412 . For example, it is possible to recognize that the mobile communication terminal 431 has been installed by confirming the passage of the mobile communication terminal 431 or the like in front and then detecting no movement for a predetermined period of time.

Further, when the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 can be read by the mobile camera 412, the password 434 can be read and reflected as it is. conduct. In this embodiment, the mobile camera 412 serving as shooting position detection means (the function corresponding to this will be described later) also serves as reading means.

Then, when the password 434 has been read and reflected, the password entry screen displays a message indicating that the password entry has been completed, and an option to ask whether or not to use the smartphone link function, which will be described later in detail. If you select not to use the option, or if you complete the setting for using the smartphone link function, which will be described later, the password input screen is closed (it may be deleted by operating the effect button 125 or the like, or by pressing the handle 18 The mobile-linked game can be started (for example, game information is accumulated and stored). Further, as shown in FIG. 44(a), the base 422 of the lift device 421 is configured to be displaced downward to the "code reading position".

On the other hand, although the mobile camera 412 confirms that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation unit 414, the mobile camera 412 confirms the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431. If the password 434 cannot be read in the decorative design display device 42, the password 434 cannot be read. An announcement such as "Please move the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 by operating the cross button 126" is displayed.

Further, after entering the password, if an input corresponding to using the smartphone link function is performed on the password input screen, the mobile communication terminal 431 is once taken out from the installation unit 414, turned over (facing forward), and then placed on the installation unit. At 414, an announcement indicating the re-installation is displayed. Furthermore, on the mobile communication terminal 431 side, an item indicating whether or not the password has been input is displayed on the display unit 432 (an area that is not used to display the password 434, and is displayed in the lower half area in this example). If "yes" is selected in , an option as to whether or not to use the smartphone link function is displayed.

Further, when an input operation using the smartphone link function is performed, the mobile camera 412 is brought into a photographing state, and when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation section 414 facing forward, the mobile camera 412 can The position of the mobile camera 433 of the communication terminal 431 is specified. When the position of the portable camera 433 can be identified by the mobile camera 412, or when the position of the portable camera 433 can be roughly identified, on the sub-display device 411, code information (code information for presentation) is displayed at a position facing the portable camera 433. A QR code (hereinafter also referred to as a “drawing code 424”) is displayed. When the portable camera 433 starts to read the effect code 424, a light emitting unit 435 (see FIG. 41) provided adjacent to the portable camera 433 on the back surface of the portable communication terminal 431 is activated by the function of the interlocking application. is designed to emit light. When the light emission is detected by the mobile camera 412, the state where the production code 424 is displayed at that position is maintained.

On the other hand, when the confirmation light emission from the mobile communication terminal 431 cannot be detected, the production code 424 is displayed while being displaced around the position roughly specified as the position where the mobile camera 433 exists. Also, depending on the circumstances, the production code 424 may be enlarged or reduced. Incidentally, in this embodiment, the mobile camera 412 as the photographing position detection means and the reading means also serves as the reading signal detection means. Further, in this embodiment, the function of the sub-controller 262 for displaying the QR code (the production code 424 and the like) on the sub-display 411 and the function of the corresponding display control device constitute the information output means.

Furthermore, when the portable camera 433 completes reading the production code, the function of the interlocking application causes the light emitting unit 435 provided adjacent to the portable camera 433 on the back of the mobile communication terminal 431 to emit light again. ing. When the light emission is detected by the mobile camera 412, the password input screen is erased, and an announcement or the like is made to start the mobile-linked game (start shooting the game ball).

Further, when the mobile camera 412 cannot specify the position of the mobile camera 433, the position where the production code 424 is displayed on the sub-display device 411 is shifted regularly and sequentially. In this embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 42(a), after displaying the production code 424 in the upper left corner of the display area of the sub-display device 411, the production code 424 is slid to the right. When it reaches the right end, it is slid to a position shifted downward by half a pitch of the vertical width of the production cord 424, then turned back and slid to the right. After that, until a signal to start reading from the mobile communication terminal 431 side is confirmed, or until the presentation code 424 crosses the display area of the sub-display device 411, it is slid in a zigzag manner.

Even if the effect code 424 moves along the route shown in FIG. 42(a), if the signal to start reading from the mobile communication terminal 431 is not confirmed, the effect code 424 is moved along the route shown in FIG. 42(b). move. If the reading start signal from the mobile communication terminal 431 side is still not confirmed, the decoration pattern display device 42 displays an announcement such as "please shift the position of the mobile communication terminal 431".

The portable communication terminal 431 that has read the production code 424 analyzes the information included in the production code 424 by the function of the interlocking application, and performs a corresponding production (interlocking production). The production code 424 is not of one type, but is prepared in a large number, and is configured to be switched in conjunction with the production or the like on the decorative pattern display device 42 . In addition, the interlocking performance includes not only a performance for further enlivening the performance performed on the pachinko machine 10 side, but also a supplementary explanation of the performance performed on the pachinko machine 10 side. Incidentally, the interlocking effect is performed using the functions of the mobile communication terminal 431, such as the display unit 432, the speaker, and the vibration device.

For example, when a shoal of fish forewarning performance with an expectation of occurrence of about 40% of the big win state occurs along with the occurrence of the ready-to-win state, and further, when a dolphin shoal forewarning performance is generated on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the big hit occurs. It may be configured so that the occurrence of the big winning state is confirmed when the degree of expectation for the occurrence of the state is improved to about 80% and the whale announcement performance is generated. Further, for example, the game explanation of the "specific effect" such as the third embodiment (searching for a school of platinum fish within a specified time, etc.) may be performed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 . Furthermore, for example, in conjunction with the performance of the decorative pattern display device 42, using the display unit 432, the speaker, and the vibration device of the mobile communication terminal 431 (activating the vibration function), the player received an incoming call. Such an effect is derived, and when the player picks up the mobile communication terminal 431 (separates from the installation unit 414), it is derived on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 (for example, when the player picks it up). A configuration may be adopted in which an interlocking effect in which the display mode changes at an instant or after a predetermined time is visually recognized. In addition, when characters and the like displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 are difficult to read, the user can use the function of the mobile communication terminal 431 itself to enlarge the display of the display unit 432 to enlarge the display. can also

In addition, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 and a mobile-linked game (smartphone link) is being performed, the supplementary explanation as described above is displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, and the mobile-linked game is displayed. When a game is not being played, or when the mobile communication terminal 431 is not installed in the installation unit 414 even during a mobile-linked game, the sub-display device 411 itself of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to provide such a supplementary explanation. may

When ending the mobile-linked game, the code issue screen is displayed from the menu screen. In this embodiment, the sub-display device 411 also displays a QR code as code information including today's game information. Here, as described above, when the mobile communication terminal 431 performs an interlocking effect linked to the pachinko machine 10 effect (using the smartphone link function), the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 Since position identification has already been completed, a QR code for ending the mobile-linked game is displayed at that position.

Then, from the mobile communication terminal 431, a signal indicating that reading of the QR code has started (flash of the light emitting unit 435) and a signal indicating that reading of the QR code has been completed (flash of the light emitting unit 435 for the second time) is detected by the mobile camera 412, the display of the code issuance screen is ended, and the decorative pattern display device 42 completes the transmission of the information, so please do not forget to take the mobile communication terminal 431 home. A prevention announcement is displayed.

Note that the misplacement prevention announcement display is configured to end when the mobile camera 412 confirms that the portable communication terminal 431 has been removed (movement of the portable communication terminal 431 or the player's hand). In this embodiment, the mobile camera 412 serving as the photographing position detection means, the reading means, and the reading signal detection means also serves as the installation detection means. In addition, when a signal indicating completion of reading of the QR code is detected from the mobile communication terminal 431, the base 422 is displaced upward to the code reading position so as to facilitate removal of the mobile communication terminal 431 from the installation portion 414. However, the base 422 may be configured to return to the lower code reading position when the mobile communication terminal 431 is removed from the installation portion 414 .

In addition, when the smartphone link function is not used, the same work as the work performed when starting to use the smartphone link function is performed. That is, when the code issuance screen is displayed from the menu screen, it is determined whether or not the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is specified (for example, whether or not the smartphone link function is being executed). When a negative determination is made, an announcement is made to the effect that the mobile communication terminal 431 is to be installed in the installation section 414 facing forward, and the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation section 414 is specified. Various controls are performed to display the QR code so that it can be read by the portable camera 433 .

However, when the smartphone link function is used as described above, the mobile communication terminal 431 is kept activated by the function of the linked application, but when the smartphone link function is not used, the mobile communication terminal 431 is in a sleep state (hibernation), so if you want to read the QR code, start the linked app, select the item to end the mobile linked game (read the QR code), and then The communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation section 414 .

As described in detail above, according to the sixth embodiment, when starting a mobile-linked game, the pachinko machine 10 side opens the password input screen, and the mobile communication terminal 431 side accesses the server and inputs the QR code. is issued, and the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation unit 414 with the mobile communication terminal 431 facing backward. Input work is completed. Therefore, password input can be performed relatively easily and quickly without manual input work, and the mobile-linked game can be started smoothly. Therefore, it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have avoided mobile-linked games because of the trouble of entering passwords will participate in mobile-linked games, and at the same time, the effort and time required for password input can be reduced. While suppressing stress, it is possible to quickly start playing games. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Furthermore, the work to start the mobile-linked game is a hindrance, and the current situation is not good (for example, moving to the next pachinko machine 10 may improve the situation). However, it is possible to prevent the player from continuing the disadvantageous game unnecessarily without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and it is possible to avoid the bad flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can be prevented.

In addition, since the password is not entered manually by the player, a password that is more complicated than the password that was manually entered (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) (this example Now you can easily enter the QR code). As a result, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the pachinko machine 10 at one time via the mobile communication terminal 431 can be increased without increasing the time and effort of the player (while reducing it). Therefore, more diverse and more interesting mobile-linked games can be realized.

Furthermore, according to the sixth embodiment, when ending the mobile-linked game, the pachinko machine 10 side opens the code issue screen, and the mobile communication terminal 431 side opens the code issue screen, and the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation unit 414 facing forward, the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is read by the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431, and the operation of outputting game information and the like is completed. Therefore, even if the player does not directly touch the mobile communication terminal 431 to perform positioning, the QR code can be read relatively easily and quickly, and the mobile-linked game can be smoothly finished. . Therefore, it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have avoided mobile-linked games because it is troublesome to read the QR code containing game information, etc., will participate in the mobile-linked games, and the stress associated with reading the QR code can be increased. The game of the pachinko machine 10 can be quickly finished while suppressing the As a result, the player can enjoy the mobile-linked game comfortably.

Also, the work of ending the mobile-linked game is a hindrance, and the current situation is not good (for example, it is better to move to the next machine (for example, the same model of pachinko machine 10). Even if the player thinks that the situation may improve, it is possible to prevent the player from continuing a disadvantageous game unnecessarily without moving the platform. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and it is possible to avoid the bad flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can be prevented.

In addition, in this embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation section 414 facing forward, first, the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is specified by the mobile camera 412, and further, When the position of the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 is systematically and sequentially displaced, the position of the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 is systematically searched for the position of the mobile camera 433 when the position of the mobile camera 412 cannot be identified. . Therefore, the positions of the mobile cameras 433 of the mobile communication terminals 431 installed in the installation portion 414 are not unified due to variations in the shape of the mobile communication terminal 431, the cover shape of the mobile communication terminal 431, and the installation position. The QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 can be reliably read by the mobile camera 433 even if it is not on.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 starts reading the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411, the signal derived by the mobile communication terminal 431 (light emission of the light emitting unit 435) is emitted from the mobile camera. Detectable at 412 . Therefore, it can be confirmed by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal 431 that the QR code on the sub-display device 411 has been displayed at a position where it can be read by the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 . Therefore, it is possible to accurately determine that the position of the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 has been specified, as compared with the case where the pachinko machine 10 side only judges.

Furthermore, since the pachinko machine 10 side can grasp without delay that the position of the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 has been specified, the state where the QR code is displayed at that position is kept and the portable communication terminal 431 can reliably and smoothly read the QR code. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the position of the mobile camera 433 cannot be specified, it is possible to deal with it (in this example, if the mobile camera 412 fails to specify the position, the process of displacing the display position of the QR code is performed. If the QR code cannot be identified even by shifting and displacing the mobile communication terminal 431, an announcement asking the mobile communication terminal 431 to be moved can be made relatively quickly.

In addition, mobile camera 412 detects a signal (second light emission of light emitting unit 435) derived from mobile communication terminal 431 when mobile communication terminal 431 completes reading of the QR code displayed on sub-display device 411. configured as possible. Therefore, completion of reading of the QR code of the sub-display device 411 by the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 can be confirmed by the reaction from the portable communication terminal 431 . Therefore, completion of reading of the QR code by the mobile communication terminal 431 can be accurately performed as compared with the case where the pachinko machine 10 side only judges.

Furthermore, since the pachinko machine 10 side can grasp without delay that the reading of the QR code by the mobile communication terminal 431 has been completed, the process of displaying the current QR code is immediately terminated, and the next process (for example, For example, displaying a warning that the mobile communication terminal 431 is forgotten to be carried, etc.). In addition, since it is possible to know for sure that the QR code reading cannot be completed, it is possible to deal with it (Since the QR code reading is not performed well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal 431, shooting mode, etc. Still mobile communication terminal 431 can be announced relatively quickly.

Furthermore, by the mobile camera 412 , it is possible to grasp that the mobile communication terminal 431 has been installed on the installation section 414 and that the mobile communication terminal 431 has been removed from the installation section 414 . For this reason, mobile-linked games, especially preparations for making the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 read the QR code, and the QR code (password 434) can be smoothly performed without delay. In addition, when the mobile-linked game is finished, the mobile communication terminal 431 is announced on the decorative pattern display device 42 or the like until it is confirmed that the mobile communication terminal 431 has been taken out. Measures can be taken to prevent the communication terminal 431 from being left behind in the installation section 414 .

Further, in this embodiment, a lift device 421 for displacing the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the installation section 414 is provided. Therefore, when the positions of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 do not match, or the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and When the position of the mobile communication terminal 412 and the mobile camera 412 cannot be matched, the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation section 414 can be changed by operating the cross button 126 or the like (without the player touching the mobile communication terminal 431). You can stagger and try the read again. Therefore, even if the mobile communication terminal 431 and its cover have various shapes, etc., most of them can be supported.

More specifically, in this embodiment, when the base 422 of the lift device 421 is in the lower "code reading position", the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 facing forward scans the QR code on the sub-display device 411. Although reading is possible, the height positional relationship makes it impossible for mobile camera 412 to read password 434 on display unit 432 of mobile communication terminal 431 facing backward. On the other hand, when the base 422 of the lift device 421 is in the upper "code reading position", the mobile camera 412 can read the password 434 on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 facing backward, but the mobile communication terminal 431 facing forward can read the password 434. The height positional relationship makes it impossible to read the QR code of the sub-display device 411 with the mobile camera 433 of the communication terminal 431 . In this regard, in this embodiment, the base 422 of the lift device 421 is displaced up and down according to the situation, and when the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is read by the mobile camera 412, Since the vertical position of the mobile communication terminal 431 (portable camera 433) can be finely adjusted by operating the cross button 126, bidirectional information exchange between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431 can be reliably performed. .

In this embodiment, a centering line 420 is formed as a mark on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 . Further, in the mobile communication terminal 431, the password 434 is displayed in the width direction central portion of the display section 432 (mobile communication terminal main body). Therefore, when reading the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, it is necessary to align the center alignment line 420 with the center of the mobile communication terminal 431 in the horizontal direction. , the password 434 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the mobile camera 412 can be aligned in the horizontal direction. After that, while operating the lift device 421 with the cross button 126, it is only necessary to vertically align the mobile camera 412 and the password on the display unit 432 of the portable communication terminal 431, and the alignment can be performed. The simplification of the structure for carrying out, etc. can be achieved. It should be noted that the lift device 421 may be configured to move automatically.

In addition, the installation unit 414 is configured so that the mobile communication terminal 431 can be installed vertically. Therefore, the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be limited to some extent, compared to the case where the mobile communication terminal 431 can be installed both vertically and horizontally. can be minimized. Furthermore, the display area of the sub-display device 411 is smaller than the area of the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, and the cost of the sub-display device 411 on the pachinko machine 10 side can be reduced, the control can be simplified, and the like can be made larger. An effect or the like can be performed using the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 on the screen. In addition, in the present embodiment, by minimizing the vertical width of the sub-display device 411 , the sub-display device 411 can be attached to the game board 30 directly below the sub-display device 411 at a position visible from the front through the installation portion 414 . A space for forming a viewing window 413 for allowing the attached certificate stamp to be viewed from the front can be secured.

In addition, in the sixth embodiment, after the password input is completed, during the mobile-linked game, the smartphone link function that derives the linked effect using the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is configured to be available. That is, by installing the mobile communication terminal 431 on the installation unit 414 facing forward and reading the QR code for presentation (code for presentation 424) displayed on the sub display device 411 with the mobile camera 433, the mobile communication terminal By the function of the interlocking application downloaded to 431, an effect corresponding to the read effect code 424 and an announcement such as a supplementary explanation are performed by the display unit 432, speaker, etc. of the mobile communication terminal 431.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the mobile communication terminal 431 belonging to the player can be borrowed to perform effects, announcements, and the like. For this reason, the number of places where effects can be performed simply increases, and the function of the mobile communication terminal 431 is used (vibration of a vibrating device not provided in the pachinko machine 10 is used for effects, and the mobile communication terminal 431 By the interlocking application downloaded to the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to perform more performances by inputting a little information from the pachinko machine 10), and it is possible to derive more diversified and more complicated performances. In addition, it is of course possible to enjoy viewing and listening to the display mode, voice mode, etc. of the mobile communication terminal 431 while it is installed in the installation section 414. It is also possible to see the performance derived to the display unit 432 or the like, and the performance can be enjoyed in an unprecedented style. In particular, when providing supplementary explanations for each game state, effects, etc., if such supplementary explanations are given on the decorative pattern display device 42 or the like, which is the main part of the effects, the effects will deteriorate (it will be difficult to empathize). and deterioration of the design), the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can eliminate such concerns.

Further, in the smartphone link function of the sixth embodiment, the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is read by the mobile communication terminal 431, and the mobile communication terminal 431 derives the corresponding interlocking effect. Therefore, it is unnecessary to directly control the display of the mobile communication terminal 431 by the control device of the main body of the pachinko machine 10, and to electrically connect the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431 by wiring for control. can be Therefore, the performance using the mobile communication terminal 431 can be performed relatively easily.

Furthermore, during the mobile interlocking game, through the exchange of information between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431, the mobile communication terminal 431 can derive an interlocking effect associated with the pachinko machine 10 side effect. Therefore, the mobile communication terminal 431 can be used not only as a linker for exchanging information between the pachinko machine 10 and the server, but also as an effect medium, and the potential of the mobile-linked game can be fully exhibited.

(Seventh embodiment)
In the sixth embodiment, the installation portion 414 itself is not displaced, but the installation portion 414 itself may be displaced when using the smartphone link function. Further, the operation of the installation unit 414 and, by extension, the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 is configured to match the operation (position change) of the QR code read by the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431. may In addition, instead of operating the mobile communication terminal 431, a movable display including a reading device having a camera or the like for reading a two-dimensional code (QR code, etc.) as code information displayed on a predetermined display means, and a display unit. The device may be installed in the game machine so as to be displaceable relative to the main body of the game machine, and the movable display device may be configured to perform an effect while operating the movable display device. In the following, the seventh embodiment will be described with respect to examples of modes shown in FIG. 46 and the like.

As shown in FIG. 46, in this embodiment, a variable display device 842 is provided with three reels 842L, 842M, and 842R each having a plurality of types of identification information, and a liquid crystal display is provided above the variable display device 842. It is embodied in a slot machine 810 equipped with a decorative pattern display device 815 constituted by a display device. Further, in this embodiment, the player is not provided with the installation unit 414 for installing the mobile communication terminal 431, and the player operates the effect button 878 and the cross button 879 as in the first embodiment. , the mobile-linked game is started by manually inputting the password, and the mobile-linked game is terminated by reading the QR code displayed on the decorative design display device 815.例文帳に追加

Now, in this embodiment, a display unit 852 configured by a liquid crystal display device on the front (front) side, a reading device having a camera for reading the QR code on the back (rear) side, and a QR code read by the reading device A movable display device 851 as movable display means including a control device for executing an effect corresponding to the QR code on a display unit or the like, and a drive mechanism 861 as drive means for displacing the movable display device 851 are provided.

The decorative pattern display device 815 and the variable display device 842 are arranged in a region that is not touched by the player by means of a plate-shaped body such as transparent tempered glass. Further, in this embodiment, the space in front of the variable display device 842 in the center of the slot machine 810 and the space in front of the decorative pattern display device 815 above it are connected. is installed in More specifically, the movable display device 851 of this embodiment can be positioned at a reference position located in front of the lower right portion of the decorative design display device 815 and at a position outside the reference position within the range in front of the decorative design display device 815. It is configured to be displaceable between a certain main effect position and a special effect position in front of the reels 842L, 842M and 842R of the variable display device 842.

The camera of the movable display device 851 of the present embodiment is arranged on the left side of the movable display device 851 (on the right side when the rear side of the movable display device 851 is viewed from the front) and slightly below the center in the vertical direction. It is At the reference position, the lower part and the right side of the movable display device 851 protrude from the decorative pattern display device 815 to the outer peripheral side, but the camera is within the range of the display part of the decorative pattern display device 815. Therefore, when a QR code is displayed on the lower right portion of the decorative design display device 815, the movable display device 851 at the reference position reads the QR code and displays the corresponding effect on the display section 852. In addition, the movable display device 851 has a program, image data, and the like for executing the display effect on the display unit 852, and selects which display effect to execute by referring to the QR code, will be executed.

Also, the camera of the movable display device 851 is basically always in the reading state as long as the slot machine 810 is powered on. More specifically, the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 includes information for starting a predetermined effect (hereinafter also referred to as "start code"), and information for ending a predetermined effect ( hereinafter also referred to as "end code"). Correspondingly, when the end code is read, the movable display device 851 enters the first reading mode for reading only the start code (only the start information of the start code). A second read mode is set in which the data is also read.

Here, reading processing performed at predetermined intervals in the movable display device 851 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S8301, it is determined whether or not a read mode flag, which is set to ON in the first read mode and set to OFF in the second read mode, is set to ON. If the determination in step S8301 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8302 whether or not the start code has been read (more specifically, whether or not there is information indicating the start code). If a negative determination is made in step S8302, that is, if the start code has not been read, the process ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S8302 is affirmative, in step S8303, the effect information included in the start code is analyzed, and display setting processing for displaying on the display unit 852 is performed. In subsequent step S8304, the read mode flag is set to off. After that, this process is terminated.

If a negative determination is made in step S8301, the effect information included in the read QR code is analyzed and display setting processing for displaying on the display unit 852 is performed in step S8305. If the same QR code as last time is read with the reading mode flag turned off, or if the QR code is not read, the previous display mode will be displayed (for example, if it is a still image, The same image is displayed, and if the video has a series of flow, the continuation image is displayed).

After step S8305, in step S8306, it is determined whether or not the read QR code is an end code (whether or not there is information that is an end code). If a negative determination is made in step S8306, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S8306 is affirmative, then in step S8307 the reading mode flag is set to ON, and then this processing ends. The effect information contained in the end code is for executing the effect for displaying a predetermined result, and once the movable display device 851 has read the end code, the effect is carried out to the end. can be done. By the way, during the period when the performance information included in the end code is performed, the QR code by the movable display device 851 is physically prevented from being read (decorative pattern display) by the control of the main body of the slot machine 810 (sub-control device). The QR code may not be displayed on the device 815, or the position of the camera of the movable display device 851 may be shifted from the position where the QR code is displayed.

The drive mechanism 861 also includes a first slide member 862 for sliding the movable display device 851 left and right, and a second slide member 866 for sliding the movable display device 851 up and down. The first slide member 862 has a first rail 863 extending left and right above the decorative pattern display device 815, and a cylindrical body that can be telescoped vertically. , the upper end of which is attached to a first rail 863 so as to be slidable to the left and right, and a first motor 865 to displace the vertical extendable bar 864 to the left and right.

The second slide member 866 is composed of a second rail 867 that extends vertically on the right side of the decorative design display device 815 and the variable display device 842, and a cylindrical body that can be telescopically telescoped to the left and right. It is attached to the device 851 and has a lateral telescopic bar 868 whose right end is attached to the second rail 867 so as to be vertically slidable, and a second motor 869 for vertically displacing the lateral telescopic bar 868 . The first motor 865 and the second motor 869 are driven and controlled by the sub-controller of the main body of the slot machine 810 .

Basically, the movable display device 851 is electrically connected only to wiring for supplying power (and a ground line), and is not connected to wiring for control. In addition, wiring for supplying power (electric power) is connected to the back side of the game board through the inside of the rails of the first slide member and the second slide member so as to be basically invisible to the player.

In this embodiment, a main effect state may occur in which the movable display device 851 performs an effect while moving in front of the decorative pattern display device 815 . That is, when the occurrence of the main effect state is determined, the sub-control device of the slot machine 810 first displays a specific QR code (start code) informing the start of the main effect state on the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 815. When the reading of the movable display device 851 is completed, display control of the decorative pattern display device 815 and drive control of the drive mechanism 861 are performed. More specifically, the QR code moves in the display area of the decorative pattern display device 815, and the movable display device 851 is basically kept capturing the QR code with the camera (sometimes vibrating depending on the performance). Also, since it is protruded from the front position of the decorative pattern display device 815 to the outer peripheral position side, it is not always caught).

Further, as shown in FIG. 47, the identification information 891 attached to the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R of the variable display device 842 includes a QR code 892 as a part thereof. In this embodiment, a special effect state may occur in which the reel action and the operation of the movable display device 851 displaced to the special effect position in front of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R interlock with each other to perform the effect. That is, when the occurrence of the special effect state is determined, the sub-control device of the slot machine 810 first displays a specific QR code (start code) indicating the start of the special effect state in the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 815. When the reading of the movable display device 851 is completed, drive control of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R and drive control of the drive mechanism 861 are performed, and the movable display device 851 is moved to the special effect position. Scan the 842L, 842M, 842R QR code. On the movable display device 851 side, by reading the QR codes of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R, the corresponding effects are executed on the display section 852. FIG.

Next, an example of presentation will be described. Normally, the decoration pattern display device 815 displays that the main character is searching for treasure. Also, the movable display device 851 is normally at the reference position, and displays a display corresponding to the display of the decorative pattern display device 815, advice and explanations regarding the game, and the like.

In addition, an effect that suggests the occurrence of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, or as a fake effect, is performed in which the main character rides on a trolley and heads for treasure while escaping falling rocks and rivals. First, the trolley and the main character are displayed on the display portion 852 of the movable display device 851 , and the movable display device 851 moves to the central portion of the decorative pattern display device 815 . On the other hand, the decorative pattern display device 815 displays rails, backgrounds, approaching falling rocks, rivals, and the like. In this production, the action of the main character getting into the trolley is displayed from behind or from the front (chance up pattern from the front), and while the sideways angle and the angle from the front are sequentially switched, sometimes the display is movable. A part of the device 851 advances while protruding to the outer peripheral side of the decorative design display device 815 .

Furthermore, as a chance-up pattern, the movable display device 851 may move to a position in front of the variable display device 842. operation) is ineffective for a while, and the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R rotate in the reverse direction in synchronization with the operation of the movable display device 851, the display on the decorative pattern display device 815, and the sound, etc., or each reel 842L, 842M. , 842R move differently, and the backlight that illuminates the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R from the inside flashes. At this time, the sub-control device stops the predetermined reels 842L, 842M, and 842R at a predetermined rotation phase according to the program for the effect, and rotates the movable display device 851 to the reels 842L, 842L, and 842R in accordance with the stop timing. While the QR code 892 of the predetermined identification information 891 of 842M and 842R is moved to a readable position, on the side of the movable display device 851, a display effect corresponding to the sequentially read QR code is performed on the display unit 852. It will happen.

As described above, in the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 reads the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 and the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R of the variable display device 842, and reads the QR code. , the display unit 852 is configured to derive the corresponding effect display. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need for direct display control of the movable display device 851 by the control device of the main body of the slot machine 810, and furthermore, the connection of wiring for control. Therefore, the movable display device 851 can be moved relatively freely. Furthermore, the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 moves as the movable display device 851 operates. For this reason, while displacing the movable display device 851, the effect display on the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851 is also flexibly changed (the timing of branching into a plurality of effect patterns can be set while the movable display device 851 is being displaced). can also be set). Therefore, while the variable display device 851 is being operated, it is possible to diversify the presentation by branching the story into several parts in the course of the presentation, and to enhance the contents of the presentation.

In addition, the QR code is printed not only on the decorative pattern display device 815 but also on the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R so as to constitute a part of the identification information 891, and the identification information 891 is also printed on the movable display device 851. Configured to be readable. Therefore, the movable range of the movable display device 851 is greatly increased, and the effects on the display section 852 of the movable display device 851 can be diversified. Therefore, while displacing the movable display device 851, the action and effect of changing the performance display on the display section 852 are further achieved. As a result, by including the dynamically operable movable display device 851, a novel slot machine 810 can be proposed.

In addition, the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 or the like is provided with a start code including information for starting a predetermined series of effects and an end code including information for ending a predetermined series of effects. there is As a result, although the display control of the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851 is performed on the side of the movable display device 851 instead of the main body of the slot machine 810, the story of each performance is assembled on the side of the main body of the slot machine 810 and can be moved. In the configuration executed by the display device 851, the performance on the movable display device 851 can be advanced accurately and smoothly under the initiative of the main body of the slot machine 810. FIG.

(Eighth embodiment)
In the above-described first embodiment and the like, the game information stored in the game information storage area as the game information storage means and used in the mobile-linked game may be forgotten, or the card unit (ball) attached to the pachinko machine 10 in the game hall may be used. A configuration may be provided to prevent a game card inserted in the rental unit from being forgotten.

An eighth embodiment embodying such a configuration will be described below. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the like, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

A ball extracting button 123 (see FIG. 2, etc.) as a ball extracting operation portion provided on the upper tray 19 as the first ball tray is formed on the downstream side of the ball guide path of the upper tray 19 and serves as the second ball tray. It is configured to mechanically interlock (may be integrally formed) with a shutter that opens and closes a communication hole that communicates with the lower plate 15 . By pressing the ball release button 123, the shutter is opened and the communication hole is opened. In other words, the ball removal button 123 is a button that is operated when the game balls stored in the upper tray 19 are transferred (flowed) to the lower tray 19, and is basically operated except when the game is finished. never

Further, in the present embodiment, a ball removal operation detection switch (not shown) (contact type switch, sensor, etc.) is provided as a ball removal operation detection means for detecting that the ball removal button 123 has been pressed. The ball removal operation detection switch is electrically connected to the sub-controller 262, so that the sub-controller 262 can recognize that the ball removal button 123 has been operated.

In addition, the ball lending button 121 as the ball lending operation means and the return button 122 as the return operation means provided on the upper plate 19 are connected via the card unit connection board 314 of the pachinko machine 10 as described above. , is electrically connected to a card unit as a ball lending device installed in the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加In addition, the card unit connection board 314 and the card unit are not electrically connected to the pachinko machine 10 side such as the sub-control device 262 for security reasons. Power is supplied from the connected card unit.

The card unit of this embodiment includes a banknote slot (and coin slot) into which banknotes (and coins) can be inserted, and a game card as a game value storage medium for storing the amount of the banknotes inserted from the banknote slot. It has a card insertion slot into which bills can be inserted, and when bills are inserted into the bill insertion slot, the amount is stored in the game card inserted in the card unit.

When the ball lending button 121 is operated, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out to the player (for example, the upper tray 19) within the range of the balance stored in the game card inserted in the card unit. It is configured to be used (rented out). When the return button 122 is operated, if a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit, the game card is ejected from the card unit in such a way that the player can pick it up. It has become. Furthermore, it is also possible to borrow a predetermined number of game balls by inserting a game card with a balance in the player's hand into the card unit.

Depending on the game hall or the like where the pachinko machine 10 is installed, the game value storage medium for storing the balance of the cash inserted into the ball lending unit by the player may be in the form of a medal or the like instead of a card. In some cases, a ball lending unit that utilizes a ball rental unit is installed, and in that case, it is also possible to embody it in a game system that includes such a ball lending unit.

In addition, in this embodiment, the card unit connection board 314 as a balance grasping means is configured to be able to grasp the balance of the game cards inserted in the card units installed in the pachinko machine 10 . Further, on the upper plate 19, a game card inserted into a card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10 is electrically connected to the card unit connection board 314 at a position near the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122. A balance display device (not shown) is provided for displaying the balance of the . Thereby, the player can operate the ball lending button 121 and the returning button 122 while checking the balance display device.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the sub-control device 262 can also grasp whether or not a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit. In other words, although the sub-controller 262 and the card unit connection board 314 are not electrically connected, the electrical signals are converted into optical signals and then converted back into electrical signals, thereby transmitting signals while being electrically insulated. A signal can be transmitted from the card unit connection board 314 to the sub-controller 262 via a photocoupler (light-emitting element on the card unit connection board 314 side, light-receiving element on the sub-controller 262 side).

It is also possible to electrically connect the card unit connection board 314 and the sub-controller 262 (if the security performance can be ensured). Further, the configuration for the pachinko machine 10 to recognize that a game card with a balance has been inserted in the card unit is not particularly limited to the configuration for receiving information from the card unit. It is also possible to provide a camera for photographing the display device, and to grasp the presence or absence of game cards based on such photographed information.

Further, in this embodiment, in order to directly grasp that the game ball is being shot by the shooting device 60, it is possible to detect the game ball immediately after being shot by the shooting device 60, as in the fifth embodiment. A firing detection switch 401 is provided as a firing detection means (see FIG. 37). That is, whether or not the shooting device 60 is being driven (is being driven), or whether or not the handle 18 is being operated (the touch sensor detects that the player is touching the handle 18). Since it is not possible to grasp that the shooting device 60 is being driven ("blank shot") in a state where the game ball is not set at the shooting position of the shooting device 60, In this embodiment, a firing detection switch 401 is installed.

In addition, in this embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, the second starting prize winning device 33b is provided at the lower right position of the game area, and the variable winning device 32 is positioned below the first starting prize winning device 33a. A first variable winning device 32a provided and a second variable winning device 32b provided at the lower right position of the game area are provided.

Furthermore, the types of jackpots in the case of winning the jackpot state based on the ball entering the first start prize winning device 33a are 16-round variable variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "16RS") and 8-round variable variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "8RS"). ), an 8-round normal jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "8RN"), and a 2-round probability variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as "2RS"). Regarding "16RS", "8RS", and "8RN", the first variable prize winning device 32a is opened for 30 seconds, or the first variable prize winning device 32a is opened and the first variable prize winning device 32a has 8 Assuming that a game ball enters as one round, ``16RS'' is repeated 16 times, and ``8RS'' and ``8RN'' are repeated 8 times, after which the jackpot state ends. .

On the other hand, with respect to "2RS", one round consists of opening the first variable winning device 32a for 0.4 seconds, and after this is repeated twice, the jackpot state ends. That is, although "16RS", "8RS", and "8RN" are jackpots in which a large increase in the number of game balls can be expected during the jackpot state (so-called "jackpot with ball output"), "2RS" is a game ball. It is a jackpot (so-called “no ball jackpot”) that cannot be expected to increase significantly.

In addition, after the jackpot state of "16RS" and "8RS", a "probability variable mode", which is a high probability state and a high ball entry state, is given, and after the jackpot state of "2RS", a high probability state and a low entry state are given. A ball state "latency mode" is given, and after the "8RN" jackpot state ends, a "time reduction mode" (in this example, 90 times of fluctuation display) that is a low probability state and a high ball entry state is given. be done. That is, after the jackpot state of "16RS", "8RS", and "8RN" ends, the second start prize winning device 33b is likely to be in the open state, so that the player enters the second start state of the game area. A game ball is shot toward the right side area (right side area) where the winning device 33b is arranged. In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery based on the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a, the rate is "16RS" at a rate of 5%, "8RS" at a rate of 55%, and "8RS" at a rate of 30%. becomes "8RN" at a rate of 10%, and becomes "2RS" at a rate of 10%.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, there is a case where a "small win" is won in a winning lottery based on the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a. In the winning lottery based on the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a, when a small hit is made, the first variable prize winning device 32a is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, which is repeated twice. , the small winning state ends. That is, regarding the first variable winning device 32a, the appearance is the same as "2RS". However, the game mode does not change between before and after the occurrence of the small winning state. That is, for example, when "2RS" is won in the normal mode, the mode shifts to the probability mode, but even if a small win is won in the normal mode, the normal mode is continued. As a result, in the lottery based on the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a, the first variable prize winning is not performed such that a two-round jackpot (two-round normal jackpot) to which a high probability state is not awarded is won. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the apparatus 32a is opened twice in a short period of time, inevitably resulting in a transition to a high-probability state.

On the other hand, the types of jackpots in the case of winning the jackpot state based on the ball entering the second start prize winning device 33b are: 16-round variable variable jackpot, 8-round variable variable jackpot, and 2-round normal jackpot (hereinafter “2RN”). say). In addition, in the case of winning the winning lottery based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b, the second variable prize winning device 32b is opened instead of the first variable prize winning device 32a (in this example, the round ends). Although the conditions are the same, the number of payouts (14 and 13) when game balls enter the variable winning devices 32a and 32b are different), but for convenience of explanation, the second starting winning device 33b For convenience, the same names (“16RS” and “8RS”) will be used for the types of jackpots in the case of winning a lottery based on the number of balls entered. In addition, in the present embodiment, the condition for ending the round in the jackpot state in which the first variable prize winning device 32a is open is the same as the round end condition in the jackpot state in which the second variable prize winning device 32b is in the open state. There is one (eight wins, or one round after 30 seconds have passed), but it may be different (for example, the upper limit of wins for game balls during a round is 8 and 9).

In addition, regarding "2RN", the opening of the second variable prize winning device 32b for 0.4 seconds constitutes one round, and after this is repeated twice, the jackpot state ends. In other words, with respect to "16RS" and "8RS", a large increase in the number of game balls can be expected during the big win state, but "2RN" is a big win in which a large increase in the number of game balls cannot be expected.

Also, after the end of the "2RN" jackpot state, a "time reduction mode" is provided. In this example, "2RN" is also divided into three, "2RN30" to which the time reduction mode for 30 variable displays is provided, "2RN60" to which the time reduction mode for 60 variable displays is provided, and variable There is "2RN90" which gives a time reduction mode for 90 displays. In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b, the rate is "16RS" at a rate of 35%, "8RS" at a rate of 35%, and "8RS" at a rate of 20%. becomes "2RN30" at a rate of 5%, "2RN60" at a rate of 5%, and "2RN90" at a rate of 5%.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, there is a case where a small win is won in a winning lottery based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b. In the winning lottery based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b, when a small hit is made, the second variable prize winning device 32b is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, which is repeated twice. , the small winning state ends. That is, regarding the second variable winning device 32b, the appearance is the same as "2RN". However, the game mode does not change between before and after the occurrence of the small winning state. That is, the high probability state such as the variable mode basically shifts to the low probability state (time reduction mode, etc.) by winning the normal jackpot such as "2RN", but the small winning in the variable mode However, the probability variation mode is continued. As a result, the second variable winning device 32b is opened twice for a short period of time without performing the sorting to win the 2nd round probability variable jackpot "2RS" in the lottery based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which it is known that the state has changed to the low probability state without fail.

Incidentally, the combination of decorative symbols other than doublet basically teaches "missing", but in this embodiment, even if the big hit is "2RS" and "2RN", the decorative symbols are Zorro. It is not stopped by the combination of the eyes, but is stopped by the combination of the ready-to-win symbols and the missing ones. In addition, the "small win" is also stop-displayed with a combination of the ready-to-win symbols but the missing symbols.

Further, in this embodiment, a plurality of performance stages are prepared in the decorative pattern display device 42 as a performance for teaching or suggesting the game mode in which the player is staying. More specifically, a "variable stage" that confirms that you are staying in the variable mode, a "normal stage" that confirms that you are staying in the normal mode, and either the variable mode or the time reduction mode. There is a "pull-back stage" in which the player stays, and a "premonition stage" in which the player stays in either the normal mode or the latent mode.

For example, when "2RN" is won in the variable probability stage and the variable probability mode ends, or when "small win" is won, the variable probability stage ends and the pullback stage is displayed. Then, when "2RN" is won and the given period of time reduction mode ends, the pullback stage ends and the normal stage is displayed. On the other hand, when the "small win" is won, the game mode remains in the variable probability mode since there is no change in the game mode before and after the "small win". Therefore, although it shifts to the pullback stage, it is easy to win big, and furthermore, when the period corresponding to the maximum of the time reduction mode (30 times, 60 times, or 90 times of variable display of special symbols) is exceeded, It is possible to grasp that it is in the variable probability mode (in the decorative symbol display device 42, the pullback stage may be left as it is, or may be changed to the variable probability stage).

In addition, in the case of winning a jackpot in the lottery performed based on the ball entering the second starting prize winning device 33b, only "16RS" and "8RS" are displayed as the jackpot types displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42. do not have. For this reason, basically (except when the variable display corresponding to the ball entered into the first start winning device 33a that has been withheld is extinguished), in the variable probability stage and the pullback stage, that is, in the variable probability mode and the time reduction mode , When a jackpot is instructed in the decorative symbol display device 42 with double eyes, the provision of the probability variable mode is confirmed, and after the jackpot state, the game shifts to the probability variable stage.

Further, for example, when "2RS" is won in the normal stage and the game shifts to the latent probability mode, or when the "small hit" is won, the normal stage ends and the sign stage is displayed. In this embodiment, when the "small hit" is the transition opportunity, that is, when staying in the normal mode, this sign stage is a period of about 10 to 50 times with a variable display of special symbols. After being derived in , it returns to the normal stage. On the other hand, when "2RS" is the transition opportunity, that is, when staying in the latent probability mode, basically it is a premonition stage until a big hit. In addition, a lottery may be conducted to determine whether to return to the normal stage from the omen stage, or after returning from the omen stage to the normal stage, a lottery may be drawn to determine whether to move to the omen stage again (in the case of latent mode, It is preferable to increase the probability of returning to the omen stage, or to win only in the latent mode), or in the case of the omen stage in the normal mode, the stay period ( number of fluctuations) may be determined (in the case of latent certainty mode, the portent mode remains unchanged). In addition, when "8RN" is won in the winning lottery based on the ball entering the first starting prize winning device 33a, and "8RS" is won, the probability variable mode is given until the end of the jackpot state. If it is not taught, after the jackpot state ends, the stage shifts to the pullback stage.

In addition, as described above, when the correspondence between the special symbol stop mode in the special display devices 43L and 43R and the jackpot type is grasped, if the stop mode of the special symbol variation display is confirmed, It is possible to determine which type of jackpot has been won. In addition, for the "diving stage", "cruising stage", and "deep-sea exploration stage" described in the above-described first embodiment, etc., each "normal stage", "probability variable stage", and "retraction stage" ” can be selected (for example, “normal stage cruising stage” can be selected). By the way, there is only one mode of the "precursor stage", and it is impossible to select the "diving stage", the "cruising stage", and the "deep sea exploration stage" in the "precursor stage".

In this embodiment, the decorative design display device 42 or the like derives a guidance mode for calling attention to forgetting to take a game card or game information. More specifically, when the decorative pattern display device 42 does not perform variable display of decorative patterns, for example, as shown in FIG. . The forgotten-to-take-out guide display 901 includes: ``You have a ``game card and today's game data''. It is composed of character information 902 and character information 903.

Also, when a game card with a balance is not inserted in the card unit installed (electrically connected) to the pachinko machine 10, the game information is not stored in the game information storage area of the sub-controller 262. If it is stored (remained), it becomes text information 902 such as "'today's game data' is...". On the other hand, when a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit, and no game information is stored (is not left) in the game information storage area of the sub-controller 262, " Character information 902 such as "game card" is . Further, when a game card with a balance is not inserted and no game information is stored, the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 is not displayed. In this embodiment, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 having text information 902 including the text "today's game data" corresponds to "guidance mode corresponding to game information being stored in the game information storage means". , the forget-to-take guide display 901 having character information 902 including the characters "game card" indicates that "A value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than the specified number is stored in the ball lending device attached to the game machine. corresponding to the "guidance mode corresponding to the fact that a game value storage medium is inserted".

In this embodiment, together with the forget-to-take guidance display 901, a "voice guidance" is derived to call attention to the game card or game information that has been left uncollected. The guidance constitutes a "guidance mode". Of course, in addition to this, a light emission mode such as an electric decoration may be added as a guidance mode. Further, in the present embodiment, in the lower left area of the decorative pattern display device 42, a hold icon 907 is displayed to indicate that the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the starting winning devices 33a and 33b is held and stored. It's like

Further, in this embodiment, the player can select the pattern of the character information 903 displayed in the forget-to-take guide display 901 or the like from a plurality of patterns when playing a mobile-linked game. Furthermore, each character information 903 is set with a corresponding sound (voice). A voice corresponding to the character information 903 displayed in the forget-to-take guidance display 901 is used to make an announcement (for example, the content of the character information 902 is read out) to call attention to the forget-to-take. It should be noted that the configuration may be such that the character information 903 can be changed when accessing the server, or the pachinko machine 10 can be configured such that the character information 903 can be changed from the menu screen. good.

Next, referring to FIG. 49, a description will be given of processing (game information forgetting prevention processing) performed by the sub-control device 262 for deriving the forgetting to take guide display 901 for preventing forgetting to take game information. .

First, in step S8501, it is determined whether or not a demonstration screen display has been derived in the decorative symbol display device . In this embodiment, after the variable display of the decorative symbols is finished (after the stop display), the demo screen display is started when a specified time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the next variable display of the decorative symbols being performed. configured to be derived. In this embodiment, instead of displaying the decorative patterns, a moving image of a predetermined time expressing the world view of the pachinko machine 10 is displayed on the entire screen of the decorative pattern display device 42.例文帳に追加In addition, after the demo screen display (moving image) is performed, the display is temporarily returned to the display of the decorative pattern, and after a predetermined time (for example, after the lapse of the specified time for the interval shorter than the specified time), the demo screen is displayed again. Display may be performed, or a moving image and (almost) still images may be repeatedly derived as a demonstration screen display. In addition, it is possible to set the mode of displaying the demo screen such that the brightness is lowered while the decorative pattern is displayed, or another display is added in front of the decorative pattern.

If a negative determination is made in step S8501, it is determined in step S8502 whether or not the mobile-linked game is being played. More specifically, in this embodiment, in the mobile-linked game, the password issued by the server includes player identification information used to identify the player, and the password is used for pachinko games. When input to the machine 10, the player specific information is stored in a player specific information storage area (player specific information storage means) provided in the sub-control device 262 for storing the player specific information. ing. In step S8501, it is determined whether player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage area.

In this embodiment, when the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage area, the game information and the like are stored in the game information storage area (game information storage means), and the player identification information is stored in the game information storage area (game information storage means). When the player identification information is stored in the storage area, the game information stored in the game information storage area is output in the form of a QR code from the decorative pattern display device 42. there is Also, the function of issuing such a QR code constitutes information output means. Incidentally, it may be determined whether or not the mobile-linked game is in progress by determining whether or not the game information is stored in the game information storage area.

If a negative determination is made in step S8502, that is, if a mobile-linked game is not being played, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S8502 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8503 whether or not the ball removal button 123 has been operated based on the detection information of the ball removal operation detection switch.

If the determination in step S8503 is affirmative, that is, if there is a high possibility that the game ball on the upper tray 19 has been discharged to the lower tray 15, then in step S8504 the decorative design display device 42 displays the decorative design in a variable manner. Determine if it is inside. If a negative determination is made in step S8504, in step S8505, the data forget-to-take-out guidance display flag as information guidance storage means is set to ON, and then this processing ends. In step S8504, the variable display of decorative symbols has just ended, but the determination is affirmative even when the next variable display is reserved and stored.

When the data forget-to-take guidance display flag is set to ON, as shown in FIG. is derived (the decorative pattern is displayed lighter than the forget-to-take guidance display 901). However, in step S8505, only the data forget-to-take guidance display flag is set to ON, and processing for executing the forget-to-take guidance display 901 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately.

Also, if the determination in step S8504 is affirmative, in step S8506 whether the ready-to-win effect as the specific variable display is in progress (in this example, all ready-to-win effects such as super reach, premium reach, and normal reach are targeted). determine whether or not If a negative determination is made in step S8507, that is, if the ready-to-reach state is not occurring and the variable display is in progress, then in step S8507, the data pre-guidance display flag as the information guidance storage means is set to ON. , the process ends.

In other words, in this embodiment, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 is derived even during the variable display of the decorative symbols. As shown in FIG. 51(b), the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 (hereinafter also referred to as “pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905”) derived during the variable display of decorative patterns is located in the lower right area of the decorative design display device 42. , it is derived to such an extent that it does not interfere with the variable display of the identification information and the visual recognition of the pending icon 907 .

Also, the pre-forgot-to-take-out guide display 905 is composed of character information 902 and character information 903, such as "Be careful not to forget to take game data." Furthermore, a plurality of patterns of the pre-forgotten-to-take guide display 905 are prepared. For example, as shown in FIG. Character information 902 that teaches/suggests the content of the game information such as "Number of fluctuations/○ times" and character information 903 are also derived.

When the pre-guidance display flag for data is set to ON, the pre-forgot-to-take-out guidance display 905 is derived. However, in step S8507, only the pre-guidance display flag for data is set to ON, and processing for executing the pre-forgot-to-take-out guidance display 905 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately. In the present embodiment, the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 is displayed until the variable display of the decorative pattern from which the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 is derived ends, or when the ready-to-win effect is derived in such variable display. continues to be displayed until such a ready-to-win effect is derived, after which it is erased (the data pre-guidance display flag is turned off).

If the determination in step S8506 is affirmative, that is, if the player is likely to end the game by removing the ball from the top tray 19, but the ready-to-win effect is being performed, pre-forgot-to-take-out guidance is provided. In order to allow the player to enjoy the ready-to-win effect without impairing visibility by the display 905, the present processing is ended without turning on the data pre-guidance display flag.

In addition, if the determination in step S8503 is negative, in step S8508 it is determined whether or not the return button 122 has been activated, that is, if there is a game card with a balance in the card unit attached to the pachinko machine 10. Determining whether or not the operation of the return button 122 is detected in the inserted state (for example, confirming whether or not the return button 122 has been operated, and if the operation is confirmed, further confirming the game card I do).

If the determination in step S8508 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8509 whether or not the game ball has been shot. Here, it is determined whether or not the game ball is detected by the shooting detection switch 401, and when the shooting device 60 is driven but the game ball is not shot, i. Or, when the player touches the handle 18 but is not in an operation state corresponding to shooting the game ball (the shooting prohibition button 18a is being operated, or the handle 18 is held at the reference position), , is judged negative.

When a negative determination is made in step S8509, in step S8510, it is determined whether or not the "normal stage" confirming that the user is staying in the normal mode is being displayed in the decorative design display device 42. do. If a negative determination is made in step S8510, that is, if a ``variable probability stage'', a ``pull-back stage'', or a ``foreshadowing stage'' is displayed, or a jackpot state is in progress, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8510, that is, the player who has taken out a game card with a balance from the card unit, has not fired a game ball, and is staying in the normal stage may stop playing. is high, the process proceeds to step S8504, and the same processing as when it is determined that the ball removal button 123 has been operated is executed.

If a negative determination is made in step S8508, that is, if valid operation of the return button 122 is not detected, it is determined in step S8511 whether or not the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner. If a negative determination is made in step S8511, it is further determined in step S8512 whether or not the steering wheel 18 is being operated (whether or not the touch sensor of the steering wheel 18 is detected). If the determination in step S8512 is also negative (the player has not even touched the steering wheel 18), it is further determined in step S8513 whether or not the mode is the normal mode.

If the determination in step S8513 is affirmative, in step S8514, the data forgetting-to-take-out guidance display flag is set to ON, and this process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8512 (detection of the operation of the handle 18 (that the player is touching the handle 18)), or if a negative determination is made in step S8513, this process is continued. finish.

Also, if affirmative determination is made in step S8509 (effective operation of the return button 122 is detected, but game ball launch is detected), or if affirmative determination is made in step S8511 (during variable display) In step S8515, the data forgetting guide display flag is turned off, and then this process is terminated.

In addition, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8501 (if the demo screen is being displayed), in step S8516, the data forgetting-to-take-out guidance display flag is turned off, and this processing ends. In other words, if the return button 122 is operated but the game ball is confirmed to be shot, the operation of the ball removal button 123 and the return button 122 is not confirmed and the change display is confirmed. and when the demonstration screen display is derived, if the forgot-to-take guide display 901 has been derived, the forgot-to-take guide display 901 is erased (changed to another display). there is

Next, the processing for deriving the forget-to-take guidance display 901 for preventing forget-to-take game cards (card-forget-to-take prevention processing) performed by the sub-control device 262 will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in step S8601, it is determined whether or not a demonstration screen display has been derived in the decorative design display device . If a negative determination is made in step S8601, the card unit connection board 314 is checked in step S8602 to determine whether or not a game card with a balance has been inserted into the card unit attached to the pachinko machine 10. If a negative determination is made in step S8602, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S8602 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8603 whether or not the ball removal button 123 has been operated based on the detection information of the ball removal operation detection switch. When a negative determination is made in step S8603, it is determined in step S8604 whether or not the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner. If a negative determination is made in step S8604, in step S8605, the forget-to-take-out guidance display flag for the card serving as the guidance storage means for the storage medium is set to ON, and then this processing ends.

When the card forget-to-take guidance display flag is set to ON, a forget-to-take guidance display 901 as shown in FIG. 51(a) is derived. However, in step S8605, the forget-to-take guide display flag for cards is simply set to ON, and processing for executing the forget-to-take guide display 901 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately.

That is, in the display setting process (see step S3910 in FIG. 17), the sub-control device 262 determines whether the card forgotten guidance display flag and the data forgotten guidance display flag are turned on. If both flags are turned on, the same forget-to-take guide display 901 as in FIG. A forgotten-to-take-out guide display 901 including text information 902 such as "There is a game card left...", and when only the data-use forgotten-to-take-out guide display flag is turned on, "Today's game data" is displayed. The forget-to-take guide display 901 includes character information 902 such as "It is left...", and when both flags are turned off, the forget-to-take guide display 901 is not derived.

Also, if the determination in step S8604 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8606 whether or not the ready-to-win effect is being performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8606, this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8606, in step S8607, the pre-guidance display flag for card as storage medium guidance storage means is set to ON, and then this processing is terminated.

When the card pre-guidance display flag is set to ON, a pre-forgot-to-take-out guidance display 905 including character information 902 such as "Be careful not to forget to take out a game card" is a variable display of decorative patterns. and the reserved icon 907 are derived to the lower right area of the decorative design display device 42 so as not to interfere with the visual recognition. However, in step S8607, only the pre-guidance display flag for cards is set to ON, and processing for executing the pre-forgot-to-take-out guidance display 905 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately.

That is, in the display setting process (see step S3910 in FIG. 17), the sub-control device 262 determines whether the pre-guidance display flag for cards is turned on and whether the pre-guidance display flag for data is turned on. However, if only the pre-guidance display flag for data is turned on, for example, the same pre-forgotten guidance display 905 as in FIG. 51(b) is derived, and if only the pre-guidance display flag for cards is turned on , a pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 including character information 902 such as "Be careful not to forget to take the game card!" Be careful!", and if both flags are turned off, the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 is not derived.

If a negative determination is made in step S8603, it is determined in step S8608 whether or not a QR code including game information is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8608, it is determined in step S8609 whether or not an operation to close the QR code issuance screen being displayed has been performed. If a negative determination is made in step S8609, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination is affirmative in step S8609, that is, the player who is playing a mobile-linked game such as reading the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 and erasing the display screen of the QR code ends the game. If there is a high possibility that the card will be removed, the process proceeds to step S8605 to set the card forgetting guide display flag to ON, and then this process ends.

If the determination in step S8608 is negative, it is determined in step S8610 whether or not the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner. If a negative determination is made in step S8610, it is determined in step S8611 whether or not the operation of the handle 18 (in this example, the touch sensor of the handle 18 touches the handle 18 by the player) is detected. . If an affirmative determination is made in step S8611, that is, if the presence of the player can be confirmed, this process is terminated.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S8611 is negative, it is determined in step S8612 whether or not the player is staying in the normal stage. If a negative determination is made in step S8612, that is, if it is in an advantageous state for the player such as a probability variable stage or a jackpot state, or if it is in a state where it is taught or suggested that it may be in such an advantageous state terminates this processing as it is.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8612, that is, although the ball removal button 123 is not operated or the QR code is not issued, the decorative pattern is not displayed in a variable manner, and the handle 18 If it is relatively likely that the player will end the game, such as the player staying in the normal stage without confirming contact with the card, in step S8613, the forget-to-take-out guidance display flag for cards is set to ON. After that, this process is terminated.

If the determination in step S8610 is affirmative, then in step S8614 the card forgetting-to-take guidance display flag is turned off, and this process ends.

Further, if the determination in step S8601 is affirmative, in step S8615, the card forgetting-to-take-out guidance display flag is turned off, and then this processing ends. That is, in the state where the forget-to-take guide display 901 for the card is displayed, if the variable display of the decorative pattern is started or the demonstration screen display is derived, the forget-to-take guide display 901 is erased ( another representation is derived).

Incidentally, in this embodiment, the forget-to-take guide display 901 and the function of deriving the voice mode corresponding thereto constitute the forget-to-take prevention means.

As described in detail above, according to the eighth embodiment, the player visually recognizes the forget-to-take guide display 901 displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, thereby allowing the game information storage area to be used in the mobile-linked game. and that a game card with a balance is inserted into the card unit attached to the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game information from being forgotten from the pachinko machine 10 or the game card from the card unit.

In addition, the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 is configured to be derivable not only in a state where the variable display of the decorative symbols is not performed, but also to be derivable as the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 even during the variable display of the decorative symbols. It is configured. Therefore, before the player finishes the game and completely leaves the pachinko machine 10 (averts his/her line of sight), the forget-to-take-out guide display 901 (pre-forgot-to-take-out guide display 905) can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably call attention to the player.

Furthermore, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 is not always displayed, but is displayed only when a specific game situation occurs. That is, first, if there is no need to display, for example, if the mobile-linked game is not in progress (the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage area), a forget-to-take guide display 901 regarding forgetting to pick up the game information is displayed. is not displayed, and if a game card with a balance is not inserted in the card unit, the forgotten-to-take-out guide display 901 regarding the forgotten to take out the game card is not displayed.

On the other hand, when the operation of the ball removal button 123 is confirmed (the detection of the ball removal detection switch is performed), regardless of whether the decorative symbols are in a state where the fluctuation is stopped or during fluctuation, the processing for the game information is performed. Forgotten guidance display 901 is derived. In other words, as in the case of moving the game ball from the upper tray 19 to the lower tray 15 by operating the ball extractor button 123, the discharge hole of the lower tray 15 is opened by further operating the ball extractor lever 25 thereafter. Then, the game ball is transferred to a portable game box (so-called dollar box) installed under the lower tray 15, and when the player is likely to end the game, he/she immediately forgets to remove the game ball. By deriving the guide display 901, it is possible for the player to recognize the forget-to-take guide display 901 until the game ball on the upper tray 19 is discharged.

Also, even if the ball removal button 123 is not operated, the return button 122 is operated, the game ball is shot by the shooting device 60, and the variation of the decorative pattern is stopped even in the normal stage. The forgot-to-take guide display 901 for game information is derived regardless of the state and the change. In other words, when the game card has been returned, the game ball has not been shot, and the player is in the normal mode, and there is a high possibility that the player will end the game, the forgot-to-take guide display 901 is immediately derived. This makes it possible for the player to recognize the forget-to-take guide display 901 .

In particular, whether or not the game ball is being shot by the shooting device 60 is determined not by whether the shooting device 60 is being driven or whether the handle 18 is being operated, but by whether or not the shooting device 60 is shooting. It is performed by determining whether or not there is detection by the shooting detection switch 401 capable of detecting the game ball immediately after hitting. Therefore, even if the shooting device 60 is driven, it is possible to reliably grasp that the game ball is not actually shot (so-called "blank shot" state). In other words, "empty shot" is a phenomenon that is likely to occur when a game is started or when a game is finished. , the possibility of ending the game becomes very high. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the player judges that the game ball is being shot when the game ball is being shot, and misses the timing for deriving the forget-to-take guidance display 901.例文帳に追加can do. In particular, when the game is to be terminated, the return button 122 is operated, and game balls are continued to be shot until there are no more game balls left, and the pachinko machine shifts to the idle state as it is. Although the player is present before 10, it is possible to derive the forget-to-take guide display 901 at a perfect timing such as just before the end of the game.

On the other hand, the forgot-to-take guide display 901 for game information is not derived simply by operating the return button 122 . That is, by setting a situation in which it is highly necessary to derive the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 as a specific game situation, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 is derived too much (continues to be derived). Therefore, it is possible to prevent deterioration of performance, design, and game performance due to too many forget-to-take guide displays 901 being derived.

Even when the return button 122 is not operated, the variable display of decorative symbols is not performed, the player's contact with the handle 18 is not detected, and the stage is normal. In this case, a forget-to-take guide display 901 for game information is derived. As a result, the game balls on the upper tray 19 are completely exhausted (end), the balance of the game cards is already 0, and the game is ended in a situation (a good point of closing) as if staying in the normal mode. It is also possible for the person to recognize the forget-to-take guidance display 901 . Therefore, for example, even if the forget-to-take guide display 901 is derived after the lapse of a specified time from the end of the variable display of the decorative symbols, it becomes meaningless after the player has already left the pachinko machine 10. You can control the situation.

On the other hand, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 is not derived only by the static display of the variable display of the decorative symbols. For this reason, every time the variable display of the decorative pattern ends (if the variable display can be suspended, each time the variable display is interrupted), the player should continue to fire the game ball and proceed with the game. However, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forget-to-take guide display 901 is derived one by one.

However, even though it is possible to derive the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 during the variable display of the decorative symbols, it suggests that there is a high degree of expectation for the occurrence of a big win, and the player will be particularly interested in viewing it. It is configured not to derive the pre-forgot-to-pick-up guidance display 905 when such a ready-to-win effect is derived. For this reason, for example, due to the fact that the pre-forgotten-to-take guide display 905 is derived during the ready-to-win effect, it causes a decrease in interest, etc. It is possible to avoid such a situation as giving a sense of anticipation that it was just a pre-forgotten guidance display 905, etc.).

In addition, the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 displayed when the decorative pattern variation is stopped is displayed on the full display screen of the decorative design display device 42, whereas the pre-forgotten-to-take guidance displayed during the variation of the decorative design. The display 905 is displayed in the lower right area of the decorative design display device 42 so as not to obstruct the variable display of the decorative design and the visual recognition of the pending icon 907 . Therefore, it is possible to avoid problems caused by the impossibility or difficulty of obtaining information about the variable display.

Furthermore, in the pre-forgot-to-take guide display 905, the content of the mobile-linked game (the number of jackpots, the number of fluctuations, achievement items, etc.), that is, the mode of the pattern that teaches the content stored in the game information storage area is derived. sometimes In this way, by appropriately informing the player of the current game content, it is possible to strongly impress the player that there is game information accumulated and stored in the pachinko machine 10. - 特許庁

Also, the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 for game cards is derived when the ball removal button 123 is operated (in this example, the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 for game information is also derived under the same conditions). ). In other words, when there is a high possibility that the player will end the game, such as when the game ball on the upper tray 19 is ejected, the guidance display 901 for forgetting to take it out is immediately derived, so that the upper tray 19 It is possible for the player to recognize the forget-to-take guide display 901 until the game ball is discharged.

Furthermore, the forget-to-take guide display 901 for the game card is configured to be derivable regardless of whether or not the decorative symbols are being displayed in a variable manner. Indication 901 is configured not to be derived. For this reason, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player loses interest due to the forget-to-take guide display 901 being derived during the ready-to-win effect.

In addition, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 for the game card is also derived at the timing when the QR code containing the game information displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 by the player is erased when the mobile-linked game ends. It is configured. As a result, when a player who is playing a mobile-linked game is likely to end the game, the forgotten-to-take-out guide display 901 for the game card is derived. It becomes possible to have the player recognize it more reliably.

Further, even when the return button 122 is not operated and the QR code is not displayed, the variable display of decorative patterns is not performed and the player's contact with the handle 18 is also detected. If not and in the normal stage, the game information forget-to-take guide display 901 is derived (in this example, the game information forget-to-take guide display 901 is also derived under the same conditions). It has become. As a result, the game balls on the upper tray 19 are completely exhausted (end), the balance of the game cards is already 0, and the game is ended in a situation (a good point of closing) as if staying in the normal mode. It is also possible for the person to recognize the forget-to-take guidance display 901 . Therefore, for example, even if the forget-to-take guide display 901 is derived after the lapse of a specified time from the end of the variable display of the decorative symbols, it becomes meaningless after the player has already left the pachinko machine 10. You can control the situation.

On the other hand, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 is not derived only by the static display of the variable display of the decorative symbols. For this reason, every time the variable display of the decorative pattern ends (if the variable display can be suspended, each time the variable display is interrupted), the player should continue to fire the game ball and proceed with the game. However, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forget-to-take guide display 901 is derived one by one.

Further, when the demonstration display screen is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, the forget-to-take guide display 901 is deleted. Therefore, even though the player has not yet entered a password for the mobile-linked game (no game information corresponding to the player is stored in the game information storage area) when the player starts playing, In spite of this, it is possible to avoid a situation in which processing for deriving the forget-to-take guide display 901 for calling attention to forget-to-take game information is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forget-to-take guide display 901 continues to be drawn uselessly after the previous player finishes playing the game.

Further, in this embodiment, when it is determined in the game information forgetting prevention processing of FIG. 49 or the card forgetting prevention processing of FIG. Instead of instructing the generation of the forgot-to-take guidance display 901, the forgot-to-take guidance display flag for data, the pre-guidance display flag for data, the forgotten-to-take guidance display flag for cards, and the pre-guidance display flag for cards are once set to ON. Then, referring to the setting status of the flag in another process, it is configured to collectively instruct the generation of the forget-to-take guide display 901 for game information and the forget-to-take guide display 901 for game information. ing. For this reason, it is possible to derive the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 that summarizes the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 related to the game information and the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901 related to the game card, and to generate the forgotten-to-take guidance display 901. simplification of the control etc. can be achieved.

In addition, in this embodiment, when playing a mobile-linked game, the player is configured to be able to select the pattern of the character information 903 displayed in the forget-to-take guidance display 901 or the like. When the forget-to-take guide display 901 for game information (or for game information and game cards) is derived, an announcement that calls attention to the forget-to-take is made with a voice corresponding to the character information 903 selected by the player. is to be carried out. Therefore, for example, at the same time as or immediately before the end of the variable display, even if the player forgets to take the game information and looks away from the pachinko machine 10 to leave the place. , the player can be held back by a voice announcement. In particular, since the voice announcement corresponds to the pattern of the character information 903 selected by the player himself/herself, the player can easily notice that it is a call to the player.

(Ninth embodiment)
Regarding the real-time clock described in the third embodiment, etc., the time can be set by the game hall in which the pachinko machine 10 is installed or by a person involved in the game machine manufacturer. A ninth embodiment embodying such a configuration will be described below. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the like, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used. It should be noted that whether or not there is a function for grasping deviation of the real-time clock as in the third embodiment and automatically adjusting the derivation timing of the specific effect can be appropriately selected for each model.

A real-time clock as real-time grasping means and time-counting means of this embodiment is electrically connected to the sub-controller 262 . The real-time clock of this embodiment includes counters corresponding to year, month, day, hour, minute, and second (seconds or less). When each counter reaches its upper limit value (there are four corresponding counters for "days", one for 30 days, one for 31 days, one for 28 days, and one for 29 days), the upper counter "1" is incremented to "1", and the own counter returns to the initial value (0).

In addition, in the present embodiment, the effect mode derived within the period (this period (hereinafter also referred to as "specific effect period") during which the presentation (effect) of the instruction/suggestion of the degree of occurrence expectation to the jackpot state is changed corresponds to a specific effect) is set. The specific performance period is set to start at a predetermined time in advance, and when a plurality of the same pachinko machines 10 are installed side by side, the specific performance period starts all at once. there is

The functions of the sub-control device 262 and the display control device 45 for executing the specific effect constitute the specific effect executing means, and the function of setting the timing for starting the specific effect based on the time of the real-time clock constitutes the start setting means. do.

Now, in this embodiment, by operating the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 (see FIG. 2, etc.) as the first operating means, the time of the real-time clock can be set. However, this does not mean that the time can be set at any time. is turned on, the time setting valid state (count valid state) in which the time setting of the real-time clock is permitted is entered. In this embodiment, turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while the RAM erasing switch 323 is being operated corresponds to presetting.

Naturally, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is operated, the memory (backup) of the state when the power is turned off is erased, and the game mode, game state, and decoration are erased. The display mode and the like of the pattern display device 42 (liquid crystal display device) are returned to the initial state. In other words, the game mode is changed to the normal mode, the reserved memory is erased, the demo screen display is displayed on the decoration symbol display device 42, and after that, when the game ball enters the start winning device 33a, 33b, the normal stage is performed. It is set so that the variable display of the decorative pattern in is started.

In this embodiment, the backup area 503a of the RAM 503 constitutes game situation storage means. Also, the power supply device 313 that supplies power to the RAM 503 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off constitutes backup power supply means. In addition, as described above, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are used to operate the menu screen such as inputting a password for the mobile-linked game, and to effect the player's selection on the decorative pattern display device 42 (for example, right or left). to select one), etc.

Next, the flow of main processing executed by the CPU 501 in the main controller 261 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This main process is activated upon resetting when the power is turned on.

First, in step S101, initial setting processing is executed upon power-on. Specifically, in order to set a predetermined value in the stack pointer and wait for the sub-side control devices (sub-control device 262, payout control device 311, etc.) to become operable, for example, 1 Execute wait processing for about a second. In the following step S102, RAM access is permitted.

After step S102, in step S103, it is determined whether power failure occurrence information is set in the backup area 503a of the RAM 503 or not. If a negative determination is made in step S103, that is, if the backup data is not stored and there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power-off was not completed normally, the backup data is cleared (erased). The process proceeds to step S113 for processing.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S103 is affirmative, that is, if the power failure occurrence information is set in the backup area 503a, the RAM determination value is calculated in step S104, and the RAM determination value is calculated in step S105. coincides with the RAM judgment value saved at the time of power failure, that is, the validity of the backup is judged. If the determination in step S105 is negative, that is, if the RAM determination value calculated in step S104 does not match the RAM determination value saved when the power was turned off, the backed-up data is destroyed. Move to S113.

If the determination in step S105 is affirmative, it is determined in step S106 whether or not the RAM erase switch 323 provided on the power supply device 313 is pressed (ON). If the determination in step S106 is affirmative, that is, if the RAM erase switch 323 is pressed, the process proceeds to the process of clearing the backup data.

However, in this embodiment, if the determination in step S106 is affirmative, real-time In order to permit the time setting of the clock, a process of sending a time setting valid command is performed. After step S112, the process proceeds to step S113.

In the process of step S113, an initialization command is transmitted in order to initialize the sub-controller 262, the payout controller 311, and the like. Thereafter, the process proceeds to RAM initialization processing (step S114, etc.). Note that the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the work area address of the RAM 503 . Instead of using this RAM determination value, it is also possible to determine the validity of the backup based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 503 is correctly saved.

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 is powered on while pressing the RAM erase switch 323 when it is desired to return to the initial state when the power is turned on, such as when the hall starts operating. Therefore, if the RAM erasing switch 323 is ON, the process proceeds to RAM initialization processing (step S114, etc.). Also, when power failure occurrence information is not set, or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.), the initialization process of the RAM 503 (step S114, etc.) is similarly performed. That is, in step S114, the used area of RAM 503 is cleared to 0, and in subsequent step S115, the initial value of RAM 503 is set. After that, in step S111, interrupt permission is set, and the normal processing described later is performed.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 323 is not pressed (step S103: NO), the condition is that power failure occurrence information is set and that the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is normal. Then, the power recovery process (power recovery process) is executed. That is, in step S107, the stack pointer before power-off is restored, and in step S108, power-off occurrence information is cleared.

In step S109, a command is transmitted to return the sub-side control device to the gaming state at the time of power-off. In step S110, the used register is recovered from the backup area 503a of the RAM 503. FIG. After that, in step S111, interrupt permission is set, and the normal processing described later is performed.

Next, the time setting process performed by the sub-controller 262 every predetermined time will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in step S8801, it is determined whether or not the time setting enable flag indicating that the time setting is enabled is turned on. If a negative determination is made in step S8801, it is determined in step S8802 whether or not a time setting valid command has been received from the main controller 261. FIG. If a negative determination is made in step S8802, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8802, that is, if the RAM erase switch 323 was operated when the power of the pachinko machine 10 was turned on, then in step S8803 the time setting enable flag is turned on.

Further, in step S8804, a value corresponding to a predetermined time limit (for example, 10 minutes) for keeping the time setting valid state is set in the time setting valid timer. In the following step S8805, after the time setting screen display flag for displaying the time setting screen on the decorative design display device 42 is set to ON, this process is terminated.

As shown in FIG. 55, on the time setting screen, the date and time items are displayed based on the current real-time clock information, and the corresponding numbers are entered (changed) by operating the cross button 126. configured as possible. In addition, on the time setting screen, an explanation of the purpose of the time setting screen such as "Please enter the date and time within 10 minutes" is displayed, a time limit is displayed such as "XX minutes and X seconds remaining", and the cross button 125 is displayed. An operation explanation is displayed. Further, selection items of "input completed" and "cancel" are displayed in the lower right portion of the time setting screen.

In this embodiment, on the time setting screen, as time passes, not only the time limit display changes (teach the decreasing remaining time), but also the display indicating the "time" changes (the date is changed). If it straddles, the date will also change). The display of the year, month, day, hour, and minute on the time setting screen does not change except when the player operates the cross button 126 until the time setting screen is erased. (no change over time).

If an affirmative determination is made in step S8801, in step S8806 it is determined whether or not the time setting completion input has been performed. It is determined whether or not the button 125 has been operated.

If the determination in step S8806 is affirmative, setting registration processing is performed in step S8807 to reflect the information (date, time) set on the time setting screen to the real-time clock. Although the details will be described later, the RAM 503 of the sub-controller 262 is provided with a provisional time setting storage area for storing settings related to the year, month, day, hour, and minute. The stored contents (year/month/day/hour/minute) of the storage area are reflected in the real-time clock. Also, an initial value (0) is set for a counter corresponding to seconds (less than seconds) of the real-time clock.

In subsequent step S8808, the time setting valid flag is turned off. As a result, the time setting invalid state is entered in which the time setting of the real-time clock cannot be performed. After step S8808, in step S8809, the time setting screen clearing flag indicating that the time setting screen is to be cleared is turned on, and then this process ends. In the present embodiment, input by operating the effect button 125 in a state in which the cursor is aligned with the selection item "input completed" by operating the cross button 126 corresponds to post-setting.

If a negative determination is made in step S8806, that is, if an operation to end the time setting has not yet been performed, it is determined in step S8810 whether or not a cancel input has been performed. It is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated by moving the cursor to the selection item of "cancel". If the determination in step S8810 is affirmative, the process moves to step S8808 to turn off the time setting enable flag, and in step S8809 to turn on the time setting screen erase flag, and then this process ends. That is, when a cancel input is made, the real-time clock (counter value thereof) is not changed.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S8810 is negative, in step S8811 processing is performed to subtract the value of the time setting effective timer. Incidentally, in this embodiment, the value of the time setting valid timer becomes 0 when 10 minutes have passed since the power was turned on.

In subsequent step S8812, it is determined whether or not the value of the time setting valid timer is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S8812, this processing ends. On the other hand, if the determination in step S8812 is affirmative, that is, if the time limit for the time setting valid state has arrived, the process proceeds to step S8808 to terminate the time setting, as in the case of a cancel input. Transition.

In this embodiment, since the period during which the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 coincides with the period during which the time setting screen is in the effective state, the time setting screen is in the time setting effective state. The function of deriving the time setting display (control of the sub-controller 262 and the display controller 45, and the decorative pattern display device 42) constitutes effective state teaching means. Furthermore, the process of turning on the time setting enable flag in step S8803 constitutes the time setting permission process.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the display control processing performed at predetermined time intervals in the sub-control device 262, processing for displaying the time setting screen (time setting display processing) when the time setting enable flag is turned on. will be performed. The time setting display process will be described below with reference to FIG.

First, in step S8901, it is determined whether or not the time setting screen clear flag is set to ON. If the determination in step S8901 is negative, it is determined in step S8902 whether or not the time setting enable flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S8902, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S8902 is affirmative, it is determined in step S8903 whether or not the time setting screen display flag is set to ON. When an affirmative determination is made in step S8903, in step S8904, a time setting screen display process for displaying a time setting screen (initial screen) on the decorative design display device 42 is performed. By performing the processing, the creation of the time setting screen and the display of the time setting screen on the decorative design display device 42 are performed. After that, in step S8905, the time setting screen display flag is turned off, and this processing ends.

If the determination in step S8903 is negative, in step S8906, the remaining time until the time limit for the time setting enabled state, in which time can be set, reaches the time limit is calculated based on the value of the time setting enabled timer. Perform processing to display on the setting screen.

In the subsequent step S8907, it is determined whether or not the cross button 126 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S8907, this processing ends. If the determination in step S8907 is affirmative, in step S8908, the operation of the cross button 126 is stored in the temporary time setting storage area, and operation storage/reflection display is performed to reflect changes based on this operation on the time setting screen. process.

More specifically, the temporary time setting storage area has storage areas corresponding to each of the year, month, day, hour, and minute. Furthermore, a setting pointer indicating which of the year, month, day, hour, and minute is being set is provided corresponding to the temporary time setting storage area. When it is determined that the "right key of the cross button 126" has been operated, the setting pointer is advanced by one, and the year/month/day/hour/hour on the time setting screen of the decorative pattern display device 42 Advance the cursor to indicate which minute is being set. Further, when it is determined that the "left key of the cross button 126" is operated, the setting pointer in the temporary time setting storage area is moved back by one, and the cursor on the time setting screen is moved back by one.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the storage areas provided corresponding to each of the year, month, day, hour, and minute in the temporary time setting storage area are counters each having an upper limit set (for example, A corresponding storage area is configured as a counter that can take values from 0 to 11). When it is determined that the "upper key of the cross button 126" has been operated, the value in the storage area indicated by the setting pointer in the provisional time setting storage area is incremented by 1, and the "lower key of the cross button 126" is added. key" is operated, the value of the storage area indicated by the setting pointer is subtracted by 1 from the provisional time setting storage area. After step S8908, this processing ends.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S8901, the time setting screen is erased in step S8909, and this process ends.

Note that the display control device 45 of the present embodiment does not directly read the data of the character ROM 525 to perform drawing, but stores the data necessary for drawing in a separately provided volatile memory, and after the necessary data is collected, the relevant data is displayed. It is configured to read data from the volatile memory and perform drawing processing. Therefore, while the data is stored in the volatile memory, the decorative pattern display device 45 does not perform variable display, and displays only during the drawing process.

However, in this embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is being operated, the decorative pattern display device 42 displays the time setting screen instead of the dedicated display during the drawing process. is displayed (the reading of data from the character ROM 525 continues in parallel with the display of the time setting screen). Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the reading of data from the character ROM 525 is completed, and the demonstration display screen (or the variable standby screen in the normal mode; the screen in which the decoration pattern is displayed but not changed) can be displayed. Even in this state, if the time setting valid flag is set to ON, the display of the time setting screen is given priority, and when the time setting screen is cleared, the demo display screen etc. will be derived. is configured to

Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the process of creating an image to be derived at the time of a game on the decoration symbol display device 42 such as the demonstration display screen or the variable standby screen in the normal mode constitutes the image creating process. Also, in the present embodiment, the mobile-linked game is configured to be possible, but it is also possible to embody the pachinko machine 10 incapable of performing the mobile-linked game.

As described in detail above, according to the ninth embodiment, it is possible to set the time of the real-time clock, and to correct any deviation in the time of the real-time clock. In addition, by turning on the power of the gaming machine (performing presetting) while the player operates the RAM erasing switch 323 provided in an inoperable (non-operable position), the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are turned on. A time setting valid state can be set in which the time setting of the real-time clock can be performed using the real-time clock. Therefore, it becomes impossible for the player to physically perform presetting (to enable time setting). And compared to the configuration in which the time setting of the real-time clock using the cross button 126 is permitted, the situation in which the player operates the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 to set the time of the real-time clock is avoided. This can be prevented more reliably. As a result, the player arbitrarily sets the time of the real-time clock so that the player's favorite performance is derived. A game that knows the method of setting the (undisclosed) time of the real-time clock, such as the same specific performance being started all at once in the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to prevent an unfamiliar player from feeling discomfort or the like by immediately deriving the specific performance.

Further, the player can substantially set the time of the real-time clock by using the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 provided at positions that can be operated by the player. In other words, when setting the time of the real-time clock, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, which are suitable for relatively detailed input operations such as various menu screen operations and password input operations at the start of mobile-linked games, can be used effectively. , input workability can be improved. Furthermore, the configuration can be simplified, etc., compared to the case where operating means and display means for setting the time of the real-time clock are provided on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 .

In addition, for example, in the case of a configuration in which a password for permitting time setting of the real-time clock using the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 (to enable time setting) is entered, for example, the time can be displayed on the menu screen. It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to the password input when starting the setting. In this regard, in the present embodiment, since it is not necessary to provide such selection items, for example, a player who notices such selection items cannot be a player (the player cannot know what is actually being done). ) It is possible to avoid a situation in which the user feels uncomfortable or distrustful of the selection items that are likely to be set.

Also, in the time setting screen displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 when the time setting is enabled, by operating the effect button 125 by moving the cursor to the selection item of "input completion" (post-setting), It is configured such that the time setting screen is erased and the time setting disabled state is entered. As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the time setting valid state continues indefinitely and the player sets the time of the real-time clock. Furthermore, for post-setting to disable the time setting, for example, the key is taken out again to unlock the pachinko machine 10, the inner frame 12 is opened, and a predetermined operation on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 is forced. Workability can be improved, etc., as compared with the configuration in which the

In addition, since the operation for setting the time setting valid state is common with the processing of erasing the memory of the backup area 503a (initializing the pachinko machine 10), the RAM erasing switch 323 etc. are shared, and the configuration can be simplified.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, when the time setting is enabled, the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42. Therefore, the decorative pattern display device 42 can be visually confirmed to be in the time setting enabled state. can be clearly recognized. Further, since the time setting screen is displayed on the decoration pattern display device 42 on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, even after the inner frame 12 is closed, it is easy to notice that the time setting is enabled. Therefore, for example, a person involved in a game hall or the like turned on the power of the game machine while operating the RAM erase switch 323, but forgot to shift to the time setting valid state by such operation, and closed the inner frame 12 as it was. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player leaves the place to perform other work, and the player plays the game in the time setting valid state.

In addition, a time limit is set for the period in which the time setting is enabled, and when the time limit is exceeded, the time setting screen is erased as well as the time setting is disabled. For this reason, the operator may go somewhere while the time setting screen is displayed, and the player may continue to play while the time setting is valid (the game hall or the like may be opened). The situation can be prevented more reliably.

Generally, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on at the start of business of a game hall or the like, when creating a game image on the decorative pattern display device 42 which is a liquid crystal display device from the beginning, decoration It takes a relatively long time to complete the image of the entire display screen of the pattern display device 42 (for example, about 30 seconds). Therefore, if the time setting screen is created and displayed after such an image is completed, there is a concern that workability will deteriorate.

In this respect, according to the present embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while operating the RAM erase switch 323, the time setting screen is created and derived first. Therefore, the time setting is enabled immediately after the power is turned on, and furthermore, the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative design display device 42 so that the time can be set immediately, thereby improving work efficiency. be able to.

(Tenth embodiment)
Even if the real-time clock described in the third embodiment or the like is omitted, it may be configured so that the performance based on the time information such as date and time can be enjoyed. A tenth embodiment embodying such a configuration will be described below. Since the basic configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment and the like, description thereof will be omitted, and the same member names and member numbers will be used.

Although the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is not provided with a real-time clock, the RAM 553 of the sub-controller 262 has a time information storage area as time information storage means for storing time information (time information) of date and time. is provided. In the time information storage area, storage areas are provided corresponding to each of month, day, hour, and minute.

Further, in the present embodiment, the password as the interlocking game information input to the pachinko machine 10 when starting the mobile interlocking game includes information (rank, Title, etc.), information based on the player's settings related to mobile-linked games (customization, etc.), player identification information for identifying the player (mobile registration number, etc.), as well as time information such as date and time It's like

When a password is input to the pachinko machine 10, the information contained in the password is stored, and the information is reflected in the game (performance).

Here, password input processing of the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the previous step S9101, it is determined whether or not the password input screen is being displayed on the decorative design display device .

As shown in FIG. 58, on the password entry screen of this embodiment, the alphanumeric characters "A to Z" and "1 to 9" used for the password, "input complete", "return one character", "return to top menu", ' is displayed, and a word display section composed of 12 frames (square) arranged side by side is displayed in order to display the 12-character word input as a password by dividing it into characters. Is displayed. In addition, the password entry screen consists of 12 frames, along with an input cursor that indicates whether the password is alphanumeric, "entered", "return one character", or "return to top menu". A main cursor is displayed to indicate in which frame the alphanumeric characters are to be input when the alphanumeric characters are selected with the input cursor from the displayed word display area and an input operation is performed.

In this embodiment, the lower four digits (four characters on the left side) of the password indicate the time information. In particular, "hour" and "minute" information are configured to be included in the lower three digits.

To start the mobile-linked game, open the password input screen of the pachinko machine 10, access the server with the mobile communication terminal to issue a password, and confirm the password displayed on the display of the mobile communication terminal. While doing so, the user performs work such as inputting a password to the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加In this embodiment, among the passwords displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, the word corresponding to the time information is issued as a password (displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal). , is adapted to change over time (every minute).

If a negative determination is made in step S9101, this processing ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S9101, it is determined in step S9102 whether or not an opportunity to start the variation of the decorative design display device 42 has come (whether or not a variation pattern command has been received). If the determination in step S9102 is affirmative, in step S9103, the password input screen is closed (the decoration pattern is displayed). That is, when the variable display of decorative symbols is performed, the menu screen such as the password input screen is closed.

In the following step S9104, "1" is set in a place counter indicating which frame in the word display area the main cursor is pointing to. Incidentally, when the value of the place counter is 1, the main cursor is displayed corresponding to the first frame (leftmost frame) of the word display area. The place counter of this embodiment is configured to take 13 values (1 to 13) obtained by adding "1" to the number of frames (12) of the word display section. After step S9104, the process ends.

Also, if a negative determination is made in step S9102, it is determined in step S9105 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S9105, this processing ends.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S9105 is affirmative, in step S9106 an input error display indicating that the password is incorrect (for example, a display such as "The password is incorrect. Please re-enter") is derived. determine whether or not there is If the determination in step S9106 is affirmative, in step S9107 processing for erasing the input error display is performed, and then the process proceeds to step S9108. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9106, the process proceeds directly to step S9108.

In step S9108, it is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated by moving the input cursor to the selection item "return to top menu" on the password input screen. If the determination in step S9108 is affirmative, in step S9109, processing is performed to return from the password input screen to the top menu screen, and in step S9104, the location counter is set to "1", and this processing ends. do.

On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9108, it is determined in step S9110 whether or not the mobile-linked game is being played. If the determination in step S9110 is affirmative, in step S9111, the message "Password has already been entered. To enter a new password, issue a QR code once and end the mobile-linked game." After performing the process of deriving the guidance display, this process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S9110, it is checked in step S9112 if a word input operation has been performed. It is determined whether or not the performance button 125 is operated in the combined state. If the determination in step S9112 is affirmative, it is determined in step S9113 whether or not the value of the location counter is "13". If the determination in step S9113 is negative, that is, if the main cursor is positioned on any frame in the word display area, then in step S9114 the corresponding word (marked by the input cursor) is displayed. , to process input to the corresponding (marked by the main cursor) frame. In step S9114, the word information is stored in the corresponding one of the frame information storage areas for storing the setting contents of each frame in the word display portion, and the input word is stored in the corresponding frame in the word display portion. Display processing is performed.

After step S9114, in step S9115, a process of adding "1" to the value of the location counter is performed. In subsequent step S9116, it is determined whether or not the value of the location counter has become "13". If the determination in step S9116 is negative, in step S9117, the display position of the main cursor is moved based on the value of the location counter. conduct. After step S9117, the process ends. In this embodiment, it is possible to move the main cursor forward by one frame only by entering a word for the frame marked by the main cursor. For this reason, the words are to be input in order from the top (left side), and for example, it is not possible to input the words from the back (right side) first.

On the other hand, if the determination in step S9117 is affirmative, that is, if words have already been entered in all the frames of the word display area, the main cursor is erased in step S9118, and the input cursor is erased in step S9119. Perform processing to move the cursor to the input completion selection item. After step S9119, the process ends.

If an affirmative determination is made in step S9113, that is, if an operation for entering a word is performed even though words have been entered in all the frames of the word display area, step S9113 is executed. At S9120, a process for deriving a guide display such as "All words have been input. Move the cursor to 'input completed' and press the effect button" is performed. After step S9120, the process ends.

If a negative determination is made in step S9112, it is determined in step S9121 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated with the input cursor placed on a selection item such as "back one character". If the determination in step S9121 is affirmative, it is determined in step S9122 whether or not the value of the location counter is "13". If the determination in step S9122 is negative, the value of the location counter is decremented by "1" in step S9123. Further, in step S9124, the display position of the main cursor is moved based on the value of the location counter, that is, the main cursor is moved back one frame (to the left).

In the subsequent step S9125, a process of erasing the corresponding word (marked by the main cursor) among the words input in the word display area is performed. In other words, in this embodiment, if a word that has already been input is to be corrected in the word display section, the word cannot be corrected unless all the words that have been input after that are erased. It is not possible. After step S9125, the process ends.

Also, if the determination in step S9122 is affirmative, that is, if, for example, all the words of the password have been entered, but some word is incorrect and the user wants to correct it, the user can select "return one character". If an input operation has been performed, a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the location counter is performed in step S9126. Further, in step S9127, the disappearing main cursor is displayed corresponding to the last frame of the word display area. After step S9127, the process ends.

Further, if a negative determination is made in step S9121, that is, if the effect button 125 is operated with the input cursor placed on the selection item "input completed", password authentication processing is performed in step S9128. . In subsequent step S9129, it is determined whether or not the entered word combination is registered as a password combination.

If the determination in step S9129 is affirmative, then in step S9130 processing for deriving a ball-entering error display is performed, and then this processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9129, then in step S9131 various information contained in the input password is stored, and processing is performed to reflect such various information in effects and the like.

For example, in a configuration in which the rank set in the mobile-linked game increases by accumulating the number of jackpots or the number of fluctuations, a display that teaches the rank is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42. It is conceivable to construct such that, when a predetermined effect is derived, a character selected by the player is selected from the characters appearing during the game and derived.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the password includes time information such as date and time, and in step S9131, processing is performed to store information on the month, day, hour, and minute in each storage area of the time information storage area. . Further, the sub-control device 262 of this embodiment is provided with a time measurement timer for measuring time, and in step S9131, processing for resetting the time measurement timer is also performed. The time measurement timer is updated every predetermined time, and it is monitored whether or not the time measurement timer has counted "one minute". Then, when it is determined that the time measurement timer has counted "1 minute", "1" is added to the storage area corresponding to "minute" in the time information storage area, and the time Processing for resetting the measurement timer is performed. In this embodiment, the time information storage area (particularly, the area for storing "hour" and "minute") and the time measuring timer constitute the time measuring means. By the way, when the mobile-linked game is not being performed, the time measurement timer is not updated or monitored.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the costume and background of the appearing character are changed based on the date information (for example, which season it is, and whether it is a day when an event such as Christmas is held). It has become so. Furthermore, it is possible to register the player's birthday, etc., set the anniversary of the pachinko machine 10 in the world (for example, the birthday of a predetermined character, etc.), and perform event production according to it. may be configured to occur.

Furthermore, based on the time information, when it comes to a predetermined time (for example, 10 o'clock, 14 o'clock, 18 o'clock), how to show (drawing) the instruction / suggestion of the degree of expectation of occurrence to the jackpot state Configured to start a modified period. Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the effect using the time information corresponds to the specific effect, and the function of deriving the specific effect constitutes the specific effect executing means specific effect. In addition, in the present embodiment, when the mobile-linked game is not being played, the effect that can be derived based on the information on the month and day is not derived, but there are cases where it is derived as a chance-up effect. It may be configured as

After step S9131, in step S9132, a process of performing an input completion display for instructing completion of input is performed. In this embodiment, in step S9132, the password input screen is closed, and processing is performed to derive a display such as "Password input is complete. Please continue to enjoy mobile-linked games." .

After step S9132, in step S9133, the location counter is set to "1", and this process ends. In this embodiment, the function of displaying a password input screen by the sub-controller 262 and the display control device 45 to input a password constitutes an input means.

Also, as described above, when the mobile-linked game is to be terminated, the decorative pattern display device 42 opens a code issuing screen on which a QR code including today's game information is displayed, and the displayed QR code is displayed. By reading the QR code with a portable communication terminal and accessing the server, the game information and the like contained in the QR code are transmitted to the server, and by closing the code issue screen, the player's current date stored in the pachinko machine 10 is displayed. The memory of the game information, etc. is erased.

On the other hand, when a password is entered into the pachinko machine 10 at the start of a mobile-linked game, the time information stored in the time information storage area is erased from the code issue screen, and the information stored in the game information storage area is erased. It is configured to remain unerased (until the power is turned off) even if it is deleted. Also, the QR code displayed on the code issuing screen does not include the time information stored in the time information storage area.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the game information storage area, not only the number of occurrences of the jackpot state is simply stored, but also the type of the jackpot state that occurred and the time at which the jackpot state occurred are associated with each other. configured to be stored. Such stored contents are included in the QR code and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal.

By the way, on the web page of the server, the game record of the relevant pachinko machine 10 so far can be viewed. That is, the date and time of the game, the history of the big wins of the day, the number of times of the big wins, the missions achieved, the number of game balls shot, the number of game balls paid out, etc. are summarized. there is In addition, such records can be added by the player (for example, making a note of the results of games played on other gaming machines). You can even write down the schedule of the day (of course, you can also guide the schedule of events etc. from the game machine manufacturer side). Therefore, the player can use this function like a schedule book.

As described in detail above, according to the tenth embodiment, even if the pachinko machine 10 is not provided with a clock function (real-time clock) that keeps measuring 24 hours a day, when starting a mobile-linked game, the time By inputting a password including information into the pachinko machine 10, a specific performance using time information can be provided. Therefore, in order to manage the clock function that continues to measure even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, it is necessary to continue supplying power even when the power is turned off, or to cope with the time lag caused by long-term use. It is possible to avoid situations in which the installation of the clock function itself (for example, a real-time clock, power storage means, integrated circuits and wiring for controlling these, etc.) requires a relatively large amount of cost.

Also, for example, in order to improve efficiency, it is conceivable to manufacture a control board that can be used for multiple models. However, if there is a device that does not use the real-time clock function, there is concern that a large amount of waste will occur. In this respect, as in the present embodiment, it is possible to activate the clock function based on time information from the outside only when playing a mobile-linked game, but it is possible to continuously measure time such as a real-time clock for 24 hours. By adopting a configuration that is not equipped with a configuration, it is possible to suppress the above concern (size of waste when the built-in clock function is not used).

Furthermore, among players, specific effects using time information are provided to players who are playing mobile-linked games who have a relatively strong interest in and particular about effects, etc. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the pachinko machine 10 is unsatisfactory compared to the pachinko machine 10, and to improve the willingness to play the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加In addition, unless the mobile-linked game is played, the specific effect using the time information cannot be enjoyed.

Further, in this embodiment, even after the password is issued on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal accessing the server, the word corresponding to the time information in the displayed password is configured to change with the In other words, if there is a relatively long time lag between when the password is issued by the server and when the password is input to the pachinko machine 10, the time information contained in the password will lack accuracy. It is feared that it will become In this respect, according to the present embodiment, the word in the password corresponding to the time information is updated in real time even while the player is visually recognizing the password. information) and the actual time can be prevented.

In addition, the word corresponding to the time information in the password consists of the words of the lower 4 digits (up to 4 from the right). It is supposed to be included. Furthermore, on the password input screen displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, the order of inputting the words constituting the password is specified, and the words must be input one by one from the top (left) word. For example, the next word cannot be input (for example, it is not possible to skip one word or input from the last word). In other words, the last (right) word is configured to be entered last.

In other words, when the player inputs the password into the pachinko machine 10, if the word corresponding to the time information in the password is input first, there is a relatively long time lag between the issuance of the password and the completion of the input of the password. Even if there is, the above-mentioned operational effect that the time is not deviated cannot be obtained. Therefore, by defining the password entry order so that the word corresponding to the time information comes last (for example, the next word cannot be entered unless the previous word has been entered), this concern is eliminated. can do.

In addition, for example, in order to prevent a large gap between the time information contained in the password and the actual time, the password is forced to be changed after a specified period of time has passed after the password is issued. It is also conceivable to erase the information immediately (to prevent time information that is far from the actual time from being input to the gaming machine). However, in this case, the effort of entering the password partway through is wasted, or a player who is not good at manual entry may never be able to enter the password to the end. Since the password disappears in the middle of the process, there is a concern that if the password is written down and entered later, a large time lag will eventually occur. In this regard, such concern can be eliminated by adopting the above-described configuration in which the word indicating the time information is changed and the input order of the word is changed last.

The word indicating the time information in the password does not directly express the date and time in numbers, but indicates the date and time by combining alphanumeric characters according to a predetermined algorithm. For this reason, the number of words (4 in this example) that indicate time information in the password is compared to the number of words (8 in this example) when the month, day, hour, and minute are entered as digital numbers. can be reduced. Therefore, the input time of the word corresponding to the time information can be shortened as much as possible.

Further, in this embodiment, even when a player who has been playing a mobile-linked game stops playing, the time information is kept stored in the time information storage area of the pachinko machine 10 . Therefore, even if the player who plays the next pachinko machine 10 does not play the mobile-linked game, he/she can enjoy the specific performance corresponding to the time information. In this way, by increasing opportunities for users to try specific effects corresponding to time information, it is possible to increase interest in such specific effects and, by extension, mobile-linked games, and as a result, increase motivation to participate in mobile-linked games. can be improved.

Also, when the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, the time information is erased. In other words, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, the measurement of the time in the pachinko machine 10 also stops. Insufficient accuracy of the time information in the storage area. Therefore, by erasing the time information when the power is turned off, it is possible to avoid using inaccurate time information. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a player is confused or misunderstood by deriving a specific effect based on erroneous time information.

In addition, if there is power failure information when the power is turned on, "Since the time information has been lost, if you want to derive a specific effect corresponding to the time information, please end the mobile-linked game once and enter the password again. Please input", etc., may be derived.

In addition, in the present embodiment, occurrence of a jackpot state during a mobile-linked game, the type of the jackpot state, and the occurrence time of the jackpot state are stored in association with each other, and when the mobile-linked game is terminated, Such information is included in the QR code and is transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, by playing a mobile-linked game, it is possible to keep a more detailed record of the game. In particular, in this embodiment, in the server, records of the player's mobile-linked game, that is, the game start time, the game end time, the history and the number of fluctuations of the jackpot, the missions achieved, the payout rate of the game ball, etc. are automatically recorded. There is a schedule function that will be added, and the player can utilize such a function to enjoy the game more.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the contents described in the above-described embodiment, and may be implemented as follows, for example.

(a) The content and number of game information and selection information are not particularly limited, and can be changed as appropriate. For example, for a slot machine as a game machine, the winning probability of various bonuses and ART (Assist Replay Time) can be set in multiple stages, and the winning probability of a child role can also be set according to the setting. In cases where there is a difference, the number of winning times of child roles with different winning probabilities according to settings is cumulatively stored in a game information storage area and sent to a server, whereby the server calculates the winning probability of the child role, The result may be configured to be displayed on the display of the mobile communication terminal.

Furthermore, the selection effects that can be selected by the player are not limited to the stage selection in the normal state and the jackpot state, and the button effects. For example, after the ready-to-win state occurs, the player can select one of a plurality of kinds of super-ready-to-win by operating the production button 125 and the cross button 126 at the timing of the occurrence of the super-to-win, and the result of the selection. is accumulated and stored as selection information, and in a questionnaire for mobile-linked games, a question as to why the super reach is selected may be derived. Further, for example, in correspondence with a slot machine as a game machine, the order of pressing a plurality of stop buttons for stopping each of a plurality of reels is associated with the stage to stay and the effect derived at that time, and accumulated. It may be configured to store.

In addition, the customization function is not particularly limited, for example, the design of the characters appearing (clothes, etc.), arranging the sound output during the production, and changing the rule of suggestion regarding the occurrence of the jackpot state ( For example, in a configuration in which speech balloons of characters are displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42, and the color of the characters changes from white to red to gold as the expectation for a big win increases, gold is derived. It is also possible to set the winning probability to be the winning rather than the winning, or to stop the derivation of red and gold, etc.). The customization function is configured so that the higher the rank, the more patterns that can be customized.

Also, the method of determining the effect setting items is not particularly limited, and the rule may be set appropriately for each model. For example, in cases where there are multiple setting items, such as the reach effect, we made a setting indicating that we like "Kuroshio Reach", but did not make any settings for "Coral Reach" or "Marine Reach". In this case, as the reach effect selected when super reach occurs (selected when it is determined that Sam reach does not occur), "Kuroshio reach" is set to 60%, "Coral reach" and "Marine reach" may be configured to have ratios (each 20%) obtained by equally dividing the remaining ratio (40%). In this case, it is possible to simplify the setting control of the effect setting items. Furthermore, for example, it may be configured such that no effects are derived for which no settings have been made. In addition, it may be configured such that the setting screen of the effect setting items cannot be terminated (the setting cannot be completed) unless predetermined main settings or all settings are performed.

(b) In the above embodiment, the questionnaire may be derived for both mobile-linked games and non-mobile-linked games. It may be configured such that it is relatively easy to derive a questionnaire when playing a game. In addition, it may be configured not to conduct a questionnaire at all.

In addition, if you cooperate with the questionnaire, a special animation etc. It may be configured such that an effect that teaches that is always performed, or that the possibility of it being performed is increased.

In addition, the server compares the questionnaire information with the game information, determines whether or not the questionnaire information and the game information match, and reflects the result in the password and, by extension, the performance of the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加good. For example, a player who answered "yes" to the question "Is this your first time playing a game on this model?" For those who are not taught at an early stage that it is a probability variable jackpot or that it is a probability variable mode, the ratio of teaching relatively late is increased (when the jackpot state occurs, the special display devices 43L and 43R are confirmed. , If you do not understand the correspondence between the display contents and the jackpot type, even at the end of the jackpot state, it is relatively easy to be distributed to a pattern that cannot be distinguished between the variable probability mode and the time reduction mode). On the contrary, it is possible to appropriately reflect such that the player who correctly answers the questionnaire is taught that the probability variable jackpot or the probability variable mode is in a relatively early stage.

(c) In the above embodiment, the QR code is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 as code information including server address information, game information, and selection information. It may be a dimensional code, a one-dimensional code, or a combination of symbols such as a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) (for example, a URL indicating a server address followed by game information and selection information). character string) may be used. In addition, in the above embodiment, the player (the mobile communication terminal of the player) is specified using "HTTP Cookie", but the player can be specified by other methods (for example, the player registers the e-mail address). good too. In addition, a dedicated application can be downloaded from the server, and game information and selection information from the pachinko machine 10 can be read by the mobile communication terminal and transmitted to the server by a communication method different from the above embodiment. good.

(d) The mobile communication terminal is not limited to a mobile phone or a smart phone, and may be a mobile PC having a code information reading function. In the above embodiment, data exchange between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal is performed by reading the QR code displayed on the pachinko machine 10 with the mobile communication terminal, Although the issued password is input to the pachinko machine 10, for example, wireless communication such as infrared rays may be used.

In the above-described embodiment, the password is entered into the pachinko machine 10 so that the game information and selection information accumulated in the server can be reflected. 10) may be configured such that the password is not entered.

Furthermore, data is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server via the mobile communication terminal, but exchanges between the pachinko machine 10 and the server are conducted by other methods. It may be configured as For example, the pachinko machine 10 and the server are configured to be communicable via the hall computer of the game hall. Furthermore, the player holds an inter-machine device installed on the side of the pachinko machine 10 in the game hall and having a function of lending game media (game balls in the case of a pachinko machine, medals in the case of a slot machine). A function is provided to read and write information from and to non-volatile portable storage means (cards, etc.) capable of storing the number of game media being played. When the player plays a game, game information and selection information are sent to the server via the hall computer, and information corresponding to the game information and selection information is transmitted from the server side to the inter-machine device via the hall computer. and the inter-station device writes the information to the portable storage means. In addition, when the player next plays a game, the player inserts the portable storage means into the inter-machine device and causes the information to be read, so that the game can be played according to the rank information and the player's tastes and preferences, as in the above embodiment. can be configured to

(e) In the above embodiment, both selection information of individual players and selection information of all players who have played each pachinko machine 10 are accumulated and stored. , both may be omitted. In that case, the storage capacity of the pachinko machine 10 and the server can be reduced. Furthermore, if the player's individual selection information is not stored, the selection information of a specific player can be obscured, and the individual's hobbies and preferences will be highlighted without the player's knowledge. It is possible to suppress situations such as being offended by knowing In the above embodiment, if the player agrees to accumulate personal selection information (for example, at the start of the mobile-linked game (before and after the password input operation), questions and operation items ( Personal selection information only when consent to accumulation of personal selection information is obtained by displaying “yes or no”) or displaying questions and operation items at the time of initial registration on the web page of the server may be configured to be accumulated.

In the above embodiment, the contents stored in the statistic storage area among the selection information storage areas are sequentially erased after one week has passed, but this period is not particularly limited. For example, it may be after a predetermined number of days (for example, 1 to 14 days) or after a predetermined period of time, or after a predetermined number of times of variation (for example, 3000 to 60000 rotations), or it may be erased. (There is no program to erase, all the selection information of the pachinko machine 10 is accumulated, and the accumulated selection information can be found by collecting and analyzing the board).

In the pachinko machine 10, when the code issuance screen is displayed and then closed, the accumulated game information is erased and the selection information is not erased. It may be configured to be deleted at another timing, or may be configured to be deleted at the timing when the code issue screen is closed. If the selection information is deleted when the code issuance screen is closed (selection information is added at any time on the server side), the storage capacity of the selection information storage area can be reduced.

(f) In the above embodiment, the password contains information based on the contents of the personal storage area of the selection information storage area, and the player's individual tastes and preferences are reflected in the game. The password may include information based on the stored contents of the statistical storage area in the selected information storage area, and the hobby and taste of all the players (such as popularity polls) may be reflected in the game.

In this case, for example, a player who is playing for the first time is first recommended to enjoy a popular performance, etc., to increase the possibility of attracting the player's interest at an early stage. It is possible to positively appeal the goodness of the pachinko machine 10 by asking the player who has selected only the performance to also select the popular performance as a trial and discover new goodness. can. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the pachinko machine 10 cannot be brought out well depending on the development of the game, and the game cannot be played.

It should be noted that it may be configured such that when the game experience of the pachinko machine 10 is small, the hobbies and tastes of all the players are reflected, and when the game experience is accumulated to some extent, the hobbies and tastes are not reflected. In addition, it may be configured such that the player can select whether to reflect individual tastes and tastes or to reflect the tastes and tastes of all players. Furthermore, such selection may be made when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page. It is possible to reduce the total number of words used in the password, simplify the password issuing process and storage capacity, and reduce the labor involved in entering the password.

(g) Furthermore, when the game experience of the pachinko machine 10 is small, the tastes and preferences of all players are reflected, and when the game experience is accumulated to some extent, the tastes and preferences of the individual player are reflected. You may More specifically, when the password is issued, for example, it is determined whether or not both the variation rank and the jackpot rank are "2" or higher. Issues a password corresponding to the contents stored in the selected information storage area (a storage area for statistics in the selected information storage area), and if the determination is affirmative, the host side game information storage area and the host side personal selection information It is also possible to issue a password corresponding to the contents stored in the storage area (a personal storage area in the selected information storage area). In this case, in a state in which the relevant pachinko machine 10 has little gaming experience and the amount of data on individual tastes and preferences of the players is not so large, the tastes and preferences of all the players are reflected in the game, and the pachinko machine 10 is used. You can actively appeal to the good. Furthermore, when the player has a certain amount of experience in playing the corresponding pachinko machine 10, the player's individual hobbies and tastes are reflected in the game, so that the player can play the game more comfortably. Therefore, it is possible to provide suitable playability according to the situation.

In addition, on the server side, in order to determine which of the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information storage area the stored contents should be reflected in the game (whether to be included in the password), the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information The number of pieces of information identified from the password, and thus the total number of password patterns, can be reduced compared to the case where the password includes the stored contents of both storage areas. Therefore, the password can be shortened as much as possible and the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and reduction of labor related to password input.

(h) Further, the player may select whether or not to reflect the contents (selection information) stored in the selection information storage area in the game. In this case, even a player who is well-balanced as it is can comfortably play a mobile-linked game using a mobile communication terminal and a server.

In addition, a player's personal selection information storage area and a host side selection information storage area (personal selection information storage area) are provided to accumulate and store selection information only in the mobile-linked game state, and the player indicates his/her intention not to reflect it. However, when (corresponding operation/setting is performed), the selection information is not accumulated and stored in the means for storing the selection information for the player's personal use (it may be configured to ask whether to participate each time, or to participate only for the first time). It may be configured to reflect the result after questioning whether it is right or wrong), or it may be configured to store but not reflect.

(i) In the above-described embodiment, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are configured so that the decision operation at the time of the selection effect and the password input operation can be performed. A button for inputting a password may be provided separately (a button for opening a menu screen and operating it may be provided in addition to the effect button 125). Furthermore, the operation means and input means may not be buttons. For example, the decorative pattern display device 42 may be configured as a touch panel so that a password can be input by touching keys displayed on the display unit.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the decorative pattern display device 42, which is a liquid crystal display, is provided as display means, but the display means may be configured by other display devices such as an LED display and a segment display device. Furthermore, it is possible to provide display means capable of displaying a QR code, a password entry screen, etc. separately from the display device capable of displaying patterns such as identification information. In addition, the types and number of characters used in the password are not particularly limited, and hiragana, katakana, kanji, alphabetic characters, numbers, symbols, marks, and the like can be used as appropriate.

(j) Game information to be ranked is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately changed for each model. In the first place, the information to be the game information and the selection information is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately changed for each model. Furthermore, the conditions for updating the variable rank and the jackpot rank are not particularly limited, and can be changed as appropriate for each model. For example, regarding the update of the jackpot rank, it is assumed that 20 jackpots are required each from the first rank to the second rank and from the second rank to the third rank, and that 40 jackpots are required thereafter. good.

Further, in the above embodiment, the variation frequency information and the jackpot frequency information accumulated in the server are less than 1000 times (the number of times that can be achieved by playing half a day) and 30 times (if you are lucky, you can achieve it in one day). The password is configured to include the remaining information when less than the number of such times), but the configuration is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, if it is possible to grasp the closing time of the game hall, etc., calculate the numerical value that can be achieved with the remaining playable time at the time of starting the game, and compare the remaining information with the password. may decide whether to include it in the In addition, if there is not much time left until the store closes (for example, two or three hours left), an announcement (display) or the like may be made to recommend a relatively time-efficient stage.

(k) In the above embodiment, the jackpot probability, the number of jackpot types, and the opening/closing patterns of the variable winning devices 32 for various jackpot types are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each machine model. Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the winning probability in the winning lottery is changed between the variable probability mode and other modes, but the winning probability does not change (constant) and is given after the jackpot state ends. The above configuration may be applied to a pachinko machine in which a plurality of patterns of time reduction mode periods (number of fluctuations) are prepared.

Further, in the above embodiment, when a big win is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first starting prize winning device 33a, and when a big win is won based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning device 33b. It may be configured such that the ratio of the jackpot type to be given is different depending on the case. For example, when a big win is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning device 33a, and when a big win is won based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning device 33b, Although the proportion of "7RN" is the same, the proportion of "16RS" (in other words, the proportion of "7RS") may be different.

(l) In the above embodiment, the suspension lamps 46a and 46b instruct the player to suspend the variable display, but other display means may be used to instruct the suspension. For example, in the decorative pattern display device 42, an image object indicating suspension is displayed in one-to-one correspondence with the suspended variable display so that it is possible to know whether the first variable display is suspended or the second variable display is suspended. You may

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the game to the second start-up winning device 33b that has been suspended after the variation display (first variation display) based on the entry of the game ball to the already-suspended first start-up winning device 33a In such a manner that the variable display (second variable display) based on the entry of the ball is digested before the first variable display, the second variable display is prioritized by changing the reserved order. However, it may be configured to be consumed in the reserved order regardless of whether it is the first variable display or the second variable display.

(m) It may be implemented as a pachinko machine of a type different from the above embodiment. For example, movable means ( a variable ball entry means comprising a feather member), a specific ball entry means and a non-specific ball entry means capable of entering a game ball that has entered a specific area, and a game ball that has entered the specific ball entry means is detected. specific ball entry detection means (condition establishment detection means), start ball entry means provided outside the specific area and capable of entering a game ball moving in the game area, and a game ball entered the start ball entry means and a main control means for controlling the opening and closing of the variable ball entry means. A predetermined number of game values (game balls) are given to the player regardless of which of the ball entry means the ball is entered, and the main control means detects the variable ball entry means based on the detection of the start ball entry detection means. is open once or multiple times for a first time, or the variable ball entry means is open for a second time longer than the first time, or the variable ball entry is open. Until a specified number of game balls enter the means as one round, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not to generate a big winning state in which this is repeated a specified number of times, and when a small winning is won in the winning lottery. It may be applied to a game machine in which a state is generated and a big win state is generated when a big win is won in a lottery lottery or when a specific ball-entering detection means detects a big win. In this case, the variable ball entry means corresponds to the variable winning device. In addition, in addition to pachinko machines, there are also arranged ball machines, various types of amusement machines such as majang ball similar to them, slot machines as reel-type amusement machines, and amusement machines that fuse slot machines and pachinko machines. You may

(n) In the above embodiment, an upper limit may be set for the amount of data that can be sent from the pachinko machine 10 to the server via the mobile communication terminal at one time. Furthermore, if the amount of game information and selection information to be sent to the server exceeds a predetermined upper limit and cannot be sent in a single chance, even after the code issuance screen is closed, the unsent amount will be information is left without being erased, and may be left so that it can be seen that it has not been transmitted.

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, if the amount of game information and selection information accumulated in the pachinko machine 10 and to be transmitted to the server is large (for example, when selection information for several days is accumulated), accumulation and storage is performed during the game. When converting the received game information and selection information into a QR code, among the types of game information and selection information, there is no accumulated memory for the current game, that is, for example, the number of jackpots is 0 times. , Check whether there is something that does not lead to premium reach at all, and if it is determined that there is, reduce the information display area that was supposed to be used for such information and another It may be an information display area that contains information, or an information display area that would have been used for such information may be configured to be used for other information.

That is, when the amount of information to be transmitted to the server is large, for example, when the amount of stored selection information is large, sending it all at once takes a relatively long time. Therefore, there is a concern that excessive communication charges will be added. Therefore, it is desirable to set the upper limit of the amount of information to be sent at one time, but in the configuration of (n), even under such conditions, as much information as possible on the pachinko machine 10 side can be sent to the server side. , as described above, since there is no corresponding information, an unused (empty) area is searched for, and if found, other information is placed thereon and sent.

In addition, when the QR code is read by a mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in URL format. In addition, at the beginning of the character string indicating each piece of game information and selection information, there is an opening character indicating the beginning of the game information and selection information, and there is no accumulated memory for the corresponding game information and selection information. may be set so that only the corresponding opening characters are left. In this case, the opening character is present between the character strings respectively indicating each piece of game information and selection information as a result. It is possible to change the number of characters that make up the character string. Also, if there is no accumulated memory of the corresponding game information and selection information, that is, if the value obtained by counting the establishment of the predetermined condition is the game information, and the predetermined condition is never satisfied, Only the initial character is left, that is, it is continuous with the initial character corresponding to the game information or the selection information in the subsequent order, so that the server side grasps that there is no accumulated memory of the corresponding game information and selection information. It becomes possible to Therefore, the number of characters can be further reduced as compared with the case where a character string other than the opening characters indicates that there is no accumulated memory for the corresponding game information and selection information.

It should be noted that even when there are many pieces of game information and selection information to be sent to the server and the types of information are diverse, it is desirable to configure such that pieces of highly correlated information are sent at once. For example, in normal times, information indicating the number of times the "diving stage" has been selected, information indicating the number of times the "cruising stage" has been selected, and information indicating the number of times the "deep sea exploration stage" has been selected are displayed at the same time. preferably configured to be sent. That is, if they are not sent at the same time, it will be impossible to accurately grasp the value of the number of times each stage was selected out of the number of times the stage was changed. In addition, information on whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated is configured to be sent each time it is transmitted so that the ratio of the operation of the effect button 125 to the total number of fluctuations can be grasped. good too. Additionally, shortened URL services may be utilized.

(o) In the above embodiment, for example, when the mobile communication terminal accesses the server to issue a password at the start of a game, if the location information of the mobile communication terminal is transmitted to the server, It may be configured to store not only information and selection information but also position information correspondingly, or may be configured to issue a password corresponding to the position information in addition to game information and selection information. . Furthermore, when a password including position information is input to the pachinko machine 10, an effect (local effect) or the like reflecting the position information may be performed. In addition, the local effect may be performed only during the mobile-linked game state of the player who sent the position information, or even after the player finishes the mobile-linked game, for example, it may continue until the power is turned off. may be made.

An example of a mode in which position information is exchanged among the pachinko machine 10, mobile communication terminal, and server will be described below. The mobile communication terminal of this example incorporates a GPS. For example, when the QR code is read and the game information and the like are transmitted to the server for the first time, a display asking whether the position information may be transmitted appears. By using the location information on the web page of the server or the menu of the pachinko machine 10, explanations of available services can be referred to.

The primary purpose of exchanging location information is for the gaming machine maker that operates the server to grasp the operational status of the pachinko machines 10 in each region and the preferences of the players. As a result, customer satisfaction can be estimated and used for the development of gaming machines. In addition, if location information is added when game information, etc. is sent from a mobile communication terminal, game information, etc. by prefecture will be separate from the statistics of individual players and players nationwide. accumulated. However, it is not necessary that all information is accumulated by prefecture. can be configured to

The second purpose is to have the player enjoy the performance using the position information, and to improve the interest of the player. An example of "local effect" using position information will be described below with reference to FIG.

In this example, decorative patterns with pictures corresponding to "local areas" are set and stored for each prefecture in the country, and the player can earn points by playing mobile-linked games. Then, the "goto map pattern" can be put into a usable state (unlocked) as a decorative pattern for variable display on the decorative pattern display device 42. FIG. 16(a), the numbers "1 to 9" shown in the upper and middle stages are usually used as decorative patterns of the decorative pattern display device 42. The pattern shown in the lower part of a) is the "goal map pattern" that the player has obtained so far.

First, when a player sends location information when accessing a server with a mobile communication terminal in order to play a mobile-linked game for the first time, the server determines the prefecture in which the player is based on the location information. At the same time, a password issued in response to a player's request includes information about position information.

More specifically, on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the sub-controller 262 is provided with local information storage areas (47 in total) individually corresponding to each prefecture. , a travel flag, a local flag indicating in which prefecture the first mobile-linked game was played, and a local flag indicating in which prefecture the mobile-linked game was played this time. Further, a game map pattern correspondence table is provided to show the correspondence with the game map pattern stored in the character ROM 525 of the display control device 45 . In addition, as shown in FIG. 16(b), the prefectures corresponding to the traversing flags set to ON are colored differently so that it can be seen that the traversing flags have been set to ON. It is possible to use the "goto map pattern" corresponding to the prefecture for production.

In the first mobile-linked game, the local flag and local flag are turned on according to the location information included in the password, and the travel flag of the prefecture where the local flag (the local flag also indicates the same prefecture) is turned on. turn on. On the menu screen of the decorative design display device 42, it becomes possible to select "nationwide rally". In addition, if you select the "National Crossing Rally", you will be able to see the prefectures with flags set to ON and the corresponding "local map pattern" combination with number patterns) and the decorative patterns used in the current variable display (upper and middle stages in FIG. 16), and change the decorative patterns to be used to "goto map patterns", or , You can perform operations such as returning to the initial decorative pattern.

In the “National Crossing Rally”, every time you accumulate a specified number of points in mobile-linked games (for example, 1 point for each change, 300 points for each jackpot, 1000 points for each premium reach, and 1000 points Each time it is accumulated), it is possible to turn on the flags of other prefectures whose flags are not turned on one by one. Incidentally, in this example, the order of the prefectures in which the travel flag is turned on is fixed, but the player may be able to select it. The conditions for turning on the trespassing flag are not particularly limited, and may be, for example, every 500 times of the variable display and/or every 5 times of the jackpot. Furthermore, determination of whether or not the condition for setting the traversal flag to ON has been established (point conversion) is configured so that it can be performed not only on the server side but also on the pachinko machine 10 side. By sending to the pachinko machine 10 side the number of remaining points required to turn on the achievement flag in the form of information, a new winning map pattern can be used immediately when the conditions are met.

In addition, in this example, the player plays the pachinko machine 10 of the same model in a prefecture other than the "local" mobile-linked game (sends the position information to the server), so that the travel flag is not turned on. When the local flag is turned on, regardless of the points, the travel flag of the prefecture for which the local flag is turned on is set to be on. Furthermore, the traveled flag, the local flag, and the local flag are reset when the mobile-linked game ends (the QR code issue screen is closed) or when the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. there is Further, the information about which prefecture the travel flag is turned on, the information about the points, and the like are also included in the two-dimensional code, and are output to and managed by the server. Then, information based on local information related to the next password is included so that the continuation of the local production ("National crossing rally") can be performed. In addition, when the nationwide flag is set to ON, a special effect can be derived (for example, when the occurrence of a jackpot is confirmed, a premium notice that can be instructed can be derived, A dedicated image can be derived during the jackpot state.You may enter the second week of the "nationwide crossing rally".The benefits of the second week include a map pattern of different colors. ). In addition, so that the motif of the pattern used in the "goto map pattern" can be used for notice effects (for example, to display in a small group) (the goto map pattern is not used in the decorative pattern, but It is also possible to set so that it can be derived at the time of production).

As the number of "goto map patterns" increases, the number of decorative patterns showing the same number increases. design). In addition, the points used in the "National Crossing Rally" will change the multiplication rate of points for games depending on the day and time of day (for example, weekdays are doubled on weekends and holidays, and doubled in the morning). etc.). Furthermore, it may be configured such that when a game is played in a prefecture other than the local area, the betting rate of points for the game changes (for example, the farther away from the local area, the higher the betting rate).

In addition, in the above example, local districts are divided by each prefecture, and individual local images (at least 47 in total) are associated. It is not limited and can be set as appropriate. For example, division may be made by country unit of the Sengoku period.

Further, it may be configured such that different effect displays are performed depending on whether the "local" where the game was played last time and the "local" where the game is played this time are the same or different. For example, in the case of "same case", "You came again", "(referring to the time information and visit time information) earlier than usual" etc. Are you sure?" or the like may be displayed. Furthermore, a display in the form of a question may be subsequently derived, and the selection result may be stored as selection information. In addition, when playing a game in a local area (local area) where the number of games is frequent, if the previous game was played in a different local area, "Welcome back" and "Did you go to another place?" etc. may be displayed.

In addition, the time to visit the store (game start time), the game time, and the time to leave the store (game end time) are accumulated. It is also possible to calculate the average of the time and reflect it in the performance of the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加In other words, it randomly derives an effect that goes one step further into the player's private life, such as "I thought it was about time to come", "It's about time to go home", or "You've been playing longer than usual". can be derived factually, rather than For this reason, compared to the case where only a harmless performance common to all people is performed, the desire to play can be improved, and a situation in which the intention of taking a step into the player's private life turns out to be an irrelevant performance. can be avoided. In addition, including information such as the number of jackpots, the number of fluctuations, and the number of games played in a predetermined local area, such as "You're lucky today," By performing a player-specific effect such as "Hey!", it is possible to improve the playability in the mobile-linked game.

In addition, the "local production" is not limited to the above examples, and for example, the costumes of the characters appearing change to those derived from the local area, the background changes to a famous place in the local area, music and balloons ( It may be configured so that the characters of the telop change to local music or dialect. Furthermore, it is desirable that the "local effect" is not forced, but that the player can choose whether or not to use it.

It should be noted that the image data for the local effect can be derived (at random regardless of the player's intention) not only during the mobile-linked game, but also during the non-mobile-linked game (although the probability is low). may be configured. In this case, it is possible to increase the opportunities for people to enjoy the local production, and to encourage participation in mobile-linked games (the occurrence of local production in non-mobile-linked games is a priming for participation in mobile-linked games). can be done. However, in order to be able to set the local effects and local images to the player's taste (derived at the desired timing, selecting a predetermined one from among many local images, etc.), mobile It is necessary to play linked games.

(p) In addition, when personal information such as gender and age is entered when registering as a user on the server, a password corresponding to the personal information is issued. A performance or the like may be performed. For example, when a birthday is entered, a comparatively beautiful effect image (which does not interfere with the visual recognition of the variable display of decorative patterns) that is also used for normal effects on the decorative pattern display device 42 is always displayed only during the game on that day. , the derivation probability of premium reach may be increased. Further, it may be possible to derive a special effect for birthdays, a special effect for days when public events are held such as New Year and Christmas, a special effect for event days in game halls, and the like. Further, for example, the decorative design display device 42 may be configured to be tiltable with the lateral direction as the axial direction, and the decorative design display device 42 may be configured to tilt according to the height data of the player included in the password. good. By obtaining information on the gender and age of the player, the gaming machine maker can obtain information such as which performance is preferred by which age group and which gender.

Further, a password corresponding to the time or day of the week when the game is started may be issued, and when the password is input to the pachinko machine 10, an effect or the like reflecting it may be performed.

For example, the relationship between the remaining time until the game hall closes (in this case, the closing time is set in advance) and the selected stage may be investigated. That is, it may be investigated which stage is selected when the remaining time is short, whether a stage with good time efficiency is selected, or whether it is irrelevant. Also, for example, it is possible to investigate whether there are stages that are likely to be selected according to the season, which stages are likely to be selected immediately after the start of installation, and which stages are likely to be selected after a certain amount of time has passed since the start of installation. good. Furthermore, for example, it may be checked whether there is a stage that is likely to be selected depending on temperature or weather. In addition, when the remaining time is short, an announcement recommending a time-efficient stage may be made by the decorative pattern display device 42 or voice output.

In addition, by using the game machine ID information, even if the pachinko machine 10 is of the same model, when a machine different from the machine used for the previous game is played, a different (reaction) performance is performed than when the same machine is played. It may be configured as Furthermore, even if the models are different, as long as the server is common or compatible, the player's selection information and the like may be configured to be sharable and appropriately reflected.

(q) In the above embodiment, as the selection information related to the button effect, the information as to whether or not the effect button 125 was operated when the button effect was generated and the information as to how many times the effect button 125 was operated are accumulated and stored. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, the maximum number of operations of the effect button 125 during the valid period of the effect button 125 was expected to be a predetermined number, but it is not enough, or conversely, information such as no one reaching that number, and the button effect. There may be a pattern A and a pattern B, and the configuration may be such that information such as that there is an operation in the case of pattern A but not so much in the case of pattern B can be obtained.

Further, for example, as in the above-described embodiment, in a configuration in which the stage ("diving stage", "cruising stage", "deep sea exploration stage") is switched each time the effect button 125 is operated in the normal game state. , at what timing the stage is changed may be accumulated and stored as selection information.

For example, after the player starts the game of the day (from the start of hitting), or after the end of the jackpot state, how many times is the variable display likely to change the stage? relationship), how many times the variable display is performed after the Super Reach is lost or/and after the announcement performance with relatively high expectations is performed, is it likely to change the stage? (relationship between level of expectations for performance and stage change), how many times the total number of jackpot wins since the start of the day's game is likely to change stage (relationship between stage change and boredom with performance), etc. It may be configured so that the information can be obtained on the server side.

However, if all of these numbers are stored, the amount of storage would be enormous. Therefore, it is also possible to store the number of times for each corresponding range by dividing it into predetermined number of times. For example, after the start of the game or the end of the jackpot, there was a stage change within 10 times, within 50 times, within 100 times, within 200 times, ... within 800 times, within 900 times, 1000 times or more, super The stage has changed within 5 times, within 15 times, within 30 times, or more times after losing reach, 1st jackpot, 5th jackpot, 10th jackpot, 15th jackpot, 20th jackpot It may be configured such as how many times the stage has been changed up to the 25th big win. Note that time information may be stored in place of or in addition to storing the number of times information. For example, after the end of the jackpot state, within 1 minute, within 5 minutes, within 10 minutes, within 20 minutes, within 30 minutes, or more, the stage changes are accumulated and stored and sent to the server via the portable communication terminal. may be configured to be able to transmit to

Further, as a function of the effect button 125, when a predetermined effect is being performed, or when it is decided that a predetermined effect is to be performed, performing a predetermined operation on the effect button 125 causes a predetermined is skipped (predetermined effect is skipped based on the performance of a predetermined operation), or changes to a different effect (predetermined image ( A picture during construction, etc.) and a sound may be output). In this case, for example, if the effect displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 does not give a favorable impression to the player (for example, it is embarrassing to see, or the volume is too large and makes the player feel sick). to prevent the player from being stressed in situations such as when the player expects too much and can't watch it because he/she is excited, and to find new enjoyment by using such a cancellation function. can be done. Incidentally, in this configuration, the effect button 125 corresponds to the effect cancel operation means.

Further, the information in the case of using the effect cancellation function by the effect button 125 may be accumulated and transmitted to the server via the portable communication terminal. Further, such accumulated information may be reflected in the next and subsequent mobile-linked games of the pachinko machine 10 (the password may include information corresponding to the effect cancellation information). It is preferable that this setting be configured so that it can be restored at will by the player.

Furthermore, the effect button 125 is provided with a pressure gauge, a speed measuring instrument, etc., and the measured values of these are accumulated and stored as selection information, and the information on how strong or fast the effect button 125 is operated is sent to the server side. It may be configured to be obtained by

(r) In the above embodiment, in order to display the two-dimensional code on the decorative pattern display device 42, it is necessary to re-enter the same password that was entered at the start of the mobile-linked game as identity verification. good too. In other words, it is possible to prevent a situation in which another player illegally receives and takes away the game information that has been accumulated (especially in the above embodiment, the accumulated game information and the like is erased). . In the case of a configuration in which wireless communication such as infrared communication is possible between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal, it is conceivable that the input of the password is not required at the start of the mobile-linked game. When communicating with the pachinko machine 10, it is constructed so as to include player identification information for identifying the player, and the player identification information received from the portable communication terminal at the start of the mobile-linked game is received on the pachinko machine 10 side. It is determined whether or not the player identification information received from the portable communication terminal when storing and issuing the two-dimensional code matches the player identification information stored in the pachinko machine 10 side, and if they match. Also, the accumulated game information and selection information may be output, and the information may not be output if they do not match. Furthermore, a personal identification number may be individually given when a mobile-linked game is registered for the first time, and the personal identification number may be required to be entered when a two-dimensional code is issued. It should be noted that it is desirable to be able to confirm such a personal identification number by accessing the server together with the cookie information.

In addition, there is also a separation timer that measures the time from when the player's contact with the handle 18 is no longer detected until a predetermined specified time elapses, and when a mobile-linked game is started, the separation timer is turned on and measures the separation timer. A player identifying flag is turned off when a specified time has elapsed from the start and when the mobile-linked game ends, and when the mobile-linked game is in progress but the player identifying flag is off. It may be configured so that the two-dimensional code cannot be issued. That is, when the mobile-linked game is in progress but the player identifying flag is off, the player identifying flag can be turned on by performing identity verification (for example, re-entering the password), and the player can be identified. A two-dimensional code can be issued when the medium flag is on. As a result, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the game information or the like is taken away when the player leaves the seat to use the restroom or the like. In addition, the setting of the player-specifying flag to OFF may be configured so that it can be immediately performed by the player's own input operation when leaving the seat. In this case, the above effects are more assured.

(s) In the above-described second embodiment, the content and number of effect setting items that can be changed by the player are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each model. For example, music, background images, etc. (for example, music, backgrounds, etc. used in successive game machines) for variable display may be selectable. In addition, it may be configured so that settings related to various illuminations provided in the pachinko machine 10 can be performed. For example, the brightness (normal, bright, dark, off) of the illumination of the front frame set 14 or the game board 30 when the premium accessory is activated may be settable.

Furthermore, it is also possible to set a combination of effects to be performed in one variable display or a combination of effects to be performed in one big win state. For example, it may be configured such that a setting can be made such that the A advance notice effect and the C ready-to-win effect are not combined. In other words, in recent years, the effect of variable display has been derived by combining (consecutive) multiple effects, but as the effect becomes more and more complex, the time of one variable display becomes longer. There are many players who are fed up with this. In addition, there are cases where effects having substantially the same significance appear in duplicate. On the other hand, such concern can be dispelled by limiting the combinations that the player can combine. It should be noted that a version of the effect of shortening the effect for the predetermined time may be constructed so as to be derivable so that the player can select it.

(t) In addition, in the above second embodiment, the setting of the effect setting items may be performed by one of the server and the pachinko machine 10, or may be performed by both. If the settings can be made only by the server, it is possible to reduce the control burden and memory usage on the pachinko machine 10 side, and to ensure that the server can grasp the setting details. On the other hand, when the setting can be changed on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the likes and dislikes of the performance of the player can be immediately reflected in the pachinko machine 10, so that the player can play the game after that day more comfortably. be able to.

Furthermore, in the above-described second embodiment, when random is set in the effect setting item, the setting content set at random (by lottery) is configured to be reflected in subsequent mobile-linked games. Randomly set items may be randomly determined each time a mobile-linked game is played.

In addition, in the above-described second embodiment, the selection range may be specified when setting the effect setting items at random. That is, in the second embodiment, setting is made by selecting from within the selectable range for each effect setting item, but the selection range can be limited (for example, 40% to 70% It may be configured so that it can be set as random within the range of ). In this case, for example, regarding the appearance rate of a predetermined effect, it is possible to meet the demand of a player who wants to set a certain degree of limitation so as to set the effect to his liking, but does not want to know the set value itself. .

(u) In the pachinko machine 10 (sub-controller 262) of the second embodiment, a real-time clock may be provided as date and time measuring means capable of measuring the actual date and time. Further, the server is configured to be able to issue a password for mobile-linked game or effect setting including period information, and when such a password is input to the pachinko machine 10, corresponding processing is performed with reference to the real-time clock. You can do it. For example, during the summer months of July and August, it is possible to set characters with unusual costumes to appear. It is possible to configure so that even if a "password including contents" is entered, a character with an unusual costume cannot appear. That is, if the period is limited only on the server side, the password distribution period is limited, but the period during which the corresponding effect appears on the pachinko machine 10 cannot be limited. Therefore, if the password is obtained, the pachinko machine 10 can derive the corresponding effect at any time thereafter. On the other hand, by providing a real-time clock, it is possible to limit the period during which the corresponding effect can be derived. Therefore, it is possible to increase the desire to play games for a limited period of time.

(v) In the above-described second embodiment, the method of digitizing the impression (impression) of the player on each performance on the pachinko machine 10 side and reflecting it in the setting contents is not particularly limited. When there is no operation of the production button 125, a negative evaluation is given, and conversely, when there are many operations of the production button 125, a positive evaluation is given, and the information is output to the server. It may be configured to In addition, at the end of the mobile-linked game, the overall impression of the effect setting items is asked, such as the overall balance of the effect, and the player evaluates it out of 10 points, and the points are reflected in the popularity ranking of the effect setting items. may be configured to be The number of points that can be voted for the popularity ranking when accessing the server (per time) may be less than the maximum number of points that can be added at the end of the mobile-linked game (for example, 1 point at maximum). In this case, it is possible to prevent the ranking from being determined by a minority opinion.

(w) In the above-described second embodiment, when an effect corresponding to the effect setting item is performed, separately from the decorative pattern display device 42 (identification information display means), it is possible to derive a display asking whether the effect is liked or disliked. A sub-display unit (for example, a liquid crystal display device, etc.) may be provided. In this case, the decorative pattern display device 42 displays the guidance to ask whether the player likes or dislikes the performance, thereby avoiding a situation in which the variable display of the decorative patterns becomes difficult to see.

(x) In the above-described second embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured so that the effect setting items can be set. Further, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured so that the setting contents (history) of the performance setting items that have been set so far in the pachinko machine 10 can be viewed. Further, a desired one is selected from among the patterns of the setting contents of the performance setting items browsed by the pachinko machine 10, and is reflected in the game (changes the contents stored in the setting storage area to the selected contents). You may

(y) In the above-described second embodiment, the correspondence between the digits of the word forming the password and the target content may be defined. For example, if the password is composed of multiple digit words, the first digit corresponds to the effect of a school of fish, the second digit corresponds to the Kuroshio leech, etc., and a number from 0 to 9 is entered in the first digit. By doing so, the probability of appearance of the school of fish effect is changed, and by inserting one of the letters H, M, and L in the second digit, the probability of appearance of the Kuroshio leech can be changed. In this case, the player can set the desired effect balance by directly inputting the password. Therefore, since there is no need to go through the server to change the settings, convenience can be improved, and since the player can intuitively input words, the game can be executed as the player envisioned. It is easy to perform a setting input that achieves a performance balance.

(z) In the above-described embodiment, it may be configured such that a favorite effect can be derived in a variable display specified by the player. For example, a reach lamp and a reach button corresponding to each reach effect are provided, and every time the variable display is performed 100 times after the corresponding reach effect is derived last time, one of the reach lamps is lit, and the lit lamp is lit. It may be configured such that when the corresponding ready-to-win button is pressed, the corresponding ready-to-win effect is derived in the variable display next to the currently performed variable display. In this case, the desired ready-to-reach effect can be derived regardless of the result of the variable display, and a situation in which the desired ready-to-reach effect cannot be seen for a long time can be avoided.

It should be noted that, within a predetermined time from the start of the fluctuation, the ready-to-win effect corresponding to the current fluctuation display may be performed (the effect may be rewritten). Further, it may be configured such that a ready-to-win effect corresponding to the variable display designated by the player can be derived from among the suspended variable displays. Furthermore, in a configuration in which a series of performances are performed by the suspended variable display (so-called continuous notice, etc.), when there is one corresponding to a big win among the suspended variable displays, the continuous notice is activated and the jackpot is won. A ready-to-win effect corresponding to the variable display may be derived (a fake effect of the continuous notice effect is also set). In addition, even if it is a ready-to-win effect, if the probability of appearance is different, the number of fluctuations required until the corresponding ready-to-win lamp lights up may be different. That is, when the appearance probability of the reach performance A is 1/200 and the appearance probability of the reach performance B is 1/5000, when the reach performance A is derived, 200 is set to the corresponding reach counter A, and the reach performance When B is derived, 5000 is set in the reach counter B, and when each reach counter reaches 0, the corresponding reach lamp may be lit.

(aa) In the above-described first embodiment, the decoration pattern display device 42 is configured to teach that the achievement of the mission is approaching, including the increase in the variation rank and the jackpot rank. In addition to the decorative pattern display device 42, a sub-display device such as a liquid crystal display device or a dot display device is provided as means for teaching that the mission is about to be completed. You may In this case, the decorative pattern display device 42 satisfies even the player who wants to concentrate and visually recognize the variable display. Furthermore, for example, by displaying the display for the mission on the decorative pattern display device 42, it is misunderstood that it is related to the result of the lottery (the countdown indicating the update of the variable rank counts the remaining number of times in the time reduction mode). It is possible to prevent a situation such as misunderstanding that it is a number shown).

In addition, it may be configured so that the mission list display can be confirmed on the mobile communication terminal that accesses the server, or the server is accessed from a personal computer that does not appear in the cycle of the mobile-linked game, and the player's password etc. is entered. By doing so, the personal computer may be configured so that the mission list display can be confirmed.

In the first embodiment, when the update of the variation rank and the jackpot rank is approaching, the remaining number of times until the update is displayed in the variation display of the decorative pattern display device 42, and when the achievement of other count-based missions is approaching, the mobile When an operation to end the linked game is performed, the count-type mission will appear in the list of missions that are near completion, but the method of teaching that completion is near is limited. Yes. For example, a light-emitting means with built-in three-color LED may be provided as an impending achievement teaching means, and if the number of remaining jackpots until the jackpot rank is updated is 10 times or less, green lighting may be performed, if 5 times or less, red lighting may be performed, and if 3 times or less, red blinking may be performed. Furthermore, there is a mission that is about to be accomplished (some mission or some of the targeted missions) by using a light emitting means that can change the light emission mode such as changing the light emission color. It may be configured to notify that.

In addition, the timing of the instruction that the mission is approaching is not particularly limited, and when it is determined that the mission is approaching, it may be automatically performed immediately after or near that time. However, if there is a mission that is about to be completed according to a predetermined operation of the player, it may simply be displayed.

In addition, on the mission list screen that may be displayed at the end of the mobile-linked game, missions other than missions that are close to completion, such as missions that can be achieved at any time (deriving premium reach to update career rank) etc.) and missions that will take some time to complete can also be confirmed. Furthermore, in the mission list display, it is desirable that the more urgent missions are displayed first. For example, limited-type missions are displayed first, and count-type missions are displayed at the same time or later (below or on the next page). It is desirable to configure it so that it is displayed later. Furthermore, the method of displaying missions is not limited to list display, and may be taught by scroll display, for example.

Further, in the above embodiment, when displaying the QR code to end the mobile-linked game, instead of suddenly displaying the "code issue screen" on which the QR code is displayed, it is possible to confirm whether or not to confirm the mission. Although the "mission confirmation screen" is displayed to ask whether the mission is necessary, the configuration is not particularly limited to this. For example, by moving the cursor to the code issue item in the top menu of FIG. 12 and operating a button, the "mission list screen" instead of the "mission confirmation screen" may be displayed. In this case, the mission list screen is always displayed at the end of the mobile-linked game, and it is possible to prevent a situation in which the user forgets to confirm the mission.

In addition, when adopting this configuration, when the cursor is not moved when shifting to the mission list screen, the cursor is placed on the item "shift to code issue screen", and the effect button 125 can be operated as it is. , ``Can you exit the mission list screen and move to the code issue screen?'' and ``Yes'' and ``No'' are displayed. Therefore, by operating the effect button 125 as it is, the code issue screen may be displayed. In other words, it is possible to improve the operability for a player who is not interested in the mission list screen and wants to proceed quickly and end the mobile-linked game. However, instead of suddenly ending the mission list screen, there is a one-step confirmation screen for the end, so it is possible to prevent situations in which the mission screen ends unexpectedly even though the user did not intend to end the mission. In addition, after the transition to the code issue screen, in the initial state, the cursor is not set to "yes" of "end/do not end the code issue screen", and the effect button 125 is hit repeatedly. Also, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the code issuing screen is terminated unintentionally.

Further, in the above embodiment, the top menu may be configured to display an item for displaying the mission list display. In this case, the mission list display can be displayed separately from the end of the mobile-linked game. can be avoided.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, when the code issuance screen is displayed, the personal game information of the player, which has been counted by the pachinko machine 10, is deleted. The game information and the like may be deleted at the time when the game information is turned on. In addition, when adopting such a configuration, the QR code and a list of missions that are close to completion may be displayed at the same time (a screen that combines the code issue screen and the mission list screen). For example, while reading the QR code, it becomes possible to know that the desired mission is about to be completed, and to return to the mobile-linked game.

(bb) Also, the content and number of missions, and the threshold for determining whether or not the mission is close to completion are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each model. Furthermore, regarding count-based missions, the specified number of times required for rank-up may not be constant, and may be configured to be randomly selected from within a certain range by lottery. In other words, one player needs 5 times to go from rank 1 to rank 2, while another player needs 6 times. In the case of adopting this configuration, it is possible to improve the performance of the mission (the performance of whether or not the mission will be achieved this time).

Furthermore, even if the mission achievement condition is met, the mission achievement (the effect of teaching the mission achievement) may be postponed within the selectable range of the prescribed number of times. For example, the rank is updated when the number of occurrences of the jackpot state reaches 100 times (or, for example, approximately 100 times between 99 times and 101 times). The rank was scheduled to be updated due to the occurrence of this, but since the winning was the "normal jackpot", the number of jackpots will be counted, but the rank update will be postponed until the "variable jackpot" is won. may be configured. Then, when the 101st jackpot is a variable probability jackpot, an effect for instructing update of the rank may be performed on a large scale during or before or after the jackpot state. In this case, the sense of accomplishment of the mission can be amplified. On the other hand, even if the number of hits exceeds the 100th specified number of times (for example, even if it reaches 105 times), if you do not win the "probable variable jackpot", the rank will be updated at the next jackpot regardless of the type of jackpot. It may be configured to allow (perform an effect to teach rank update). Furthermore, in the situation where the rank is updated regardless of the type of jackpot, if it becomes a "probable variable jackpot", a large-scale production will be performed as usual, while the "normal jackpot" will instruct the rank update. is to be performed, the effect of teaching such rank update may be performed somewhat modestly.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the mission achievement conditions are not changed during the mission, but the mission achievement conditions may be changed from the time the mission is generated until the time the mission is accomplished. For example, by playing mobile-linked games for consecutive days or playing more than a specified number of times in a week, the count addition rate will increase (for example, the number of fluctuations will increase by one extra It may be configured so that 6 counts are counted for 5 times). Also, if you play a mobile-linked game on a specific day or at a specific time, the addition rate of the count during that time will increase, or if a specific mission starts on a specific day, the conditions for achieving the mission will be reduced. , it may be configured to be easier than when it starts on a day other than a specific day.

(cc) In the first embodiment described above, whether or not the mission (mainly limited missions and count missions for which a lottery determines whether or not to be counted) is achieved. It is also possible to perform an effect related to the target mission, that is, an effect that indicates the target mission and suggests the degree of expectation of achievement of the mission. In this case, it is possible to grasp what mission achievement is involved, and to enjoy a new production that suggests the degree of expectation of the mission achievement.

(dd) Also, regarding limited missions, if the time until the start of the mission is less than the predetermined allowable time, an announcement such as "In XX hours, the XX mission will start" may be made. In this case, you can grasp that the chance to complete the limited mission will come if you wait a little longer.

(ee) Although not specifically mentioned in the above-described first embodiment, for count-related missions (second count information) other than missions related to variable ranks and jackpot ranks, when the mobile-linked game ends, the current game It may be configured to be able to explain that the counted portion disappears. In other words, it becomes easier for the player aiming to complete the mission to decide whether or not to stop playing the game, thereby improving the convenience.

(ff) In the above embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 capable of executing a mobile-linked game is embodied, but it is also possible to apply it to a pachinko machine incapable of executing a mobile-linked game. In addition, in the above-described first embodiment, various missions are derived only when a mobile-linked game is played, and a new effect state is provided in accordance with the completed mission. , It may be configured so that various missions are derived even in non-mobile-linked games. In this case, since the server cannot record and manage personal game information, etc., the pachinko machine 10 records the game information from when the power is turned on to when it is turned off. or until the day's game information can be erased, until the game information is erased, the corresponding new effect state is imparted. may

In the case of pachinko machines that do not perform mobile-linked games or cannot perform mobile-linked games, as in these cases, if the game is stopped, the count value related to the mission accumulated in the current game and the predetermined There is a concern that the fact that a certain mission will be accomplished by making the effect appear will not be utilized in the next game, and that the player will have to start over from the beginning, resulting in a longer way to complete the mission. As in the first embodiment, such concerns can be dispelled by enabling the player to be notified that the mission is nearing completion.

(gg) In the above-described third embodiment, as the specific effect, which is the same effect that is performed simultaneously on a plurality of pachinko machines 10, there is a trial effect that generates a variable display that teaches the jackpot state within a predetermined period. , a transition is made when a variable display for teaching a jackpot state is generated in the trial performance, and a specific mission performance is performed in which a mission achievement lottery is performed with the operation of the performance button 125 as a trigger. It is not limited to such a configuration, and can be appropriately set for each model. For example, a period during which a specific character may be displayed during the variable display that teaches the jackpot state is set as a specific effect, and the specific character is displayed within that period, so that the specific effect succeeds (clears ), and the ranking may be competed based on the clear time. In addition, in the above-described third embodiment, the occurrence of a "platinum fish school" is set as a condition for clearing the specific effect, but the specific content of the specific effect is not particularly limited. It can be set as appropriate according to, for example. Furthermore, for example, the number of times the effect button 125 can be operated with good timing during the time trial effect period can be competed, and the number of times (continuously) the variable display in which the target image object is displayed during the time trial period can be derived. You can also compete to see if you can get them to do it.

(hh) In addition, in the above-described third embodiment, the specific effect is configured to be executed at 10:00 AM on Saturdays and Sundays, but the date and time and the number of times it is executed are not particularly limited. It can be appropriately set for each model. For example, it may be configured to be executed at 11:00 AM, 15:00 PM, and 19:00 PM every day.

(ii) In the third embodiment, not only the pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at the same time, but also the pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at different timings are configured to start the specific effect at the same time. It may be configured so as to roughly match instead of perfect match. For example, every 10 minutes after the power is turned on, it is determined whether or not 10 o'clock, which is the set time, has passed (determining means for exceeding the scheduled time). can be configured to

More specifically, for example, assume that the maximum real-time clock error is ±2 minutes. Also, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minute, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Furthermore, the number of minutes at which the power is to be turned on is (approximately) set to 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 minutes. Five minutes after the power is turned on, it is determined whether or not the scheduled time has passed every ten minutes. In this case, determination of whether or not the scheduled time has passed is performed at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. Assuming that the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10:00, considering that the error of the real-time clock is ±2 minutes, in the determination at 9:55, none of the gaming machines will exceed the scheduled time of 10:00. (the real-time clock is distributed within the range from 9:53 to 9:57), and a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the determination of 10:05, all the pachinko machines 10 exceed the scheduled time of 10:00 (the real-time clock is distributed within the range of 10:03 to 10:07), and the time is 10:05. A specific production will start.

When adopting the configuration as described above, the pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at the same time can start the specific performance at the same time, and the powerful performance such as starting the specific performance at the same time in the plurality of pachinko machines 10 is ensured. It can be carried out. Furthermore, the start times of the specific effects can be roughly aligned with respect to the pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at different timings (with no deviation exceeding 10 minutes). Therefore, the above effects such as preventing the outflow of players aiming for the specific effect caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific effect can be achieved without fail. Also, in this case, when the power is turned on, there is no need to perform the process of aligning the current times measured by the pachinko machines 10 that are simultaneously turned on.

(jj) In the above-described third embodiment, even when a plurality of pachinko machines 10 are powered on at the same time, the specific effects may be started at different timings. In this case, for example, it is not limited to the normal game state in which a winning lottery is performed, and it is possible to carry out a specific performance even in a jackpot state, and the clear time from the start of the specific performance to the achievement of the mission related to the specific performance is measured and stored. may be configured to compete for such a clear time. However, in this case, the impact of performing the specific effect on the plurality of pachinko machines 10 all at once is lost.

(kk) In the game hall of the third embodiment, when the master power supply is turned on, it is determined whether the first digit of the minute of the actual measurement timer that can be adjusted by the person concerned with the game hall is "0" minutes. However, if a negative determination is made, an on-time adjusting device is provided that repeats this determination process without turning on the centralized power supply, but the configuration is not limited to this. For example, regarding the point of omitting the actual measurement timer and the on-time adjusting device and specifying the power-on time, it is necessary for hall personnel to know that the actual time is 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, and 40 minutes. It may also be configured to have the centralized power source turned on within a range of about two minutes before or after either minute or 50 minutes.

It should be noted that the "game hall" in the third embodiment is not limited to a so-called "pachinko parlor" that basically handles only pachinko machines and slot machines, and a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model are installed. If it is a place, for example, it can be implemented at a game center or the like. However, the game hall of the third embodiment is provided with a mechanism capable of simultaneously turning on the power of a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model.

(ll) In the above-described third embodiment, the fluctuation time of the variable display is determined in the same way during the specific effect as during other times. However, it may be set so that the fluctuation time of the fluctuation display is relatively short as in the time reduction mode and the probability variation mode (excluding the time when the fluctuation display starts before the start of the time trial production period ). In this case, it is possible to increase the chances of winning or losing lottery in the normal mode, and increase the possibility of clearing the time trial effect. Furthermore, it is possible to correct the feeling of unfairness in clearing the time trial effect due to the length of the variable display. In addition, from the viewpoint of eliminating the difference in the probability of achieving a specific effect due to the variable time, for example, even in the time reduction mode or the probability variable mode, the same (relatively long) variable time as in the normal mode is selected. It may be configured as

Furthermore, irrespective of the game mode, the fluctuation time of the variable display corresponding to the "off" during the specific effect period is shorter than the fluctuation time of the variable display performed outside the specific effect period. It may be configured to be easily selected.

In addition, in the above-described third embodiment, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery is different depending on the game mode during the time trial presentation and the execution timing of the mission achievement lottery during the specific mission period. can also be appropriately set for each model. However, as in the third embodiment, by making it easier to clear the specific mission effect when clearing the trial effect in a situation where it is difficult to clear, the sense of unfairness regarding each mission of the specific effect depending on the game mode to stay is reduced. By adopting a configuration in which the probability of winning increases as the timing of the mission achievement lottery is postponed, the player himself/herself can think of and execute a strategy for obtaining good results in the specific mission production. It is possible to improve the interest because the element of bargaining is added.

(mm) In the above-described third embodiment, the setting contents of the player who took the top ranking of the specific effect can be reflected in the next specific effect, but the contents that can be set are particularly limited. is not. For example, you can set clear conditions (targets and winning probability), set background music and sound effects, and for example, the game name "○○" of the player who won the top will be specified next week. In the trial effect of the effect, it may be reflected as the name of the current time trial effect (such as "XX cup"). However, it is desirable to prevent names offensive to public order and morals from being registered in the server as game names, and to prevent names offensive to other players from being displayed. Furthermore, the configuration may be such that the right to set the next specific effect cannot be obtained.

In addition, in the above-described third embodiment, only one player who takes the top ranking of the specific effect is configured to obtain the right to set the next specific effect. The player who came in first place and the player who came in second place can be set (for example, the items that can be set are different for the first place and the second place), or a plurality of types of specific effects can be performed. may be configured so that the setting of each first-place player is reflected. In addition, it is not limited to the configuration in which the setting by the player (intention) is reflected. (For example, accumulated game information and selection information).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, when the top of the ranking is determined, the setting related to the specific effect preset by the corresponding player is reflected in the next specific effect. After the is determined, a setting period may be provided in which the top ranked player can set the specific effect for a predetermined period of time. By the way, the password reflecting the setting of the player with the top ranking is issued after the setting period ends.

Furthermore, the setting of a predetermined player may not be reflected in the game of another player. In this case, the settings of the player may be reflected in the next game played by the player (targets and number of items to be reflected may be changed depending on the time).

In addition, when registering a mobile-linked game, the player can register a character whose face, extension, body shape, etc. can be set. is included, and when a mobile-linked game is played, by entering the password into the pachinko machine 10, the character appears on the decorative pattern display device 42 (for example, participates in a time trial effect). good too. In this case, the player can empathize with the appearance of the character (for example, a character that imitates him/herself), thereby improving the interest.

(nn) In the above-described third embodiment, the volume of the specific effect when not in the mobile-linked game state is reduced to half or less. After leaving only the sound effect, the sound effect may be reduced or silenced. In addition, when the specific effect is not performed in the mobile-linked game, the light emission rate of the illumination decoration such as the lamp may be reduced (comparatively darkened).

Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the specific effect is performed even when the mobile-linked game is not performed, but the specific effect is not performed when the mobile-linked game is not performed. You may For example, after an affirmative determination is made in step S2202 of the specific effect start processing (see FIG. 25), it is determined whether or not the mobile interlocking game is being played (input presence/absence determining means), and if a negative determination is made, this processing is carried out. may be terminated, and if the determination is affirmative, the process may proceed to step S2203. In this case, it is possible to avoid deriving different specific effects from the plurality of pachinko machines 10 arranged on the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a sense of unity is lost when a plurality of pachinko machines 10 perform a specific performance all at once. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

However, in the above-described third embodiment, the specific mission effect corresponds to the variable display for teaching the big win, and the main controller 261 side determines the time of the variable display and, by extension, the time of the specific mission effect. Since it is a configuration, it is difficult to stop the specific effect (from the sub-control device 262 side to the main control device 261 side) just because the mobile interlocking game is not performed (judgment on the sub-control device 262 side is required). ). Therefore, it is desirable that the specific effect be within a range that can be determined by the sub-control device 262 (for example, within the period set by the sub-control device 262, the sub-control device 262 determines the derivation of the target character to the decorative pattern display device). 42, it may be configured to succeed in a specific effect).

Also, if the specific effect is not to be performed in the non-mobile linked game state, when the start time of the specific effect is announced, the mobile linked game state is not set, so if the mobile linked game is not set, the specific effect will not be performed. Guidance to the effect that it will not be performed may be provided. Furthermore, the sound volume may be reduced during the period during which the specific effect should be performed.

(oo) In the above-described third embodiment, a disappointing number of times storage means for storing the number of times a specific effect was not achieved (the number of specific effects in which the right to decide on the setting for the next specific effect was not obtained) is provided. When the number of times stored in the number-of-times storage means is equal to or greater than the specified number of times, the condition for achieving the specific effect (specific mission effect or time trial effect) becomes easier than when the number of times is less than the specified number (for example, mission The probability of the achievement lottery is set high). In this case, since it becomes easier to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, it is possible to prevent the player from giving up on the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning, and to have the player positively work on the specific performance. can be done. In addition, since a player who has played a lot of games has an advantage in achieving the specific conditions, the player can feel that he or she is glad that he or she has played a lot of games, and furthermore, the player can feel attachment to the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加you can get

Incidentally, as the disappointing number storage means, a storage area capable of storing the number of times counted by the server that the server did not get the top in the specific performance when entering the password, or the number of times the server counted the number of times the server did not get the top in the specific performance is stored. A storage area or the like can be used to store information related to password input when it is determined that the specified number of times or more has been reached. In addition, for example, making the achievement condition easier (increasing the probability of achievement) is not limited to a pattern in which the probability of a lottery such as a mission achievement lottery increases. In the initial stage, the achievement condition was to generate a variable display in which the characters a, b, c, d, and e appeared, but when the number of times stored in the unfortunately number storage means exceeded a specified number of times, characters a, b , c, d, and e may be displayed three times. It should be noted that ``when the right to decide on the setting regarding the next specific effect is obtained, the memory of the unfortunate number of times storage means is reset''.

(pp) In the above-described third embodiment, the specific effect is configured such that players compete for the clearing time of the specific mission effect or the time trial effect. not to be For example, like the time trial effect, if the satisfaction of a predetermined condition in the variable display (in the above example, winning the jackpot state) is the clearing condition, the change required from the start of the time trial effect to the clearing of the condition It may be configured to compete for the number of times of display (Time is irrelevant, and the smaller the number of changes, the better). Also, for example, when the effect button 125 is used as in a specific mission effect, it may be configured to compete for the number of times the effect button 125 is operated until the condition is cleared. When adopting these configurations, the "number of times of variable display" and the "number of times of operation of the effect button 125" are "values that serve as indicators indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect. Equivalent to

(qq) In the above-described third embodiment, the player who comes in top in the ranking of the specific effect (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific effect) is issued a special password different from that of the other players. Also, when performing a specific effect, a different effect (for example, a top-only effect) may be derived from other players. For example, the decorative pattern display device 42 displays the information that it was the top last time, or the background of the decorative pattern display device 42 is gorgeously displayed (for example, a gold frame is displayed, entourage is displayed, etc.) It may be configured such that it becomes easy to select an effect pattern that is difficult to select, or the BGM is changed. In this case, it is possible to further increase the value of having taken the top position in the ranking, and to allow the target player to play the game comfortably. It should be noted that the player to whom the special password can be issued does not necessarily have to match the player who has the right to set the next specific effect. Alternatively, the server side may issue a special password to a randomly selected player, and the pachinko machine 10 side may perform processing corresponding to the password.

In addition, by starting a mobile-linked game on the day the specific effect is performed, the player who ranked first in the ranking of the previous specific effect (player who has the right to set the next specific effect) Even in the state of , it is constructed so that it can be seen that the player who is the top player in the ranking of the specific effect (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific effect) is playing the game. good too. In this case, the player having the top ranking can play the game comfortably.

Furthermore, regarding the pachinko machine 10 in which the player who ranked top in the ranking of the specific effect (the player who obtained the right to set the next specific effect) was playing, after the player finishes the mobile-linked game However, until a predetermined opportunity comes (for example, until the power is turned off), the player who is the top in the ranking of the specific effect (the player who has the right to set the next specific effect) is playing the game. (Information in which the password of the top ranked player is entered remains stored even after the QR code is issued, and an effect corresponding to such information is performed). . In this case, even a player who has never reached the top of the ranking can enjoy the performance of the first ranking, and is motivated to try to reach the top of the ranking by himself/herself. be able to.

(rr) In the above-described third embodiment, each clear time is stored in the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area even when a specific effect is performed while the mobile-linked game is not being played. However, it may be configured so that it is not stored when the mobile-linked game is not being played. Also, although not specifically mentioned in the third embodiment, when the process of ending the mobile-linked game is performed (when the QR code is displayed), the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area The memory may be erased.

Furthermore, even if a mobile-linked game is not being played, if a time trial effect or a specific mission effect is cleared, the clear time is temporarily stored in the trial clear time storage area or mission clear time storage area. After the specific effect is completed (for example, when the variable display is interrupted or during the jackpot state, etc.), the player is asked whether or not to start the mobile-linked game with the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like, and the effect button 125 is pressed. If the negative intention is confirmed by the operation of , the memory of the trial clear time storage area and mission clear time storage area will be erased, and if the positive intention is confirmed, the trial clear time storage area and The configuration may be such that the memory in the mission clear time storage area is left as it is (furthermore, the screen is shifted to the code issue screen).

In addition, if the timing for starting the specific effect is reached while the mobile-linked game is not being played, the player will be asked whether or not to participate in the specific effect at the start of the specific effect. may be configured such that the specific effect is not performed and the specific effect is performed when the negative intention is not confirmed.

In addition, when a specific effect is performed multiple times in a day, the trial clear time storage area and mission clear time storage area are executed in order to store the results of all the specific effects and include that information in the QR code. It is good also as providing multiple times for the number of times to obtain. In addition, when the results of specific effects are stored in the trial clear time storage area and mission clear time storage area so that only the best results remain among the specific effects that are performed multiple times a day, the stored information is If it is determined affirmatively, the result of the current specific effect (record) is compared with the stored information (result of the specific effect), and the superior one is stored in the trial clear time storage area or mission clear. It may be configured to be stored in the time storage area.

(ss) Also in the fourth embodiment, it is possible to employ the other example modes described in (gg) to (rr) according to the third embodiment.

(tt) In the above-described fourth embodiment, when the timing for starting the specific effect has arrived during the energy saving mode (while the demo screen is being displayed), while the clear time measurement timer starts measuring, the decorative pattern display device 42 and the like are started. The effect mode corresponding to the specific effect is not derived, that is, the demonstration screen display is maintained, but the effect mode corresponding to the specific effect by the decorative pattern display device 42 etc. is derived. good too. In this case, even if the pachinko machine 10 is not being played by a player (empty seat), it automatically responds to the specific performance by the predetermined decoration pattern display device 42 or the like when the timing to start the specific performance comes. A presentation mode is derived. Therefore, even when a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model are arranged side by side and there is a vacant seat among the pachinko machines 10, all the pachinko machines 10 of the same model whose power is turned on at the same time perform a specific performance all at once. It will start. Therefore, it is possible to surely enjoy a powerful performance that the same performance is performed simultaneously by a plurality of pachinko machines 10.例文帳に追加

Incidentally, when the specific effect is started without the player present, the specific effect mode may be configured to be a demonstration mode different from that when the player is playing. In other words, a mode may be derived in which the computer of the pachinko machine 10 participates even though the player does not participate.

(uu) In the fourth embodiment, the announcement asking whether or not to reflect the information regarding the specific effect performed during the non-mobile-linked game to the mobile-linked game is displayed both in the variable display and in the jackpot state after the specific effect ends. However, the announcement may be made at another timing, or the announcement may be made at a plurality of timings. As another timing, for example, the announcement may be made in the middle of the big win state or during the variable display after the big win state ends. In other words, it is desirable to make an announcement at a time when the player should be in front of the gaming machine.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, when a specific effect is performed during a non-mobile-linked game, an announcement is displayed regardless of the result of the specific effect. , the announcement may be displayed and may not be displayed. For example, the announcement display (guidance display) may be performed only when at least one of the time trial effect and the specific mission effect is cleared, or only when the specific mission effect is cleared. In other words, when the specific effect does not go well and the reward for participating in the mobile-linked game is small, the user looks at the displayed announcement display, decides whether or not to participate in the mobile-linked game, and turns off the announcement display. It is possible to avoid making the person perform such actions (inviting the person to the person who is unlikely to be interested). In addition, although not specifically mentioned in the above embodiment, it may be configured such that corresponding guidance display or announcement display (especially guidance display) is performed according to the result of the specific effect.

(vv) In the above fourth (and third) embodiments, the probability of clearing the specific mission effect is changed depending on the game mode, but it does not have to be changed. In addition, although not mentioned in detail in the above embodiment, it may be configured to be able to output information indicating in which game mode the specific effect was performed. Furthermore, the method of using such information is not limited to any particular one. It may be configured so that it can be browsed by a person. Incidentally, in the above-described embodiment, the player or the like who has cleared the specific mission effect earliest among the participating players is announced, and the right to set the next specific effect is granted.

(ww) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the timing of starting the specific effect may be postponed. An example of such a mode will be described below.

In this aspect example, when the remaining time measuring timer reaches 0, a preparation period is set before actually starting the time trial effect of the specific effect. Further, during the preparation period, it is determined whether or not the mobile interlocking game is being played, and if the determination is affirmative, a display asking the player whether the preparation is ready is performed on the decorative pattern display device 42.例文帳に追加In this display, options such as ``Ready OK'' and ``Wait a minute'' are also displayed, and the player can select and decide with the effect button 125 and the cross button 126.例文帳に追加That is, when "preparation OK" is selected, the time trial effect is started at the end of the preparation period.

On the other hand, if "Wait a minute" is selected (in addition, you may make another selection such as whether to postpone the start of the time trial effect), it will be possible to postpone the start of the time trial effect 2, a value corresponding to a specified time (for example, after 10 minutes) is set for a control counter used for controlling a specific effect. After the lapse of the specified time, the preparation period may be entered again, and the above selection may be performed again.

In addition, the measurement related to the clear time of the time trial effect is measured from the time the time trial effect starts, and if the start of the time trial is postponed, the measurement will be taken from the time when the time trial start is postponed. Become. It should be noted that a player who is not playing a mobile-linked game cannot use a function such as postponing the time trial effect. In addition, when the mobile-linked game is ended in a state in which the time trial effect is put off, the memory of the time trial effect being put off is erased. However, if the mobile interlocking game is not ended, even if the variable display is interrupted, the right to execute the time trial performance is not lost, and the time trial performance can be executed after the game is restarted.

Furthermore, when the time trial effect is cleared, the generation of the specific mission effect is confirmed, but the start timing thereof may be selectable by the player. In other words, the conditions for achieving the specific mission effect do not include anything that affects the game state, such as the occurrence of a big win state, and it is possible to shift the timing of occurrence relatively greatly. Therefore, for example, as in the fourth embodiment, when the mobile interlocking game is in progress when the time trial effect is cleared, the decoration symbol display device 42 is ready to start the specific mission effect. If there is an affirmative response (for example, operation of the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 as operation means), the specific mission effect will be started immediately and postponed. If there is, information indicating that the specific mission production is being postponed is displayed in a part of the decorative pattern display device 42 (for example, a display such as "I have the right to carry out the specific mission production" or "It is stocked"). at a time convenient for the player, for example, by opening the menu screen and moving the cursor to the item for starting the specific mission effect and deciding to start the specific mission effect. good too. In this case, the measurement of the specific mission effect (measurement of the clear time measurement timer) also starts at the same time as the start of the specific mission effect.

It should be noted that when the mobile-linked game is not being played, the function of postponing the specific mission effect cannot be used. In addition, when the mobile-linked game is ended in a state in which the specific mission effect is postponed, the memory of the specific mission effect being postponed is erased. However, if the mobile interlocking game is not ended, even if the variable display is interrupted, the right to execute the specific mission performance is not lost, and the specific mission performance can be executed after the game is restarted. In this embodiment, the remaining time measuring timer and the function of determining that the remaining time measuring timer has reached 0 constitute the condition fulfillment detection means. Further, a storage area for storing that the time trial effect and the specific mission effect are postponed constitutes the condition fulfillment storage means.

With the configuration as described above, it is possible to generate a priority state by operating the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 by the player, and change the generation timing of the specific effect. Therefore, although the specific effect is started, the user has to leave the seat for a while (want to go to the bathroom, receive a phone call, etc.), so the specific effect can be postponed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress such as not being able to enjoy the specific performance even though the specific performance has been started, and the game can be played comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it is possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the player can enjoy the specific effect even more.

Also, when the specific effect (time trial effect) is started a little later than the normal timing, the delayed start will not be included in the clear time, but the player will be able to It will be measured from the time when the specific production is started at the timing. Therefore, the handicap for the player who made the change can be eliminated.

Furthermore, by playing a mobile-linked game, a privilege such as being able to change the timing of a specific effect can be obtained, so it is possible to increase the willingness to participate in the mobile-linked game.

In addition, when the mobile-linked game ends, the memory of the fact that the specific effect has been postponed (that the right to execute the specific effect has been obtained) is erased. Therefore, the act of performing the specific performance using the right to perform the specific performance obtained by another player is prevented. As a result, it is possible to increase the value of the specific performance, improve the willingness to participate in the specific performance, and make people visit the game hall at the start time of the specific performance.

Further, even if the variable display is interrupted, unless the mobile-linked game is ended, the right to execute the specific effect is not lost, and the specific effect can be executed when the game is restarted. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably achieve the above-described effects that the convenience is improved and the game can be played comfortably.

In this embodiment, the main control device 261 side determines the initial start timing of the specific effect, but the sub-control device 262 side determines the end of the specific effect. That is, a control timer used for controlling the specific effect is provided, and the end timing of the specific effect is measured. Also, based on the information from the main control device 261 indicating that a big win has been made, it is configured to shift to a specific mission presentation. In addition, since the main controller 261 does not participate in the control related to the specific effect after the specific effect is started, the sub-controller 262 sets the specific effect within the range set by the main controller 261 (main The variable time information included in the variable pattern command set by the control device 261 is grasped, and a successful time trial effect or a specific mission effect is set.

Further, in the above embodiment, when the specific effect is postponed, the display is made to indicate whether or not the specific effect is to be performed again after a specified time (for example, after 10 minutes). In this case, the specific effect may be started by the player's operation. For example, the menu screen is opened by operating the production button 125 while the special symbol display devices 43L and 43R are performing variable display, or in a state where the variable display is not performed, without setting a time limit. may be configured to start the specific performance after a predetermined time (to give an opportunity to return from the menu screen) by providing an item for starting the specific performance in and performing an operation to select and decide the item. In addition, a dedicated button may be provided, and when the specific effect is postponed (when the right is stocked), the specific effect may be started with one push of the dedicated button.

It should be noted that information on the specific effect may be two-dimensionally coded so that when the timing of the specific effect is changed, it can be distinguished from when the timing is not changed. In this case, for example, the changed clear time may be used as a reference time, and if the same time overlaps with a player who has not changed, the player who has not changed may win. Of course, both may be the winners, or both may be the winners of their respective divisions, and may be given the right to set different items.

It should be noted that, when the variable display is interrupted, a display asking whether or not the specific effect can be executed but is willing to execute may be displayed.

(xx) Further, the specific effect may be paused (by operating the effect button 125 or the cross button 126, etc.) during (during) the specific effect. Furthermore, in this case, the measurement of the clear time measurement timer may also be paused (the measured value is kept) at the paused timing, and the measurement may be restarted at the restarted timing.

(yy) Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, when the timing for starting a specific effect in the jackpot state as a special game state (priority state) arrives, the time trial effect is measured from the start timing (clear time measurement timer However, after the end of the jackpot state, the specific performance may be started from the beginning, and the measurement of the time trial performance may be started from there. Measurement of the specific effect in this case (measurement of the clear time measurement timer) also starts at the same time as the start of the specific effect. Incidentally, the function of the main controller 261 that generates the jackpot state constitutes priority state generating means.

In this way, although the specific effect is supposed to start, the specific effect does not start because it is in the jackpot state, and when the jackpot state ends, the specific effect is finished or the specific effect is started. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the remaining period is short and the user cannot fully enjoy the game. Therefore, after the end of the jackpot state, the player can fully enjoy the specific performance from the beginning. A player who has been looking forward to the specific performance can be prevented from becoming negative emotions such as wanting the big winning state to end as soon as possible.

(zz) In addition, for example, there are multiple patterns (for example, 30 times, 60 times, 90 times) of the number of times of variable display set as the period of the time reduction mode (priority state), and the time reduction mode In a configuration that teaches the remaining number of times by 30 times and counts down, normally, at the time when the fluctuation display is performed 30 times (remaining 0 times), whether the time reduction mode continues This effect (specific effect) is performed, but the player who is playing the mobile-linked game can operate the effect button 125 or the like, for example, to perform the specific effect at an earlier timing (the specific effect It may be configured so that the start timing can be brought forward.

That is, at the start of the time reduction mode, the remaining 30 times are displayed. Here, normally, it is not possible to determine whether or not the time shortening mode will continue unless the variable display is performed 30 times (the continuation effect as the specific effect instructing continuation is not performed), but that is the case. It is configured so that the determination can be made at a timing earlier than that. By the way, it is also possible to teach that it is 90 times skipping one step next to 30 times, or that it is, in fact, variable probability mode.

Thus, by providing the advance function, when the player is motivated to perform the specific effect, the specific effect can be started, and the specific effect can be enjoyed more. In addition, when the player wants to overcome the feeling of fatigue caused by the repetition of the same performance, the specific performance can be carried out ahead of schedule, and the player himself/herself can impart the intonation of the game at an appropriate timing. Furthermore, for example, when a lottery is held in order to use the advance function, it is possible to perform an effect accompanying the teaching of the lottery, thereby suppressing the feeling of monotony.

In addition, regarding a rotating type game machine (slot machine) equipped with reel members to which identification information is attached, as a priority state, a special game state advantageous to the player (for example, a higher replay probability and a winning prize) Assist replay time, in which the stop order of the reel members to which the child actors to which the game value is given wins, is taught) is 40 games per set, and in some cases, the special game state is stocked. There are 40 games left, and originally, it is not possible to determine whether the stock is available or not until after 40 games have been played. It may be configured to perform discrimination.

Further, the content may be slightly different between when the specific effect is performed at normal timing and when the specific effect is performed at advanced timing. In other words, if the specific effect is to determine whether or not a predetermined state continues, if the specific effect is performed at an advanced timing, the desire for continuation will be weak at that point, especially the teaching of the specific effect. Later, when there is no chance to turn to continuation, the desire for continuation disappears at that point, causing a decline in interest. Therefore, in this case, with regard to the specific effect that is performed ahead of schedule, for example, if it is instructed not to continue, 90% of the time the result will be the same, but there is a 10% chance that it will continue. It is also possible to make it suitable.

(aaa) Although not specifically mentioned in the fifth embodiment, the interval period in which the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b are closed between the round periods It may be configured not to count spheres. In this case, a first jackpot state or a second jackpot state exists between a player who continues to shoot game balls even during the interval period and a player who stops shooting game balls during the interval period or at a timing corresponding thereto. It is possible to suppress a situation in which a relatively large difference occurs in the total number of shots counted even though the time of the game ball is almost the same. It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the information does not serve as a basis for determining the easiness of reaching the first variable winning device 32a or the second variable winning device 32b.

Furthermore, for example, during the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state, the game ball guided to the game area can enter the ball before reaching the first variable winning device 32a or the second variable winning device 32b. count the number of game balls entered in the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state (subtract this number from the total number of shots) to the effective ball entry means (for example, the second start prize winning device 33b) Alternatively, during the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state, by counting the number of game balls discharged from the out port 36 without entering any of the ball entering means, the first variable winning is achieved. It is possible to further improve the accuracy of estimating the likelihood of the game ball reaching the device 32a or the second variable winning device 32b.

(bbb) In the above-described fifth embodiment, only one starting winning device 33 is provided, and the starting winning device 33 is of an opening/closing type, and a game ball can be entered even in the closed state. In the case, a specific measurement counter that measures the game balls launched in a low ball entry state (for example, so-called normal mode or latent mode), and the number of game balls that enter the start winning device 33 in a low ball entry state A specific measurement counter for measuring may be provided. In this case, it is possible to grasp not only the easiness of the game ball reaching the start winning device 33 in the high ball entry state, but also the easiness of the game ball reaching the start winning device 33 in the low ball entry state. As a result, it is possible to more accurately grasp the situation of the game nail and the like around the starting prize winning device 33 . Further, as in the fifth embodiment, even when both the opening/closing type second start-up winning device 33b and the non-opening/closing type first start-up winning device 33a are provided, in the low ball winning state, The number of game balls that have been shot and the number of game balls that have entered the first start prize winning device 33a may be counted. In this case, the accessibility of the game ball to the second starting prize winning device 33b (situation in which the game can be progressed relatively smoothly and advantageously for the player), and the ability of the game to reach the first starting prize winning device 33a It is possible to grasp both the reachability of the ball (generally the situation in the normal state and the state in which it stays for the longest time).

(ccc) In the fifth embodiment, counting the number of game balls that did not enter any ball entering means during the high ball entry state, that is, counting the number of game balls entering the out port 36 A discharge detection switch for detecting the number and a specific counter for counting the number of detections of the discharge detection switch may be provided. In this case, it is possible to further improve the accuracy of estimating the likelihood of the game ball reaching the second starting prize winning device 33b, the second variable prize winning device 32b, and the like.

(ddd) In the fifth embodiment, each specific measurement counter such as the first to fourth shot number counters contains a specific event to be targeted for that day (a game ball was shot into the game area in a high ball entry state). etc.) is stored, but it is configured to be stored separately for each time (apart from the specific measurement means, the specific measurement information by the specific measurement means is individually stored. storage means may be provided). However, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity and facilitate the exchange of information by putting them together.

In addition, in the above-described fifth embodiment, a specific measurement counter for statistics is provided separately from the specific measurement counter for the individual player, but it is possible to omit it. Furthermore, the period for storing the measured value of the specific measurement counter for statistics (the storage area for storing the measured value of the specific measurement counter for statistics when the pachinko machine 10 is powered off (excluding power failure) etc.) is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each model. Incidentally, the statistical data may be configured so that the game hall or the like can be browsed. In this case, it is possible to check whether the moving path of the game ball has been manipulated by illegally moving the game nail or the like.

(eee) The number of specific events and (period) time during a specific period other than the fifth embodiment may be measured and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. For example, the number of operations of the effect button 125 during a specific effect period such as the third embodiment may be counted, and the data thereof may be output.

In addition, the method of transmitting information from the pachinko machine 10 to the mobile communication terminal is not limited to displaying and reading a QR code. It may be configured so that information can be exchanged using wireless communication.

It should be noted that the through gate 34 may be configured as a prize winning opening (there is a prize ball and triggers a ball entry support lottery) into which the game ball enters and is discharged from the game area, or the first and second starting The prize-winning devices 33a and 33b may be configured as gates (no prize balls, triggering a lottery) in which the game balls only pass through and are not discharged from the game area.

(fff) Although not specifically mentioned in the fifth embodiment, the upper plate 19 guides the game balls while aligning them toward the launcher 60 (and the distance from the upper plate 19 to the launch position of the guide rail 61). a guide passage), and a ball removal button 123 provided at a position operable by the player, and operated to return the game balls aligned on the upper tray 19 to the player side (lower tray 15). , and when the ball removal button 123 is operated, the game ball set in the shooting position may also be returned to the player side. Furthermore, in such a configuration, by providing the shooting detection switch 401 at a position that does not detect the game ball set at the shooting position, the number of shots can be counted more reliably.

(ggg) In the first embodiment and the like, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be able to transmit game information and the like to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Information may be exchanged between the slot machine and the server through the mobile communication terminal. An example of such a mode will be described below.

The slot machine includes variable display means having three reels with a plurality of identification patterns, a medal slot for inserting medals, an insertion detection switch for detecting game media inserted into the medal slot, A credit storage area for storing the number of game media detected by the insertion detection switch as electronic data, and a number required for starting the game from the game media stored in the credit storage area when starting the game. A bet button for betting, a start lever for rotating a plurality of reels in the variable display device (starting variable display of identification symbols), and three levers for stopping each reel rotating in the variable display device. A stop button, an effect button whose effect changes depending on whether or not it is operated when a predetermined effect occurs, a state in which a game medium is betted, or a state equivalent thereto (for example, a replayed game A lottery means that draws a lottery for a winning combination triggered by the operation of the start lever in a later stage, etc., and the rotation of the reels is started based on the operation of the start lever in a state where the game medium is bet or in a state equivalent to that. The combination of the identification information control means for stopping the reels based on the operation of the stop button and the result of the winning lottery, and the identification symbols visibly displayed on the plurality of reels stopped by the identification information control means. There are provided a game medium providing means for providing a number of game media corresponding to the winning combination when the combination corresponds to the winning combination, and a liquid crystal display device for displaying various effects.

The identification symbols include, for example, a replay symbol and a bell symbol, in which three symbols line up on the winning line no matter what timing the stop button is operated, and a watermelon that does not line up on the winning line unless the reels are aimed at and stopped. There are a pattern, a cherry pattern, and a bonus pattern in which a bonus game is started after winning a prize. In the winning lottery, when the replay is won, the replay patterns are aligned, when the bell is won, the bell patterns are aligned, and when the watermelon is won, the reels are stopped within a prescribed phase range corresponding to the watermelon. If it is possible, the watermelon pattern will be aligned, and if the cherry is won, the cherry pattern will be displayed if the reel can be stopped within the specified movement range corresponding to the cherry, and if the bonus is won, the reel will correspond to the bonus. If it can be stopped in the phase range, the bonus symbols are aligned.

In this example, the setting of the bonus winning probability in the lottery can be changed in six steps. In addition, not only the bonus hand but also the winning probability of the non-bonus hand (small hand), in this example, cherry, watermelon and bell, is configured to have a difference depending on the setting. there is Furthermore, there is a case where the bonus and the child role are won at the same time (double winning).

Further, as in the above-described embodiment, a game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a winning lottery, and identifying or recognizing the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage area by a predetermined portable communication terminal. and an information output means capable of outputting (displaying on a liquid crystal display device) as a possible form (QR code). The gaming information of this embodiment includes the number of games (one game) from the start of rotation of all reels until the stop of all reels, the total number of bet medals, Examples include the total number of awarded medals, the number of winnings of various bonuses such as big bonuses, and the number of winnings of each winning combination such as assist time and assist replay time (total number of occurrences and number of first wins).

Furthermore, in this example, the effect group includes effects that are started based on the operation of the start lever or the bet button and effects that are started based on the operation of at least two of the effect button, the stop button, and the bet button. A configured operation-linked effect may be derived. For example, the operation interlocking effect is divided into 4 parts, starting, turning, and connecting, and the operation of the start lever performs the effect corresponding to "start", and the operation of the first stop button among the three stop buttons corresponds to "start". When the second stop button of the three stop buttons is operated, an effect corresponding to "rolling" is performed, and when the last stop button of the three stop buttons is operated, it becomes "connection". A corresponding performance is being performed. In addition, when the effect corresponding to "Kui" is unfavorable, there may be a case where the effect may be changed to a preferable effect by operating the effect button.

Each effect (structure effect) that constitutes the operation-linked effect is performed by deriving a moving image or a still image in the liquid crystal display device. When the opportunity to start the production (for example, the next stop button operation) comes, the composition production that was in the middle is terminated (so-called production is canceled), and the next composition production is started. is configured to

Now, in this embodiment, there is provided an individual effect time measuring means (timer and storage area) for measuring the time of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect. When the game information is included in the QR code when the mobile-linked game is terminated, the QR code is configured to include the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measuring means.

In addition, in this aspect example, the stop button that is operated last among the three stop buttons (other stop buttons, effect buttons, bet buttons, and start levers may be targeted) is put into an operating state and then is not operated. An operation time measurement means (timer and storage area) is provided for measuring the operation time until the state is established. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the operation time of the stop button and the type of effect derived at that time are associated with each other and stored in the operation time measuring means. Then, during the mobile-linked game, the game information and the QR code containing the specific measurement information stored in the operation time measurement means are displayed on the liquid crystal display device.

Furthermore, there is an instruction to operate a production button, and a button production operation number measuring means for measuring the number of operations of the production button during the button production that changes the production by operating is provided. In addition, the normal game state (for example, during various bonus games, a special game state that is advantageous for other players (increase the winning probability of replay, and the number of medals given in the order of pressing the three stop buttons Assist replay time, which is a state in which navigation in the order of pressing is performed when a child is elected to a different child role, assist time in which the navigation is performed in the order of pressing, although there is no change in the replay winning probability, etc.) There are multiple production stages that change the presentation (such as changing the main character displayed on the liquid crystal display device, etc.). A normal game operation count measuring means for counting the number of times is provided. In addition, in the button production operation frequency measurement means and the normal game operation frequency measurement means, not only the operation frequency of the production button is memorized, but also what kind of production (how much) is generated when which production is derived. In order to grasp the operation of the effect button, the type of corresponding effect is also associated and stored. Then, the specific measurement information stored in the number-of-operations measuring means during button presentation and the number-of-operations measuring means during normal game is output to the outside of the slot machine together with other game information by being converted into a QR code. It has become so.

In addition, in this embodiment, there is provided a set element measurement counter as a specific element measurement means for counting the number of winnings of bonuses and child roles (excluding replays) with different winning probabilities according to settings. The specific measurement information stored in the setting element measurement counter is converted into a QR code together with various game information, etc., and sent to the server via the mobile communication terminal at the end of the mobile-linked game. In particular, in the present embodiment, there is a system for individual players that counts the number of wins of each combination for an individual player during a mobile-linked game, and a system that measures the number of wins for each combination of other players who have played the slot machine. There is one for statistics that counts the number of wins of a role (for example, for one week on a day-by-day basis), and the QR code is configured to include both data.

The server that has received the information about the elements that change according to the settings estimates the settings (predetermined percentage of the possibility of being a predetermined setting, etc.) based on this information, and discloses it to the players. However, it is not possible to see the setting guessing information while the game hall is open for the day, and after 11 o'clock when the game hall is generally closed, the server's setting guessing service for today's game can be used. It has become. In this case, it is possible to prevent the player from estimating the setting using the mobile-linked game and deciding whether to stop or continue the game based on the estimating setting. Incidentally, the slot machine is equipped with a real-time clock (date grasping means) capable of grasping the date and time, and the QR code issued by the slot machine contains the date or information related thereto. to determine whether the configuration guessing service is available.

As described in detail above, in this aspect example, by measuring the time of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect, it is possible to determine whether each component effect was terminated in the middle (cancelled in the middle). , and how long it has been viewed by the player from the start. In this way, based on the specific measurement information of how much each composition effect is seen and how much it is canceled, it is not meaningful to derive the timing at which it is effective to produce a predetermined effect, or the predetermined effect. It is possible to grasp the timing that is not very popular and to grasp the production that is not very popular. Can be configured.

Furthermore, when the player performs a mobile-linked game in which information is exchanged between the slot machine and the server via a mobile communication terminal, the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measurement means is also sent to the server. Therefore, the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measuring means can be obtained more smoothly on the server side.

In addition, some players have a habit of pressing the last stop button (third stop button) instead of immediately releasing it, as a habit of strongly wishing that the game progresses in a good direction for the player. Some people keep the state for a while and then release it (so-called twisting). Therefore, according to this aspect, the operation time of the third stop button (the time during which it is turned on) is measured, and the operation time is derived when the third stop button is operated. It will be transmitted to the mobile communication terminal and further to the server in association with the presentation. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which performance at which timing the player is interested (whether it is popular) or the like.

Further, the information output means is provided with a pressure measurement means capable of measuring the pressure acting on the predetermined operation means or a force proportional thereto, and the specific measurement information of the pressure measurement means and the corresponding performance are associated with each other. It may be configured to be able to output by Also in this case, it is possible to grasp how the player is enthusiastic.

In addition, in this embodiment, the number of operations of the effect button during the button effect and during the normal game state is measured, and furthermore, it is possible to grasp which type of effect is being performed when the button operation is performed. The number of operations of the effect button and the corresponding effect state are associated with each other, and are transmitted to the mobile communication terminal and further to the server. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which performance at which timing the player is interested (whether it is popular) or the like.

It should be noted that it is also possible to provide timing measurement means for measuring the time from the start of the button effect for operating the effect button until it is operated, and to transmit the timing of operating the effect button to the server. A plurality of production stages are prepared in which the way of showing production etc. changes in the normal game state, and from the operation of the previous production button in the normal game state, from the end of the special game state such as the last bonus, or from the specific game state It is also possible to provide a specific measurement counter that counts the number of games from the time the effect is derived or the start of the mobile-linked game to the time the current effect button is operated.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to set 6 stages so that the probability of winning a bonus or the like changes. Then, the count value is sent to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, based on such information, it is possible to speculate on the settings that will greatly affect the game. By doing so, if the user participates in the mobile-linked game, it is possible to make the player more actively participate in the mobile-linked game by making it possible to relatively easily guess the settings.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, not only the number of occurrences of each combination for an individual player but also the number of occurrences (for statistics) of each combination for all players who have played the slot machine is accumulated and stored. At the end of the game, the QR code includes not only the number of occurrences of each winning combination and game information for the individual player, but also statistical information. Therefore, the server side can more accurately confirm whether or not the slot machine is actually performing the action that was envisioned, and the player side can obtain more accurate setting estimation information. .

Also, the setting guessing service cannot be seen during the business hours of the game hall or the like on that day. For this reason, for example, it is possible to determine the settings based on factors that change according to the settings, including the information of others who use the mobile-linked game, even after playing the game for a short time, and move to another machine if the game is not good. can be prevented.

Elements that change according to the settings are those that change for each model, and as in this example, each combination to be counted can also be set for each model. Although not specifically mentioned in the above embodiment, when a bonus and a child role are won at the same time, if the combination is different for each setting, the number of times of simultaneous winning may be counted, coded and output.

Furthermore, the accuracy of setting suggestion may be changed according to the game information accumulated and stored in the server by the player. For example, if the settings are divided into 6 levels, a player with 1,000 points in a mobile-linked game will only be suggested the top three or the bottom three of the settings, but a player with 10,000 points will be prompted for each setting. 50,000 point players are encouraged to speculate and judge settings based on more information, such as elements that will determine the settings and criteria that have not been made public, and to suggest and teach. may be configured.

Further, in the above embodiment, instead of or in addition to being able to view the result of setting estimation on the web page of the server, it may be configured so that it can be confirmed on the liquid crystal display device of the slot machine. In this case, for example, when there is a setting guessing request on the web page of the server, the setting guessing information is configured to be included in the password, and by entering the password into the slot machine, the setting guessing is performed. The result will be displayed on the liquid crystal display.

When this configuration is adopted, the effectiveness of the mobile-linked game can be improved, and the mobile-linked game can be used to encourage more contact participation. In addition, since the information about setting assumptions can be confirmed on the slot machine, convenience can be improved, and the current game can be played while reminiscing about the previous game. Furthermore, if the setting guess information can only be viewed at the slot machine, it becomes easier for the player to visit the game hall again.

It should be noted that the specific winning probability of each combination, which is a record of the game played by the player, and the winning probability of each combination predetermined for each setting may be configured to be viewable. In this case, the player can save the trouble of checking other contents by himself, thereby improving the convenience, and the player can enjoy the game by thinking about various things based on various data. Furthermore, what changes according to the setting is not limited to the winning probability of each combination, and for example, the occurrence probability of a specific effect may differ according to the setting.

In addition, in the above example, the configuration is such that the setting guessing service cannot be used during the business hours of the game hall, but it may be configured so that it can be used. Furthermore, it may be possible to view the game during business hours of the day, but not if the number of games played by the player himself/herself today does not exceed the specified number of times. In addition, during the business hours of the game hall, it may be configured such that only the setting guessing service based on the setting guessing element for oneself can be received. Further, when limiting the period during which the setting guessing service can be received, the restriction may be performed on the server side, or may be performed on the slot machine side.

Note that (ggg) is limited to slot machines, but may be applied to other game machines.

(hhh) In the above embodiment, the rotatable range (phase) of the handle 18 is divided into a plurality of parts, and the handle 18 It is also possible to provide a measurement counter for grasping in which rotation range the handle 18 is positioned and for measuring the time during which the handle 18 is positioned for each rotation range. Further, at least during the mobile-linked game, the information of the staying time of each rotation range of the handle 18 is accumulated and stored, and when the mobile-linked game is finished, such information is included in the QR code together with various game information. It may be configured to be displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 in style. Also, for example, it may be configured to store the timing of the change in the amount of rotation of the handle 18 in association with the performance at that time, whether it was the timing of switching the game mode, or the like.

When adopting such a configuration, the game machine manufacturer should determine where the player tends to shoot the game ball in the pachinko machine 10 of the relevant model (arrangement configuration of the game nails and the like on the game board 30). Whether the launch position of the game ball is changed with timing, and whether the launch position is smoothly changed in the case of a model that needs to change the launch position of the game ball (see Fig. 37, etc.). can grasp. In general, when it is necessary to change the hitting position of the game ball and there is a display device (decorative pattern display device 42, etc.), an operation amount detection means capable of grasping the rotation amount of the handle 18 detects , the display device displays an instruction to hit to the right when it is desirable to hit to the right, and an instruction to return to hitting to the left is displayed on the display when it is desirable to hit to the left.

(iii) In the above-described embodiment, once the mobile-linked game is started, points for the mobile-linked game (used for rank-up that triggers a change in performance) continue to accumulate every time a predetermined period elapses from that time. can be configured to In other words, points are given not only on days when mobile-linked games are played, but also on days when mobile-linked games are not played. Naturally, it is desirable that the player who played the game on that day accumulates more points. For example, the first conceivable configuration is to change the points to be awarded according to the amount of games played. is given, and when the mobile-linked game is played, many points may be given when the mobile-linked game is not played.

When adopting this configuration, points will accumulate even while you are not playing mobile-linked games. When you are unsure whether to play a game or not, you may think, ``It's too late to restart and accumulate points,'' so you won't play mobile-linked games, or even stop playing on the machine itself. can do. In addition, in order to accommodate players who want to accumulate points by themselves, it is possible for the player to decide whether or not to add the points for the day when the mobile-linked game was not played (gaming machine It is desirable to configure such that the operation can be performed on either the server side or the server side).

(jjj) In the sixth embodiment, the function for reading the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the function for specifying the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 The configuration for providing the function is not particularly limited. Another embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. 45 .

Also in this embodiment, the same sub-display device 411 as in the sixth embodiment is provided. However, above it, instead of the mobile camera 412 of the sixth embodiment, an infrared sensor 441 having the same horizontal width as the display portion of the sub-display device 411 is provided. In this embodiment, the infrared sensor 441 constitutes a shooting position detection means, and when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation section 414 facing forward, that is, when using the smartphone link function or when terminating the mobile-linked game When reading the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 with the mobile communication terminal 431, the position of the mobile camera 433 is specified by the degree of reflection of the output infrared rays (for example, the mobile camera 433 and its surroundings are identified by the light and shade). The distance from the lower end of the mobile communication terminal 431 is also measured by time, etc.). In addition, the infrared sensor 441 should be able to specify at least the left and right positions of the mobile camera 433. When the left and right positions are specified, the QR code is vertically displaced on the sub display device 411 as in the sixth embodiment. We will identify the position.

A movable camera 442 as reading means is provided below the sub-display device 411 . The movable camera 442 of this example is configured to be slidable vertically and horizontally, and although not shown in the drawings, rails, motors, and the like for displacing the movable camera 442 are provided. Correspondingly, in this aspect example, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 facing backwards when starting the mobile-linked game, the QR code displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 ( The display position of the password 434) is the lower part of the display part 432 and the central part in the horizontal direction. Furthermore, errors in the display position of the password 434 for each mobile communication terminal 431 can be eliminated by displacing the movable camera 442 .

In addition, a reading signal detection means for detecting a signal to start reading the QR code from the mobile communication terminal 431 and a signal for reading completion, and an installation detection means for detecting that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation section 414 may be composed of either the infrared sensor 441 or the movable camera 442 .

As described above, by making the camera for reading the QR code (password) displayed on the mobile communication terminal 431 movable, the mobile communication terminal 431 may To reliably read the password of a mobile communication terminal 431 by displacing a movable camera 442 to a position where the password of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read even if the display position of the password displayed on the display part 432 of the mobile communication terminal 432 is different. can be done. In this embodiment, the lift device 421 is omitted, but a movable camera 442 is provided below the sub-display device 411, and a password is displayed below the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 correspondingly. Therefore, even without the lift device 421, the password of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read and the QR code of the sub-display device 411 can be read by the mobile communication terminal 431 without fail. That is, by providing the lift device 421, it is possible to avoid the risk of the lift device 421 being damaged and the functions of the sixth embodiment being stopped.

The displacement direction of the movable camera 442 is not particularly limited, and it may be configured to be movable in the front-rear direction as well as in the vertical and horizontal directions, or may be configured to be tiltable. In addition, the installation detection means for detecting that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation portion 414 may contact the bottom surface of the installation portion 414 with the bottom surface of the mobile communication terminal 431 set on the installation portion 414, for example. It may be configured by a switch.

(kkk) In the sixth embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation section 414 facing forward, the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is specified by the mobile camera 412. Furthermore, when the position of the mobile camera 412 cannot be identified, the position of the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is systematically and sequentially displaced by thoroughly searching for the position of the mobile camera 433. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration, and either one of the specifying methods may be adopted. Also, the method of changing the position of the QR code is not limited, and for example, it may be configured to be displaced in a square spiral shape.

(lll) In the sixth embodiment described above, the function of reading the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the installation unit 414 facing backward and the function of reading the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 installed on the installation unit 414 facing forward. and a function of reading the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411 with the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431, but at least one of the functions may be provided.

Further, the shape, arrangement, etc. of the installation portion 414 of the sixth embodiment are not particularly limited. For example, the left and right walls of the installation portion 414 are configured to have an L-shaped cross section or a U-shaped cross section so as to be slidable in the left and right direction, and the left and right walls can be adjusted according to the size of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the installation portion 414 . You may comprise so that a wall part may be slid and held. In this case, the display section 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be directly viewed, not through the transparent wall section of the installation section 414 . Moreover, in this case, it is desirable that the portable communication terminal 431 is held by the left and right walls, thereby reliably preventing the mobile communication terminal 431 from falling off. Furthermore, if the player wants to visually recognize the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation portion 414, the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 needs to be transparent or open forward. However, if there is no need to make it visible, for example, if there is no smartphone link function, it is not particularly necessary to make it transparent or open.

However, the installation portion 414 should have a relatively large storage space, or be capable of accommodating the entire mobile communication terminal 431 so that it can be used even when the mobile phone cover that covers the mobile communication terminal 431 is relatively large. It is desirable to be configured so that it can be installed without it (even if it protrudes somewhat). Also, a rotatable door-like part may be provided, or a holding means capable of holding the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation portion 414 may be provided. For example, the wall portion sliding to the left and right may be automatically or manually tightened so that the portable communication terminal 431 installed in the installation portion 414 can be clamped. , a mobile communication terminal in which a holding body which can be displaced back and forth, whose axial direction extends left and right, and whose outer peripheral surface is made of a sponge material, is installed in the installation portion 414 by an elastic body such as a spring or a driving means such as a motor. 431 may be press-contacted and sandwiched by a predetermined wall portion of the installation portion 414 .

In addition, it is possible to omit the installation portion 414 itself. In this case, in order for the mobile camera 412 to read the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the player changes the display position of the password 434 and the position of the mobile camera 412. Alignment will be done. By omitting the installation unit 414, the player needs to keep holding the portable communication terminal 431 while reading the password 434, but there is an advantage that the password does not have to be manually entered. Also, in order to make it easier for the player to recognize where to bring the portable communication terminal 431, the position is surrounded by a square, or a light-emitting means such as an LED is installed to make it shine. Furthermore, you may try to make an announcement on the decorative pattern display device 42 .

In addition, when the installation unit 414 is omitted, even when the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 reads the QR code displayed on the sub-display device 411, the mobile camera 412 can be used to read the mobile camera 433. , or by sequentially displacing the QR code on the sub-display device 411 to find the position read by the mobile camera 433, it is possible to reduce the burden of positioning the player. .

(mmm) In the sixth embodiment described above, charging means capable of charging the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation section 414 may be provided. For example, wireless charging may be possible by generating electromagnetic waves or the like, or charging cords compatible with mobile communication terminals 431 of multiple manufacturers may be provided. In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation section 414 runs out of charge, and in particular, when using the smartphone link function, this effect is more pronounced.

(nnn) Although not specifically mentioned in the sixth embodiment, when using the smartphone link function, a predetermined condition is satisfied (a player meets a predetermined standard regarding the amount of games played, a predetermined rank regarding a mobile-linked game is updated) ), or the game machine maker side (while looking at the operating status of the relevant game machine) sequentially supplies new information (application update), etc.), the same effect code displayed on the sub display device 411 (effect It may be configured so that a different interlocking effect is displayed even when the code information for use is read.

More specifically, if you play a mobile-linked game and use a smartphone link, and furthermore, the longer you play the mobile-linked game, the more reliable and specific information you can get. You may For example, in a slot machine that has assist replay time or assist time (or bonus) and has multiple modes in which the probability of winning the assist replay time or assist time (or bonus) changes, If you win, based on the winning, how much you can expect to win Assist Replay Time or Assist Time, and how likely it is that the mode will improve, etc. You can also use a communication terminal.

Also, in the slot machine, when an effect that suggests a rough expectation of winning such as a bonus is performed, the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 displays the narrowed range of expectation of winning. It may be configured to suggest degrees. In other words, even though the lottery result of the bonus etc. is a loss, the slot machine side is performing an exaggerated effect, but the effect of the mobile communication terminal 431 is not so great, and the bonus etc. is won. There is almost no effect on the slot machine side, but if you look at the effect on the portable communication terminal 431, you can see an effect that informs you that you have won. It is also possible to announce that there is a high possibility of winning.

(ooo) In the sixth embodiment, the sub-display device 411 that displays the code information (QR code) to be read by the mobile communication terminal 431 is configured by a liquid crystal display device. Instead, for example, a reel, a cube, a sphere, or the like on which a QR code is printed may be employed as the sub-display device. For example, even if the game machine is not provided with a liquid crystal display device such as the decorative pattern display device 42 and the sub-display device 411, the display section of the mobile communication terminal 431 can perform an effect.

(ppp) Although not specifically mentioned in the seventh embodiment, as in the sixth embodiment, when reading the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 or the variable display device 842 is started, The movable display device 851 may be provided with a configuration for outputting a signal when is completed, and the main body of the slot machine 810 may be provided with a configuration for detecting such a signal. For example, on the back side of the movable display device 851, light emitting means such as an infrared light emitting device that emits light at the timing of reading start and reading end is provided, and on the main body side of the slot machine 810, light emission detection for detecting light emission of the light emitting means is provided. A means may be provided. In this case, even if the position of the movable display device 851 is misaligned, the misalignment can be reliably corrected.

(qqq) In the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 is used as the movable display means, but the mobile communication terminal 431 carried by the player may be used. Furthermore, when a mobile-linked game can be executed, a mobile camera 412 is installed side by side with the sub-display device 411 as in the sixth embodiment. In this case, the exchange of information between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431, which was merely a link for the exchange of information between the pachinko machine 10 and the server, can be sublimated as a performance and made interesting. It is possible to fully demonstrate the potential of mobile-linked games. As a result, the mobile-linked game can be enjoyed more.

In addition, players who are playing mobile-linked games can set a character that imitates themselves on the web page of the server, and if they play mobile-linked games, the above During production, a character appearing in the production may be configured to replace one's own character.

Further, even when the mobile communication terminal 431 is adopted as the movable display means, the mobile communication terminal 431 can be operated like the movable display device 851 while reading the QR code displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815. may be configured. In this case, the portion itself where the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed, such as the installation unit 414 of the sixth embodiment, is operated.

Furthermore, when adopting a configuration for operating the mobile communication terminal 431, it is desirable to provide a holding means for holding the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation section 414 (for example, moving it toward the constituent wall of the installation section 414). In this case, the angle of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be unified, so that the display section 432 can be made easier to see, and the mobile communication terminal 431 can be prevented from falling off from the installation section 414 . As for the holding means, the portion of the holding means that abuts on the mobile communication terminal 431 has its axis centered in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the mobile communication terminal 431 is taken out from the installation portion 414 (in the left-right direction if the mobile communication terminal 431 is taken out upward). ) (buffer material such as sponge material or rubber material is provided at the contact portion). In this case, when the player tries to take out the mobile communication terminal 431 held by the holding means, the rotating body follows and rotates. can be taken out without Further, the holding means may be configured to be automatically displaceable between the holding position and the releasing position, or may be configured to be manually displaceable between the holding position and the releasing position by the player. Further, when the mobile-linked game ends, the holding means is released, and the installation portion 414 may be displaced forward so that the portable communication terminal 431 can be easily removed from the installation portion 414 . In addition, for example, when the QR code displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is read by the mobile camera 412, the front-facing mobile communication terminal 431 is movably configured to face backward. The portion 414 may be rotated 180 degrees.

Furthermore, for example, a marker is displayed on the display means, the camera of the movable display means (for example, the mobile communication terminal 431 installed on the displaceable installation portion 414) captures the marker, and the marker is displayed via the movable display means. It may be configured to be able to execute an effect using augmented reality in which a different viewing mode is overlaid in front of the display means or the like when viewed. In other words, when a predetermined effect with a relatively high degree of expectation occurs, the movable display means operates and displaces to the front of the display means, and the marker displayed on the display means is read by the camera of the variable display means. In this case, when looking at the display section of the variable display means, it is possible to visually recognize an effect display such as a predetermined character jumping out from the display means and running around. By using a portable communication terminal as variable display means and having the portable communication terminal 431 download an augmented reality application, the load on the gaming machine can be reduced. Further, as in the sixth embodiment, when the marker is read, the light emitting unit 435 of the mobile communication terminal 431 emits light to indicate that the marker has been read by a predetermined camera or sensor of the game machine (the part where the marker is displayed). (preferably in the vicinity of ).

(rrr) In the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 is configured to slide vertically and horizontally, but the direction of displacement is not particularly limited. It may be configured to be displaced, or to rotate or rotate about the horizontal direction, vertical direction, or front-back direction. In this case, a more dynamic performance is possible. Furthermore, when adopting a configuration in which the movable display device 851 moves back and forth, the size of the QR code displayed on the decorative design display device 815 is configured to be increased or decreased according to the back and forth movement of the movable display device 851. You may Although not specifically mentioned in the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 can be operated according to the operation of the effect button 878, the cross button 879, etc., or the pressing order and pressing time of the stop buttons 872, 873, 874. , and, in some cases, the QR code may be configured to be displaced.

In addition, in the seventh embodiment, regarding the configuration for reading the QR code 892 attached to the reels 842L, 842M, 842R, for example, it is arranged on the inner peripheral side of the reels 842L, 842M, 842R, and the reels 842L, 842M, There may be a plurality of types of backlights that illuminate the 842R from the inside, and the configuration may be such that the predetermined QR code 892 can be read only when a predetermined backlight is illuminated (it is difficult for the player to understand).

In the seventh embodiment, the display means for displaying the QR code as code information is not particularly limited. and a side on which the QR code is not printed, the posture exposing the first QR code forward, the posture exposing the second QR code forward, and the QR code being displayed. The display means may be configured by a polyhedron that is configured to be changeable between a posture in which the non-exposed surface is exposed forward and a posture changeable. In addition, when applied to a pachinko machine, for example, a QR code is printed on the game board 30 along the rails 51 and 52, a display means capable of displaying the QR code is installed, and a movable display device is installed. It may be configured to be operable along rails 51,52.

Furthermore, in the seventh embodiment, the method of supplying power to the movable display device 851 is not particularly limited. For example, if the movable display device 851 is rechargeable, the wiring for the power source of the movable display device 851 is omitted, and when the movable display device 851 is at the reference position, the power source of the movable display device 851 side and the game machine main body side is reduced. For example, the terminals for the terminals may be configured to be in contact with each other. Alternatively, the link mechanism may be energized by a conductive link mechanism that does not get entangled even when rotated. Omitting the wiring in this manner allows the movable display device 851 to perform more complicated operations.

(sss) In the seventh embodiment, when the movable display device 851 is at the reference position, it is configured to be positioned in front of the lower right portion of the decorative design display device 815, but the reference position etc. is not limited. Instead, for example, a sub-display device (a liquid crystal display device may be used, or a rotating body on which a plurality of QR codes are printed so as to line up along the rotation direction) is provided on the side of the decorative pattern display device 815. It is also possible to configure it so that it is located in front of it.

Further, even when the same QR code is read, different effects may be derived depending on the order in which the plurality of QR codes are read. For example, when reading code A containing start information of a predetermined effect, code B and code C containing effect type information, and code D containing predetermined effect end information, the order is A→B→C→D. The ending of the presentation may be different between reading in the order of A→C→B→D and reading in the order of A→C→B→D. In this case, for example, instead of displaying the QR code on the liquid crystal display device, the QR code is printed on a reel, a ball-shaped or a box-shaped rotating body, etc., and read by the movable display device 851 to change the presentation. In such a configuration, even if a large number of QR codes are not attached to the reels, etc., it is possible to derive a variety of effects in the movable display device 851, which is greater than the number of QR codes attached to the reels, etc. . Further, for example, if the codes A to C are displayed on the decorative pattern display device 815 and the code D is attached to the reel, the movable display device 851 can be displayed on the reel without attaching many QR codes to the reel. More diverse effects can be derived from the effects positioned in front of the , and the control of alignment between the position of the QR code on the reel and the position of the movable display device 851 can be simplified.

(ttt) In the above-described eighth embodiment, the aspect of the forgotten-to-take guide display 901 (pre-forgot-to-take guide display 905) (the content, shape, size, display position, etc. of words and graphics) is not particularly limited. , can be appropriately changed for each model.

Further, in the eighth embodiment, the display mode of the decorative pattern display device 42 (forgotten guidance display 901) and the voice mode are derived as the "guidance mode" for calling attention to forgetting to take. However, the means for deriving the guidance mode is not particularly limited, and other display means may be provided and the guidance mode may be derived there, or a lamp or the like may be used to remind the operator of the lost device. A warning may be issued, or an appropriate combination of aspects such as a display device, sound, and a lamp may be used to remind the user to forget to remove the device. However, it is desirable that the guidance mode includes "characters" so as to be able to clearly convey the game information and the fact that the player has forgotten to take the game card.

In addition, when a voice announcement is derived as a guidance mode derived in a state where the variable display of the decorative pattern is not performed, the volume of the voice other than the voice related to the guidance announcement is reduced or muted. good too. In this case, the voice announcement can be made easier to hear.

In addition, regarding the configuration in which the mode of the pre-forgotten-to-take guidance display 905 changes according to the content of the game information stored in the game information storage area (see FIG. 51(c)), the mode of the pre-forgotten-to-take guidance display 905 There are no particular limitations on the manner in which the change is made or the content of the game information subject to the change in mode.

The "game information content" referred to here includes the amount of game information (the number of types, the amount of change from the start of this mobile-linked game, etc.), the importance of game information, etc. stored, etc.), and the case where the amount of change from the start of the mobile-linked game this time is equal to or greater than a specified amount, etc.).

In addition, "the mode of the pre-forgot-to-take guide display 905 changes" means that the display area of the pre-forgot-to-take guide display 905 changes (the area increases as the amount of game information increases, etc.). When the hue of the forget-me-not guidance display 905 changes (changes with regularity, for example, from black to red), and when the line type of the characters of the character information 902 changes (the characters become thicker, etc.), the character information In a configuration in which the operation of 903 changes (the operation becomes dynamic as game information increases, etc.) and the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 is not always displayed, the frequency of display of the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 is increased. Patterns such as

Furthermore, regarding the pre-forgotten-to-take guidance display 905, for example, the display area of the form of the pre-forgotten-to-take guidance display 905 displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 is changed according to the content of the game information stored in the game information storage area. When enlarging, the decorative pattern may be displayed small at a position that does not overlap with the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905 (if overlapping, it becomes difficult to identify both the decorative pattern and the pre-forgot-to-pick guidance display 905).

(uuu) In the eighth embodiment described above, by performing a determination process that specifies the game situation in detail, it is specified whether or not the situation is such that the forget-to-take guidance display 901 (pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905) is to be derived. Although it is configured, for example, points are assigned to various game situations, and points are added or subtracted depending on whether or not they are in various situations, and if the sum of the assigned points exceeds the specified number It may be configured to derive the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 (the pre-forgot-to-take guidance display 905). For example, a point counter that counts points is provided, and a forget-to-take guidance display 901 is derived when the number of points is 80 or more. When the ball-draw button 123 is operated, 100 points are added. 30 points, minus 30 points after 20 seconds, minus 40 points after 30 seconds, plus 60 points by operating return button 122, minus 30 points after 10 seconds from operation of return button 122, minus 30 points after 20 seconds. , plus 20 points by turning on the touch sensor of the handle 18, minus 20 points by switching off the touch sensor of the handle 18, plus 20 points by shifting to the normal stage, from the normal stage to other stages, It may be configured such that it becomes minus 20 points or the like when transitioning to the jackpot state.

In the eighth embodiment, the sub-control device 262, which is not electrically connected to the card unit connection board 314, can grasp the operation information of the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 via a photocoupler. Although it is configured, it may be configured to grasp the operation of the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 by another method. For example, by operating the ball lending button 121 or the returning button 122, two switches are provided that switch from an off state to an on state, one of which is connected to the card unit connection board 314, and the other is connected to the sub-controller 262. It may be configured as

(vvv) In the above-described eighth embodiment, when the ball extraction button 123 is not operated, the forgot-to-take guide display 901 is not derived in a state other than the normal stage. and when staying in the pull-back stage, the forget-to-take guidance display 901 may be configured not to be derived, or the condition of the game stage may be removed from the conditions for deriving the forget-to-take guidance display 901 (emergency If it is possible, it is possible to stop the game even in the time reduction mode or the variable probability mode, so the effect of preventing forgetting to take is further enhanced). However, by setting the condition of the game stage, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the design quality is lowered due to the derivation of the forget-to-take guide display 901, and the game can be progressed relatively smoothly.

In addition, in the configuration in which the demonstration screen display is not derived, post-stop elapsed time measuring means capable of grasping the time after the variable display of the decorative symbols is stopped is provided, and the specified time has passed since the variable display of the decorative symbols has been stopped. In this case, the forgot-to-take guide display 901 may be deleted. Of course, even if the demo screen display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted (derivation of the demo screen display can be removed from the conditions for erasing the forget-to-remove guidance display 901).

Further, for example, when it is determined that the decorative symbol (special symbol) is being variably displayed in step S8504 of the game information forgetting prevention process (see FIG. 49), that is, during the variably displaying, the forgetting guide display 901 (play If it is determined that the forget-to-take guide display 905) is derived, the special change reservation area is checked, etc., and if the change display corresponding to the big win is performed, or the change display corresponding to the big win is reserved and stored. If so, instead of the pre-forgotten-to-pickup guidance display 905, a display for teaching that a big win will occur may be derived. The display that teaches that such a big win will occur may be configured in a display mode used in other jackpot confirmation effects, or in a dedicated display mode (for example, the characters of the forgot-to-take guide display 901 are changed to ""big win"). is left behind. Please be careful not to forget to remove it."

(www)
(www-1) Although the eighth embodiment is embodied in the pachinko machine 10, it may also be applied to slot machines. In general, a slot machine has a variable display device (variable display means) equipped with three reels each having a plurality of types of identification information attached thereto, and a medal insertion slot (insertion means) for inserting medals as game media. , an insertion detection switch (insertion detection means) for detecting medals inserted into the medal insertion slot, and the number of medals detected by the insertion detection switch is stored as electronic data with a prescribed number (for example, 50) as the upper limit. a credit storage area (credit storage means), a start lever (starting operation means) for starting rotation of the reels (variation display of identification information), and stopping each rotating reel (stopping identification information). One game consists of three stop buttons (stop operation means) for stopping all the reels, and a series of operations to rotate all the reels based on the operation of the start lever and to stop all the reels based on the operation of each stop button. In order to start the rotation of the reels, a bet button (bet operation means) for betting the number required to start the rotation of the reels from the medals stored in the credit storage area, and a predetermined A production button (production operation means) that changes the content of production depending on whether it is operated or not when the production occurs, and the operation of the start lever in the state where medals are betted are used as triggers to draw a lottery for the winning combination. At the same time, the main control device (lottery means, identification information control means), and a payout device (game medium providing means) for awarding a number of medals corresponding to the winning combination when the identification information of the reels stopped and displayed by the identification information control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination. ) and a credit button (credit operation means) for paying out the number of medals stored in the credit storage area.

Then, when the credit button is operated, the forgot-to-take guidance display 901 may be derived. In this case, the player who wants to pay out the credited medals and leave the slot machine can be made aware of the forget-to-take guidance display 901 .

(www-2) In addition, the number of medals stored in the credit storage area is less than the number required to spin the reels (perform one game) (for example, one game can be played with three medals). 2, 1, or 0 in a slot machine that can be played twice), if any one of the bet button, the start lever, and the effect button is operated, the forget-to-take guide display 901 is displayed. It may be configured to derive In this case, it is possible to have the player who may end the game recognize the guidance display 901 for forgetting to remove. Note that one or two of these three operating conditions may be omitted, or other operating conditions (stop button operation, etc.) may be added.

(www-3) Furthermore, as a result of the winning lottery, the bonus game (special game state) was not won, but if the bonus game was won, a stop display is displayed at the start of the bonus game (at the time of transition). The forget-to-take guidance display 901 may be derived when an operation is performed to stop and display the reels at a timing that matches the combination of the identification information. In this case, it is possible to have the player who may end the game recognize the guidance display 901 for forgetting to remove.

(xxx) In the above ninth embodiment, by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, the pachinko machine 10 is initialized and the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are used. However, the operation (pre-setting) for permitting time setting is not particularly limited to such a configuration. . For example, it is possible to detect that a button for canceling an error state such as the state recovery switch 321 has been operated, or that a key has been inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 700 and a specific turning operation has been performed. The configuration may be such that the time setting is permitted when, for example, the time is broken. In other words, it is sufficient that the operation is possible by operating at a position that the player cannot touch or by using tools that the player cannot possess.

In addition, in the ninth embodiment, in the time setting valid state, a normal game cannot be played (for example, the decorative design is not displayed on the decorative design display device 42, and the time setting screen is maintained, or an indication for an error is derived, etc.).

Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, in the normal processing of the main controller 261, etc., output data such as commands updated in the previous processing are configured to be output (collectively) in external output processing. It may also be configured to output at the time when the setting is performed. As a method for transmitting and receiving data, either parallel communication or serial communication may be used.

(yyy) In the ninth embodiment, by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, the time setting is enabled, and the time setting screen is displayed to enable the time setting. In addition, the time limit is set for the period in which the time setting is valid. Although the setting is in a valid state, the time setting screen is not displayed, and the time setting is practically disabled. The time setting screen may be displayed so that the time can be set when a predetermined operation (operation of the effect button 125, etc.) is performed.

In addition, just by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, instead of transitioning to the time setting enabled state, the time setting preparation state (substantially, the time setting is still disabled) state), and perform a predetermined input operation during the time setting preparation state (within a specified time after turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while operating the RAM erase switch 323) to set the time. It may be configured so that it can transition to the valid state and set the time of the real-time clock.

Further, by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch 323, although the time setting is valid, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erasing switch 323 is operated. The configuration may be such that the time setting enabled state cannot be continued (the time setting disabled state is entered) unless a predetermined input operation is performed within the time. When adopting these configurations, the player will play a game in a state in which the real-time clock time can be set based on the operation of the effect button 125, the cross button 126, etc. It is possible to more reliably prevent such a situation.

In addition, as a predetermined input operation performed in the time setting preparation state, for example, the effect button 125 is pressed a predetermined number of times (for example, only once, or twice in consideration of a mistake such as unintentionally touching the effect button 125). , or pressing three times), inputting a password, performing an input operation (inputting a command) in a prescribed order using the top, bottom, left, and right input portions of the cross button 126, and the like. In particular, when password input or command input is required, only persons concerned with the game machine maker can set the time of the real-time clock.

(zzz) In the ninth embodiment, the time setting is valid unless the time setting completion input is input or the value of the time setting valid timer becomes 0 in the state where the time setting valid flag is set to ON. Although the flag is configured not to be turned off (see steps S8806 and S8811 in FIG. 53), for example, when the handle 18 is operated (for example, when the human body touches the handle 18, the touch sensor built into the handle 18 is used). or the handle 18 is rotated by a predetermined amount), the time setting enable flag may be turned off. In addition, there is a time limit (restriction) on the time setting valid state, such that the time can be set within a specified time after the time setting is enabled, and the time cannot be set after the specified time has passed. time) can be omitted. However, by setting the time limit, the player forgets to return from the time setting valid state to the time setting invalid state, and in a state where the time setting of the real-time clock based on the operation of the effect button 125, the cross button 126, etc. can be performed. It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which a player plays a game (a game hall or the like starts operating). In particular, in the ninth embodiment, by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, not only the backup data is erased (the RAM data is initialized), but also the time is set. Since there is a concern that switching to the valid state increases the possibility of forgetting that it has switched to the time setting valid state, the above-described operational effects are exhibited more remarkably.

(aaaa) In the ninth embodiment, the period during which the time setting is enabled and the period during which the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative design display device 42 match, but they do not necessarily match. good too. For example, when a predetermined detection is performed in the time setting valid state (for example, when closing of the inner frame 12 is detected by the inner frame open detection switch 92), the time setting screen is displayed. good too. When adopting such a configuration, the fact that the time setting is valid may be indicated by lighting the error display lamp 104, for example. Further, a light-emitting member may be provided on the rear side of the inner frame 12 (near the RAM erase switch 323, for example), which is lit when the time setting is enabled.

(bbbb) In the ninth embodiment, the year/month/day/hour/minute can be set. , can be set as appropriate. Furthermore, the time setting screen is configured so that settings can be made for each year, month, day, hour, and minute. , and the one's digit can be set separately.

In the ninth embodiment, the real-time clock can be set. 10 It is also possible to embody an elapsed counting means (timer) that does not count when power is not supplied from the outside. For example, in a configuration in which a calendar is stored and the power is turned off, or the date is advanced by one each time the power is turned on, the power is turned off due to the occurrence of a predetermined problem. If the opportunity occurs twice or more in one day, the date may be corrected in order to cope with the situation where the date is advanced excessively. In addition, elapsed time counting means (timer) for measuring the time from the power-on of the pachinko machine 10 on that day, and elapsed time counting means for counting the specified time (value corresponding to) if only grasping the cycle of each specified time (Timer).

(cccc) The display control device 45 of the ninth embodiment does not directly read the data of the character ROM 525 to draw, but stores the data necessary for drawing in a separately provided volatile memory so that the necessary data can be collected. Then, the data in the volatile memory is read out and drawn, but the data in the character ROM 525 may be directly read out and drawn without being stored in the volatile memory. However, even when adopting such a configuration, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is operated, and the time setting valid flag is set to ON (the time setting screen is displayed. ), display on the decoration pattern display device 42 of the screen related to the game such as the demo display screen and the variable standby screen in the normal mode is put on standby, and the time setting valid flag is turned off (the time setting screen is erased). In this case, it is configured to display a screen related to the game.

In addition, although not specifically mentioned in the ninth embodiment, regarding the display state of the decorative design display device 42 (liquid crystal display means), the drawn state from which the desired display manner can be derived, and the desired display manner. A preparatory state may exist in which a part of the display mode is derived as a provisional display mode that is a different mode from the target display mode. That is, in general, when generating a display mode with a relatively large amount of information in the decorative pattern display device 42 (in recent years, basically, it is always a display mode with a large amount of information), relatively many processes , and correspondingly can require a relatively long preparation time to derive such a desired presentation. Therefore, if the preparation time until the desired display mode can be derived is relatively long, the decorative pattern display device 42 can display the desired display mode during the preparation time until the desired display mode is completed. A "temporary display mode" is derived that is different from the display mode (suggestions, etc., are conveyed in the same way) and that the pachinko machine 10 is powered off. Such a temporary display mode has a relatively small amount of data and is a simple display mode that can be generated relatively quickly (for example, instead of the variable display of decorative patterns, "○" and "X" are alternately displayed, In the case of , "○" is stopped and displayed).

Furthermore, in the ninth embodiment, the data amount of the time setting screen is about the same as the data amount of the temporary display mode (for example, the difference is 20% or less, 10% or less), or less. good. When adopting such a configuration, for example, in a state in which many processes are required, such as when the pachinko machine 10 is started, it is possible to reliably derive the time setting screen and proceed with other processes. It should be noted that "the data used in the time setting screen may also be used for screen display other than the time setting screen". In this case, it is possible to reduce the capacity of the character ROM 525 and the like.

(dddd) In the ninth embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 56, the decoration pattern display device 42 may be configured to be able to display the time based on the real time clock. For example, a time display button (time display operating means) for displaying the time is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 19 or the like, and when the time display button is operated (for example, one touch), the decorative pattern display device is displayed only for a predetermined time. At 42, the time of day may be configured to be displayed. Also, for example, when the menu screen is displayed by operating the effect button 125 in the state where the variation of the decorative symbols is stopped, the time is displayed on a part of the menu screen, or "menu screen → other When the time display is turned on, the time is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 42 all the time or in a state other than a specific performance such as a ready-to-win performance. It may be configured to be displayed.

When adopting these configurations, the player can check the time on the pachinko machine 10, so the player can save time looking at the wall clock in the game hall or looking at the wristwatch. In addition, in the ninth embodiment, since the time of the real-time clock can be set, the time displayed on the pachinko machine 10 is different from the actual time, but it continues to be displayed. can be prevented. In other words, by providing the pachinko machine 10 with the time setting function, it is possible to display the time to the player on the premise that there will be no significant deviation. That is, for example, the clock function installed in the pachinko machine 10 has a problem and the time is off, and the player who relied on the clock function (accepting the wrong time without thinking) may It is possible to prevent a situation such as feeling uncomfortable due to the fact that the

It should be noted that whether or not the player is permitted to use the time display function may be configured such that a person involved in the game hall or the like where the pachinko machine 10 is installed can set. For example, on the time setting screen displayed by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch 323, it is possible to set whether or not to turn on the time display function. good too. In this case, if there is a possibility that the time on the real-time clock has deviated from the actual time because the real-time clock has broken down or there is no time to adjust the real-time clock, the player cannot set the wrong time. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the In addition, it is also possible to comply with business policies such as wanting players to forget about time and enjoy games.

Also, a display device for displaying the time (segment display device, etc.) may be provided separately. Furthermore, the presentation may be performed by such a display device for displaying the time.

(eeee) Furthermore, in the ninth embodiment, a storage area (target time storage means) capable of storing the target time set based on the operation of the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, and the target time by referring to the real-time clock. A timer function (timer means). For example, by operating the time display button provided on the upper surface side of the upper plate 19, as shown in FIG. A selection item as to whether or not to set is displayed, and here, by moving the cursor to the selection item of "set" and operating the effect button 125, a timer setting screen is displayed and the timer can be set. may be configured to allow

When adopting the above configuration, for example, if you have a schedule at 18:00 and want to stop playing at 17:00 and go home, if the timer function is set at 17:00, the pachinko machine 10 will notify you at 17:00. Until then, the user can concentrate on the game without worrying about the clock. Furthermore, since the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be able to grasp the time by the real-time clock, it is possible to directly set the target time instead of setting a timer such as two hours from now. In addition, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the user carelessly fails to notice that the scheduled time has come, as in the case of self-management without timer means. In addition, by providing the pachinko machine 10 with a time setting function, it is possible to prevent a large deviation in the time from remaining.

It should be noted that there is a concern that the teaching by the timer function may annoy surrounding players. In particular, if the timer function is instructed while the player who set the timer is away from the game, such concerns become more pronounced. For this reason, for example, it is instructed by a predetermined display means (decorative pattern display device 42, etc.), or by the operation of the operation means operated by the player (the effect button 125, the handle 18 shakes, etc.). can be configured to In addition, when the teaching by the timer function is activated while the player is away, if the teaching ends before the player returns, the player will not notice the teaching at all. The instruction ends when the player operates a predetermined operation means (for example, the effect button 125) (the decorative pattern display device 42 displays "the set time has come" and "turns off this display"). A teaching screen on which selection items are displayed is derived, and the teaching screen disappears by moving the cursor to the selection item such as "turn off this display" and operating the production button 125). good. Furthermore, for example, if you do not set the timer function again (set the timer not to be set) or end the mobile-linked game, the teaching by the timer function will repeat (like the snooze function of an alarm clock). may be configured to do so. In this case, it is possible to improve the convenience for the player who wants to finish the game at a bad timing and wants to play a little more, but the schedule is also important. In addition, by resetting the timer function or ending the mobile-linked game at the end of the teaching by the timer function, if someone else ends the teaching by the timer function while the player is away, It is possible to prevent a situation in which the relevant player does not notice (in the case of the snooze function, the player notices after one cycle).

In addition, if the timer setting screen is displayed in the middle of the variable display of the decorative symbols, the variable display cannot be visually recognized. It is desirable to configure such that the setting screen of is derived.

(ffff) In the ninth embodiment, the closing time may be input, and the decorative design display device 42 may display the closing time and the time until closing. In this case, it is possible to save the trouble of asking the store clerk when the store closes, and save the trouble of repeatedly looking at the pachinko machine 10 alternately with the wall clock or wristwatch in the game hall when playing a game near the closing time. can. However, if the closing time is changed, it is necessary to change the setting. It is also possible to set a plurality of patterns of closing times with the possibility of , and when changing, a choice may be made from among them, thereby reducing labor.

Also, for example, it may be possible to display the game time since the start of the mobile-linked game. In this case, it is possible to urge the player to make a calm decision, take a proper rest, and prevent the player from becoming too absorbed in the game.

(gggg) In the pachinko machine 10 of the ninth embodiment, etc., a plurality of patterns of algorithms for interpreting the password issued by the server are prepared, and interpretation method determination means is referred to when determining the algorithm for interpreting the password. and the interpretation method determination means includes first interpretation method determination means for changing the algorithm for instructing use at a specified time interval (for example, every 20 minutes based on the real-time clock), and the algorithm for instructing use at the specified time It is changed at intervals (for example, every 20 minutes based on a real-time clock), and the timing of this change is in the middle of the interval of the timing of change by the first interpretation method determination means (for example, the first interpretation method determination means and a second interpretation method determination means for changing the use algorithm 10 minutes after the change of the use algorithm for the first interpretation method determination means is performed. passwords to be issued during the period from to before the algorithm used by the second interpretation method determination means is changed, are created with a combination corresponding to the algorithm instructed by the first interpretation method determination means, and 2. The second interpretation method determining means instructs the password to be issued during the period from when the algorithm used by the second interpretation method determining means is changed until when the algorithm used by the first interpretation method determining means is changed. It may be configured to create a combination corresponding to the algorithm to be used.

In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the password pattern is grasped by the player, and the player enters a password that he or she creates according to the rules of passwords to create a situation as he or she likes. can. Also, for example, if the algorithm to be used is changed after the password is issued, there is a concern that the password may not be read, or completely different information may be entered. In this regard, in this aspect, it is possible to prevent the algorithm to be used from being changed after the password is issued (for example, if the interval between changing the algorithm to be used is 20 minutes, after the password is issued, at least 10 During the minute, the algorithm of use is not changed (of course, the longer the interval between changes of the algorithm of use, the more certain this effect will be).

(hhhh) In the tenth embodiment, the password issued by the server includes time information such as month, day, hour, and minute, and the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be able to store such information. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, it may be configured so that the year can be grasped, or any information on the month, day, hour, or minute can be omitted (for example, only the month and day can be known, the approximate season can be known, etc.). You may In the case of a configuration that does not include (uses) time information, means for measuring time on the pachinko machine 10 side, such as a time measuring timer, can be omitted.

(iii) In the tenth embodiment, the password displayed on the mobile communication terminal that accessed the server is configured to change every minute. may In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a word corresponding to time information among the words changes significantly while the word is being input. However, if such a configuration is adopted, there is a possibility that the difference between the time information input to the pachinko machine 10 and the actual time will increase (one minute or more) as the update cycle is lengthened. be.

Furthermore, although not specifically mentioned in the tenth embodiment, "with regard to the word corresponding to the time information in the password, the same time can be indicated according to the combination of the words other than the word corresponding to the time information in the password." It may be configured such that the combination of words corresponding to the time information is changed. In this case, for example, if you remembered the word corresponding to the time information in the password when you started the mobile-linked game in the morning last time, and you want to start the game in the morning even though it is nighttime, It is possible to modify only the word corresponding to the time information so that entering the password does not set the time in the morning.

(jjjj) In the tenth embodiment, for example, instead of issuing a password at the server as in the sixth embodiment, a two-dimensional code (for example, a QR code) is issued, and the pachinko machine 10 , a mobile camera 412 (input means, reading means) capable of reading the two-dimensional code displayed on the display of the mobile communication terminal, and the two-dimensional code displayed on the mobile communication terminal Of these, the aspect of the portion corresponding to the time information may be configured to change with the passage of time. When adopting such a configuration, it is possible to omit the trouble of manually inputting a password by the player, and it is possible to improve the workability. Even if it takes some time (one minute or more) to cause the pachinko machine 10 to read the two-dimensional code after issuing the two-dimensional code, the aspect of the part corresponding to the time information in the two-dimensional code changes with the passage of time, it is possible to prevent time lag.

Furthermore, in place of the two-dimensional code, another function may be provided that enables input of interlocking game information from the server in a short period of time when the mobile interlocking game is started. For example, a receiving means is provided as an input means capable of receiving radio waves or infrared rays output from the mobile communication terminal, or a listening means is provided as an input means capable of listening to audio signals output from the audio output section of the mobile communication terminal. It is good also as providing. In addition, the function to create two-dimensional codes and various signals may be possessed by the server, or possessed by the mobile communication terminal (a dedicated application must be downloaded to the mobile communication terminal when registering for the first time for mobile-linked games). Ask for help) is also good. The time information may be provided by the server or may be provided by the mobile communication terminal.

[Appendix]
Technical ideas that can be grasped from the above embodiment will be described below.

A. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not to generate a jackpot state, and a lottery is performed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

By the way, when a game machine maker produces a new model, etc., it aims to manufacture a game machine that pleases players by referring to evaluations of conventional game machines.

However, for example, when marketing is performed by requesting a research company, there is a possibility that a satisfactory number of responses may not be obtained, or the result report may be delayed. In addition, there is concern that responses to questionnaires given to players may not be accurate.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a gaming machine capable of quickly and widely collecting information on the gaming tendencies of players.

Means A-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
an operation means operable by a player;
a selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect for selecting an effect by the player's operation of the operation means;
selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information, which is information relating to selection by operating the operation means;
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least server address information among server address information, game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means, and information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the information output means outputs selection information stored in the selection information storage means. A gaming machine characterized in that it also includes

In addition, "mobile communication terminal,
a reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
a communication means capable of communicating with the server;
portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server;
The server
host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the game information when the game information accumulated in the game information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal;
host-side selection information storage means for accumulating and storing the selection information when the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal.

The game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is a history of games played by the player, and may be useful as reference material when the player reviews his/her own game. In addition, various services may be provided by a game machine manufacturer or the like that operates a server according to the game history. On the other hand, the game information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is information indicating the preference of the player as to which of the selectable effects he or she has selected. useful information for

In this respect, according to this means A-1, when game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the code information is accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means. It is configured to include the selection information that the player wants to know or collect, and the information that the game machine maker wants to know is a set. Therefore, by reading the encoded information with the portable communication terminal and communicating with the server after the player has played the game, both the player side and the gaming machine maker side can send useful information to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and wide-ranging (responses can be obtained from a larger number of players), thus avoiding situations where the information is outdated, irrelevant, or overly biased. can be done. As a result, fresh and accurate information can be obtained one by one, and such good information can be used to develop new machines that meet the expectations of players. In other words, while inheriting the goodness of the past by leaving the elements that are popular with the players, on the contrary, the elements that are not popular are removed and simplified, or alternatively, the complexity is suppressed by replacing them with other elements. It is possible to carry out new trials while doing so.

The game information includes the number of occurrences of special game states that are advantageous to the player, the number of executions of variable display performed by the variable display means for teaching the result of lottery for determining whether the special game state is successful, For example, when a special game state or a variable display occurs, a predetermined specific effect is generated from among a number of effects. In addition, for slot machines as game machines, the probability of winning a special game state (bonus) can be set in multiple stages, and there are differences in the probability of winning a child role depending on the settings. The number of winning times of child roles with different winning probabilities according to settings is accumulated in the game information storage means and sent to the server, so that the server calculates the appearance rate of the child role per a predetermined number of games. However, it may be constructed so that it can be displayed on the portable display means.

In addition, as the ``selection effect that allows the player to select the effect by operating the operation means'', a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, the appearing character, etc. In a configuration in which the stage is sequentially changed by operating means, each stage constitutes a selection effect, and the game information in this case is, for example, how many times the variable display is performed at which stage. (Simply changing the stage by operating the operation means is not counted as selection information.). Furthermore, during a normal game state (for example, when a pachinko machine develops super reach) or when a special game state occurs, the player selects the development destination of the effect or the effect during the special game state from among a plurality of effect patterns. In a possible configuration, the plurality of effect patterns constitute a selection effect, and the game information in this case includes, for example, information as to which effect pattern has been selected and executed. In addition, when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, a predetermined effect is derived as a reaction, and depending on the case, the operation means may be changed depending on the number of times the operation is performed. The effect that can be derived by operating constitutes the selection effect, and the game information in this case is, for example, information on whether the player has operated the operation means within a predetermined period, or information on whether or not the player has operated the operation means. The information includes how many times the player has operated the operation means (how many times or more) when an announcement is made to operate the operation means.

The address information is information such as a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) for accessing the server by the mobile communication terminal, and the IP address of the server can be finally obtained. In addition, "code information" is not limited to a two-dimensional code and a one-dimensional code, but is indicated in the form of a sequence of symbols such as a URI, and includes information composed of a sequence (combination) of the symbols. be. Further, "when the mobile communication terminal accesses the server by reading the address information of the server from the code information displayed on the display means, the game information and the selection information included in the code information are output to the server".

Means A-2. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The gaming machine according to means A-1, wherein only the game information is stored until it is displayed on the display means.

According to the means A-2, the data storage capacity of the game information in the game machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

Means A-3. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. The gaming machine according to means A-1 or A-2, wherein the selection information is stored not only until the display means is displayed, but also during other periods.

According to means A-3, selection information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent incidentally. This makes it possible to obtain more selection information at the server. In addition, in the case of a configuration that does not separately store the player's individual selection information, the selection information of a specific player can be obscured, and the individual's hobbies and preferences will be highlighted without the player's knowledge. It is possible to suppress such a situation that the fact is known and offended).

The code information may be configured to include all selection information accumulated in the gaming machine on that day, or may include selection information up to several days ago (divided by day). You may In addition, in the server, individual selection information can be stored separately from the total selection information of the gaming machine on which the player has played, and only when the player agrees to store the individual selection information It may be configured such that individual selection information is accumulated.

Means A-4. The stored content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. The gaming machine according to means A-3, characterized in that the stored contents of the game information storage means are retained even after being erased.

According to the means A-4, it is possible to send more selection information to the server (send selection information for other players collectively) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the game information in the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Furthermore, for example, in the case of a configuration in which the stored contents of the selection information storage means are erased when the code information is displayed on the display means, for example, when the player ends the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is displayed but not read and sent to the server, the player's selection information is not sent to the server and does not remain on the game machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the contents stored in the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is still the possibility that another player will send it to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information can be achieved more reliably.

The game machine may be configured to delete selection information after a predetermined period (predetermined time, predetermined days, etc.) has passed since it was stored in the selection information storage means, or it may not be deleted (deleted). program).

Means A-5. Equipped with input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
By inputting a password using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means is started, and
When the password contains information corresponding to the game information and the selection information accumulated in the server, processing corresponding thereto (when the information corresponding to the game information and the selection information is not included, Any of means A-1 or A-4, characterized in that a different process from when the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different) can be executed. The game machine described.

In addition, "the server stores the password according to the contents stored in the host-side game information storage means and the host-side selection information storage means in response to a player's request via the mobile communication terminal being accessed. password issuing means for issuing the

According to the means A-5, not only the game information accumulated and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information accumulated and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. For example, by analyzing the tastes and preferences of the players in relation to the game, it is possible to facilitate the derivation of effects that match them, or to grasp the trends of the tastes and tastes of the players as a whole, that is, the popularity of each effect, etc. It is possible to facilitate the derivation of popular presentations. Therefore, it is possible to improve the playability by retrofitting in accordance with the tastes and preferences of the individual player or of all the players. In addition, since the effect balance changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rutiness.

At least a part of the input means may be constituted by the operation means, or may be provided separately. Further, ``the effect table referred to when deriving the selected effect is configured to be changeable by inputting the password to the gaming machine when starting a game of the gaming machine.'' may be In addition, "a player's request via a mobile communication terminal that is accessing" means not only an operation corresponding to password issuance by a mobile communication terminal on a web page, but also, for example, a mobile communication terminal If the web page is programmed to issue a password as soon as information indicating that it is the first game is received via the web page, the first access is also included.

Means A-6. If the password contains information corresponding to the player's individual game information accumulated in the server and the player's individual selection information, the corresponding processing (for the game information and the selection information) Means A- characterized in that it is configured to be able to execute different processing when the corresponding information is not included or when the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different. 5. The gaming machine described in 5.

In addition, the "host-side game information storage means of the server has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the player's individual selection information,
The password issuing means may issue the password according to the stored contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the stored contents of the corresponding individual selection information storage area.

According to means A-6, it is possible to reflect the selection information that the individual player has accumulated so far, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences in the game. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, appearing characters, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during a normal game state, For example, by inputting a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage with a high selection rate of the player (a stage with a large number of selections). Also, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the effect or the effect during the special game state during the normal game state (for example, when the pachinko machine develops super reach) or when the special game state occurs. For example, by inputting a password, the cursor for selecting an effect can be configured to be aimed from the beginning at a position for selecting an effect that has been highly selected by the player so far. Furthermore, for example, when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, a predetermined effect is derived as a reaction to the operation, and in some cases, in a configuration in which the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password By inputting , the effect using the operation means is not performed so much (replaced with other effects) for a player who does not operate the operation means much, or the number of operations of the operation means is the standard number of times. When reaching , a specific effect is performed, and the specific effect can be derived by performing the operation a predetermined number of times, which is less than the reference number of times. Therefore, the player feels that the gaming machine becomes familiar with him as he repeatedly plays the game, and can play the game comfortably. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation in which the player must perform the same operation each time in order to set the gaming machine to the desired state within the range that the player can select.

Means A-7. If the password contains information corresponding to the game information of the individual player accumulated in the server and the selection information of all players, the corresponding processing (the game information and the selection information Means A- characterized in that it is configured to be able to execute different processing when the corresponding information is not included or when the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different. 5. The gaming machine described in 5.

In addition, the "host side game information storage means of the server has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an overall selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The password issuing means may issue the password corresponding to the stored contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the stored contents of the general selection information storage area.

According to the means A-7, it is possible to reflect in the game the aggregated selection information of all the players, that is, the statistics of the hobbies and tastes of all the players playing the corresponding model of the gaming machine. . For this reason, for example, a player who is playing for the first time is first recommended to enjoy a highly popular performance, etc., to increase the possibility of attracting the player's interest at an early stage. It is possible to positively appeal the goodness of the game machine by having the player who has selected only the performance select the popular performance as a trial and discover new goodness. . Therefore, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be fully exploited depending on the development of the game, and the player is no longer able to play the game. In addition, it may be configured such that the tastes and preferences of all the players are reflected when the gaming machine has little experience, and the tastes and preferences are not reflected when the gaming experience is accumulated to some extent.

Means A-8. If the password includes the game information of the individual player accumulated in the server and the information corresponding to the selection information of the individual player and/or all players, the corresponding processing (the game (processing different from the case where the information corresponding to the information and the selection information is not included, or the storage contents of the game information and the selection information accumulated in the server are different). The gaming machine as described in Characteristic A-5.

In addition, the "host-side game information storage means of the server has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of individual players and a general selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area, the storage contents of the corresponding individual selection information storage area, and the storage contents of the general selection information storage area. issuing the password”.

According to the means A-8, it is possible to reflect the hobbies and tastes of individual players and to reflect the hobbies and tastes of all players, which is basically the same as the means A-6 and A-7. The function and effect of are exhibited. It should be noted that the configuration may be such that the player can select whether to reflect his/her individual tastes and preferences, or to reflect the tastes and preferences of all players (or not to reflect them at all). Furthermore, such selection may be made when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page. It is possible to reduce the total number of words used in the password, simplify the password issuing process and storage capacity, and reduce the labor involved in entering the password.

Means A-9. When the password contains information corresponding to the fact that the specific game information is accumulated in the server in a predetermined amount or more, the personal information of the player, which is contained in the password and is accumulated in the server, is included. Execute processing according to the game information and the selection information of the individual player,
If the password does not contain information corresponding to the fact that the specific game information is accumulated in the server in excess of a predetermined amount, the personal information of the player that is contained in the password and accumulated in the server The game machine according to means A-8, characterized in that a process is executed according to the game information and the selection information of all players.

When issuing a password, the password issuing means determines whether or not the specific game information is stored in the host side game information storage means in an amount equal to or greater than a predetermined amount, and if a negative determination is made, issuance of the password corresponding to the contents stored in the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information storage area, and if the determination is affirmative, the individual selection information storage area and the individual selection information storage area are stored. "issuing the password according to the stored contents".

According to the means A-9, in a state in which the player has little experience in playing the relevant game machine and the amount of data on the tastes and tastes of the individual players is not so large, the tastes and tastes of all the players are reflected in the game, You can actively appeal the goodness of the gaming machine. Furthermore, when the player has accumulated a certain amount of gaming experience with the relevant gaming machine (for example, when the number of fluctuations and the number of wins exceeds a reference value), the player's individual tastes and preferences are reflected in the game, The player can play the game more comfortably. Therefore, it is possible to provide suitable playability according to the situation.

In addition, on the server side, in order to determine which of the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information storage area the stored contents should be reflected in the game (whether to be included in the password), the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information The number of pieces of information identified from the password, and thus the total number of password patterns, can be reduced compared to the case where the password includes the stored contents of both storage areas. Therefore, the password can be shortened as much as possible and the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and reduction of labor related to password input.

Means A-10. The gaming machine according to any one of means A-5 to A-9, wherein the player can select whether or not to reflect the accumulated selection information in the game.

According to the means A-10, it is possible to prevent the accumulated selection information from being reflected in the game. Therefore, even a player who is well-balanced as it is can comfortably play a mobile-linked game using a mobile communication terminal and a server.

In addition, selection information storage means for the player's personal use and host side selection information storage means (individual selection information storage area) for accumulating and storing selection information only in the mobile-linked game state are provided to indicate the player's intention not to reflect it. However, when (corresponding operation/setting is performed), the selection information is not accumulated and stored in the means for storing the selection information for the individual player (it may be configured to ask whether or not to participate each time, or to participate only for the first time). , and the result may be reflected), or may be stored but not reflected.

Means A-11. It is configured to be able to conduct a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The game machine according to any one of means A-5 to A-10, wherein the content of the questionnaire can be changed according to information about the selection information included in the input password.

According to means A-11, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped by simply counting selections of selection effects. For example, it is possible to inquire about a performance that the user dislikes (uninteresting) or why he/she likes a particular performance. Therefore, it is possible to collect more information and more reliably avoid the situation of creating a gaming machine that does not meet the needs of the player.

Further, in this means, the content of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in response to means A-6, in the case where the player himself/herself has often selected the effect A among the selected effects in the past, the display means displays the message "Why do you like the effect A?" It is also possible to display 1; Therefore, it is possible to conduct a more detailed survey and obtain better quality questionnaire data. In addition, even if the number of options and the number of questions are reduced, it is possible to efficiently shift to detailed questions. can answer.

If a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, the questions may be biased or the questions may be irrelevant to the player's tastes and preferences. can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be efficiently conducted, more suitable answers can be obtained, and the number of times the questionnaire effect is derived can be reduced. You can control the situation that you feel.

Means A-12. The contents of the questionnaire are displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed, or when there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) does not display the contents of the questionnaire), the gaming machine according to means A-11.

According to means A-12, it is possible to respect the will of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, although the player has no intention to participate in the questionnaire, the contents of the questionnaire are displayed, and no operation is performed here. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire results is remarkably lowered due to, for example, making different selections.

Means A-13. Ranking is performed according to the number of executions of specific game information, and the content of the effect is changed according to the rank,
The game information storage means stores the number of times specific game information is executed in a mobile-linked game state from when the password is entered until the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. provided with game information counting means for storing
In the password, to update to the next rank set when the number of executions of the specific game information for updating to the next rank is less than a predetermined allowable value along with the rank information indicating the rank. means A-5 to A- characterized by being configured to be able to execute processing according to the rank information and the remaining information when the remaining information indicating the number of executions of the specific game information is included in 12. The gaming machine according to any one of 12.

In addition, "the server is
host-side game information counting means provided in the host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
rank determination means for determining the rank based on the number of executions of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information count means;
a calculating means for calculating how many remaining execution times of the specific game information are necessary for updating to the next rank;
an allowable value determining means for determining whether the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password calculated by the calculating means together with the rank information indicating the rank of the password Include residual information indicating a value."

According to the means A-13, when the number of executions of the specific game information reaches or exceeds the specified number of times, the rank is updated, and the player can enjoy the change of the presentation according to the new rank. In addition, determination of update of rank and accumulation of game information of multiple games are performed in the server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeatedly play the mobile-linked game, so it is desirable to have the player actively participate in the mobile-linked game and, in turn, to provide more selection information. can.

In addition, since the server side accumulates and stores the total game information, even if the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the rank is not updated unless the information indicating the fact is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

However, even if the number of executions of the specific game information reaches the specified number of times predetermined as a condition for updating the rank, the game is started a little while later, and even if the specified number of times is reached prematurely, the game is finished once. There is a concern that the change in the production corresponding to the new rank cannot be enjoyed unless the step of displaying the code information, accessing the server, and entering the issued password is taken into consideration. As a result, the player who has fulfilled the condition for updating the rank and wants to enjoy the corresponding effect will have to end the game once as described above. In addition, even after the condition for updating the rank is achieved, the number of executions of the specific game information is accumulated without accessing the server, and the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be enjoyed is remarkably shortened. Or, if you skip the rank one level higher and fulfill the condition to update to the rank two levels higher, you will lose the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the rank one level higher. may invite.

In this regard, according to this means, when the server determines that the difference between the total number of executions of the specific game information and the specified number of times predetermined as the condition for updating the rank is less than the allowable value, The password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of executions of specific game information up to a prescribed number of times. Therefore, even if the game is not ended once, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank can be changed. Therefore, as long as the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the player can derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without extra effort. Furthermore, it is possible to provide sufficient opportunities to enjoy the effects and the like corresponding to each rank.

The game machine is referred to when determining the pattern of the selection effect, and the state where the game is played without inputting the password (non-mobile-linked game state), or the game is played with the initial rank. A normal table that is selected or is likely to be selected in a normal state, and a state in which a game is played without inputting a password, or a state in which a game is played with an initial rank, is not selected or is selected. In addition to having a special table that is difficult to use, it is equipped with a use permission flag individually provided corresponding to the special table, and when determining the pattern of the selection effect, the use permission flag is confirmed and the table to be referred to is determined. Then, the corresponding usage permission flag may be set based on the rank information included in the input password.

In addition, in a configuration in which it is possible to rank up two stages in a day's game, the number of times up to the nearest rank up is memorized, and the number of times to jump over two stages on that day is achieved. may be up to one level (the next start is from the two-level up state), or the number of times up to the first level up and the number of times up to the second level up are stored. may However, in order to allow players to fully enjoy the effects corresponding to each rank and to simplify the processing, it is desirable that the number of ranks that can be updated in one day is at most three.

Means A-14. The gaming machine according to means A-13, wherein when the password does not contain the remaining information, processing according to the rank information can be executed.

In addition, when the allowable value determination means determines that the value calculated by the calculation means is equal to or greater than the allowable value, remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculation means for the password shall not include

According to the means A-14, since the password does not always contain residual information, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, when entering a password, there are not only combinations of words that are allowed to be entered, but also combinations that are not allowed to be entered. length and the number of selectable words for password input must be increased. Therefore, by minimizing the total number of password patterns, it is possible to shorten the password and minimize the number of words that can be selected when entering the password, thereby improving the operability when the player enters the password. etc. can be achieved. As a result, the input work is avoided because the password input operation is difficult, and the game cycle via the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and, by extension, the opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player is lost). decrease) can be suppressed.

Means A-15. a remaining number storage means for storing the remaining number of executions of the specific game information required until updating to the next rank;
When the first password issued when the mobile-linked game is played for the first time is entered, the specific game information from the initial rank to the next rank can be updated to the remaining number storage means. The gaming machine according to means A-13 or A-14, wherein the number of executions of is set.

According to the means A-15, even when the condition for updating to the next rank is achieved in the initial rank, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank is suitably changed without requiring extra work for the player. be able to.

Means A-16. Means A-13 to A- characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updating. 15. The gaming machine according to any one of 15.

According to means A-16, the update conditions from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which, due to the fact that the update condition cannot be met even once, the playability through the mobile communication terminal and the server is not appealing, and the player is shunned thereafter.

B. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not to generate a jackpot state, and a lottery is performed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

By the way, recent gaming machines tend to have more variations in effects, etc., and are devised so as not to get bored as much as possible. However, depending on the development of the game, there is a concern that the potential of the gaming machine may not be fully exploited or the player may become bored after playing the game several times.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy games more.

Means B-1. In a gaming system comprising a gaming machine and a server capable of acquiring information about a game played by a player via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
The game machine is
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
an operation means operable by a player;
a selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect for selecting an effect by the player's operation of the operation means;
selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information, which is information relating to selection by operating the operation means;
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means displays at least the address information of the server among the address information of the server, the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means. information output means for displaying code information including
An input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation,
By inputting a password using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means is started,
The mobile communication terminal is
a reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
a communication means capable of communicating with the server;
portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server;
The server is
host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the game information when the game information accumulated in the game information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal;
host-side selection information storage means for accumulating and storing the selection information when the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal;
When the code information displayed on the display means includes the game information stored in the game information storage means, the information output means of the game machine stores the game information stored in the selection information storage means. also include selection information that
The server issues the password according to the contents stored in the host-side game information storage means and the host-side selection information storage means in response to a player's request via the accessing mobile communication terminal. A game system comprising password issuing means.

The game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is a history of games played by the player, and may be useful as reference material when the player reviews his/her own game. In addition, various services may be provided by a game machine manufacturer or the like that operates a server according to the game history. On the other hand, the game information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is information indicating the preference of the player as to which of the selectable effects he or she has selected. useful information for

In this respect, according to this means B-1, when game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the game information is accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means. It is configured to include the selection information that the player wants to know or collect, and the information that the game machine maker wants to know is a set. Therefore, by reading the encoded information with the portable communication terminal and communicating with the server after the player has played the game, both the player side and the gaming machine maker side can send useful information to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and wide-ranging (responses can be obtained from a larger number of players), thus avoiding situations where the information is outdated, irrelevant, or overly biased. can be done. As a result, fresh and accurate information can be obtained one by one, and such good information can be used to develop new machines that meet the expectations of players. In other words, while inheriting the goodness of the past by leaving the elements that are popular with the players, on the contrary, the elements that are not popular are removed and simplified, or alternatively, the complexity is suppressed by replacing them with other elements. It is possible to carry out new trials while doing so.

Furthermore, according to the means B-1, not only the game information accumulated and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information accumulated and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. For example, by analyzing the tastes and preferences of the players in relation to the game, it is possible to facilitate the derivation of effects that match them, or to grasp the trends of the tastes and tastes of the players as a whole, that is, the popularity of each effect, etc. It is possible to facilitate the derivation of popular presentations. Therefore, it is possible to improve the playability by retrofitting in accordance with the tastes and preferences of the individual player or of all the players. In addition, since the effect balance changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rutiness.

Means B-2. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the player's individual selection information,
According to means B-1, the password issuing means issues the password corresponding to the stored contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the stored contents of the corresponding individual selection information storage area. game system.

According to the means B-2, selection information accumulated so far by the individual player, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences can be reflected in the game. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, appearing characters, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during a normal game state, For example, by inputting a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage with a high selection rate of the player (a stage with a large number of selections). Also, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the effect or the effect during the special game state during the normal game state (for example, when the pachinko machine develops super reach) or when the special game state occurs. For example, by inputting a password, the cursor for selecting an effect can be configured to be aimed from the beginning at a position for selecting an effect that has been highly selected by the player so far. Furthermore, for example, when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, a predetermined effect is derived as a reaction to the operation, and in some cases, in a configuration in which the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password By inputting , the effect using the operation means is not performed so much (replaced with other effects) for a player who does not operate the operation means much, or the number of operations of the operation means is the standard number of times. When reaching , a specific effect is performed, and the specific effect can be derived by performing the operation a predetermined number of times, which is less than the reference number of times. Therefore, the player feels that the gaming machine becomes familiar with him as he repeatedly plays the game, and can play the game comfortably. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation in which the player must perform the same operation each time in order to set the gaming machine to the desired state within the range that the player can select.

Means B-3. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an overall selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The game according to means B-1, wherein the password issuing means issues the password corresponding to the stored contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the stored contents of the overall selection information storage area. system.

According to the means B-3, it is possible to reflect in the game the total selection information of all the players, that is, the statistics of the hobbies and tastes of all the players playing the corresponding model of the gaming machine. . For this reason, for example, a player who is playing for the first time is first recommended to enjoy a highly popular performance, etc., to increase the possibility of attracting the player's interest at an early stage. It is possible to positively appeal the goodness of the game machine by having the player who has selected only the performance select the popular performance as a trial and discover new goodness. . Therefore, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be fully exploited depending on the development of the game, and the player is no longer able to play the game. In addition, it may be configured such that the tastes and preferences of all the players are reflected when the gaming machine has little experience, and the tastes and preferences are not reflected when the gaming experience is accumulated to some extent.

Means B-4. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of individual players, and an overall selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area, the storage contents of the corresponding individual selection information storage area, and the storage contents of the general selection information storage area. The game system according to means B-1, wherein the password is issued.

According to the means B-4, it is possible to reflect the hobbies and tastes of individual players and to reflect the hobbies and tastes of all players, which is basically the same as the means B-2 and B-3. The function and effect of are exhibited. It should be noted that the configuration may be such that the player can select whether to reflect his/her individual tastes and preferences, or to reflect the tastes and preferences of all players (or not to reflect them at all). Furthermore, such selection may be made when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page. It is possible to reduce the total number of words used in the password, simplify the password issuing process and storage capacity, and reduce the labor involved in entering the password.

Means B-5. When issuing a password, the password issuing means determines whether or not the specific game information is stored in the host side game information storage means in an amount equal to or greater than a predetermined specified amount. issuing the password according to the stored contents of the individual selected information storage area and the general selected information storage area; The game system according to means B-4, wherein the password is issued according to the password.

According to the means B-5, in a state in which the game machine has little experience in playing games and the amount of data on individual tastes and tastes of the players is not so large, the tastes and tastes of all the players are reflected in the game, You can actively appeal the goodness of the game machine. Furthermore, when the player has a certain amount of experience playing the relevant game machine, the player's individual tastes and preferences are reflected in the game, making it possible for the player to play the game more comfortably. Therefore, it is possible to provide suitable playability according to the situation.

In addition, on the server side, in order to determine which of the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information storage area the stored contents should be reflected in the game (whether to be included in the password), the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information The number of pieces of information identified from the password, and thus the total number of password patterns, can be reduced compared to the case where the password includes the stored contents of both storage areas. Therefore, the password can be shortened as much as possible and the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and reduction of labor related to password input.

Means B-6. The game system according to any one of means B-1 to B-5, wherein the player can select whether or not to reflect the accumulated selection information in the game.

According to the means B-6, it is possible to prevent the accumulated selection information from being reflected in the game. Therefore, even a player who is well-balanced as it is can comfortably play a mobile-linked game using a mobile communication terminal and a server.

Means B-7. The game machine is configured to be able to conduct a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The gaming system according to any one of means B-1 to B-6, wherein the content of the questionnaire can be changed according to the information regarding the selection information included in the entered password.

According to means B-7, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped by simply counting selections of selection effects. For example, it is possible to inquire about a performance that the user dislikes (uninteresting) or why he/she likes a particular performance. Therefore, it is possible to collect more information and more reliably avoid the situation of creating a gaming machine that does not meet the needs of the player.

Further, in this means, the content of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in response to the means B-2, in the case where the player himself/herself has often selected the effect A among the selected effects in the past, the display means displays the message "Why do you like the effect A?" It is also possible to display 1; Therefore, it is possible to conduct a more detailed survey and obtain better quality questionnaire data. In addition, even if the number of options and the number of questions are reduced, it is possible to efficiently shift to detailed questions. can answer.

In addition, when a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, there is a risk that the questions may be biased or may be irrelevant to the player's tastes and preferences. can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be efficiently conducted, more suitable answers can be obtained, and the number of times the questionnaire effect is derived can be reduced. You can control the situation that you feel.

Means B-8. The contents of the questionnaire are displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed, or when there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) does not display the contents of the questionnaire), the gaming system according to means B-7.

According to means B-8, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, even though the player has no intention to participate in the questionnaire, the contents of the questionnaire are displayed, and no operation is performed here. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire results is remarkably lowered due to, for example, making an unintended choice by hitting repeatedly.

Means B-9. Ranking is performed according to the number of executions of specific game information, and the content of the effect is changed according to the rank,
The game information storage means of the gaming machine stores a specific game in a mobile-linked game state from when the password is entered until the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. comprising game information counting means for storing the number of times information is executed;
The server is
host-side game information counting means provided in the host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
rank determination means for determining the rank based on the number of executions of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information count means;
a calculating means for calculating how many remaining execution times of the specific game information are necessary for updating to the next rank;
an allowable value determining means for determining whether the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password calculated by the calculating means together with the rank information indicating the rank of the password The gaming system according to any one of means B-1 to B-8, characterized by including remaining information indicating a value.

According to the means B-9, when the number of executions of the specific game information reaches or exceeds the specified number of times, the rank is updated, and the player can enjoy the change of the performance according to the new rank. In addition, determination of update of rank and accumulation of game information of multiple games are performed in the server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeatedly play the mobile-linked game, so it is desirable to have the player actively participate in the mobile-linked game and, in turn, to provide more selection information. can.

In addition, since the server side accumulates and stores the total game information, even if the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the rank is not updated unless the information indicating the fact is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

However, even if the number of executions of the specific game information reaches the specified number of times predetermined as a condition for updating the rank, the game is started a little while later, and even if the specified number of times is reached prematurely, the game is finished once. There is a concern that the change in the production corresponding to the new rank cannot be enjoyed unless the step of displaying the code information, accessing the server, and entering the issued password is taken into consideration. As a result, the player who has fulfilled the condition for updating the rank and wants to enjoy the corresponding effect will have to end the game once as described above. In addition, even after the condition for updating the rank is achieved, the number of executions of the specific game information is accumulated without accessing the server, and the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be enjoyed is remarkably shortened. Or, if you skip the rank one level higher and fulfill the condition to update to the rank two levels higher, you will lose the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the rank one level higher. may invite.

In this regard, according to this means, when the server determines that the difference between the total number of executions of the specific game information and the specified number of times predetermined as the condition for updating the rank is less than the allowable value, The password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of executions of specific game information up to a prescribed number of times. Therefore, even if the game is not ended once, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank can be changed. Therefore, as long as the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the player can derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without extra effort. Furthermore, it is possible to provide sufficient opportunities to enjoy the effects and the like corresponding to each rank.

Means B-10. When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is equal to or greater than the allowable value, remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculating means is included in the password. The gaming system according to means B-9, characterized in that there is no

According to the means B-10, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible because the remaining information is not necessarily included in the password. In general, when entering a password, there are not only combinations of words that are allowed to be entered, but also combinations that are not allowed to be entered. length and the number of selectable words for password input must be increased. Therefore, by minimizing the total number of password patterns, it is possible to shorten the password and minimize the number of words that can be selected when entering the password, thereby improving the operability when the player enters the password. etc. can be achieved. As a result, the input work is avoided because the password input operation is difficult, and the game cycle via the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and, by extension, the opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player is lost). decrease) can be suppressed.

Means B-11. The game machine comprises a remaining number storage means for storing the remaining number of executions of the specific game information required until the rank is updated to the next rank,
When the first password issued when the mobile-linked game is played for the first time is entered, the specific game information from the initial rank to the next rank can be updated to the remaining number storage means. is set.

According to the means B-11, even when the condition for updating the rank to the next rank is achieved in the initial rank, the performance corresponding to the update of the rank is preferably changed without requiring the player extra time and effort. be able to.

Means B-12. Means B-9 to B- characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updating. 11. The gaming system according to any one of 11.

According to the means B-12, the update conditions from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which, due to the fact that the update condition cannot be met even once, the playability through the mobile communication terminal and the server is not appealing, and the player is shunned thereafter.

Means B-13. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game system according to any one of means B-1 to B-12, wherein only the game information is stored until it is displayed on the display means.

According to the means B-13, the data storage capacity of the game information in the game machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

Means B-14. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. The game system according to any one of means B-1 to B-13, wherein the selection information is stored not only until the display means is displayed, but also for a period other than that.

According to means B-14, selection information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent incidentally. This makes it possible to obtain more selection information at the server. In addition, in the case of a configuration that does not separately store the player's individual selection information, the selection information of a specific player can be obscured, and the individual's hobbies and preferences will be highlighted without the player's knowledge. It is possible to suppress such a situation that the fact is known and offended).

Means B-15. The stored content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. The game system according to means B-14, characterized in that the stored contents of the game information storage means remain even after being erased.

According to the means B-15, it is possible to send more selection information to the server (including sending selection information for other players collectively) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the game information in the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Furthermore, for example, in the case of a configuration in which the stored contents of the selection information storage means are erased when the code information is displayed on the display means, for example, when the player ends the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is displayed but not read and sent to the server, the player's selection information is not sent to the server and does not remain on the game machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the contents stored in the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is still the possibility that another player will send it to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information can be achieved more reliably.

C. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not to generate a jackpot state, and a lottery is performed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, by exchanging data between the game machine and the server operated by the game machine manufacturer using the mobile communication terminal carried by the player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing the game machine. Gaming systems are known that allow In the game of such a gaming system, in general, a rank is given each time a certain amount of gaming experience is accumulated as a condition for updating the rank (for example, the number of fluctuations exceeds a specified number of times), and depending on the rank, The performance changes, and new services are available.

In addition, the server determines whether or not to update the rank. In other words, since the server side stores the game record of the individual player, even if the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the rank is not updated unless the information to that effect is sent to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

However, even if the game starts shortly before the conditions for updating the rank are cleared, and the conditions are cleared early, the game will end once and data will not be exchanged between the server and the gaming machine. Otherwise, the update of the rank will not be reflected in the game, so the player who wants to reflect it immediately will be forced to do extra work. Also, even after the conditions for updating the rank have been achieved, the period during which the player can enjoy the effects corresponding to the next updated rank will be significantly shortened by accumulating games without accessing the server, or , the condition for skipping one rank and updating to two ranks higher is achieved, and there is a risk of losing the opportunity to enjoy the effects corresponding to the one rank higher. be.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and its object is to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy more the states given according to their gaming experience. be.

Means C-1. In a gaming system comprising a gaming machine and a server capable of acquiring information about a game played by a player via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
The game machine is
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
information output means for causing the display means to display the address information of the server and code information including at least the address information of the server among the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means;
and an input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
By inputting a password using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means is started,
The mobile communication terminal is
a reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
a communication means capable of communicating with the server;
portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server;
The server is
host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the game information when the game information accumulated in the game information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal;
a password issuing means for issuing the password according to the stored content of the host-side game information storage means in response to a request from the player via the accessing mobile communication terminal;
Ranking is performed according to the number of executions of specific game information, and the content of the effect is changed according to the rank,
The game information storage means stores the number of executions of specific game information in a mobile-linked game state from when the password is entered until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. comprising information counting means,
The server is
host-side game information counting means provided in the host-side game information storage means for accumulating and storing the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
rank determination means for determining the rank based on the number of executions of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information count means;
a calculating means for calculating how many remaining execution times of the specific game information are necessary for updating to the next rank;
an allowable value determining means for determining whether the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password calculated by the calculating means together with the rank information indicating the rank of the password A game system characterized by including remaining information indicating a value.

According to the means C-1, when the server determines that the difference between the total number of executions of the specific game information and the specified number of times predetermined as the condition for updating the rank is less than the allowable value, the password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of executions of specific game information up to a prescribed number of times. Therefore, even if the game is not ended once, the effect corresponding to the update of the rank can be changed. Therefore, as long as the condition for updating the rank is cleared during the game, the player can derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without extra effort. Furthermore, even after the conditions for updating the rank have been achieved, the period during which the user can enjoy the effects corresponding to the next updated rank is significantly shortened by accumulating games without accessing the server, or To avoid a situation in which a condition for skipping a rank higher by one and updating to a rank two higher is achieved, and an opportunity to enjoy a performance corresponding to the rank higher by one is lost. It is possible to sufficiently give the player an opportunity to enjoy the performance corresponding to each rank.

Means C-2. When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is equal to or greater than the allowable value, remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculating means is included in the password. The game system according to means C-1, characterized in that there is no

According to the means C-2, since the password does not necessarily contain the remaining information, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, when entering a password, there are not only combinations of words that are allowed to be entered, but also combinations that are not allowed to be entered. length and the number of selectable words for password input must be increased. Therefore, by minimizing the total number of password patterns, it is possible to shorten the password and minimize the number of words that can be selected when entering the password, thereby improving the operability when the player enters the password. etc. can be achieved. As a result, the input work is avoided because the password input operation is difficult, and the game cycle via the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and, by extension, the opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player is lost). decrease) can be suppressed.

Means C-3. The gaming machine comprises a remaining number storage means for storing the remaining number of executions of the specific game information required until the rank is updated to the next rank,
When the first password issued when the mobile-linked game is played for the first time is entered, the specific game information from the initial rank to the next rank can be updated to the remaining number storage means. The game system according to means C-1 or C-2, wherein the number of executions of is set.

According to the means C-3, even when the condition for updating the rank to the next rank is achieved in the initial rank, the performance corresponding to the update of the rank is preferably changed without requiring the player extra time and effort. be able to.

Means C-4. Means C-1 to C- characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updating. 4. The game system according to any one of 3.

According to means C-4, the update conditions from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which, due to the fact that the update condition cannot be met even once, the playability through the mobile communication terminal and the server is not appealing, and the player is shunned thereafter.

Means C-5. The game machine is
an operation means operable by a player;
selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect for selecting an effect by the operation of the operation means by the player;
selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information, which is information relating to selection by operation of the operation means;
The server comprises host-side selection information storage means for accumulating and storing the selection information when the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is received via the mobile communication terminal,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the information output means outputs selection information stored in the selection information storage means. The game system according to any one of means C-1 to C-4, characterized in that it also includes

According to this means C-5, when the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means is also included, and the information that the player wants to know (or is collecting) and the information that the game machine maker wants to know are set. Therefore, by reading the encoded information with the portable communication terminal and communicating with the server after the player has played the game, both the player side and the gaming machine maker side can send useful information to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and wide-ranging (responses can be obtained from a larger number of players), thus avoiding situations where the information is outdated, irrelevant, or overly biased. can be done. As a result, fresh and accurate information can be obtained one by one, and such good information can be used to develop new machines that meet the expectations of players. In other words, while inheriting the goodness of the past by leaving the elements that are popular with the players, on the contrary, the elements that are not popular are removed and simplified, or alternatively, the complexity is suppressed by replacing them with other elements. It is possible to carry out new trials while doing so.

Means C-6. The password issuing means, in response to a player's request via the accessing mobile communication terminal, generates the rank information corresponding to the contents stored in the host-side game information storage means and the host-side selection information storage means. The gaming system according to means C-5, wherein the password is issued.

According to the means C-6, not only the game information (rank information) accumulated and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information accumulated and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. can. For example, by analyzing the tastes and preferences of the players in relation to the game, it is possible to facilitate the derivation of effects that match them, or to grasp the trends of the tastes and tastes of the players as a whole, that is, the popularity of each effect, etc. It is possible to facilitate the derivation of popular presentations. Therefore, it is possible to improve the playability by retrofitting in accordance with the tastes and preferences of the individual player or of all the players. In addition, since the effect balance changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rutiness.

Means C-7. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the player's individual selection information,
According to means C-6, the password issuing means issues the password corresponding to the stored contents of the relevant personal game information storage area and the stored contents of the relevant individual selection information storage area. game system.

According to the means C-7, selection information accumulated so far by the individual player, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences can be reflected in the game. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, appearing characters, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during a normal game state, For example, by inputting a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage with a high selection rate of the player (a stage with a large number of selections). Also, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the effect or the effect during the special game state during the normal game state (for example, when the pachinko machine develops super reach) or when the special game state occurs. For example, by inputting a password, the cursor for selecting an effect can be configured to be aimed from the beginning at a position for selecting an effect that has been highly selected by the player so far. Furthermore, for example, when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, a predetermined effect is derived as a reaction to the operation, and in some cases, in a configuration in which the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password By inputting , the effect using the operation means is not performed so much (replaced with other effects) for a player who does not operate the operation means much, or the number of operations of the operation means is the standard number of times. When reaching , a specific effect is performed, and the specific effect can be derived by performing the operation a predetermined number of times, which is less than the reference number of times. Therefore, the player feels that the gaming machine becomes familiar with him as he repeatedly plays the game, and can play the game comfortably. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation in which the player must perform the same operation each time in order to set the gaming machine to the desired state within the range that the player can select.

Means C-8. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an overall selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The game according to means C-6, wherein the password issuing means issues the password corresponding to the stored contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the stored contents of the overall selection information storage area. system.

According to the means C-8, it is possible to reflect in the game the aggregated selection information of all the players, that is, the statistics of the hobbies and tastes of all the players playing the corresponding model of the gaming machine. . For this reason, for example, a player who is playing for the first time is first recommended to enjoy a highly popular performance, etc., to increase the possibility of attracting the player's interest at an early stage. It is possible to positively appeal the goodness of the game machine by having the player who has selected only the performance select the popular performance as a trial and discover new goodness. . Therefore, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be fully exploited depending on the development of the game, and the player is no longer able to play the game. In addition, it may be configured such that the tastes and preferences of all the players are reflected when the gaming machine has little experience, and the tastes and preferences are not reflected when the gaming experience is accumulated to some extent.

Means C-9. The host-side game information storage means has an individual game information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the game information of the individual player,
The host-side selection information storage means includes an individual selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of individual players and a general selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of all players,
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage contents of the corresponding individual game information storage area, the storage contents of the corresponding individual selection information storage area, and the storage contents of the general selection information storage area. The game system according to means C-6, wherein the password is issued.

According to the means C-9, it is possible to reflect the hobbies and tastes of individual players and to reflect the hobbies and tastes of all players, which is basically the same as the means C-7 and C-8. The function and effect of are exhibited. It should be noted that the configuration may be such that the player can select whether to reflect his/her individual tastes and preferences, or to reflect the tastes and preferences of all players (or not to reflect them at all). Furthermore, such selection may be made when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page. It is possible to reduce the total number of words used in the password, simplify the password issuing process and storage capacity, and reduce the labor involved in entering the password.

Means C-10. When issuing a password, the password issuing means determines whether or not the specific game information is stored in the host side game information storage means in an amount equal to or greater than a predetermined specified amount. issuing the password according to the stored contents of the individual selected information storage area and the general selected information storage area; The gaming system according to means C-9, wherein the password is issued according to the password.

According to the means C-10, in a state where the gaming experience with respect to the relevant gaming machine is shallow and the amount of data on individual tastes and tastes of the players is not so large, the tastes and tastes of all the players are reflected in the game, You can actively appeal the goodness of the game machine. Furthermore, when the player has a certain amount of experience playing the relevant game machine, the player's individual tastes and preferences are reflected in the game, making it possible for the player to play the game more comfortably. Therefore, it is possible to provide suitable playability according to the situation.

In addition, on the server side, in order to determine which of the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information storage area the stored contents should be reflected in the game (whether to be included in the password), the individual selection information storage area and the general selection information The number of pieces of information identified from the password, and thus the total number of password patterns, can be reduced compared to the case where the password includes the stored contents of both storage areas. Therefore, the password can be shortened as much as possible and the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and reduction of labor related to password input.

Means C-11. The game system according to any one of means C-6 to C-10, wherein the player can select whether or not to reflect the accumulated selection information in the game.

According to the means C-11, it is possible to prevent the accumulated selection information from being reflected in the game. Therefore, even a player who is well-balanced as it is can comfortably play a mobile-linked game using a mobile communication terminal and a server.

Means C-12. The game machine is configured to be able to conduct a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The game system according to any one of means C-6 to C-11, wherein the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to the information about the selection information included in the entered password.

According to means C-12, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped by simply counting selections of selection effects. For example, it is possible to inquire about a performance that the user dislikes (uninteresting) or why he/she likes a particular performance. Therefore, it is possible to collect more information and more reliably avoid the situation of creating a gaming machine that does not meet the needs of the player.

Further, in this means, the content of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in response to the means C-7, in the case where the player himself/herself has often selected the effect A among the selected effects in the past, the display means displays the message "Why do you like the effect A?" It is also possible to display 1; Therefore, it is possible to conduct a more detailed survey and obtain better quality questionnaire data. In addition, even if the number of options and the number of questions are reduced, it is possible to efficiently shift to detailed questions. can answer.

In addition, when a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, there is a risk that the questions may be biased or may be irrelevant to the player's tastes and preferences. can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be efficiently conducted, more suitable answers can be obtained, and the number of times the questionnaire effect is derived can be reduced. You can control the situation that you feel.

Means C-13. The contents of the questionnaire are displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed, or when there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) does not display the contents of the questionnaire), the gaming system according to means C-12.

According to the means C-13, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, even though the player has no intention to participate in the questionnaire, the contents of the questionnaire are displayed, and no operation is performed here. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire results is remarkably lowered due to, for example, making an unintended choice by hitting repeatedly.

Means C-14. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game system according to any one of means C-5 to C-13, wherein only the game information is stored until it is displayed on the display means.

According to the means B-14, the data storage capacity of the game information in the game machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

Means C-15. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. The gaming system according to any one of means C-5 to C-14, characterized in that the selection information is stored not only until it is displayed on the display means, but also for a period other than that.

According to means C-15, selection information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent incidentally. This makes it possible to obtain more selection information at the server. In addition, in the case of a configuration that does not separately store the player's individual selection information, the selection information of a specific player can be obscured, and the individual's hobbies and preferences will be highlighted without the player's knowledge. It is possible to suppress such a situation that the fact is known and offended).

Means C-16. The stored content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. The game system according to means C-15, characterized in that the stored contents of the game information storage means remain even after being erased.

According to the means C-16, it is possible to send more selection information to the server (including sending selection information for other players collectively) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the game information in the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Furthermore, for example, in the case of a configuration in which the stored contents of the selection information storage means are erased when the code information is displayed on the display means, for example, when the player ends the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is displayed but not read and sent to the server, the player's selection information is not sent to the server and does not remain on the game machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the contents stored in the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is still the possibility that another player will send it to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information can be achieved more reliably.

Means D-1. When the code information is read by the mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in URI format in the mobile communication terminal, and at least part of the game information and the selection information are arranged between the corresponding character strings. A gaming machine characterized in that an order is determined, and a delimiter character is set between character strings respectively indicating the game information and the selection information.

According to the means D-1, the number of character strings indicating each piece of information can be freely changed by determining the order in which the character strings indicating the game information and the selection information are arranged and the separator character (indicating the separator). can do. As a result, when the amount of information is small, the number of characters can be reduced as much as possible, and the communication time can be reduced (the communication fee can be reduced). In addition, when setting an upper limit on the amount of data that can be sent at one time in order to reduce communication time (suppress communication charges), when the amount of information is small, the number of characters will be cut as much as possible to allow more (types) of information to be sent. can send. This will allow you to get more hot information.

Means D-2. When the code information is read by the mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in URI format in the mobile communication terminal, and at least a part of the game information and the selection information are arranged between the corresponding character strings. The order is determined, and an opening character indicating the beginning of the game information and the selection information is interposed at the beginning of the character string indicating each of the game information and the selection information,
A gaming machine characterized in that, when there is no accumulated memory of the corresponding game information and the selection information, only the corresponding opening characters are left.

According to the means D-2, the opening character is present between the character strings respectively indicating the game information and the selection information, so that it is equivalent to the case where the delimiter character of the means D-1 is interposed. Operation and effects can be achieved. Also, if there is no accumulated memory of the corresponding game information and selection information, that is, if the value obtained by counting the establishment of the predetermined condition is the game information, and the predetermined condition is never satisfied, Only the initial character is left, that is, it is continuous with the initial character corresponding to the game information or the selection information in the subsequent order, so that the server side grasps that there is no accumulated memory of the corresponding game information and selection information. It becomes possible to Therefore, the number of characters can be further reduced as compared with the case where a character string other than the opening characters indicates that there is no accumulated memory for the corresponding game information and selection information.

Means D-3. An effect canceling operation means is provided for skipping the predetermined effect or changing to a different effect by performing an operation by the player in a state where the predetermined effect is derived on the display means, and the effect canceling operation means is provided. The gaming machine according to means D-1 or D-2, wherein information when the performance is canceled by operating the canceling means is accumulated and stored as the selection information.

According to the means D-3, for example, when the effect displayed on the display means does not give a favorable impression to the player, or when the player is too excited to see it due to high expectations, It is possible to prevent the player from being stressed, and to find new pleasures by using such a cancellation function. Further, information indicating that the effect cancellation function by the effect cancellation operation means has been used is accumulated and stored, and transmitted to the server via the portable communication terminal. For this reason, it can be used as a reference for the development of gaming machines, and can be reflected in future mobile-linked games. It is preferable that this setting be configured so that it can be restored at will by the player.

Means D-4. Location information is sent from the mobile communication terminal to the server, and a password corresponding to the location information is issued from the server. When the password is entered into the game machine, local effects corresponding to the location information can be executed. The gaming machine according to any one of means D-1 to D-3, characterized by:

According to the means D-4, it is possible to derive the local effect when the mobile-linked game is played. Therefore, it is possible to make the mobile-linked game more interesting and encourage participation in the mobile-linked game. It should be noted that it may be configured such that different effects are derived depending on whether the locality played last time and the locality played this time are the same or different. Further, the number of games played at each local area may be accumulated and stored, and the accumulated information may be reflected in the game presentation.

Means D-5. A method according to any one of means D-1 to D-4, wherein the data for the local effect can be derived not only during a mobile-linked game in which a password is entered, but also during a non-mobile-linked game. game machine.

According to the means D-5, it is possible to increase the opportunities for the players to enjoy the local production, and to encourage them to participate in the mobile-linked game. Incidentally, in the non-mobile-linked game, the probability of occurrence of the local effect may be lower than in the Vile-linked game. In addition, in mobile-linked games, data for local effects can be selected at the player's will, but in non-mobile-linked games, data for local effects are derived at random regardless of the player's intentions. It is also possible to By adopting these configurations, it is possible to further encourage participation in the mobile-linked game (the occurrence of the local effect in the non-mobile-linked game can be used as a priming for participation in the mobile-linked game).

Means D-6. The information output means can output at least one of information indicating the game start time of the player, information indicating the game time, and information indicating the game end time,
When a password set based on the information indicating the game start time of the player, the information indicating the game time, and the information indicating the game end time accumulated in the server is entered, an effect related to the game time can be executed. The gaming machine according to any one of means D-1 to D-5, characterized by:

According to the means D-6, it is possible to derive an effect related to the game time when the mobile-linked game is played. Therefore, it is possible to make the mobile-linked game more interesting and encourage participation in the mobile-linked game.

E. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not to generate a jackpot state, and a variable display device indicates whether the game ball will win or not. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

By the way, in recent years, gaming machines have come to derive various effects in order to suppress monotony during games. However, players also have their own tastes in terms of performance. For some reason alone, the motivation to play the game has decreased, and some players even stop playing the game.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy games more.

Means E-1. A plurality of production setting items related to production can be set by the player,
A setting storage means capable of storing the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player,
Encoded selection information including the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player can be input, and the information on the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player among the input selection information is compounded. A gaming machine, wherein the setting storage means stores the settings.

According to the means E-1, with respect to a plurality of effect setting items related to effect, the player inputs encoded selection information (for example, a password, etc.) including the setting contents of the effect setting items into the game machine. It is possible to reflect the settings made outside the game and the settings made on the gaming machine in the previous game to the current game. For this reason, it is not necessary to repeat the same settings from scratch many times, and convenience can be improved. Also, the player can make the performance to his liking, making the game more comfortable and more attractive. Therefore, for example, I like most of the specs and motifs (concepts), but I don't like some effects, or I don't like the appearance balance of each effect, so I stop playing the game (2 It is possible to suppress situations such as not playing repeatedly, etc., and allow players to enjoy the gaming machine more.

It should be noted that the effect setting item may include a standard (original) setting, and when the effect setting item is not set by the player, the standard setting may be performed. Further, it is also possible to provide a reset means capable of resetting the setting of the effect setting item by the player's operation, and when the resetting operation is performed, the standard setting of the effect setting item is performed. . In addition, when a reset operation is performed, the memory in the setting storage means may be erased, or may be erased by overwriting or turning off the power, without being erased by the reset operation. may be configured.

Means E-2. Via the portable communication terminal operated by the player, game history information on the game of the player (for example, game information that is information on the lottery performed at the time of the game, selection by the operation of the operation means that the player can operate) In a game machine capable of transmitting selection information, which is information related to
The gaming machine according to means E-1, wherein the selection information is a password issued by a server and including setting contents of the effect setting items (set on the server by the player).

According to the means E-2, by inputting a password into the gaming machine in order to play a game using a mobile communication terminal and a server (a mobile-linked game), (the effect setting items have already been set by the player). If so, the setting of the player's effect setting items can be set in the gaming machine incidentally. Therefore, it is possible to relatively smoothly change the setting of the performance of the gaming machine.

Also, the setting contents of the effect setting items are input to the gaming machine via the server. Therefore, in the server, it is possible to grasp the setting contents of the effect setting items for all the players. Therefore, it is possible to disclose the settings and exchange information on the settings (popularity votes, etc.). can enjoy. Furthermore, the gaming machine maker can grasp the tastes (trends) of all players, which can be utilized in the development of gaming machines.

It should be noted that the password may include at least information based on the game history information. Further, it may be possible that "the effect setting items are configured to be settable on the server by the player".

Means E-3. Equipped with date and time measurement means capable of measuring date and time,
The gaming machine according to means E-2, wherein when a password including period information is entered, a corresponding process is performed by taking the date and time measuring means into consideration.

If the period is limited only on the server side, the distribution period is limited, but the period during which the corresponding effect appears on the gaming machine cannot be limited. In other words, once the password is obtained, the corresponding effect can be derived at any time in the gaming machine. On the other hand, by providing the date and time measuring means like this means E-3, it is possible to limit the period during which the corresponding effect can be derived. Therefore, it is possible to increase the desire to play games for a limited period of time.

Means E-4. a likes and dislikes input means capable of inputting an impression of likes and dislikes with respect to the effect at least when the effect related to the effect setting item is performed;
a like/dislike information storage means capable of accumulating and storing like/dislike information about the like/dislike by operating the like/dislike input means;
The game machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-3, wherein the like/dislike information accumulated and stored in the like/dislike information storage means can be reflected in the setting contents of the effect setting items.

According to the means E-4, it is possible to actually play a game, experience the effects related to the effect setting items, and input the likes and dislikes of the effects to the game machine and reflect them. Therefore, it is possible to make settings closer to the player's wishes, and the player can play the game more comfortably.

In addition, identification information display means for performing variable display of identification information that teaches the result of a predetermined lottery in a stopped mode or display corresponding thereto, and sub-display means provided separately from the identification information display means. and the display of the likes and dislikes information may be performed on the sub-display means. In this case, in the identification information display means, for example, by performing a display or the like to guide the input to the preference input means, it is difficult to visually recognize the changing display of the identification information (or the corresponding display). can be avoided.

Means E-5. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting game history information related to games played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
Accumulation storage means capable of accumulating and storing the game history information;
an information output means capable of encoding and outputting the gaming history information accumulated and stored in the accumulation storage means (for example, capable of outputting the information to a display means after converting it into a two-dimensional code);
The information output means is configured to encode and output the like/dislike information accumulated and stored in the like/dislike information storage means together with the gaming history information accumulated and stored in the accumulation/storage means,
The effect setting items including setting contents of the effect setting items changed by the server based on the like-and-dislike information, and by entering a password as the selection information issued by the server, the effect setting items reflecting the like-and-dislike information. is stored in the setting storage means.

According to the means E-5, it is possible to relatively smoothly change the setting of the game machine effect while reflecting the likes/dislikes information only by playing the mobile-linked game.

Incidentally, based on the like/dislike information accumulated and stored in the like/dislike information storage means, the setting contents of the effect setting items stored in the setting storage means may be changed without going through a server. In this case, the likes and dislikes information can be immediately reflected in the game machine, and the player can feel more comfortable in the subsequent games of the day.

It should be noted that "display means provided at a position visible to the player and capable of displaying image objects, server address information, game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and the above-mentioned information output means for displaying code information that includes at least server address information and is readable by a mobile communication terminal, among the selection information accumulated and stored in the selection information storage means.

Means E-6. A password issued by the server that contains the setting contents of the production setting items and does not contain information based on the gaming history information (for example, a password that indicates only the setting contents of the production setting items, a password that indicates only the setting contents of the production setting items, and the setting contents of the production setting items and the A password that indicates only the information that specifies the model of the device, the setting contents of the effect setting items, and the date and time of password issuance (in this case, the password for performing the same setting has a different word), etc.) The gaming machine according to means E-5, characterized by:

If the password issued by the server contains the player's personal information, the password cannot be used by others. In this regard, according to the means E-6, the server issues a password (only the setting content of the effect setting item) that includes the setting content of the effect setting item and does not include information based on the gaming history information, and the password is issued. It is possible to execute corresponding processing such as inputting to the game machine and storing the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the password in the setting storage means. For this reason, if you find a production setting that you like on a server, etc., by making a note of the corresponding password, anyone can easily set the production setting items one by one according to the settings you like. It is possible to play a game with that effect setting. Therefore, it is possible to more easily enjoy the gameplay of being able to change the effects according to the player's taste (even players who do not play mobile-linked games can enjoy the game with the effects set to their liking). can do.). In addition, since it is possible to relatively easily try combinations of a plurality of effect setting items set by others, it is possible to easily find a suitable effect setting.

It should be noted that the server may announce the ranking of the effect settings, and disclose the high-ranking effect settings and the corresponding passwords (not including the information based on the gaming history information). In this case, more players can enjoy the effect settings that many players find interesting.

Means E-7. Random can be selected by setting the effect setting item,
The game machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-6, wherein the setting contents set at random are stored in the setting storage means.

According to the means E-7, it is possible to meet the demands of the player who wants a change from the original but does not have any desired settings or who does not want to know the details of the settings himself.

In addition, when a mobile-linked game such as the above means A-6 is performed, the setting of the effect setting items is performed by the player on the server, and the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player are also set on the server side. In the configuration where the server-side setting storage means capable of storing is provided, if the player selects random in the setting of the effect setting item, the setting will continue to be random unless the setting is changed from random (server-side setting storage means The random setting of the server is not changed), or the server receives information on the setting contents of the effect setting items stored in the setting storage means via the mobile communication terminal, and the server side setting is performed accordingly. The storage (set contents) of the storage means may be changed.

It should be noted that it is also possible to ``be configured so that a selection range can be designated when the effect setting items are set at random''. In this case, for example, regarding the appearance rate of a predetermined effect, it is possible to meet the demand of a player who wants to set a certain degree of limitation so as to set the effect to his liking, but does not want to know the set value itself. .

Means E-8. identification information display means for performing variable display of identification information that teaches the result of a predetermined lottery in a stopped mode, or variable display of sub-identification information corresponding to the variable display of the identification information;
The gaming machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-7, characterized in that it is configured to be capable of setting whether or not combinations of effects derived during one variable display are permitted.

In recent years, variable display effects have been derived by combining (consecutive) multiple effects. There are many players who are fed up with this. In addition, there are cases where effects having substantially the same significance appear in duplicate. On the other hand, according to means E-8, the player can limit the combination of complex effects in one variable display, thereby eliminating such concerns. It should be noted that a version of the effect of shortening the effect for the predetermined time may be constructed so as to be derivable so that the player can select it.

Means E-9. According to any one of the means E-1 to E-8, the combination of the effect setting items selected by the player can derive a special effect that cannot be set independently. game machine.

According to the means E-9, it is possible to arouse the player's interest by setting the effect setting items, which can lead to maintenance of motivation for the game. For example, there are an A effect, a B effect, and a C effect. When the setting is made so that the D effect not included in the setting is also derived, it is possible to provide enjoyment similar to a treasure hunt, such as deriving a hidden effect.

F. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, the game machine is equipped with an effect according to the gaming experience, such as performing a predetermined amount of games or generating a target effect or game state within a specified period of time. changes.

However, even a player who wants to quickly get an opportunity to enjoy the effect state provided with the achievement of the condition may play the game without realizing that it is almost time to clear the condition. is stopped, and the opportunity is carried over to the next and subsequent games.

The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to improve the convenience for enjoying the effect state given according to the game experience. To provide a game machine capable of

Means F-1. A game information storage means capable of storing game information, which is information about games,
According to the storage status of the specific game information stored in the game information storage means, a transition to a specific effect state in which the selected effect is changed,
A state transition condition (mission) for transitioning to the specific production state is set,
The gaming machine is characterized by comprising near-achievement teaching means for teaching when the state transition condition is about to be achieved.

According to the means F-1, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player stops the game without noticing it even when the state transition condition (hereinafter referred to as mission) is about to be achieved. Therefore, a player who wants to enjoy a new effect state (specific effect state) obtained by completing a mission can select to continue playing the game for a while to complete the mission. For this reason, a player who is playing a game aiming at a performance state obtained by completing a mission may stop at that point even though he or she is one step away from achieving the mission, and enjoy the performance state as a privilege. It is possible to avoid a situation where the situation is carried over to the next time or after, or that the situation has to be redone from scratch next time. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which players later find out that they have stopped playing just one step away from completing a mission and feel frustrated. In addition, it becomes easier to make schedules related to games such as whether the mission is to be completed this time or next time, and convenience is provided for enjoying the production state given according to the game experience (achieved mission). Improvements can be made.

Means F-2. The game information storage means comprises game information counting means for counting count game information as the specific game information,
The state transition condition includes a count-based mission that is achieved when the counted game information counted by the game information count means is executed a specified number of times,
Means F- characterized in that, when the remaining number of times up to the specified number of times becomes less than a predetermined allowable value, the near-achievement teaching means teaches that the state transition condition is close to being achieved. 1. The gaming machine according to 1.

It should be noted that the specified number of times may not be constant, and may be randomly selected from within a certain range by lottery. In other words, one player needs five times to switch from the first effect state to the second effect state, while another player needs six times. When adopting this configuration, it is possible to improve performance. Further, even if the mission achievement condition is satisfied, the mission achievement may be postponed within the selectable range of the prescribed number of times. For example, when counting the number of occurrences of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and if there are multiple types of special game states, the occurrence of any type of special game state is counted as the number of occurrences. However, if the mission achievement condition is satisfied by the occurrence of a special game state with relatively few benefits, within the selectable range of the specified number of times, the mission will not be achieved, and the special game with relatively many benefits When a game state occurs, or even when a special game state with relatively few benefits occurs, if you wait longer than that and the selectable range of the specified number of times is exceeded, the mission is achieved (for example, a large-scale mission ) may be performed. In this case, the sense of accomplishment of the mission can be amplified.

Means F-3. means F-2, wherein when the remaining number of times up to the specified number of times is less than a predetermined allowable value, the near-achievement teaching means teaches the remaining number of times up to the specified number of times The game machine described.

According to the means F-3, for example, when the remaining 10 times (or set at random from 15 to 10 times) are left until the completion of the count-type mission, a specific effect is performed, etc. Compared to the case where the mission is completed It is possible to clearly grasp the number of times up to.

Means F-4. Regarding the count system mission corresponding to the count game information counted by the game information counting means when winning a lottery triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition,
The game machine according to means F-2 or F-3, wherein the impending completion teaching means teaches an achievable count-based mission and performs an effect indicating the degree of expectation for achievement of the count-based mission. .

According to means F-4, it is possible to ascertain what mission is to be accomplished and to enjoy a new effect of suggesting the degree of expectation of the mission achievement.

Means F-5. The game information storage means includes limited system achievement information storage means for storing limited game information as the specific game information,
The state transition condition includes a limited mission that is achieved when the limited game information of interest is stored in the limited achievement information storage means within a predetermined specified time,
When the predetermined specified state is reached, the near-achievement teaching means teaches the target limited game information (required conditions for storing the limited game information in the limited-system achievement information storage means). The gaming machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-4, characterized by:

According to the means F-5, it is possible for the player to grasp that the chance to complete the limited mission is coming, and to choose whether or not to use the chance by himself/herself. Incidentally, the impending achievement teaching means may perform an effect indicating the degree of expectation for achievement of the limited mission.

Means F-6. Means F- characterized in that, when the remaining time until reaching the specified state is less than a predetermined allowable value, the near-achievement teaching means teaches the remaining time until reaching the specified state. 5. The gaming machine described in 5.

According to means F-6, it is possible to grasp that the chance to complete the limited mission will come if you wait a little longer.

Means F-7. The near-achievement teaching means includes a display unit,
A gaming machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-6, characterized in that it is configured to be able to display a list of state transition conditions that are close to being achieved.

According to the means F-7, it is possible to calmly confirm the mission that is closer to completion. In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which it is difficult to grasp when a plurality of missions are near completion.

In addition to the display section of the variable display means for performing variable display for teaching the result of the lottery performed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the near-achievement teaching means may include a display section. . In this case, for example, by displaying the display for the mission on the variable display means, it is possible to prevent the misunderstanding that the display is related to the result of the lottery.

Means F-8. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
Information output means for causing the display means to display server address information and code information readable by a portable communication terminal, including at least the server address information among the game information stored in the game information storage means. When,
An input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
The game information storage means, in a mobile-linked game state from when a password issued by the server is input using the input means until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means, The game machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-7, wherein the game information of an individual player can be stored in the game information storage means.

Means F-9. In the count game information, information including a count value counted by the game information counting means during the mobile-linked game is displayed on the display means by the information output means at the end of the mobile-linked game. There is first count information that is included in the code information and second count information that is not included,
A gaming machine comprising the description of means F-2 and F-8, wherein said near-achievement teaching means teaches at least said count-based missions relating to said second count information.

As for the count-related missions corresponding to the second count information, once the mobile-linked game is stopped, the count is restarted from 1. Therefore, as in means F-9, by applying the teaching by the near-achievement teaching means to the count-based mission corresponding to the second count information, the game is stopped just before the mission is completed. The action and effect of being able to prevent the distance to the mission achievement from becoming longer can be achieved more remarkably.

In addition, the count system mission related to the second count information may be constructed so as to be able to derive an explanation that the count of the current game disappears when the mobile-linked game is stopped. In other words, it becomes easier for the player aiming to complete the mission to decide whether or not to stop playing the game, thereby improving the convenience.

Incidentally, for a player who does not play a mobile-linked game, not only the count missions related to the second count information, but also the count missions related to the first count information are stored in the server for the current game information, so that the next game can be played. In this case, since the previous game information cannot be reflected, it is expected that the distance to the mission achievement will be longer, as in the case of applying the second count information when performing a mobile-linked game. The function and effect of being able to prevent this will be exhibited more remarkably.

In addition, as a count system mission related to the second count information, for example, in one mobile-linked game, a predetermined special game state that is advantageous to the player is generated predetermined times 5 consecutive jackpots, etc.), or in one mobile-linked game, or during a predetermined number of variable displays for displaying the result of a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state, a predetermined number of predetermined effects are performed. 10 times or more within 100 variable displays, 3 consecutive variable displays in which a predetermined sub-character appears, etc.), 707 to 777 rotations after the end of the special game state by itself. , such as a big hit in the fluctuation display of.

Means F-10. It is characterized in that when an operation to end the mobile-linked game is performed, it is possible to teach the state transition condition that is about to be achieved at a stage before the code information is displayed on the display means. The gaming machine according to means F-8 or F-9.

According to means F-10, when the mobile-linked game is ended, the mission that is about to be completed can be confirmed. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the mobile interlocking game is ended without doing so.

It should be noted that, when an operation to end the mobile-linked game is performed, the instruction may always teach the mission that is about to be completed (the mobile-linked game cannot be terminated unless the instruction is instructed). . In this case, the action and effect of this means can be achieved more reliably. Furthermore, it may be possible to return to the mobile-linked game without terminating the mobile-linked game from the state in which the mission that is about to be completed is taught. In addition, the instruction that the mission is about to be completed by the near-achievement instruction means may be performed only at the end of the mobile-linked game.

G. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, in game halls where game machines are installed, multiple game machines are arranged side by side (the height and front position are aligned, and game values can be supplied between adjacent game machines in the left and right direction). An island facility is provided that can be installed at suitable intervals, such as an inter-stand device such as a table. In general, when a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are introduced, the gaming machines of the same model tend to be collectively installed on the same island facility. Furthermore, in recent years, there are some gaming machines of the same model installed on an island facility that all start the same production (simultaneous production) at the same time.

By the way, in the current situation, the simultaneous effect is limited to viewing the same moving image or the like, and it is expected that the simultaneous effect will be used to further improve the gaming performance.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above. to provide the machine.

Means G-1. a specific effect executing means for executing a specific effect;
Achievement detection means for detecting that a specific condition has been achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
an achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
A gaming machine comprising speed storage means capable of storing a value (which serves as an index) indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance,
A game machine comprising information output means capable of outputting to the outside of the game machine information including information relating to storage of the speed storage means and player information capable of identifying a player.

According to the means G-1, the information on the storage of the speed storage means capable of storing a value as an index indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance, and the player who can specify the player. By providing the information output means capable of outputting information including information to the outside of the gaming machine, it is possible to totalize the results of the player's specific effects. For this reason, when multiple gaming machines of the same model start a specific effect all at once, a new playability is added, such as ``competing to see who among the players who have experienced the specific effect achieve the specific conditions first''. can do. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the playability by utilizing the specific effects performed simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines.

In addition, in general, game halls where game machines are installed are equipped with island facilities where multiple game machines can be installed in order to achieve an efficient and functional layout of the game machines, improving space efficiency. , ensuring functional flow lines, improving visibility for crime prevention and improving services, sharing incidental equipment related to game machines, and improving management. In addition, recent island facilities are provided with a device (centralized power supply) capable of simultaneously turning on the power of a plurality of game machines installed in the island facility. etc. assume such a device.

It should be noted that the ``value indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect'' may be a ``value indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition'' or When the achievement is set to be won in a predetermined lottery, examples include "value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition".

Means G-2. a game information storage means capable of storing game information that is information about a game;
An input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
In a game machine capable of exchanging information with a server,
By inputting information provided from the server by the input means, the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect can be reflected in the current game (the specific effect). The gaming machine described in G-1.

According to the means G-2, the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect (for example, relatively judged by the server side based on the information regarding the storage of the speed storage means sent from the player) is set for the next time. Since it is reflected in the game (the specific effect), it is possible to arouse stronger interest in the specific effect. Also, in order to reflect the settings based on the result of the previous specific effect, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile-linked game) in which information is exchanged between the game machine and the server. , It is possible to increase the opportunities to participate in mobile-linked games. As a result, game machine manufacturers that manage and operate servers can obtain more game information as development materials for game machines.

It should be noted that the "setting based on the result of the previous specific effect" can be appropriately set for each model. The right to set the type of specific conditions in a specific production, background music, main characters appearing in a prescribed display device, sound effects (when operating a prescribed operation means, etc.), and the name that will be given to the next specific production. is given to the player who has finally achieved the specific condition, and the right to set a sub-character that will appear on a predetermined display device at the time of the next specific effect is given, and the above setting is made by the target player. In such a case, information indicating such settings is included in the information provided by the server, and by inputting the information into the gaming machine, the settings made by the target player are reflected in the current specific effect. You may In addition, it is not limited to the configuration in which the setting by the player (intention) is reflected. Accordingly, the server may perform settings related to the next specific effect, and information indicating such settings may be included in the information provided from the server. Furthermore, the settings of a given player may not be reflected in the game of another player. In addition, when the player plays the next game, the settings of the player may be reflected (the targets and number of items to be reflected may be changed depending on the time).

A typical mobile-linked game is one that uses a gaming system that enables information exchange between a gaming machine and a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player. Further, for example, "display means is provided at a position visible to the player and capable of displaying an image object, and the information output means stores server address information and game information storage means in the display means. information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal, including game information stored in the game information, information related to the storage of the speed storage means, and player information capable of identifying a player." good too. Further, "the game information storage means has a mobile interlocking period from when the password issued by the server is input using the input means until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. In the game state, the game information of the individual player may be stored in the game information storage means."

Means G-3. According to the information about the storage of the speed storage means, the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific effect is given,
After the setting related to the next specific effect is made by the decision maker, information reflecting the setting is provided from the server,
The method according to means G-2, characterized in that the information provided from the server is input by the input means, so that the setting related to the specific effect by the decision maker is reflected in the specific effect of the current game. game machine.

According to G-3, when the decision right to set the next specific effect is granted, it affects not only the player's own game but also other players' games. Therefore, the value of the specific performance can be dramatically increased, and the interest in and willingness to participate in the specific performance can be further enhanced. In addition, since the setting by the decision maker is limited to the specific performance, it is possible to avoid a situation in which one's own game is totally influenced by the setting of another player.

Means G-4. An input presence/absence determination means for determining whether or not information provided by the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect,
When the input presence/absence determination means makes an affirmative determination, the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means G-3, wherein the specific effect is not executed when the input presence/absence determining means makes a negative determination.

According to the means G-4, it is possible to avoid deriving different specific effects in a plurality of gaming machines arranged on the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a sense of unity is lost when a plurality of gaming machines perform a specific effect all at once. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

Means G-5. An input presence/absence determination means for determining whether or not information provided by the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect,
Means characterized in that, when the input presence/absence determining means makes a negative determination, the volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced, silenced, or only effect sound. The gaming machine according to G-3 or G-4.

According to the means G-5, when the player does not participate in the mobile-linked game, the sound volume is lowered or the output sound is limited during the execution period of the specific effect. Therefore, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific effect of the player participating in the mobile-linked game. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

Means G-6. a regrettable number of times storage means for storing the number of times of the specific performances in which the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific performance could not be obtained;
means for setting a higher probability that the specific condition is achieved when the number of times stored in the regrettable number storage means is equal to or greater than a specified number of times, compared to when the number of times is less than the specified number of times. The gaming machine according to any one of G-3 to G-5.

According to the means G-6, since it becomes easier to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, it is possible to suppress giving up on the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning, and the positive attitude towards the specific performance. can be worked on. In addition, since players who play a lot of games have an advantage in achieving specific conditions, they can feel that they are glad that they have played a lot of games, and by extension, they can feel attached to the gaming machine. be able to. It should be noted that it is also possible to say that "the memory of the regrettable number of times storage means is reset when the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific effect is obtained".

Means G-7. Triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, a success/fail lottery means for performing a success/failure lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player;
A variable display means configured to be able to variably display the identification information, and capable of teaching the result of the lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information,
A configuration in which a special game state occurs when the variable display means indicates that the winning lottery has been won,
The specific condition of the specific effect includes teaching the occurrence of the special game state,
The gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-6, wherein during the specific effect, the variation time of the variable display for teaching that the player has not won the lottery is shortened.

According to means G-7, the possibility of achieving the specific condition can be increased. There is a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively long time and a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively short time, and the mode is set to a relatively long time only during the period during which the specific effect is performed. If the setting related to the fluctuation time of the variable display performed in , is similar to the mode set for a relatively short time, or if it is configured to be performed with the same content, the mode set for a relatively long time The lottery chances can be increased, and the possibility of achieving the specific performance can be increased. Furthermore, it is possible to correct a sense of unfairness regarding the achievement of the specific effect due to the length of the variable display.

Means G-8. Triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, a success/fail lottery means for performing a success/failure lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player;
A variable display means configured to be able to variably display the identification information, and capable of teaching the result of the lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information,
A configuration in which the specific condition is achieved when winning a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state is started during the specific effect,
There are a first game state in which a winning lottery is won with a first probability and a second game state in which a winning lottery is won with a second probability higher than the first probability,
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery that became executable by the specific effect in the first game state and the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state in the specific effect is
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery, which becomes executable by the specific effect in the second game state and the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state in the specific effect, is configured to be higher than the winning probability. The gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-7, characterized in that

According to the means G-8, in a situation where it is difficult to start the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state during the specific performance, compared with the situation where it is easy to start, it is configured to be relatively easy to win in the condition fulfillment lottery. It is Therefore, it is possible to reduce the feeling of unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific effect.

Means G-9. Equipped with an operation means that is operable by a player,
A condition fulfillment lottery for determining whether or not the specific condition is achieved is triggered by the operation of the operating means during an operation valid period set in a predetermined period during the specific effect,
An upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as a trigger for the condition fulfillment lottery during the valid period,
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed during the period from the start of the valid period to the elapse of the specified time is
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by the operation of the operating means performed during the period from the start of the effective period to the end of the effective period after the lapse of a specified period of time from the start of the effective period is configured to be lower than the winning probability. The gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-8, characterized by:

According to the means G-9, it is possible to increase the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery in exchange for the passage of time in the effective period. In other words, in order to get a good result in a specific effect, it is necessary to operate the operating means as soon as possible to win the conditional lottery. Therefore, the probability of success is relatively low, but it is possible to operate the operation means as soon as possible, aiming for an earlier winning, or to seek certainty and carefully aim for a winning with a high probability, which is relatively late. You can enjoy the tactics such as whether to operate the operation means at the right timing.

It should be noted that, when a predetermined condition is established, a winning lottery means for performing a lottery lottery to determine whether or not a special game state advantageous to the player is to be generated; a variable display means capable of teaching the result of a win-or-fail lottery; A configuration in which the specific condition is achieved when the player wins a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state is started during the performance, wherein the condition fulfillment is achieved. The lottery is performed by the operation means during an operation valid period set in a predetermined period from after the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state during the specific effect until the start of the special game state. is triggered by the operation of, and an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as a trigger for the condition fulfillment lottery during the effective period, and the operation is performed during the period from the start of the effective period to the elapse of a specified time. The winning probability in the condition establishment lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means is determined by the operation of the operation means performed during the period from the start of the valid period to the end of the valid period after a specified time has passed. be configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by ".

Means G-10. a real-time grasping means for grasping the current time;
a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
G-1, further comprising start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means. The game machine according to any one of G-9.

It is feared that the real-time grasping means installed in the game machine will deviate from the actual time as time elapses. Therefore, even if the real-time grasping means is used to match the timing of the specific effect, there is a concern that the timing will be off. On the other hand, when the power of a plurality of target game machines is turned on all at once, and a startup time measuring means for measuring the time after the power is turned on in each game machine is used, a specific effect is started at the same time. can be made

However, simply by turning on the power of a plurality of target game machines all at once and measuring the time from the power-on by the startup time measuring means, it is practically impossible to match the power-on timing. There is also a concern that the start timing (start time) of the specific effect may be significantly shifted from that of another game hall. In particular, when it is possible to perform a specific effect at the A store and then move to the B store and perform the specific effect at the B store, the player who wants the specific effect performs the specific effect at the A store. After that, moving to the B store and performing a specific effect at the B store leads to an outflow of customers from the A store, which may cause trouble.

On the other hand, according to means G-10, even if the time grasped by the real-time grasping means deviates slightly from the actual time, the real-time grasping means grasps at least what time it is now. becomes possible. In addition, by providing a measuring means that starts measuring when the power is turned on, the time measured by the measuring means is the same between the game machines that are powered on at the same time, so that the specific effect can be performed all at once. can be started. For this reason, the current time is grasped by using the real-time grasping means, and when the scheduled time is about reached, a specific performance is performed at the timing based on the measurement by the measuring means. A specific performance can be simultaneously started between the game machines, and a large shift in start timing of the specific performance can be prevented even between the game machines whose powers are turned on at different timings. Therefore, for example, it is practically impossible for a player aiming for a specific effect to perform the specific effect at the A store, and then move to the B store to perform the specific effect at the B store. It is possible to prevent the outflow of players aiming for the specific performance caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific performance.

Also, for example, if there is no real-time grasping means and the specific effect is performed after a specified time after the power is turned on, only those involved in the game hall who turned on the power can grasp when the specific effect will be performed. However, according to this means, even a person other than a person related to the game hall can specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed based on the setting at the time of manufacture of the game machine. In other words, for example, on a server operated by a game machine manufacturer or on a game machine, as a future schedule, it is possible to announce that a XX movie (as a specific effect) will be released around XX hours on XX days. It becomes possible. With such an announcement, it is possible to increase the chances of having the player enjoy the subsequent specific presentation. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player goes to the game hall on the specified day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed.

Furthermore, for example, it is possible to prevent a large deviation of the start timing of the specific performance even between game machines whose power is turned on at different timings without being configured to be capable of correcting the deviation of the real-time grasping means. Therefore, the situation of a plurality of game machines is grasped by means of real-time grasping means, and it is configured so that it can be corrected by comparing it with the actual time. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the risk of weakening resistance to unauthorized input due to an increase in input paths from the outside of the game machine. In addition, in the case where only the measuring means is provided, there is a concern that when a power failure occurs, the specific effect that has already been performed before the power failure will be unintentionally re-executed even after the power failure. By using the real-time grasping means together like this means, even if there is a power outage in relation to the specific performance, the game can proceed as if it had not occurred.

It is also conceivable to install a radio-controlled clock as a means of grasping real-time information, but it is necessary to install the game machine in an environment where standard radio waves cannot be received properly (the game hall is in the basement of a building, near high-voltage power lines, etc.). In such an environment, even if a specific effect is to be performed using a radio-controlled clock, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect will vary. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this means, the above effects can be reliably exhibited regardless of the installation location of the gaming machine.

Incidentally, recent island facilities are provided with a device (centralized power supply) capable of simultaneously turning on the power of a plurality of game machines installed in the island facility. etc. assume such a device. In addition, the gaming machine is equipped with power storage means capable of supplying power to the real-time grasping means even when the power is turned off.

Means G-11.1 Time is divided into predetermined minutes, and when the power is turned on, the closest time to the time grasped by the real-time grasping means is selected from among the divided times in the one hour. Approximate selection means to select,
Comparing the time selected by the approximate selection means and the scheduled time at which the specific effect is scheduled to be performed, and a remaining time calculation means for calculating the time until the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means G-10, wherein a value calculated by said remaining time calculating means is set for said measuring means, and the measuring means measures the time until said specific effect is executed.

According to the means G-11, when the power is turned on, the current time is checked, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated, and counting is started. The "current time" used is not the actual time ascertained by the real-time ascertaining means, but the current time ascertained by the real-time ascertaining means among the divided times in one hour divided into predetermined minutes. The closest time is assigned to the "current time". As a result, even if there is a discrepancy between the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines that are powered on at the same time, the "current time" is corrected so that the remaining time until the scheduled time matches. As a result, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched even between gaming machines whose power is turned on at different timings.

More specifically, for example, the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. In addition, one hour is divided into 10-minute intervals, and the division times are defined as 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. For example, if the real-time grasping means at the time of power-on is 5 minutes to 14 minutes, the "current time" is set to 10 minutes, and real-time grasping is performed. If the means is 15 minutes to 24 minutes, the "current time" is configured to be set to 20 minutes. Furthermore, the number of minutes at which the power is to be turned on is (approximately) set to 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 minutes. For example, if the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10:00 and the power is turned on at 8:00 of the actual time, the real-time grasping means of the predetermined gaming machine at that time is 8:01. In calculating the remaining time until the scheduled time, the "current time" is corrected to 8:00. When calculating the time, the "current time" is corrected to 8:00. In this case, the game machines whose power is turned on at the same time have two hours remaining until the scheduled time (the start of the specific effect), and the specific effect starts at 10:00 at the same time. Also, in another game hall, the remaining time until the scheduled time (10:00) is calculated, and the specific performance is started at 10:00 at the same time.

By adopting the configuration as described above, not only gaming machines that are powered on at the same time but also gaming machines that are powered on at different timings can match the starting time of the specific performance. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably achieve the above effects such as preventing the outflow of players aiming for the specific effect caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific effect. In addition, when announcing the schedule for a specific performance in the future, the date and time of the specific performance will not be information with a certain range of around XX day XX hour, but XX day X hour. can be specified as In addition, since the start time of the specific effect can be adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player can check his own clock (for example, a radio clock) and arrive at the game hall at the scheduled time soon. , even if the mobile-linked game procedure (input of password, etc.) is completed at the last minute of the scheduled time, the specific effect can be achieved without fail. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real-time grasping means deviates to the advance side and the player checks his/her own clock and thinks that he will be in time, but he is not in time.

In addition, data related to specific effects can be output to the outside of the game machine, and by inputting the data to a server managed by the game machine manufacturer, etc., various services such as publication of aggregated data are performed. In the case of the configuration, by aligning the timing of the start and end of the specific effect, it is possible to relatively easily collect and manage data and the like regarding the specific effect on the server side.

In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, it is necessary to have the people involved in the game hall thoroughly set the time to turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it in the island equipment as a game system including game machines. It is necessary to have an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of game machines that are to be played all at once at a specified time.

Means G-12. The measuring means is configured to measure the time since the power was turned on,
Each time a predetermined time elapses in the measuring means, the real-time grasping means is referred to, and a scheduled time excess determination means for determining whether or not the scheduled time at which the specific effect is scheduled to be performed has passed,
The gaming machine according to means G-10, wherein the specific effect executing means executes the specific effect when the scheduled time excess determining means determines that the scheduled time has passed.

According to the means G-12, it is determined whether or not the time grasped by the real-time grasping means has passed the scheduled time at predetermined time intervals based on the measurement by the measuring means. It is designed to perform. That is, if the game machines start measuring by the measuring means at the same time, the timing of referring to the real-time grasping means is the same every predetermined time, and the real-time grasping means is first referred to after the scheduled time. A special performance will be performed. As a result, the specific effect can be started at the same time with the game machines whose power is turned on at the same time, and a large deviation in the start timing of the specific effect can be prevented even with the game machines whose power is turned on at different timings. can do.

More specifically, for example, it is assumed that the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. Also, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minute, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Furthermore, the number of minutes at which the power is to be turned on is (approximately) set to 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 minutes. Five minutes after the power is turned on, the determination of whether or not the scheduled time has passed is made every 10 minutes by the scheduled time excess determining means. In this case, determination by the scheduled time overtime determining means is performed at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. Assuming that the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10:00, the error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. If the time does not exceed 10:00 (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range from 9:53 to 9:57), a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the judgment by the scheduled time overrun determination means at 10:05, all game machines will exceed the scheduled time of 10:00. ), and the specific effect starts at 10:05.

By adopting the above-described configuration, it is possible to reliably perform a powerful effect such as starting a specific effect at the same time on the game machines that are powered on at the same time, and to combine the power of the gaming machines that are powered on at different timings. It is possible to roughly align the start time of the specific performance even between the two. Therefore, the above effects such as preventing the outflow of players aiming for the specific effect caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific effect can be achieved without fail.

In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, it is necessary to have the people involved in the game hall thoroughly set the time to turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it in the island equipment as a game system including game machines. It is necessary to have an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of game machines that are to be played all at once at a specified time.

Means G-13. Means G-10 to G-, characterized in that when the power is turned on, the measurement by the measuring means is started at a stage before performing a discrimination process for executing different processes according to the state of the gaming machine. 12. The gaming machine according to any one of 12.

According to the means G-13, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measurement values of the measuring means are deviated for each game machine due to the discrimination process intervening before the measurement of the measuring means is started. can.

H. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, in game halls where game machines are installed, multiple game machines are arranged side by side (the height and front position are aligned, and game values can be supplied between adjacent game machines in the left and right direction). An island facility is provided that can be installed at suitable intervals, such as an inter-stand device such as a table. In general, when a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are introduced, the gaming machines of the same model tend to be collectively installed on the same island facility. Furthermore, in recent years, there are some gaming machines of the same model installed on an island facility that all start the same production (simultaneous production) at the same time.

In addition, some game machines are provided with real-time grasping means for grasping (for example, measuring) the current time. However, there is concern that the real-time grasping means may gradually deviate from the actual time as time elapses. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to perform the simultaneous performance using the real-time grasping means, there is a possibility that the start timing will be shifted and the simultaneous performance will not be achieved.

On the other hand, by providing a startup time measuring means for measuring the time from when the power is turned on, turning on the power of a plurality of game machines all at once and starting the all-at-once performance after a specified time elapses. is considered to be established.

By the way, as described above, even if the activation time measuring means is used to match the start timing of the simultaneous presentation, the start timing of the simultaneous presentation cannot be adjusted for game machines that cannot be turned on all at once. There is concern that For example, it is practically impossible to match the start timing of simultaneous production with a game machine of the same model installed in another game hall, and in some cases, there is a concern that the start timing of simultaneous production will be significantly different. be. Therefore, there is a concern that, for example, a player aiming for a specific effect may, after performing the specific effect at the A store, move to the B store and perform the specific effect at the B store. In this case, since it leads to the outflow of customers for the A store, it may cause trouble.

The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above. To provide a game machine capable of preventing a large shift in start timing of a specific performance even with a game machine with a switch turned on.

Means H-1. a specific effect executing means for executing a specific effect;
real-time grasping means for grasping the current time;
a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
A gaming machine comprising start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means.

According to the means H-1, even if the time ascertained by the real-time ascertaining means deviates slightly from the actual time, at least it is possible to ascertain what time it is now. In addition, by providing a measuring means that starts measuring when the power is turned on, the time measured by the measuring means is the same between the game machines that are powered on at the same time, so that the specific effect can be performed all at once. can be started. For this reason, the current time is grasped by using the real-time grasping means, and when the scheduled time is about reached, a specific performance is performed at the timing based on the measurement by the measuring means. A specific performance can be simultaneously started between the game machines, and a large shift in start timing of the specific performance can be prevented even between the game machines whose powers are turned on at different timings. Therefore, for example, it is practically impossible for a player aiming for a specific effect to perform the specific effect at the A store, and then move to the B store to perform the specific effect at the B store. It is possible to prevent the outflow of players aiming for the specific performance caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific performance.

Also, for example, if there is no real-time grasping means and the specific effect is performed after a specified time after the power is turned on, only those involved in the game hall who turned on the power can grasp when the specific effect will be performed. However, according to this means, even a person other than a person related to the game hall can specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed based on the setting at the time of manufacture of the game machine. In other words, for example, on a server operated by a game machine manufacturer or on a game machine, as a future schedule, it is possible to announce that a XX movie (as a specific effect) will be released around XX hours on XX days. It becomes possible. With such an announcement, it is possible to increase the chances of having the player enjoy the subsequent specific presentation. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player goes to the game hall on the specified day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed.

Furthermore, for example, it is possible to prevent a large deviation of the start timing of the specific performance even between game machines whose power is turned on at different timings without being configured to be capable of correcting the deviation of the real-time grasping means. Therefore, the situation of a plurality of game machines is grasped by means of real-time grasping means, and it is configured so that it can be corrected by comparing it with the actual time. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the risk of weakening resistance to unauthorized input due to an increase in input paths from the outside of the game machine. In addition, in the case where only the measuring means is provided, there is a concern that when a power failure occurs, the specific effect that has already been performed before the power failure will be unintentionally re-executed even after the power failure. By using the real-time grasping means together like this means, even if there is a power outage in relation to the specific performance, the game can proceed as if it had not occurred.

It is also conceivable to install a radio-controlled clock as a means of grasping real-time information, but it is necessary to install the game machine in an environment where standard radio waves cannot be received properly (the game hall is in the basement of a building, near high-voltage power lines, etc.). In such an environment, even if a specific effect is to be performed using a radio-controlled clock, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect will vary. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this means, the above effects can be reliably exhibited regardless of the installation location of the gaming machine.

In addition, in general, game halls where game machines are installed are equipped with island facilities where multiple game machines can be installed in order to achieve an efficient and functional layout of the game machines, improving space efficiency. , ensuring functional flow lines, improving visibility for crime prevention and improving services, sharing incidental equipment related to game machines, and improving management. In recent years, island facilities have been provided with a device (centralized power supply) capable of simultaneously turning on the power of a plurality of game machines installed in the island facility. etc. assume such a device. In addition, the gaming machine is equipped with power storage means capable of supplying power to the real-time grasping means even when the power is turned off.

Means H-2. 1 hour is divided into predetermined minutes, and when the power is turned on, the closest time to the time grasped by the real-time grasping means is selected from among the divided times in the one hour. Approximate selection means to select,
Comparing the time selected by the approximate selection means and the scheduled time at which the specific effect is scheduled to be performed, and a remaining time calculation means for calculating the time until the specific effect is executed,
A game machine according to means H-1, wherein a value calculated by said remaining time calculation means is set for said measurement means, and the time until said specific effect is executed is measured by said measurement means.

According to means H-2, when the power is turned on, the current time is checked, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated, and counting is started. The "current time" used is not the actual time ascertained by the real-time ascertaining means, but the current time ascertained by the real-time ascertaining means among the divided times in one hour divided into predetermined minutes. The closest time is assigned to the "current time". As a result, even if there is a discrepancy between the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines that are powered on at the same time, the "current time" is corrected so that the remaining time until the scheduled time matches. As a result, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched even between gaming machines whose power is turned on at different timings.

More specifically, for example, the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. In addition, one hour is divided into 10-minute intervals, and the division times are defined as 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. For example, if the real-time grasping means at the time of power-on is 5 minutes to 14 minutes, the "current time" is set to 10 minutes, and real-time grasping is performed. If the means is 15 minutes to 24 minutes, the "current time" is configured to be set to 20 minutes. Furthermore, the number of minutes at which the power is to be turned on is (approximately) set to 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 minutes. For example, if the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10:00 and the power is turned on at 8:00 of the actual time, the real-time grasping means of the predetermined gaming machine at that time is 8:01. In calculating the remaining time until the scheduled time, the "current time" is corrected to 8:00. When calculating the time, the "current time" is corrected to 8:00. In this case, the game machines whose power is turned on at the same time have two hours remaining until the scheduled time (the start of the specific effect), and the specific effect starts at 10:00 at the same time. Also, in another game hall, the remaining time until the scheduled time (10:00) is calculated, and the specific performance is started at 10:00 at the same time.

By adopting the configuration as described above, not only gaming machines that are powered on at the same time but also gaming machines that are powered on at different timings can match the starting time of the specific performance. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably achieve the above effects such as preventing the outflow of players aiming for the specific effect caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific effect. In addition, when announcing the schedule for a specific performance in the future, the date and time of the specific performance will not be information with a certain range of around XX day XX hour, but XX day X hour. can be specified as In addition, since the start time of the specific effect can be adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player can check his own clock (for example, a radio clock) and arrive at the game hall at the scheduled time soon. Even if it is, it will surely be in time for the specific production. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real-time grasping means deviates to the advance side and the player checks his/her own clock and thinks that he will be in time, but he is not in time.

In addition, data related to specific effects can be output to the outside of the game machine, and by inputting the data to a server managed by the game machine manufacturer, etc., various services such as publication of aggregated data are performed. In the case of the configuration, by aligning the timing of the start and end of the specific effect, it is possible to relatively easily collect and manage data and the like regarding the specific effect on the server side.

In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, it is necessary to have the people involved in the game hall thoroughly set the time to turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it in the island equipment as a game system including game machines. It is necessary to have an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of game machines that are to be played all at once at a specified time.

Means H-3. The measuring means is configured to measure the time since the power was turned on,
Each time a predetermined time elapses in the measuring means, the real-time grasping means is referred to, and a scheduled time excess determination means for determining whether or not the scheduled time for performing the specific effect has passed,
The gaming machine according to means H-1, wherein the specific effect executing means executes the specific effect when the scheduled time over determination means determines that the scheduled time has passed.

According to the means H-3, it is determined whether or not the time grasped by the real-time grasping means has passed the scheduled time every predetermined time based on the measurement by the measuring means, and at the timing when it is decided that the time has passed, the specified It is designed to perform. That is, if the game machines start measuring by the measuring means at the same time, the timing of referring to the real-time grasping means is the same every predetermined time, and the real-time grasping means is first referred to after the scheduled time. A special performance will be performed. As a result, the specific effect can be started at the same time with the game machines whose power is turned on at the same time, and a large deviation in the start timing of the specific effect can be prevented even with the game machines whose power is turned on at different timings. can do.

More specifically, for example, it is assumed that the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. Also, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minute, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Furthermore, the number of minutes at which the power is to be turned on is (approximately) set to 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 minutes. Five minutes after the power is turned on, the determination of whether or not the scheduled time has passed is made every 10 minutes by the scheduled time excess determining means. In this case, determination by the scheduled time overtime determining means is performed at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. Assuming that the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10:00, the error of the real-time grasping means is ±2 minutes. If the time does not exceed 10:00 (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range from 9:53 to 9:57), a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the judgment by the scheduled time overrun determination means at 10:05, all game machines will exceed the scheduled time of 10:00. ), and the specific effect starts at 10:05.

By adopting the above-described configuration, it is possible to reliably perform a powerful effect such as starting a specific effect at the same time on the game machines that are powered on at the same time, and to combine the power of the gaming machines that are powered on at different timings. It is possible to roughly align the start time of the specific performance even between the two. Therefore, the above effects such as preventing the outflow of players aiming for the specific effect caused by the time difference between the start times of the specific effect can be achieved without fail.

In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, it is necessary to have the people involved in the game hall thoroughly set the time to turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it in the island equipment as a game system including game machines. It is necessary to have an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of game machines that are to be played all at once at a specified time.

Means H-4. Means H-1 to H-, characterized in that when the power is turned on, the measuring means starts measuring at a stage before performing a discrimination process for executing different processes according to the state of the gaming machine. 4. The gaming machine according to any one of 3.

According to the means H-4, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measurement values of the measuring means are deviated for each game machine due to the discrimination process intervening before the measurement of the measuring means is started. can.

Means H-5. achievement detection means for detecting that a specific condition has been achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
A gaming machine comprising speed storage means capable of storing a value (which serves as an index) indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance,
Means H-1 to H characterized by comprising information output means capable of outputting to the outside of the gaming machine information including information relating to the storage of the speed storage means and player information capable of identifying a player. -4 the gaming machine according to any one of the above.

According to the means H-5, the information on the storage of the speed storage means capable of storing a value as an index indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance, and the player who can specify the player. By providing the information output means capable of outputting information including information to the outside of the gaming machine, it is possible to totalize the results of the player's specific effects. For this reason, when multiple gaming machines of the same model start a specific effect all at once, a new playability is added, such as ``competing to see who among the players who have experienced the specific effect achieve the specific conditions first''. can do. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the playability by utilizing the specific effects performed simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines.

It should be noted that the ``value indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect'' may be a ``value indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition'' or When the achievement is set to be won in a predetermined lottery, examples include "value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition".

Means H-6. a game information storage means capable of storing game information that is information about a game;
An input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
In a game machine capable of exchanging information with a server,
By inputting information provided from the server by the input means, the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect can be reflected in the current game (the specific effect). The gaming machine described in H-5.

According to the means H-6, the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect is reflected in the next game (the specific effect), so that it is possible to make the player more interested in the specific effect. Also, in order to reflect the settings based on the result of the previous specific effect, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile-linked game) in which information is exchanged between the game machine and the server. , It is possible to increase the opportunities to participate in mobile-linked games. As a result, game machine manufacturers that manage and operate servers can obtain more game information as development materials for game machines.

It should be noted that the "setting based on the result of the previous specific effect" can be appropriately set for each model. The right to set the type of specific conditions in a specific production, background music, main characters appearing in a prescribed display device, sound effects (when operating a prescribed operation means, etc.), and the name that will be given to the next specific production. is given to the player who has finally achieved the specific condition, and the right to set a sub-character that will appear on a predetermined display device at the time of the next specific effect is given, and the above setting is made by the target player. In such a case, information indicating such settings is included in the information provided by the server, and by inputting the information into the gaming machine, the settings made by the target player are reflected in the current specific effect. You may In addition, it is not limited to the configuration in which the setting by the player (intention) is reflected. Accordingly, the server may perform settings related to the next specific effect, and information indicating such settings may be included in the information provided from the server. Furthermore, the settings of a given player may not be reflected in the game of another player. In addition, when the player plays the next game, the settings of the player may be reflected (the targets and number of items to be reflected may be changed depending on the time).

A typical mobile-linked game is one that uses a gaming system that enables information exchange between a gaming machine and a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player. Further, for example, "display means is provided at a position visible to the player and capable of displaying an image object, and the information output means stores server address information and game information storage means in the display means. information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal, including game information stored in the game information, information related to the storage of the speed storage means, and player information capable of identifying a player." good too. Further, "the game information storage means has a mobile interlocking period from when the password issued by the server is input using the input means until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. In the game state, the game information of the individual player may be stored in the game information storage means."

Means H-7. According to the information about the storage of the speed storage means, the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific effect is given,
After the setting regarding the next specific effect is made by the decision maker, information reflecting the setting is provided from the server,
The method according to means H-6, characterized in that the setting of the specific effect by the decision maker is reflected in the specific effect of the current game by inputting the information provided from the server through the input means. game machine.

According to H-7, when the decision right to set the next specific effect is granted, it affects not only the player's own game but also other players' games. Therefore, the value of the specific performance can be dramatically increased, and the interest in and willingness to participate in the specific performance can be further enhanced. In addition, since the setting by the decision maker is limited to the specific performance, it is possible to avoid a situation in which one's own game is totally influenced by the setting of another player.

Means H-8. An input presence/absence determination means for determining whether or not information provided by the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect,
When the input presence/absence determination means makes an affirmative determination, the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means H-7, wherein when the input presence/absence determining means makes a negative determination, the specific effect is not executed.

According to the means H-8, it is possible to avoid deriving different specific effects in a plurality of gaming machines arranged on the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a sense of unity is lost when a plurality of gaming machines perform a specific effect all at once. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

Means H-9. An input presence/absence determination means for determining whether or not information provided by the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect,
Means characterized in that, when the input presence/absence determining means makes a negative determination, the volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced, silenced, or only effect sound. The gaming machine according to H-7 or H-8.

According to the means H-9, when the player does not participate in the mobile-linked game, the sound volume is lowered or the output sound is limited during the execution period of the specific effect. Therefore, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific effect of the player participating in the mobile-linked game. In addition, it is possible to encourage participation in mobile-linked games.

Means H-10. a regrettable number of times storage means for storing the number of times of the specific performances in which the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific performance could not be obtained;
means for setting a higher probability that the specific condition is achieved when the number of times stored in the regrettable number storage means is equal to or greater than a specified number of times, compared to when the number of times is less than the specified number of times. The gaming machine according to any one of H-7 to H-9.

According to the means H-10, since it becomes easier to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, it is possible to suppress giving up the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning, and to be positive about the specific performance. can be worked on. In addition, since players who play a lot of games have an advantage in achieving specific conditions, they can feel that they are glad that they have played a lot of games, and by extension, they can feel attached to the gaming machine. be able to. It should be noted that it is also possible to say that "the memory of the regrettable number of times storage means is reset when the right to decide the setting regarding the next specific effect is obtained".

Means H-11. Triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, a success/fail lottery means for performing a success/failure lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player;
A variable display means configured to be able to variably display the identification information, and capable of teaching the result of the lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information,
A configuration in which a special game state occurs when the variable display means indicates that the winning lottery has been won,
The specific condition of the specific effect includes teaching the occurrence of the special game state,
The gaming machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-10, wherein during the specific effect, the fluctuation time of the variable display for teaching that the winning lottery is not won is shortened.

According to the means H-11, it is possible to increase the possibility of achieving the specific condition. There is a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively long time and a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively short time, and the mode is set to a relatively long time only during the period during which the specific effect is performed. If the setting related to the fluctuation time of the variable display performed in , is similar to the mode set for a relatively short time, or if it is configured to be performed with the same content, the mode set for a relatively long time The lottery chances can be increased, and the possibility of achieving the specific performance can be increased. Furthermore, it is possible to correct a sense of unfairness regarding the achievement of the specific effect due to the length of the variable display.

Means H-12. Triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, a success/fail lottery means for performing a success/failure lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player;
A variable display means configured to be able to variably display the identification information, and capable of teaching the result of the lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information,
A configuration in which the specific condition is achieved when winning a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state is started during the specific effect,
There are a first game state in which a winning lottery is won with a first probability and a second game state in which a winning lottery is won with a second probability higher than the first probability,
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery that became executable by the specific effect in the first game state and the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state in the specific effect is
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery, which becomes executable by the specific effect in the second game state and the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state in the specific effect, is configured to be higher than the winning probability. The game machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-11, characterized in that

According to the means H-12, in a situation where it is difficult to start the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state during the specific performance, compared with the situation where it is easy to start, it is configured to be relatively easy to win in the condition fulfillment lottery. It is Therefore, it is possible to reduce the feeling of unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific effect.

Means H-13. Equipped with an operation means that is operable by a player,
A condition fulfillment lottery for determining whether or not the specific condition is achieved is triggered by the operation of the operating means during an operation valid period set in a predetermined period during the specific effect,
An upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as a trigger for the condition fulfillment lottery during the valid period,
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed during the period from the start of the valid period to the elapse of the specified time is
The winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by the operation of the operating means performed during the period from the start of the effective period to the end of the effective period after the lapse of a specified period of time from the start of the effective period is configured to be lower than the winning probability. The game machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-12, characterized by:

According to the means H-13, it is possible to increase the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery in exchange for the passage of time in the validity period. In other words, in order to get a good result in a specific effect, it is necessary to operate the operating means as soon as possible to win the conditional lottery. Therefore, the probability of success is relatively low, but it is possible to operate the operation means as soon as possible, aiming for an earlier winning, or to seek certainty and carefully aim for a winning with a high probability, which is relatively late. You can enjoy the tactics such as whether to operate the operation means at the right timing.

It should be noted that, when a predetermined condition is established, a winning lottery means for performing a lottery lottery to determine whether or not a special game state advantageous to the player is to be generated; a variable display means capable of teaching the result of a win-or-fail lottery; A configuration in which the specific condition is achieved when the player wins a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state is started during the performance, wherein the condition fulfillment is achieved. The lottery is performed by the operation means during an operation valid period set in a predetermined period from after the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special game state during the specific effect until the start of the special game state. is triggered by the operation of, and an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as a trigger for the condition fulfillment lottery during the effective period, and the operation is performed during the period from the start of the effective period to the elapse of a specified time. The winning probability in the condition establishment lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means is determined by the operation of the operation means performed during the period from the start of the valid period to the end of the valid period after a specified time has passed. be configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery triggered by ".

I. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, by exchanging data between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer, etc., using a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it is possible to enjoy pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. Gaming systems that can be offered are known. A game (mobile-linked game) using such a game system is played by a plurality of players, so that information (game information) relating to the games of the plurality of players can be aggregated in the server. As a result, the player side can enjoy an effect or the like according to the aggregated information, and the game machine maker side that operates the server can conduct marketing research. For example, it is possible to determine who achieved the specific condition first in a predetermined specific effect, and the corresponding effect (for example, determine who first achieves the specific condition in a predetermined specific effect competition etc.) can be performed.

By the way, by having the player play the mobile-linked game, the player can receive services that cannot be received by players who have not played the mobile-linked game (for example, specific effects are derived), and the server can be used. For the operating game machine maker, there are various merits such as being able to refer to the aggregated game information and make use of it in the development of new models. However, players do not necessarily play mobile-linked games, and an increase in the number of participants is desired.

In addition, if a player who does not play mobile-linked games performs the above specific effect and happens to get good results, it will be possible for players who have been interested in mobile-linked games for a long time or who usually play mobile-linked games. However, there is a concern that a player who happened to have not played the mobile-linked game may feel regret that he should have played the mobile-linked game. Therefore, it is desired to improve the convenience of the mobile-linked game so that the mobile-linked game can be played more comfortably.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that allows mobile-linked games to be played comfortably. Another object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that facilitates participation in a mobile-linked game.

Means I-1. player identification information storage means capable of storing player identification information used to identify a player;
a specific effect executing means for executing a specific effect;
Achievement detection means for detecting that a specific condition has been achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
an achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
speed measuring means for measuring how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance;
speed storage means for storing the value measured by the speed measurement means when the achievement detection means detects;
A gaming machine comprising information relating to storage of the speed storage means and information output means capable of outputting the player identification information to the outside of the gaming machine,
Regardless of whether or not the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means, measurement is performed by the speed measurement means, and when detection is made by the achievement detection means, the speed measurement means is detected. A gaming machine characterized in that the value measured by is stored in the speed storage means.

According to the means I-1, by providing the information output means capable of outputting the information on the value indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect and the player specific information to the outside of the game machine, It is possible to tally the results of the person's specific performance. Therefore, it is possible to provide a new game feature such as ``compete to see who among the players who have experienced the specific effect can achieve the specific condition first''.

In addition, according to means I-1, a game (hereinafter referred to as You forgot to enter the player identification information, which is the process for starting a mobile-linked game), or you want to enter the player identification information casually, such as just for a short time today. For example, when a game is started without a specific effect and unexpectedly good results are obtained, it becomes possible to take in information indicating the result later so as to be reflected in the mobile-linked game. Therefore, although a good result was obtained in a specific effect and it should have been a happy feeling, the mobile-linked game was not played and the information could not be taken in, resulting in feelings of disappointment, regret, etc. It is possible to avoid such a situation. Therefore, the convenience of the mobile-linked game is improved, and the mobile-linked game can be played comfortably.

Furthermore, even for players who were reluctant to play mobile-linked games, such as the troublesomeness, we have given them the opportunity to start mobile-linked games, saying, "Since we got good results with specific effects, let's take this opportunity to start playing mobile-linked games." A relatively strong motivation to participate in the linked game can be provided. Therefore, by giving the player an opportunity to participate in the mobile-linked game at the perfect timing, it is possible to dramatically increase the possibility of the player participating in the mobile-linked game.

In addition, for example, even if the arrival at the game hall is just before the start of the specific effect, or the specific effect has already started, and if the player specifying information is input, the remaining period of the specific effect will be reduced. By performing the specific performance for the time being and then inputting the player specific information later, the result of the current specific performance can be reliably stored. Therefore, the remaining time of the specific effect is shortened due to the need to input the player specific information immediately before or after the start of the specific effect, or inputting the player specific information in a hurry is futile. It is possible to prevent the user from giving an impression, and to allow the user to fully enjoy the specific performance.

The value measured by the speed measuring means indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect is "indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition. value", and when achievement of a specific condition is set to winning in a predetermined lottery, "value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition", and the like.

Means I-2. real-time grasping means for grasping the current time;
a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
start setting means for setting the timing to start the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means;
When the gaming machine is powered on, regardless of the state of the game, the timing for starting the specific effect is set by the start setting means, and the timing for starting the specific effect is reached. , the gaming machine according to means I-1, characterized in that measurement by the speed measurement means is started.

According to the means I-2, even if the player is not playing a game, the timing for starting the specific performance is set, and when the timing arrives, how quickly the specific performance is started from the start of the specific condition. Measurement will be started to determine whether the Therefore, it is possible to participate in the specific performance in the middle, and even if the player is late for the start of the specific performance, he/she can enjoy the specific performance by starting the game during the period of the specific performance. In particular, for example, when the specific performance is a performance that starts simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines, the player wanted to participate in the specific performance, but was unable to make it in time to start the specific performance, so he/she participates in the specific performance. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a frustrating situation in which the player simply watches the specific performance of the surrounding game machines.

In addition, at the timing of the start of a specific effect, it happens that you have just left your seat to use the restroom, make a call, or purchase a drink, or if the game machine is in a predetermined error state or door is open, or if you borrow game media. Even if the game is delayed, the specific effect can be reliably derived by restarting the game during the period of the specific effect. Therefore, for example, when adopting a configuration in which the specific effect is not performed unless the game is in progress at the start timing of the specific effect, it becomes difficult to leave the seat when the timing approaches. Thus, it is possible to avoid situations such as when a player returns to his/her seat to play a game and is unable to participate in the specific performance even though others around him/her are performing the specific performance.

Means I-3. Provided with operation means operated by the player when proceeding with the game,
In a configuration that shifts to a dedicated standby state when the operation means is not operated for a certain period of time,
When it is time to start the specific effect in a state other than the standby state, measurement by the speed measuring means is started, and an effect mode corresponding to the specific effect is derived by a predetermined effect means,
When it is time to start the specific effect in the standby state, while the measurement by the speed measuring means is started, the effect mode corresponding to the specific effect is not derived by the predetermined effect means. The game machine as described in the characteristic means I-2.

According to the means I-3, when it is time to start the specific effect in the standby state generally provided for suppressing power consumption, the speed measurement means starts measuring, while the effect means (For example, a predetermined display device, a sound output device, etc.) is not derived. number is reduced, audio output is discontinued, etc.) is maintained. Therefore, the standby state can be maintained as much as possible, which contributes to the suppression of power consumption. Of course, the timing to start the specific effect arrives during the standby state, and although there is no change on the surface, the specific effect is set internally (the specific effect can be started at any time), so the standby By canceling the state, you can immediately participate in the specific production.

Means I-4. Provided with operation means operated by the player when proceeding with the game,
In a configuration that shifts to a dedicated standby state when the operation means is not operated for a certain period of time,
When it is time to start the specific effect, measurement by the speed measuring means is started regardless of whether or not it is in the standby state, and an effect corresponding to the specific effect is produced by a predetermined effect means. The gaming machine according to means I-2, wherein

As described in I-2 above, by providing a start setting means for setting the timing to start the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means, the same model A specific effect can be started simultaneously in a plurality of game machines. Under such a configuration, according to this means I-4, even in a gaming machine in which a game is not being played by a player, when the timing for starting the specific effect is reached, the specific effect is automatically performed by the predetermined effect means. is derived. Therefore, even if a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are arranged side by side and there is a vacant seat in the gaming machine, the specific performance is started at once in all the gaming machines. Therefore, it is possible to surely enjoy a powerful performance in which the same performance is performed on a plurality of game machines all at once.

Incidentally, when the specific effect is started without the player present, the specific effect mode may be configured to be a demonstration mode different from that when the player is playing. In other words, a mode in which the computer of the gaming machine participates may be derived, although the player does not participate.

Means I-5. an input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation;
When the value measured by the speed measurement means is stored in the speed storage means in a state where the player identification information is not stored in the player identification information storage means, after the specific effect is completed, Any of means I-1 to I-4, characterized by comprising an announcement executing means capable of executing an announcement asking whether the player specific information storage means has an intention to store the player specific information. The gaming machine described in Crab.

According to the means I-5, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player forgets to reflect the measurement value by the speed measurement means temporarily stored in the speed storage means in the mobile-linked game.

In addition, "main control means for performing a lottery as to whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player based on a predetermined opportunity, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
a variable display device capable of variably displaying identification information;
A game machine comprising display control means for variably displaying the identification information in the variable display device, and stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
When the lottery is performed during the variable display of the identification information, the variable display of the identification information corresponding to the result of the lottery is performed after the variable display of the identification information is stopped. In a configuration in which the information related to the lottery performed during the variable display of the identification information is retained and stored,
When the player identification information is not stored in the player identification information storage means and the speed storage means stores the value measured by the speed measurement means, the retained and stored When there is no more information about the lottery, an announcement may be made by the announcement executing means.

In this case, the announcement is made at the timing when the variable display of the identification information is interrupted, that is, at the timing when the player may end the game. Therefore, it is possible to further prevent a situation in which the user forgets to reflect the measurement value by the speed measuring means temporarily stored in the speed storing means in the mobile-linked game.

Further, for example, when the achievement of a specific condition in a specific effect is associated with a special game state which is an advantageous state for the player, the timing of starting the announcement by the announcement executing means is "special game state. during", or "at the end of the special game state". In other words, it is desirable to make an announcement at a time when the player should be in front of the gaming machine.

Means I-6. When the announcement is made by the announcement executing means and an input is made by the input means indicating that there is no intention to store the player identification information in the player identification information storage means, and the announcement period is The game machine according to means I-5, wherein the value stored in the speed storage means is erased when the game ends.

According to the means I-6, the measured value by the speed measuring means temporarily stored in the speed storing means is used when the player determines that it is not necessary, or when the player ends the game. , is erased when a situation arises in which the next player may start playing. As a result, when a player ends a game and the next player starts a mobile-linked game, the game information (measured value by the speed measuring means) of the previous player is prevented from being mixed. can be done. By the way, even when the announcement period ends, the value stored in the fast storage means is deleted, so that the player can finish the game without making any corresponding input during the announcement period. Even if the player leaves the game, it is possible to prevent the value stored in the quick storage means from remaining and being reflected in another player.

In addition, if an input indicating the intent to store the player identification information in the player identification information storage means is made by taking advantage of the announcement, a game that has never played a mobile-linked game on the same model of gaming machine For players, the flow of the initial registration procedure for mobile-linked games (information corresponding to the initial registration is sent from the game machine in the form of attaching the value of the quick storage means, via the mobile communication terminal, (In addition, when information is output in this way, the value of the quick storage means is erased.) For players who have played a mobile-linked game, player-specifying information is stored. The flow of procedures for starting a mobile-linked game, such as having the means store player identification information, is performed.

Means I-7. The announcement executing means causes the player specifying information to be stored in the player specifying information storage means (at this timing) when making an announcement asking whether or not to output information by the information output means. The gaming machine according to means I-5 or I-6, characterized in that it is configured to be able to execute guidance for teaching benefits that may be given to the player.

According to the means I-7, it is possible to appeal what kind of merits there are in participating in a mobile-linked game at a perfect timing. Therefore, it is possible to further encourage participation in the mobile-linked game. Also, if you don't care about mobile-linked games at all (or have no knowledge of mobile-linked games) and somehow start playing a game with a specific effect that unexpectedly gives you good results, It is possible to prevent a situation such as regretting not participating in a mobile-linked game by knowing a privilege or the like when a good result is obtained in a specific effect.

It should be noted that, in addition to the benefits for participating in the mobile-linked game, past data of a specific effect, more detailed conditions for obtaining predetermined benefits, and the like may be taught. For example, if the specific performance is a performance like a time trial, and a privilege is given to the top player, the highest time ever (within the range that the gaming machine can understand), A certain time or the like may be taught so that it is possible to generally judge whether or not a privilege can be awarded with the time of one's own. In this case, the player compares the result with his/her own result, ``It seems that a good result was obtained with a specific effect'' → ``It seems that an interesting effect can be seen if this result is reflected. Let's participate in the game" tends to be the flow. Therefore, it is possible to more positively encourage the player to participate in the mobile-linked game at the current timing.

Means I-8. Even if the specific effect is started with the specific information stored in the player specific information storage means, and the information output means outputs information during the period of the specific effect, the The game machine according to any one of means I-1 to I-7, characterized in that the measurement by the speed measurement means is continuously performed during the period of the specific effect.

According to the means I-8, for example, even when the player ends the game during the specific effect period and another player plays the game machine immediately after that, the specific effect can be surely enjoyed. can. Therefore, it is possible to increase opportunities to participate in the specific effect. Convenience can be improved when it takes a relatively long time.

Incidentally, the server may be configured so as to accumulate and store information such as withdrawal or non-participation in relation to the specific performance.

J. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In addition, there is also a game in which a specific effect whose timing of occurrence is determined in advance is performed. However, although the player was looking forward to the specific effect, there is a concern that if the timing of the occurrence of the specific effect becomes inconvenient, the specific effect may have to be given up.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a gaming machine that can be played comfortably.

Means J-1. a condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific effect is established;
a specific effect execution means capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied by detection by the condition establishment detection means,
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific effect executing means is configured to be able to change the timing of generating the specific effect.

According to the means J-1, since the generation timing of the specific effect can be changed, for example, although the specific effect is started, the user has to leave the seat for a while (want to go to the bathroom, receive a phone call, etc.). ), so it becomes possible to postpone the specific effect. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress such as not being able to enjoy the specific performance even though the specific performance has been started, and the game can be played comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it is possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the player can enjoy the specific effect even more.

Specific effects include those with a predetermined start time and period, such as a simultaneous effect in which multiple game machines start the same content at the same time at the same time, and a variable display. Effects and the like that are performed when the game is performed a number of times (when the number of times of variable display to which a predetermined game mode is given is exhausted) can be mentioned.

Means J-2. a condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific effect is established;
a specific effect executing means capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied by detection by the condition establishment detecting means;
and an operation means that can be operated by the player,
A gaming machine, wherein the timing for causing the specific effect executing means to generate the specific effect can be changed by operating the operating means.

According to the means J-2, the generation timing of the specific effect can be changed by the operation of the operating means by the player. Therefore, although the specific effect is started, the user has to leave the seat for a while (want to go to the bathroom, receive a phone call, etc.), so the specific effect can be postponed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress such as not being able to enjoy the specific performance even though the specific performance has been started, and the game can be played comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it is possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the player can enjoy the specific effect even more.

Specific effects include those with a predetermined start time and period, such as a simultaneous effect in which multiple game machines start the same content at the same time at the same time, and a variable display. Effects and the like that are performed when the game is performed a number of times (when the number of times of variable display to which a predetermined game mode is given is exhausted) can be mentioned.

Means J-3. a condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific effect is established;
a specific effect executing means capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied by detection by the condition establishment detecting means;
a priority state generation means for generating a priority state to be prioritized over executing the specific effect,
The game machine is characterized in that, when the period during which the specific performance is executed overlaps with the priority state, the timing at which the specific performance executing means generates the specific performance can be changed.

According to the means J-3, the timing for generating the specific effect can be changed. Therefore, although the specific effect should start, the specific effect does not start due to the priority state, and when the priority state ends, the specific effect ends, or the remaining period of the specific effect can be avoided.

Note that the number of priority states is not limited to one, and a plurality of priority states may be set. For example, when the start timing of the specific effect arrives during a special game state advantageous to the player as a priority state, the specific effect may be started (from the beginning) after the special game state ends.

Means J-4. at least one of a real-time grasping means for grasping the current time and a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
start setting means for setting the timing for starting the specific effect based on at least one of the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means. The gaming machine according to any one of means J-1 to J-3.

According to the means J-4, the all-at-once performance, which is started all at once at a predetermined time, can be postponed if it is inconvenient.

It should be noted that, by passing the current timing of a specific effect, it may be configured to be reset to the timing after a specified time (for example, 10 minutes later), or by refusing the current timing, the operation It may be constructed such that the specific performance is started at the timing according to the intention of the player using the means.

Means J-5. achievement detection means for detecting that a specific condition has been achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
speed measuring means for measuring how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific performance;
a speed storage means for storing the value measured by the speed measurement means when detection is made by the achievement detection means;
Any of means J-1 to J-4, wherein the speed measuring means measures the time from the start of the specific effect regardless of whether or not the timing of starting the specific effect is changed. The gaming machine described in .

According to the means J-5, the time from the start of the specific effect is measured both when the specific effect is started as planned and when it is changed. For this reason, for example, when a specific effect (trial effect) is started at a timing slightly later than the normal timing, the delay in the start is not exactly incorporated, but the player can control his own timing. It will be measured from when the specific production is started with. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the handicap for the changed player.

The value measured by the speed measuring means indicating how quickly the specific condition is achieved from the start of the specific effect is "indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition. value", and when achievement of a specific condition is set to winning in a predetermined lottery, "value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition", and the like.

Means J-6. player identification information storage means capable of storing player identification information used to identify a player;
Predetermined information about the game played by the player (in the above means J-5, information about the storage of the quick storage means), and an information output means capable of outputting the player identification information to the outside of the gaming machine,
Means J-, characterized in that, when the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means, the timing at which the specific effect execution means generates the specific effect can be changed. The gaming machine according to any one of 1 to J-5.

According to means J-6, a game (hereinafter referred to as mobile By playing an interlocking game), it is possible to obtain a privilege such as being able to change the timing of a specific effect, so it is possible to increase the willingness to participate in the mobile interlocking game.

By providing the information output means, it becomes possible to tally the results of the player's specific effects. Therefore, when the above means J-5 is employed, it is possible to add a new game feature such as ``compete to see who among the players who have experienced the specific effect have achieved the specific condition first''.

Means J-7. a condition establishment storage means for storing that a condition for generating the specific effect has been established as detected by the condition establishment detection means;
The specific effect execution means is configured to be able to execute the specific effect when the condition establishment storage means stores that a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied,
The gaming machine according to means J-6, wherein when the player identification information is erased from the player identification information storage means, the information stored in the condition fulfillment storage means is also erased.

According to the means J-7, the act of performing the specific effect using the right to perform the specific effect obtained by another player is prevented. As a result, it is possible to increase the value of the specific performance, improve the willingness to participate in the specific performance, and make people visit the game hall at the start time of the specific performance.

Means J-8. main control means for performing a lottery as to whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to a player based on a predetermined opportunity, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
a variable display device capable of variably displaying identification information;
A game machine comprising display control means for variably displaying the identification information in the variable display device, and stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
When the lottery is performed during the variable display of the identification information, the variable display of the identification information corresponding to the result of the lottery is performed after the variable display of the identification information is stopped. In a configuration in which the information related to the lottery performed during the variable display of the identification information is retained and stored,
As long as the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means, the specific effect in the condition fulfillment storage means even if the information related to the lottery reserved and stored is lost. The gaming machine according to means J-7, characterized in that the memory of the satisfaction of the condition for generating is maintained in a stored state without being erased.

According to means J-8, even if the variable display is interrupted, unless the mobile-linked game is ended, the right to execute the specific performance is not lost, and the specific performance can be executed after the game is restarted. Therefore, the effect of the above-mentioned means J-1 that the convenience is improved and the game can be played comfortably can be achieved more reliably.

K. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display is provided to teach the result of the lottery (see, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2003-154110).

By the way, when a game machine maker produces a new model, etc., it aims to manufacture a game machine that pleases players by referring to evaluations of conventional game machines.

However, for example, when conducting marketing by requesting voluntary cooperation in questionnaires on a website, etc., or by requesting a research company, a satisfactory number of responses may not be obtained, or accuracy may be questioned. may occur and result reporting may be delayed.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that enables the quick and extensive collection of game-related information.

Means K-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a predetermined lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
A specific measurement means for measuring the number of occurrences of a specific event in a specific period or the time until the specific period ends,
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least the address information of the server out of the address information of the server, the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and the specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, and mobile communication and information output means for displaying code information readable by a terminal,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the information output means also includes the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to means K-1, when executing a mobile-linked game in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server via the mobile communication terminal, the code information displayed on the display means is stored in the game information storage means. In the case of including the game information that allows the stored game history (history/experience) of the player to be grasped, the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means is also included. For this reason, game machine manufacturers that operate servers collect and analyze not only game information, but also specific measurement information, etc., so that it can be used at sites where game machines are actually installed and played (amusement halls, etc.). It is possible to quickly, accurately, and widely grasp the usage status and the like. Therefore, by referring to such information, etc., it is possible to proceed with the development of a better gaming machine.

For example, with regard to an operation effect performed using an operation means that a player can operate, regarding operation effect A, the operation means is operated with a relatively high probability during the operation effect as a specific period, but the operation means is operated with a relatively high probability. As for the effect B, it can be understood that the operation means are not often operated (easily ignored, i.e., an unpopular effect), and the operation of the operation means in the operation effect A in the state C is relatively high. Although it is executed with probability, it can be grasped that the operation of the operation means in the operation presentation A in the state D is relatively not performed.

It should be noted that this means includes a case where part of the game information is targeted as the specific event, and furthermore, the specific event can occur during a period other than the specific period. In addition, the specific measurement means is configured to measure the number of occurrences of the specific event when the number of occurrences of the specific event is not included in the conditions for ending the specific period, and the number of occurrences of the specific event is included in the conditions for ending the specific period. When included, the number of occurrences of a specific event or the time until the end of a specific period may be measured.

In this means, the method of outputting information by the information output means is embodied by displaying code information, but other methods are also conceivable. for example,
"In a gaming machine that can transmit information about a player's game to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a predetermined lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
A specific measurement means for measuring the number of occurrences of a specific event in a specific period or the time until the specific period ends,
Among server address information, game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, information including at least server address information is sent to a predetermined portable communication terminal. and an information output means that can be output as an identifiable or recognizable form by
When outputting the game information stored in the game information storage means, the information output means may output the information including the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means.

Means K-2. a game area in which a game ball shot by a predetermined shooting means is guided;
variable ball entry means for changing the state between an open state in which a game ball moving in the game area can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
variable ball entry detection means for detecting a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means;
a special game state generation means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state in which the variable ball entry means is in an open state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition;
(In the special game state, the upper limit of the number of game balls that enter the variable ball entry means and the upper limit of the time of the variable ball entry means that is in the open state are set.)
The specific period is set corresponding to the special game state,
The specific measuring means is characterized by counting the number of game balls shot into the game area in the special game state (assuming that the game ball is shot into the game area as the specific event). The gaming machine described in K-1.

According to the means K-2, it is possible to grasp how many game balls are shot until the special game state ends in the special game state in which the game balls are shot aiming at the variable ball entry means. . That is, the special game state has a set period (it ends when the upper limit number of game balls are entered into the variable ball entry means), so the total number of game balls fired during the special game state (special By counting the total number of shots of game balls required to end the game state, it is possible to grasp the ease with which game balls enter the variable ball entry means.

In addition, for example, the time until the special game state ends (the time required to end the special game state) is measured, and based on this, the ease with which the game ball enters the variable ball entry means is determined. It is also conceivable to configure it so that it can be guessed. However, if an error occurs in the special game state, it may not be possible to deal with it. Therefore, as in this means, it is desirable to estimate (grasp) the likelihood of the game ball reaching the variable ball entry means based on the number of shots of the game ball.

It should be noted that, for example, the specific game state is defined as a specified number of game balls entering the variable ball entering means after the variable ball entering means is opened, or a specified time elapses after the variable ball entering means is opened. It is also possible to perform prescribed multiple rounds, with up to as one round. Further, it may be configured not to count the game balls that are shot during the interval period in which the variable ball entry means is closed between the round periods. In this case, the player who continues to shoot game balls even during the interval period and the player who stops shooting game balls during the interval period or at the timing corresponding to it, although the time in the special game state is almost the same. , it is possible to suppress a situation in which a relatively large difference occurs in the total number of shots counted, and the information on the number of shots in the special game state is a material for judging the ease of reaching the variable ball entry means of the game ball. It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which it is no longer possible. Furthermore, during the special game state, there is a possibility that the game ball guided to the game area will enter at a stage before reaching the variable ball entering means (for example, starting ball entering means etc.) , count the number of game balls entered in the special game state (subtract this number from the total number of shots), or count the number of game balls that did not enter any ball entry means during the special game state. By counting the number, it is possible to further improve the accuracy of estimating the likelihood of the game ball reaching the variable ball entry means.

It should be noted that ``a game ball moving in the game area can enter the game area'' means not only the case where the entered game ball is discharged outside the game area as it is, but also the case where the entered game ball returns to the game area again (passes through the game area). It is intended to include the case of

Means K-3. a game area in which a game ball shot by a predetermined shooting means is guided;
opening and closing ball entry means capable of changing the state between an open state in which a game ball moving in the game area can or is easily entered and a closed state in which it is impossible or difficult to enter;
an opening/closing ball entry detection means for detecting a game ball that has entered the opening/closing ball entry means;
a high ball-entering state in which the opening/closing ball-entering means is or is likely to be in the open state;
Compared to the high ball entry state, the opening and closing ball entry means is less likely to be in the open state, or the state can be changed to a low ball entry state in which the closed state is maintained,
The specific period is set corresponding to the high ball entry state,
The specific measuring means counts the number of game balls launched into the game area in the high ball entry state, and counts the number of game balls entering the open/close ball entry means in the high ball entry state. The gaming machine according to means K-1 or K-2, characterized by:

According to means K-3, the ratio of the number of game balls entering the opening/closing ball entry means to the total number of game balls launched in the high ball entry state, that is, the number of game balls entering the opening/closing ball entry means in the high ball entry state You will be able to grasp the ease of making the ball. More specifically, the specific period is a period in which game balls are launched aiming at the opening and closing ball entry means that is in the open state, and the total number of game balls fired in the specific period and the number of game balls to the opening and closing ball entry means By measuring the total number of balls entered, it is possible to determine the degree of accessibility of game balls to the open/close ball entry means at the site where the gaming machine is actually installed and played (game hall, etc.), for example, the opening/closing ball entry means. It is possible to grasp the situation of surrounding game nails and the like.

In addition, the length (time) of the period of high ball entry state (for example, so-called variable probability mode or time reduction mode) and the number of game balls entering the opening and closing ball entry means are measured. Based on this, it is also conceivable to make it possible to estimate the ease with which a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entering means. However, when comparing the case where the game ball is continuously shot in the high ball entry state and the case where the game ball is not fired in the high ball entry state for a period of time (for example, after a break, etc.), the game is played for the same amount of time. In the latter case, although the ball is hit, the ratio of the game ball entering the opening and closing ball entry means is relatively greatly reduced, and it is used as a material for judging the ease with which the game ball reaches the opening and closing ball entry means. There is a risk that it will disappear. Therefore, as in this means, it is desirable to estimate (grasp) the likelihood of the game ball reaching the open/close ball entry means based on the number of shots of the game ball.

It should be noted that "starting ball entry means as the opening/closing ball entry means into which a game ball moving in the game area can enter, and the opening/closing ball entry detecting means for detecting the game ball entering the starting ball entry means. and a special game state generation means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player based on the detection by the start ball entry detection means. ” may be used. In this case, it is possible to grasp the easiness of the ball entering the starting ball-entering detection means in the high-ball-entering state.

In addition, when the starting ball entry means is an opening and closing type, and the game ball can be entered even in the closed state, the specific measurement means is in a low ball entry state (for example, so-called normal mode or latent mode) It is also possible to count the number of game balls that have been shot and the number of game balls that have entered the starting ball entry means in the low ball entry state. In this case, it is possible to grasp not only the easiness of the game ball to reach the starting ball entry means in the high ball entry state, but also the easiness of the game ball to reach the starting ball entry means in the low ball entry state. As a result, it is possible to more accurately grasp the situation of the game nail or the like around the starting ball entering means. Further, when both the opening and closing type starting ball entry means and the non-opening and closing type starting ball entry means are provided, the specific measuring means, in the low ball entry state, measures the launched game ball and the non-opening and closing type. The number of game balls entering the starting ball entry means may be counted, and in a high ball entry state, the number of game balls launched and the number of game balls entering the opening/closing type starting ball entry means may be counted. . In this case, the accessibility of the game ball to the opening and closing type starting ball entry means (the situation in which the game can be progressed relatively smoothly and advantageously for the player), and the opening and closing type starting ball entry means It is possible to grasp both the accessibility of the game ball to (generally, the situation in the normal state and the state in which the staying time is the longest).

In addition, by counting the number of game balls that did not enter any of the ball entering means during the high ball entering state, the ease of reaching the game ball to the opening and closing ball entering means (the variable ball entering means) is calculated. can be further improved. It is to be noted that the variable ball-entering means of the means K-3 can be applied as the opening/closing ball-entering means of the present means K-4.

Means K-4. a game area in which a game ball shot by a predetermined shooting means is guided;
starting ball entry means for changing the state between an open state in which a game ball moving in the game area can or is easily entered and a closed state in which it is impossible or difficult to enter;
a starting detection means for detecting a game ball that has entered the starting ball entering means;
A special game state generation means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, triggered by the detection by the start detection means;
a support ball entry means that allows a game ball moving in the game area to enter (or pass through);
support detection means for detecting a game ball entering (or passing through) the support ball entry means;
a ball entry support state generation means for performing a ball entry support lottery for determining whether or not the start ball entry means is to be in the open state, triggered by the detection of the support detection means;
Compared to the high ball entry state, the opening and closing ball entry means is configured to be able to change to a low ball entry state in which it is difficult to open the state,
The specific period is set corresponding to the high ball entry state,
The specific measurement means counts the number of game balls launched into the game area in the high ball entry state, and counts the number of game balls entering (or passing through) the support ball entry means in the high ball entry state. The gaming machine according to any one of means K-1 to K-3, characterized by counting numbers.

According to the means K-4, the ratio of the number of game balls entering (or passing through) the support ball entering means to the total number of game balls launched in the high ball entering state, that is, the support ball entering in the high ball entering state You will be able to grasp the ease of entering (or passing) the means. More specifically, the specific period is a period in which a game ball is launched aiming at the starting ball entry means that is in the open state or the support ball entry means that triggers the entry support lottery that opens it. By measuring the total number of game balls fired and the total number of balls entered into the support ball entry means during the specific period, the number of game balls at the site where the game machine is actually installed and played (game hall, etc.) It is possible to grasp the situation of the ease of reaching the support ball-entering means, for example, the situation of game nails around the support ball-entering means.

Means K-5. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
a game area in which a game ball shot by a predetermined shooting means is guided;
A specific measuring means for counting the number of game balls guided to the game area (in a specific period),
a display means provided at a position visible to a player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least the address information of the server out of the address information of the server, the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and the specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, and mobile communication and information output means for displaying code information readable by a terminal,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the information output means also includes the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means. A gaming machine characterized by:

As a measure (reference) for measuring how much a predetermined player has played a predetermined game machine, for example, the number of occurrences of a special game state advantageous to the player, whether or not to generate a special game state, etc. , or the number of occurrences of events that trigger the lottery (for example, the number of balls entering the starting ball entry means), etc., but these are the development of the game for each player. (luck) and the situation of the game nail of the game machine in which the player is playing can greatly change. On the other hand, as in this means 5, by counting the number of game balls shot into the game area and using it as a ruler for measuring how many times a predetermined game machine has been played, A fairer evaluation will be carried out. For this reason, for example, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a player who has the same playing time but has a large number of occurrences of the special game state is not evaluated and thus is uninteresting, and due to this, the player keeps away from the game itself.

The number of the specific measuring means itself is not particularly limited, and when a plurality of types of specific periods are set, a plurality of specific measuring means are provided correspondingly. In addition, "an input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation is provided, and by inputting a password using the input means, the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means. When the password contains information corresponding to the game information and the selection information accumulated in the server, a process corresponding to the game information and the selection information ( or when the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different). Ranking is performed, and the content of the presentation is changed according to the rank, and the specific game information to be evaluated for the ranking includes at least the game area counted by the specific measuring means. specific measurement information on the number of game balls that have been guided to". In this case, since the evaluation obtained according to the number of shots of the game ball becomes clearer, the action and effect of this means can be exhibited more remarkably.

Means K-6. a guide passage for guiding the game ball shot by the shooting means to the game area;
a shooting detection means provided in the guide passage for detecting the game ball shot by the shooting means at a stage before reaching the game area;
The game according to any one of means K-2 to K-5, wherein the specific measuring means counts the number of game balls shot into the game area based on the detection by the shooting detection means. machine.

Even if the game ball is not set in the shooting means and the game ball is shot by the shooting means, the game ball is not shot. There is concern that the ball count will be inaccurate. In this regard, according to the means K-6, the number of game balls shot into the game area is counted based on the detection of the shot detection means for detecting the game balls shot by the shooting means, so that such a problem is eliminated. can be wiped out. In addition, by providing the shooting detection means in the game area, it is possible that the shooting detection means will hinder the movement of the game ball, or that the shooting detection means will be visible in the game area, which will lead to a deterioration in the design. can be prevented.

Means K-7. a missed ball return path that returns to the player side a game ball that has been shot by the shooting means but does not reach the game area and flows backward through the guide path;
A gaming machine according to K-6, further comprising: a returned ball detection means provided in the missed ball return passage for detecting a game ball passing through the missed ball return passage.

According to the means K-7, it is possible not to count game balls that have been shot by the shooting means but have not reached the game area in the count of game balls that have been shot to the game area. Therefore, the number of game balls shot into the game area can be grasped more reliably. The missing ball return passage is connected below the guide passage, and the game ball shot by the shooting means jumps over the missed ball return passage and moves to the game area side, and the game ball flowing back through the guide passage is It may be configured to enter the missed ball return passage.

Means K-8. The gaming machine according to means K-7, wherein the shooting detection means is provided closer to the shooting means than the connecting portion to the missed ball return path in the guide path.

According to the means K-8, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the game ball flowing backward through the guide passage is detected by the launch detection means. In addition, by providing the launch detection means as close as possible to the launch means, it is possible to simplify the configuration for ensuring detection while avoiding collision between the launch detection means and the game ball. .

It should be noted that "shooting ball guide means for guiding the game balls while aligning them toward the shooting means is provided at a position where the player can operate, and by performing the operation, the shooting ball guide means is aligned. A ball removing operation means for returning a game ball to the player side is provided, and when the ball removing operation means is operated, the game ball set in the shooting means is also returned to the player side. In the possible configuration of (1), the launch detection means may be provided at a position (on the game area side of the game ball) where the game ball set in the launch means is not detected.

Means K-9. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game information is stored until it is displayed on the display means,
The specific measurement means stores the code information including the game information and the specific measurement information after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. Any one of means K-1 to K-8, characterized in that not only the specific measurement information is stored until it is displayed on the display means, but also the specific measurement information for a period other than that is stored. game machine.

According to means K-9, specific measurement information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent incidentally. Thereby, more specific measurement information can be obtained in the server.

It should be noted that "the specific measurement means stores specific measurement information after the game machine is turned on, and after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed in the game information storage means. and the specific measurement information are stored separately”. Further, the specific measurement means is configured to be able to store the specific measurement information up to several days ago, and by outputting the code information, the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means is erased, or the specific measurement information of the day is deleted. The specific measurement information up to the previous day may be erased while leaving the information.

L. One type of gaming machine is a reel-type gaming machine, such as a slot machine. The slot machine is equipped with a variable display device having a plurality of reels with a plurality of symbols attached thereto, and a winning state is displayed based on operating a start lever in a state where gaming values such as medals are inserted (bet). A lottery is made as to whether or not to generate the reel, and each reel starts rotating. After that, by operating the stop button corresponding to each reel, each reel is sequentially stopped in accordance with the lottery (see, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2003-126337).

By the way, by operating the start lever or the stop button, there is a case where an effect composed of a plurality of effect groups such that the effect progresses in order is performed. However, since the production progresses according to the player's operation, if an operation that triggers the start of the next production is performed in the middle of an individual production, the current production is immediately terminated. (the production is canceled), and the next production is started. For this reason, there is a concern that even if a performance is created by spending time and money, it will be meaningless if the performance is never seen by the player.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of collecting information for effectively executing a performance.

Means L-1. variable display means for variably displaying identification information;
an input means for inputting game media;
an insertion detection means for detecting a game medium inserted into the insertion means;
credit storage means for storing, as electronic data, the number of game media detected by the insertion detection means;
betting operation means for betting a necessary number to start the game from the game media stored in the credit storage means at the time of starting the game;
a starting operation means for starting the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means;
stop operation means for stopping the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means;
an effect operation means for changing the content of the effect depending on whether or not it is operated when a predetermined effect occurs;
lottery means for performing lottery for a winning combination triggered by the operation of the starting operation means in a state where game media are betted;
The variable display of the identification information is started based on the operation of the start operation means in the state where the game medium is bet, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped based on the operation of the stop operation means and the result of the lottery. identification information control means to be displayed;
game medium provision means for providing a number of game media corresponding to the winning combination when the identification information stopped and displayed by the identification information control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination;
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to the winning lottery;
an information output means capable of outputting the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means in a form that can be identified or recognized by a predetermined mobile communication terminal;
An effect started based on the operation of the start operation means or the betting operation means, and an effect started based on at least two operations among the effect operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means. An operation-linked production consisting of a group of productions is performed,
Regarding the operation-linked effect, if an opportunity to start the next component effect occurs in the middle of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect, the component effect that was in the middle is terminated (cancelled), A configuration in which the next configuration production is started,
An individual effect time measuring means for measuring the time of each of the component effects in the operation-linked effect,
A game characterized in that when the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including specific measurement information of the individual performance time measurement means. machine.

According to the means L-1, by measuring the time of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect, it is possible to determine whether or not each component effect was terminated in the middle (cancelled in the middle), and how long it has been since the start. If it is within a certain period, it is possible to grasp whether or not the player is visually recognizing it. In this way, based on the specific measurement information of how much each composition effect is seen and how much is canceled, it is not meaningful to derive the timing at which it is effective to produce a predetermined effect, or the predetermined effect. It is possible to grasp the timing that is not very popular, and to grasp the production that is not very popular. Can be configured.

In addition, when the player performs a mobile-linked game in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server via a mobile communication terminal, the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measuring means is also transmitted to the server. Therefore, the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measuring means can be obtained more smoothly on the server side.

It should be noted that "a decoration display means is provided at a position visible to the player and capable of displaying an image object, and the information output means accumulates server address information and game information storage means in the decoration display means. Among the stored game information and the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measuring means, code information including at least the address information of the server and readable by the mobile communication terminal is displayed, and the code information is displayed. , when the game information stored in the game information storage means is included, the specific measurement information of the individual performance time measurement means may also be included. In this case, in the configuration in which the operation-linked effect is derived also in the decoration display device, such an effect becomes more remarkable.

Means L-2. provided corresponding to at least one of the start operation means, the performance operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means, and an operation time from the operating state to the non-operating state; Equipped with an operation time measuring means for measuring,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including specific measurement information of the operation time measurement means,
According to means L-1, the specific measurement information of the operation time measurement means is output by the information output means in a manner associated with the performance being executed when the operation time was measured. game machine.

Some players have a habit of holding down the operation means for a while and then releasing it (so-called twisting) instead of pressing and releasing the operation means immediately, as a habit of strongly wishing that the game progresses in a good direction for the player. ). Therefore, according to this means L-2, the operation time of the operation means (the time during which it is turned on) is measured, and the operation time is associated with the effect when the operation means is operated. is transmitted to the mobile communication terminal and, by extension, to the server. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which performance at which timing the player is interested (whether it is popular) or the like.

Further, the information output means is provided with a pressure measurement means capable of measuring the pressure acting on the predetermined operation means or a force proportional thereto, and the specific measurement information of the pressure measurement means and the corresponding performance are associated with each other. It may be configured to be able to output by Also in this case, it is possible to grasp how the player is enthusiastic.

Means L-3. an operation number counting means provided corresponding to at least one of the start operation means, the performance operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means and counting the number of operations;
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including the specific measurement information of the operation number measurement means,
The means L-1 or L-2, characterized in that the number of operations is stored in the number of operations measuring means in association with the state of presentation executed when the number of operations was measured. The game machine described.

According to this means L-3, the number of times of operation of the operation means is measured, and furthermore, the number of times of operation is associated with the effect state when the operation of the operation means is performed, and the mobile communication terminal, and by extension, the server will be sent to Therefore, it is possible to grasp which performance at which timing the player is interested (whether it is popular) or the like. It should be noted that the production state for which the number of operations of the operating means is counted is not limited to the production during production that heightens the player's sense of anticipation. It also includes a state where there is no Also, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game state and the number of fluctuations after the end of a specific effect may be configured to be output in association with information such as the number of times of measurement. In this case, in a configuration in which a plurality of performance modes can be changed by the player himself/herself at normal times, it is possible to grasp at what timing the performance mode is to be changed.

Means L-4. Based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and a special game state generating means for generating a special game state when winning the lottery. with
The probability of winning in the winning lottery is set in a plurality of stages, and a setting operation means capable of changing the setting is provided at a position where the player cannot operate,
Equipped with specific element measuring means for measuring the number of occurrences of elements that change according to settings,
Means L characterized in that when the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means. -1 to L-3.

According to the means L-4, it is possible to estimate the setting that will greatly affect the game based on the number of occurrences of the element that changes according to the setting. Thereby, if the player participates in the mobile-linked game, it is possible to make the user more actively participate in the mobile-linked game by adopting a configuration in which setting estimation can be performed relatively easily.

Elements that change according to the settings include the winning of special game states (bonus, assist time, assist replay time, etc.), winning of child roles child roles are also counted), and when a special game state and a child role are won at the same time, if the combination differs for each setting, the simultaneous winning is mentioned.

Incidentally, the accuracy of the setting suggestion may be changed according to the game information accumulated and stored in the server by the player. For example, if the settings are divided into 6 levels, a 1000 point player will only be suggested the top 3 or the bottom 3 of the settings, while a 10000 point player will have a possibility for each setting. A player with 50,000 points may guess/judge settings based on more information such as factors that may determine the settings or undisclosed judgment criteria, etc., and suggest/teach. good.

Means L-5. Equipped with input means capable of inputting information by player's operation,
By inputting a password using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means is started, and
When the password contains information corresponding to the game information accumulated in the server, it is configured to be able to execute processing according to the information,
When the password contains information about the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means, the information about the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means is displayed on the decorative display means provided at a position visible to the player. The gaming machine according to means L-4, characterized in that it is configured to allow

According to the means L-5, the effectiveness of the mobile-linked game can be improved, and the player can participate in the mobile-linked game in a contact manner. In addition, since the information about the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means can be confirmed on the gaming machine, convenience is improved, and the current game can be played while reminiscing about the previous game. Furthermore, if the information about the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means can only be seen in the game machine, it becomes easier for the player to visit the game machine again.

If the special game state and the success rate of the child role differ according to the setting, the special game state and the probability of success of the child role in the game actually played by the player are used as the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means. may be displayed, and furthermore, in order to improve convenience, it may be possible to display the special game state and the establishment probability of the child role according to the setting. In place of or in addition to the configuration, a decorative display suggesting a setting (highly probable setting) inferred in the server or game machine based on the information on the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means. It may be made displayable by means.

In addition, even if the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means is sent to the server, the password containing the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means is set so that it is issued only after the business hours of the game hall, etc. on that day. (generally ends around 11:00 pm, so, for example, it may be set to 12:00 pm). Alternatively, "the date grasping means capable of grasping the date is provided, the information output by the information outputting means includes the date or information related thereto, and the date contained in the password input to the inputting means or related thereto is based on the information, the decoration display means is configured to determine whether or not to display information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means", that is, specifying the specific element measuring means to the server Even if the measurement information is transmitted, the password containing the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means will be accepted only on the next day on the gaming machine side (for example, a real-time clock is provided and the date information included in the password is etc.). In the case of adopting this configuration, it is possible to prevent setting speculation by utilizing the mobile-linked game and deciding whether to stop or continue the game based on the setting speculation.

Means L-6. In the game information storage means, the code information including the game information and the selection information is stored after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. The game information is stored until it is displayed on the display means,
The specific element measuring means stores the game information and the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means after the game information storage means is operated to start storing the game information of the individual player. In addition to storing the number of occurrences of the elements that change according to the setting until the information including The gaming machine according to means L-4 or L-5.

According to the means L-6, not only the player but also the data of the players who played before the player on that day (the number of occurrences of elements that change according to the setting) are obtained. can be done. Therefore, it is possible to obtain more information about the elements that change according to the settings, and it is possible to further improve the accuracy of estimating the settings. For example, when a game is played after another player has played a game, it is possible to estimate the settings including the information of the game played by the previous player, so the reliability of the setting estimation is improved.

In addition, even if the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means is transmitted to the server, the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measuring means cannot be seen during the business hours of the game hall etc. on that day, or However, if the number of games played today does not exceed the specified number of times, the player cannot see it (for example, if the number of games is 2000 or more, It is desirable that the number of games played by the player himself/herself becomes more than half of the total number of games played on the gaming machine today. In other words, setting determination is performed based on elements that change according to settings, including information on other people who use mobile-linked games after only a short time playing the game, and if it is not good, the act of moving to another table is suppressed. can be done.

Means L-7. One game is defined as a period from when the variable display means starts the variable display of the identification information to when the display is stopped, and
a game number counting means for counting the number of games played;
bet number counting means for counting the total number of betted game media;
a given number counting means for counting the total number of given game media;
a plurality of winning combination counting means for counting the number of times each winning combination is won,
The specific measurement information of the number-of-games counting means, the number-of-bets counting means, the awarded-numbers counting means, and each of the winning combination counting means is output together with the specific measurement information of the individual presentation time measuring means. The gaming machine according to any one of means L-1 to L-6.

According to the means L-7, specific measurement information of the number of games counting means, the number of bets counting means, the awarded number counting means, and each winning combination counting means, which is useful information for both the player and the gaming machine maker. Also, since it is configured to be able to output from the game machine to the communication mobile terminal and eventually to the server, based on such information, it is possible to proceed with the mobile linked game and grasp the situation of the game machine in more detail. can.

M. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, by exchanging information between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. A game system (mobile-linked game) capable of playing is known.

By the way, at present, the output of information from a game machine to a mobile communication terminal is easy because it does not need to be connected with wiring, and for reasons such as security, which does not require the use of radio waves. This is done by reading code information such as a two-dimensional code that has been sent to a mobile communication terminal.

However, some players find it troublesome to read the code information displayed on the display device of the game machine with their mobile communication terminals, or they have tried it before but are unable to read it successfully. There are also those who avoid mobile-linked games for reasons such as there was no such thing. Furthermore, in order to end the mobile-linked game, it is necessary to read the code information displayed on the display device of the game machine with the mobile communication terminal, so it is difficult to finish the game quickly and go home. Or, even if you think that your current situation is not good with regards to the game (you may be able to improve the situation by moving to another game machine), your back will become heavy and you will continue to play without moving the machine. There is a possibility that it will continue.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in order to solve the problems exemplified above. To provide a game machine which can be played comfortably.

Means M-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
The display means includes information output means for displaying code information readable by the mobile communication terminal, including the address information of the server and the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means,
A gaming machine, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change the display position of the code information on the display means.

When a mobile-linked game exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a mobile communication terminal is terminated, the code information displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, including the game information played by the player, is transferred to the mobile communication terminal. It will be read by the terminal. On the other hand, according to the means M-1, in order to read the code information displayed on the display means, the photographing unit of the reader capable of reading the code information among the portable communication terminals arranged in front of the display means is slightly deviated from the display position of the code information displayed on the display means, the code information can be read by the portable communication terminal by shifting the display position of the code information. In other words, the player can perform position adjustment by displacing the code information side of the display means instead of displacing the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it is possible to read the code information of the display means simply by placing the mobile communication terminal in front of the display means. It is possible to reduce the burden on the player. As a result, it becomes easier for the player to finish the mobile-linked game, and the mobile-linked game can be finished relatively smoothly.

Furthermore, the work to end mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I feel that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Means M-2. In front of the display means, a mobile communication terminal can be installed (for example, with the photographing unit of the reader capable of reading the code information facing backward),
The game machine according to means M-1, wherein the code information displayed on the display means is read by the mobile communication terminal by installing the mobile communication terminal on the installation portion.

According to the means M-2, if the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section, the code information of the display means can be read by the mobile communication terminal without the player directly touching the mobile communication terminal and moving the position. can. Therefore, the mobile-linked game can be ended more easily and smoothly.

In addition, it is good also as "the said installation part is comprised so that the portable communication terminal which was made into portrait orientation can be installed." In this case, compared to the case where the mobile communication terminal can be installed vertically or horizontally, the position of the photographing unit of the reading device of the mobile communication terminal can be limited to some extent, and as a result, the display area of the display means can be minimized. can be done with

Means M-3. When the mobile communication terminal is installed in front of the display means (the installation part corresponding to the means M-2), the position of the photographing part of the reader capable of reading the code information in the mobile communication terminal is determined. Equipped with optically detectable shooting position detection means,
The gaming machine according to means M-1 or M-2, wherein the information output means determines the position where the code information is to be displayed based on information detected by the shooting position detection means.

According to the means M-3, since the photographing position detecting means for detecting the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, even if the position of the photographing unit differs for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information can be displayed at a position read by the photographing unit located at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means. Therefore, the code information can be more reliably read by the mobile communication terminal.

As the reading position detecting means, for example, a camera may be used, and when the moving route of the mobile communication terminal is relatively clear as in the means M-2, for example, In means M-2, an infrared sensor is installed at the entrance of the installation section so as to extend to the full width of the installation section, and the degree of reflection of the output infrared rays is determined (the photographing section and its surroundings are distinguished by brightness, and the upper and lower When the position is also specified, the position of the photographing unit may be specified by measuring the distance from the lower end of the mobile communication terminal by time, etc.). In addition, while adopting the configuration of this means M-3, another configuration for specifying the position of the photographing unit, for example, the configuration of means M-4 described later regarding specifying the vertical position of the photographing unit good too.

Means M-4. The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-3, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to regularly and sequentially shift the position where the code information is displayed on the display means. .

According to the means M-4, by regularly and sequentially displacing the position where the code information is displayed on the display means, the code information is read when the position of the displaced code information matches the position of the photographing unit. It will happen. Therefore, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of mobile communication terminal, the code information is moved so that the mobile communication terminal does not miss the code information (the range where the photographing unit is considered to be located is as large as possible). By moving the code information as long as possible, the code information can be more reliably read by the mobile communication terminal.

It should be noted that "the code information is constructed so as to be displaceable so as to cover the range of the display means set corresponding to the assumed range in which the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal can be positioned in advance. ” may be used. Further, by matching the range in which the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal in circulation can be positioned with the display area of the display means, it is possible to avoid unnecessary enlargement of the display means. Furthermore, "the code information is displayed continuously in a sliding manner on the display device, and the code information is slid vertically from one end to the other, and then shifted horizontally from one end to the other. There are cases where the code information is slid to the end in the horizontal direction, and then the position is shifted in the vertical direction and then slid in the horizontal direction from end to end. If the reading of information has not been performed, the other may be executed. In this case, the trajectory of the displacement of the code information increases, and the photographing section deviates from the trajectory of the code information. It is possible to more reliably prevent the inability to

When combined with the means M-3, for example, first, an attempt is made to specify the position of the photographing unit by the photographing position detection means, and if the position of the photographing unit cannot be specified by the photographing position detection means, the display The means may be configured to sequentially displace the display position of the code information. Further, for example, after the position of the photographing unit is specified to some extent by the photographing position detecting means, the code information is displayed so as to be displaced around it, so that the code information and the position of the photographing unit more reliably match. You may In other words, by using it together, it is possible to more reliably and reduce the burden on each shooting position detection means and information output means (the function to directly detect the position of the shooting unit does not have to be perfect, and the range of the position to be searched can be reduced). Of course, it is not necessary to provide both the photographing position detection means and the function of sequentially displacing the display position of the code information. Alternatively, a display device or the like other than the display means may make an announcement requesting the user to try again.

Means M-5. According to any one of means M-1 to M-4, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. game machine.

According to the means M-5, it is possible to confirm by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means has been displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, compared to the case where the game machine side only determines that the position of the shooting unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified (there is no choice but to assume that it could have been done), it is more accurate. It can be carried out.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified, and the state where the code information is displayed at that position is maintained, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal is displayed. Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp the fact that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, it is relatively quick to deal with it (such as making an announcement that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, so please re-install the mobile communication terminal, etc.) can be done.

In particular, corresponding to the above means M-4, by making it possible to detect a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information, the display position of the code information on the display means can be changed. When it was displaced sequentially, it reached the position corresponding to the imaging unit of the mobile communication terminal. It is possible to prevent such a situation as In other words, the displacement speed of the code information can be increased, and the reading of the code information by the portable communication terminal can be executed more speedily.

As a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information, it is generally possible to use a change in the light emission mode of the light emitting means provided adjacent to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. mentioned. In addition, in order to derive a signal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading code information, for example, when starting a mobile-linked game related to a predetermined game machine from 1, a dedicated application is installed on the mobile communication terminal. Possible to download.

Means M-6. The method according to any one of means M-1 to M-5, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information. game machine.

According to the means M-6, it is possible to confirm by the response from the mobile communication terminal that the reading of the code information of the display means has been completed by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, completion of reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be accurately performed as compared with the case where the game machine side only judges.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the reading of code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, and the process of displaying the current code information can be immediately terminated, and the next process can be relatively smoothly moved to. can be made Also, since it is possible to know for sure that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, how to deal with it (Since the code information is not read well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, shooting mode, etc., still use the mobile communication terminal It is also possible to make an announcement such as "Please do not take out from the installation part") relatively quickly.

As a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information, it is generally possible to use a change in the light emitting mode of a light emitting means provided adjacent to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. mentioned. Also, in order to derive a signal when the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information, for example, when starting a mobile-linked game related to a predetermined gaming machine from 1, a dedicated application is installed on the mobile communication terminal. Possible to download.

Means M-7. Installation detection for detecting the presence of the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal is placed in front of the display means (when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation portion corresponding to the means M-2) The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-6, characterized by comprising means.

According to the means M-7, it is possible to smoothly and without delay prepare for a mobile-linked game, particularly for making the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal read the code information. Also, in the case where the installation section of the means M-2 is provided, it is possible to take measures to prevent a situation in which the mobile communication terminal is left behind in the installation section when the mobile-linked game is finished. For example, when ending a mobile-linked game, an announcement such as "Don't forget to bring your mobile phone" is displayed on a display device separate from the display means when the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, It is also possible to configure such that the announcement display or the like ends when the installation detection means ceases to detect.

In addition, when the reading signal detection means (see means M-6 above) detects that the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, (in the presentation means different from the display means, or (at the display unit of the mobile communication terminal) an announcement indicating that the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit, and when the installation detection means detects that the mobile communication terminal has been removed from the installation unit; , the announcement display may be terminated.

Means M-8. In front of the display means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-7, further comprising driving means for displacing the portable communication terminal installed in the installation portion.

According to the means M-8, by providing the function of displacing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation part (see the above means M-2), the code displayed by the photographing part of the mobile communication terminal and the display means When the position of the mobile communication terminal does not match the information, the mobile phone installed in the installation part automatically or by operating a predetermined operation means provided in the game machine (without the player touching the mobile communication terminal) The position of the communication terminal can be shifted to try reading again, or the player can move the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section to a position where it can be seen as easily as possible.

It should be noted that the relative positional relationship between the display means and the mobile communication terminal may be changed by driving the driving means. It may be configured so as to be displaced, or the installation portion itself may be configured to be displaced together with the mobile communication terminal.

Means M-9. In front of the display means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation unit is configured to be able to install a mobile communication terminal oriented vertically,
A game machine according to means M-1 to M-8, wherein the display area of the display means is smaller than the area of the display section of the mobile communication terminal.

According to the means M-10, the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal can be limited to a certain extent, compared to the case where the mobile communication terminal can be installed both vertically and horizontally with respect to the installation unit. The display area of the means can be minimized. In this way, by making the display area of the display means smaller than the area of the display section of the mobile communication terminal, it is possible to reduce the cost of the display means of the game machine, simplify the control, and the like.

Means M-10. In a gaming machine that can input information from a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player,
reading means capable of reading mediation information (password), which is code information including information from a server and displayed on a display unit of a mobile communication terminal (installed in the installation unit corresponding to means M-2); ,
The method according to any one of means M-1 to M-9, further comprising reflection information storage means for storing information included in the mediation information and referring to the information when the information is reflected in a game. game machine.

According to the means M-10, the intermediary information (password) displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means of the gaming machine. A password can be input to a game machine without performing manual input work or the like. In particular, when an installation unit is provided as in means M-2, the password can be entered simply by installing the mobile communication terminal displaying media information on the display unit in the installation unit of the gaming machine. . Therefore, it is possible to quickly input the password without trouble, and the mobile-linked game can be started smoothly. Therefore, it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have avoided mobile-linked games because of the trouble of entering passwords will participate in mobile-linked games, and the effort and time required for password input can be reduced. While suppressing stress, it is possible to quickly start playing games. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Furthermore, the work to start mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I think that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do.

In addition, since the password is not manually entered by the player, a password that is more complicated than the password that was manually entered (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) (for example, two-dimensional code, etc.) can be easily input. As a result, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the gaming machine at one time via the mobile communication terminal can be increased without increasing the time and effort of the player (conversely, while simplifying the process). Therefore, more diverse and more interesting mobile-linked games can be realized.

It should be noted that the intermediate information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is intended to be in the same form as the code information (for example, two-dimensional code) displayed on the display means. The names are changed to make it easier to distinguish between what is displayed on the device and what is displayed on the mobile communication terminal.

In the case where the reading means of the game machine reads the intermediary information displayed on the display part of the mobile communication terminal as in this means M-10, the display part of the mobile communication terminal is read by the reading means of the game machine. Installed in a posture facing the side (for example, a posture facing the rear), and reads the code information displayed on the display means of the game machine by the imaging unit of the reading device of the mobile communication terminal as in the above means M-1. In the case of performing the work to let the mobile communication terminal perform the operation, the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal may be installed in a posture facing the display means side of the game machine (for example, in a posture facing backward). In addition, in view of the improvement of convenience, even if the means M-2 has only one installation unit, if the mobile communication terminal is installed in a different orientation, the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means; , and causing the portable communication terminal to read the code information on the display means. In this case, when starting a mobile-linked game, place the mobile communication terminal in the installation section with the display part facing backward, and after reading the intermediary information, carry the mobile communication terminal so that the display part faces forward. It is conceivable that the communication terminal is flipped over and reinstalled, the mobile-linked game is terminated, and then the mobile communication terminal is removed from the installation section.

Further, when the means M-1 and means M-10 are provided, the code information is displayed at a position readable by the photographing unit of the portable communication terminal installed in the installation unit when the mobile-linked game is started. When starting a mobile-linked game, it is necessary to read mediation information displayed on the display section of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section with a reading means. Therefore, in providing the installation portion of the means M-2, for example, when the display means is provided in the entire range facing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation portion, the installation position of the reading means is not a position outside this. In this case, it becomes necessary to change the position of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section between when the mobile-linked game starts and when the mobile-linked game ends.

In this regard, "By installing the mobile communication terminal in the installation part, the photographing part of the mobile communication terminal is within the range of the display area of the display means in the vertical direction, and the reading means is within the range of the display area of the mobile communication terminal. If the mobile communication device is installed in the installation section, the position of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section will be changed depending on whether the mobile-linked game is started or ended. There is no need to provide a configuration, and therefore, it is possible to simplify the configuration and control, reduce the risk of failure, and the like.

Means M-11. In front of the display means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation portion or its peripheral portion is provided with a mark that serves as a guide for aligning the center of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation portion,
The gaming machine according to means M-10, wherein the position of the mark and the position of the reading means match in the horizontal direction.

According to means M-11, if the intermediate information is displayed in the center of the display section of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction, the player can display the center of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction and the mark. It is possible to match the positions of the reading device of the gaming machine and the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction simply by having the mobile communication terminal installed on the installation portion so that the positions of the reading device and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal match. Therefore, even if the size, particularly the width, differs for each model of the mobile communication terminal, it is possible to reliably match the positions of the reader of the game machine and the medium information of the mobile communication terminal in the horizontal direction. All that remains is to align the reading device of the gaming machine with the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal in the vertical direction, and the configuration for aligning the reading device of the gaming machine with the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal. can be simplified.

Means M-12. A gaming machine according to means M-10 or M-11, wherein said reading means is configured to be displaceable.

According to means M-12, even if the display position of the media information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the shape of the mobile communication terminal and the condition of installation of the installation unit, the media information of the mobile communication terminal can be read by displacing the reading means to a position where the mediated information of the mobile communication terminal can be read.

As for the method of displacing the reading means to align the position with the intermediate information, it is sufficient to move the reading means up and down if the above means M-11 is provided. Further, the photographing position detection means of the means M-3 may be used to detect the position of the intermediate information, and the reading means may be moved based on the detected information. Like the code information, the position of the reading means may be regularly and sequentially displaced.

Means M-13. In front of the display means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation section is configured to allow a display section of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section to be visible from the front,
The information output means outputs not only the code information including the game information but also at least one of a display unit, a speaker, and a vibration device of the mobile communication terminal to the mobile communication terminal. The game machine according to any one of the means M-1 to M-12, wherein the game machine is configured to be able to display the code information for the performance to be executed corresponding to the performance in the game machine.

According to the means M-13, it is possible to borrow a portable communication terminal belonging to the player and perform effects, announcements, and the like. For this reason, the number of places where effects can be performed simply increases, and the functions of mobile communication terminals are used (vibration, etc. of a vibration device not provided in game machines is used for effects, and it is downloaded to mobile communication terminals. Depending on the application used, it is possible to perform more effects with just a little information input from the game machine), and it is possible to derive more diverse and complicated effects. In addition, it is of course possible to enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal while it is installed in the installation part, for example, you can pick up the mobile communication terminal and see the display part etc. of the mobile communication terminal. It is also possible to see the derived performance (for example, to see it enlarged, the display mode changes at the moment it is picked up (separated from the installation part) or after a predetermined time), etc., and the performance is unprecedented. can be enjoyed.

In particular, when providing supplementary explanations of each game state, effects, etc., if such supplementary explanations are given on the main display device, etc., the effects will deteriorate (difficult to empathize with, design However, it is possible to eliminate such concerns by performing the operation on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

In this means M-13 as well, it is necessary to read the presentation code information on the display means of the game machine by the photographing unit of the portable communication terminal. It is possible to use the configuration described in, for example. Also, when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section and the mobile-linked game is being played, the code information for presentation is displayed on the display means of the game machine, and the mobile communication terminal outputs accordingly. Therefore, when the mobile-linked game is not performed or when the mobile communication terminal is not installed in the installation section, the code information for presentation is not displayed on the display means of the game machine, and an alternative display is performed. can be configured to

N. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, by exchanging information between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. A game system (mobile-linked game) capable of playing is known.

By the way, at present, when information from a server is input to a game machine via a mobile communication terminal, due to the convenience of not having to connect wires and the security aspect of not having to use radio waves, A password such as a character string displayed on the display unit of a mobile communication terminal that accesses the server and issued by the server is manually input by the player into the gaming machine.

However, some players find it troublesome to enter a password into a game machine, or have tried it before but it took a lot of time and effort. There are also those who shy away. Furthermore, in order to start a mobile-linked game, it is necessary to manually enter the password issued by the server. Even if the player thinks that the game is not good (moving to another game machine may improve the situation), he/she may become reluctant and may continue to play without moving the machine.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in order to solve the problems exemplified above. To provide a game machine capable of performing

Means N-1. In a gaming machine that can input information from a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player,
reading means capable of reading medium information (password), which is code information including information from a server and displayed on the display of the mobile communication terminal;
A game machine, comprising reflection information storage means for storing information included in mediation information and referring to the information when the information is reflected in a game.

When starting a mobile-linked game in which a game machine and a server are exchanged via a mobile communication terminal, the game information played by the player is displayed (issued) on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that accesses the server. The password set according to the above is input to the gaming machine. On the other hand, according to means N-1, since the medium information (password) displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means of the game machine, when the mobile-linked game is started, In addition, the password can be input to the game machine without performing other manual input work. Therefore, it is possible to quickly input the password without trouble, and the mobile-linked game can be started smoothly. Therefore, it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have avoided mobile-linked games because of the trouble of entering passwords will participate in mobile-linked games, and the effort and time required for password input can be reduced. While suppressing stress, it is possible to quickly start playing games. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Furthermore, the work to start mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I think that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do.

In addition, since the password is not manually entered by the player, a password that is more complicated than the password that was manually entered (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) (for example, two-dimensional code, etc.) can be easily input. As a result, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the gaming machine at one time via the mobile communication terminal can be increased without increasing the player's trouble (while reducing it). Therefore, more diverse and more interesting mobile-linked games can be realized.

Means N-2. In front of the reading means, an installation unit is provided in which the mobile communication terminal can be installed (in a predetermined posture, for example, a posture in which the display unit faces backward),
The game machine according to means N-1, wherein the medium information displayed on the display part of the mobile communication terminal is read by the reading means by installing the mobile communication terminal on the installation part.

According to the means N-2, the presence of the installation portion makes it easy to understand where the mobile communication terminal should be placed to use the intermediate information reading function. A password is entered only by installing it in the installation section.

The media information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is intended to be of the same form as the code information displayed on the display means, and for the sake of convenience, is displayed on the game machine. , the name is changed to make it easier to distinguish from what is displayed on the mobile communication terminal.

Means N-3. The gaming machine according to means N-1 or N-2, wherein the reading means is configured to be displaceable.

According to means N-3, the display position of the intermediate information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal, the cover of the mobile communication terminal, the installation condition of the mobile communication terminal, etc. Even in such a case, instead of moving the mobile communication terminal itself or displacing the display position of the intermediate information, the game machine side displaces the reading means to a position where the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal can be read, Intermediary information of the mobile communication terminal can be read. Therefore, it is possible to reliably achieve the above-described effects of causing the reading means to relatively smoothly read the intermediate information (password) of the portable communication terminal and to smoothly start the mobile-linked game.

Means N-4. In front of the reading means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The game machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-3, further comprising driving means for displacing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation portion.

According to means N-4, the display position of the intermediate information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal, the cover of the mobile communication terminal, the installation condition of the mobile communication terminal, etc. Even in this case, the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section can be displaced to move to a position where the medium information of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means. Therefore, the medium information (password) of the portable communication terminal can be reliably read by the reading means.

Also, when the mobile communication terminal is removed from the installation section, it can be easily removed by moving it forward, or when the mobile communication terminal is left installed in the installation section for a while, the posture of the mobile communication terminal and the predetermined member may be changed. It may be configured to adjust the sense of distance or operate to prevent the mobile communication terminal from falling off.

Means N-5. When the mobile communication terminal is installed in front of the reading means (the installation part corresponding to the means M-2), the position of the code information displayed on the display part of the mobile communication terminal can be optically detected. A game machine according to means N-3 or N-4, characterized by comprising a shooting position detecting means.

The means N-3 may correspond to ``moving the reading means based on the information detected by the photographing position detecting means'', and the means N-4 may correspond to ``the above-mentioned The driving means may displace the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section based on the information detected by the photographing position detecting means.

According to the means N-5, since the photographing position detecting means for detecting the position of the intermediate information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, the outer shape and size differ depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal. Even if it is, the reading means is displaced to a position where the intermediate information at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means can be read, or the mobile communication terminal is displaced by the driving means to a position where the intermediate information can be read by the reading means. can be Therefore, the intermediate information can be read more reliably by the reading means. For example, a camera, an infrared sensor, or the like can be used as the reading position detection means.

Means N-6. The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-5, wherein the reading means is configured to be displaceable in regular order.

According to the means N-6, by regularly and sequentially displacing the position of the reading means, the intermediate information is read when the position of the displaced reading means matches the position of the intermediate information of the portable communication terminal. becomes. Therefore, even if the main body shape (size) etc. differs for each model of the mobile communication terminal, and as a result, the position of the intermediate information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal varies, the intermediate information read by the reading means By moving the code information (moving the reading means as much as possible within the range in which the intermediate information is supposed to be located) so that there is no misreading, the intermediate information can be read by the reading means more reliably.

It should be noted that it is also possible that "the reading means assumes in advance a range in which the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal can be located, and is configured to be displaceable so as to cover a range set correspondingly". . Further, if the range in which the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal can be positioned corresponds to the movement area of the reading means, it is possible to avoid unnecessary enlargement of the mechanism for displacing the reading means. Further, "the reading means slides in the vertical direction and then shifts the position in the horizontal direction and slides in the vertical direction, or slides in the horizontal direction and then shifts the position in the vertical direction and slides in the horizontal direction." on the one hand, and when the mediation information is not read by the reading means, the other is executed." In this case, the trajectory of the displacement of the reading means increases, and the mediated information deviates from the trajectory of the reading means. In other words, no matter how much the reading means is displaced, the position of the mediated information cannot be matched with the position of the reading means. It is possible to more reliably prevent the inability to

When combined with the means N-5, for example, first, an attempt is made to specify the position of the intermediate information by the photographing position detection means, and if the position of the intermediate information cannot be specified by the photographing position detection means, the reading is performed. The means may be arranged to be displaced sequentially. Further, for example, after the position of the intermediate information is specified to some extent by the photographing position detection means, the reading means is displayed so as to be displaced around it, so that the intermediate information and the position of the reading means are more reliably matched. You may In other words, by using both, it is possible to more reliably and reduce the burden on the mechanism for displacing each photographing position detection means and reading means (the function of directly detecting the position of intermediate information may not be perfect, and the position to be searched for) The range can also be reduced). Of course, it is not necessary to provide both the function of sequentially displacing the photographing position detection means and the reading means. It is also possible to make an announcement requesting that the

Means N-7. In front of the reading means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation portion or its peripheral portion is provided with a mark that serves as a guide for aligning the center of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation portion,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-6, wherein the position of the mark and the position of the reading means match in the horizontal direction.

According to means N-7, if the intermediate information is displayed in the center of the display unit of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction, the player can display the center of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction and the mark. It is possible to match the positions of the reading device of the gaming machine and the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction simply by having the mobile communication terminal installed on the installation portion so that the positions of the reading device and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal match. Therefore, even if the size, particularly the width, differs for each model of the mobile communication terminal, it is possible to reliably match the positions of the reader of the game machine and the medium information of the mobile communication terminal in the horizontal direction. All that remains is to align the reading device of the gaming machine with the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal in the vertical direction, and the configuration for aligning the reading device of the gaming machine with the intermediate information of the mobile communication terminal. can be simplified.

Means N-8. In front of the reading means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to M-7, further comprising installation detection means for detecting the presence of the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section. .

According to the means M-8, it is possible to smoothly and without delay make preparations for a mobile-linked game, in particular, the reading means of the game machine to read the intermediary information displayed on the display section of the portable communication terminal. In addition, it is possible to take measures to prevent the mobile communication terminal from being left behind in the installation section.

Means N-9. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about the game played by the player to a server via a mobile communication terminal,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
In the display means, information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal, including the address information of the server and the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-8, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change the display position of the code information on the display means.

When a mobile-linked game exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a mobile communication terminal is terminated, the code information displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, including the game information played by the player, is transferred to the mobile communication terminal. It will be read by the terminal. On the other hand, according to the means N-9, in order to read the code information displayed on the display means, the photographing unit of the reader capable of reading the code information among the mobile communication terminals arranged in front of the display means is slightly deviated from the display position of the code information displayed on the display means, the code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal by shifting the display position of the code information. In other words, the player can perform position adjustment by displacing the code information side of the display means instead of displacing the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it is possible to read the code information of the display means simply by placing the mobile communication terminal in front of the display means. It is possible to reduce the burden on the player. As a result, it becomes easier for the player to finish the mobile-linked game, and the mobile-linked game can be finished relatively smoothly.

Furthermore, the work to end mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I feel that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Means N-10. The display means is provided adjacent to or in close proximity to the reading means,
An installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided in front of the display means and the reading means,
By installing the mobile communication terminal with respect to the installation unit in a posture in which the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information faces backward, the code information displayed on the display means is displayed by the mobile communication terminal. read,
means N-9, wherein the intermediate information displayed on the display unit is read by the reading unit by installing the portable communication terminal with the display unit facing backward with respect to the installation unit; The game machine described.

According to the means N-10, if the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation part with the photographing part facing backward, the player can carry the coded information of the display means without directly touching the mobile communication terminal and moving the position. It can be read by a communication terminal. Therefore, the mobile-linked game can be ended more easily and smoothly. Further, if the mobile communication terminal is installed on the installation section with the display section facing backward, the intermediary information can be read by the reading means. Therefore, the mobile-linked game can be started more easily and smoothly.

Means N-11. The gaming machine according to means N-9 or N-10, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. .

According to the means N-11, it is possible to confirm by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means has been displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it is possible to accurately determine that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified, as compared with the case where the game machine side only determines.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified, and the state where the code information is displayed at that position is maintained, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal is displayed. Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp the fact that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, it is relatively quick to deal with it (such as making an announcement that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, so please re-install the mobile communication terminal, etc.) can be done.

Means N-12. According to any one of means N-9 to N-11, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information. game machine.

According to the means N-12, it is possible to confirm by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information of the display means. Therefore, completion of reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be accurately performed as compared with the case where the game machine side only judges.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the reading of code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, and the process of displaying the current code information can be immediately terminated, and the next process can be relatively smoothly moved to. can be made Also, since it is possible to know for sure that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, how to deal with it (Since the code information is not read well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, shooting mode, etc., still use the mobile communication terminal It is also possible to make an announcement such as "Please do not take out from the installation part") relatively quickly.

Means N-13. In front of the reading means, an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation section is configured to allow a display section of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section to be visible from the front,
The information output means outputs not only the code information including the game information but also at least one of a display unit, a speaker, and a vibration device of the mobile communication terminal to the mobile communication terminal. The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-12, wherein the game machine is configured to be able to display presentation code information for executing corresponding to the presentation in the gaming machine.

According to the means N-13, it is possible to borrow a mobile communication terminal belonging to the player and perform effects, announcements, and the like. For this reason, the number of places where effects can be performed simply increases, and the functions of mobile communication terminals are used (vibration, etc. of a vibration device not provided in game machines is used for effects, and it is downloaded to mobile communication terminals. Depending on the application used, it is possible to perform more effects with just a little information input from the game machine), and it is possible to derive more diverse and complicated effects. In addition, it is of course possible to enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal while it is installed in the installation part, for example, you can pick up the mobile communication terminal and see the display part etc. of the mobile communication terminal. It is also possible to see the derived performance (for example, to see it enlarged, the display mode changes at the moment it is picked up (separated from the installation part) or after a predetermined time), etc., and the performance is unprecedented. can be enjoyed.

In particular, when providing supplementary explanations of each game state, effects, etc., if such supplementary explanations are given on the main display device, etc., the effects will deteriorate (difficult to empathize with, design However, it is possible to eliminate such concerns by performing the operation on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

O. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, there have been many cases where a movable accessory is provided. However, if the movable accessory is a member that is electrically controlled, for example, if it is a liquid crystal display device, etc., wiring and the like are required. In view of this, there is concern that the range of motion will be limited, and that there will not be much benefit from displacing.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in order to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a game machine having display means that can be freely displaced while effecting display.

Means O-1. display means;
information output means for displaying code information on the display means;
movable display means comprising: a reading device having a photographing section capable of reading the code information displayed on the display means; and a display section performing effect display corresponding to the code information read by the reading device. and a driving means for displacing (within a range including a position visible to the player).

According to the means O-1, the movable display means is configured to read the code information displayed on the display means and derive the corresponding effect display according to the code information. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need for direct display control of the movable display means by the control means on the side of the game machine main body, and furthermore, the connection of wiring for control. Therefore, the movable display means can be freely moved, and a novel performance can be derived. For example, the code information may be displaced on the liquid crystal display device as the display means in accordance with the operation of the movable display means, or a plurality of rotating bodies may be provided as the display means on which the code information is printed. While displacing , it is also possible to change the effect display on the display unit. In addition, for example, the mobile communication terminal owned by the player can be used as the movable display means without the limitation of being pre-installed in the game machine. As a result, the degree of freedom in game design is improved, making it possible to propose novel gaming machines.

Means O-2. The information output means is configured to be able to change the position of the code information,
The game machine according to means O-1, wherein the position of the code information is changed according to the displacement of the movable display means displaced by the drive means.

According to the means O-2, while displacing the movable display means, the effect display on the display section of the movable display means is also flexibly changed (the timing of branching into a plurality of effect patterns is adjusted to the maximum when the movable display means is displaced). can also be set inside). Therefore, while operating the variable display means, it is possible to diversify the performance such as branching the story into several parts in the middle of the performance, and to enhance the content of the performance.

Means O-3. The gaming machine according to means O-1 or O-2, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change the pattern of the code information displayed at a predetermined position.

According to the means O-3, it is possible to change the display mode on the display section of the movable display means under the leadership of the main body of the game machine while the movable display means is kept at a predetermined position.

Means O-4. Means O-1 through O-1, wherein the code information includes a start code including information for starting a predetermined series of effects and an end code including information for ending the predetermined series of effects. The gaming machine according to any one of O-3.

According to the means O-4, the display control of the display portion of the movable display means is performed not by the main body of the game machine but by the side of the movable display means, but the story of each production is assembled on the side of the main body of the game machine, and it is movable. In the configuration executed by the display means, the presentation on the movable display means can be advanced accurately and smoothly under the initiative of the main body of the game machine.

Means O-5. The movable display means has a reading position at which the code information displayed on the predetermined display means can be read, and the predetermined display means until the code information displayed on the predetermined display means becomes unreadable. The game machine according to any one of means O-1 to O-4, characterized in that it is configured to be displaceable between the performance position located on the outer peripheral side of the.

According to the means O-5, more dynamic operation of the movable display means can be enjoyed. In addition, when there are the first display means and the second display means capable of displaying the code information, and the movable display means is at a position where the code information of the second display means can be read, the movable display means is displayed on the first display means. It can be said that the movable display means is at the performance position with respect to the display means, and when the movable display means is at a position where the code information of the first display means can be read, the movable display means is at the performance position with respect to the second display means. I can say

Means O-6. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-1 to O-5, wherein the portable communication terminal owned by the player is used as the movable display means.

According to the means O-6, it is possible to borrow a mobile communication terminal belonging to the player and perform effects, announcements, and the like. For this reason, the number of places where effects can be performed simply increases, and the functions of mobile communication terminals are used (vibration, etc. of a vibration device not provided in game machines is used for effects, and it is downloaded to mobile communication terminals. Depending on the application used, it is possible to perform more effects with just a little information input from the game machine), and it is possible to derive more diverse and complicated effects. In addition, it is of course possible to enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal while it is installed in the installation part, for example, you can pick up the mobile communication terminal and see the display part etc. of the mobile communication terminal. It is also possible to see the derived performance (for example, to see it enlarged, the display mode changes at the moment it is picked up (separated from the installation part) or after a predetermined time), etc., and the performance is unprecedented. can be enjoyed.

If there is a function for changing the position of the code information described in the above means O-2, even if the position of the photographing unit (camera) of the reading device differs for each model of mobile communication terminal, the code information and The positions of the performance code information can be shifted to match.

There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, by exchanging information between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. A game system (mobile-linked game) capable of playing is known.

By the way, at present, information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the mobile communication terminal. The password displayed on the screen is simply entered into the gaming machine through the player's hand. That is, the exchange of information between the gaming machine and the mobile communication terminal is merely a link for the exchange of information between the gaming machine and the server. Therefore, the exchange of information between the game machine and the mobile communication terminal was not interesting at all.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a game machine capable of adding interest to the exchange of information with a portable communication terminal.

Means O-7. display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
In the display means, information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal operated by a player,
In front of the display means, an installation section is provided so that the mobile communication terminal can be installed so that the display section can be viewed from the front,
The information output means causes the display means to output to the mobile communication terminal using at least one of a display unit, a speaker, and a vibrating device of the mobile communication terminal, corresponding to an effect in the gaming machine. A game machine according to the above description, characterized in that it is configured to be able to display code information (code information for presentation) for executing the game.

According to the means O-7, it is possible to borrow a portable communication terminal belonging to the player and perform effects, announcements, and the like. For this reason, the number of places where effects can be performed simply increases, and the functions of mobile communication terminals are used (vibration, etc. of a vibration device not provided in game machines is used for effects, and it is downloaded to mobile communication terminals. Depending on the application used, it is possible to perform more effects with just a little information input from the game machine), and it is possible to derive more diverse and complicated effects. In addition, it is of course possible to enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal while it is installed in the installation part, for example, you can pick up the mobile communication terminal and see the display part etc. of the mobile communication terminal. It is also possible to see the derived performance (for example, to see it enlarged, the display mode changes at the moment it is picked up (separated from the installation part) or after a predetermined time), etc., and the performance is unprecedented. can be enjoyed.

In particular, when providing supplementary explanations of each game state, effects, etc., if such supplementary explanations are given on the main display device, etc., the effects will deteriorate (difficult to empathize with, design However, it is possible to eliminate such concerns by performing the operation on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

In addition, even in a configuration that allows mobile-linked games to be executed, during mobile-linked games, through the exchange of information between the game machine and the mobile communication terminal, the mobile communication terminal derives effects that are linked to the effects on the main body side of the game machine. becomes possible. Therefore, the mobile communication terminal can be used not only as a linker for exchanging information between the game machine and the server, but also as an effect medium, and the potential of the mobile-linked game can be fully exhibited.

Means O-8. The gaming machine according to means O-7, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change the position where the code information is displayed on the display means.

According to the means O-8, even if the position of the photographing unit (camera) of the reading device differs for each model of mobile communication terminal, the position of the code information can be shifted to match.

Means O-9. a photographing position detecting means capable of optically detecting a position of a photographing unit of a reading device of the portable communication terminal capable of reading the code information when the portable communication terminal is installed in the installation portion;
The gaming machine according to means O-8, wherein the information output means determines the position where the code information is to be displayed based on the information detected by the shooting position detection means.

According to the means O-9, since the photographing position detection means for detecting the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, even if the position of the photographing unit differs for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information can be displayed at a position read by the photographing unit located at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means. Therefore, the code information can be more reliably read by the mobile communication terminal.

Means O-10. The game machine according to means O-8 or O-9, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to regularly and sequentially shift the position where the code information is displayed on the display means.

According to the means O-10, by regularly and sequentially displacing the position where the code information is displayed on the display means, the code information is read when the position of the displaced code information matches the position of the photographing unit. It will happen. Therefore, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of mobile communication terminal, the code information is moved so that the mobile communication terminal does not miss the code information (the range where the photographing unit is considered to be located is as large as possible). By moving the code information as long as possible, the code information can be more reliably read by the mobile communication terminal.

Means O-11. According to any one of means O-7 to O-10, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. game machine.

According to the means O-11, it is possible to confirm by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means has been displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, compared to the case where the game machine side only determines that the position of the shooting unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified (there is no choice but to assume that it could have been done), it is more accurate. It can be carried out.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified, and the state where the code information is displayed at that position is maintained, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal is displayed. Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp the fact that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, it is relatively quick to deal with it (such as making an announcement that the position of the imaging unit cannot be specified, so please re-install the mobile communication terminal, etc.) can be done.

In particular, corresponding to the above means O-10, the display position of the code information on the display means can be detected by making it possible to detect the signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. When it was displaced sequentially, it reached the position corresponding to the imaging unit of the mobile communication terminal. It is possible to prevent such a situation as In other words, the displacement speed of the code information can be increased, and the reading of the code information by the portable communication terminal can be executed more speedily.

Means O-12. According to any one of means O-7 to O-11, further comprising reading signal detection means for detecting a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal has completed reading the code information. game machine.

According to the means O-12, it is possible to confirm by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the reading of the code information of the display means has been completed by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, completion of reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be accurately performed as compared with the case where the game machine side only judges.

Furthermore, the game machine side can grasp without delay that the reading of code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, and the process of displaying the current code information can be immediately terminated, and the next process can be relatively smoothly moved to. can be made Also, since it is possible to know for sure that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, how to deal with it (Since the code information is not read well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, shooting mode, etc., still use the mobile communication terminal It is also possible to make an announcement such as "Please do not take out from the installation part") relatively quickly.

Means O-13. The means according to any one of means O-7 to O-12, characterized by comprising holding means for holding the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section (for example, bringing it closer to the constituent wall section of the installation section). game machine.

According to the means O-13, it is possible to make the display section easier to see, for example, by unifying the angles of the mobile communication terminals. Moreover, it is possible to prevent the mobile communication terminal from falling off from the installation portion.

The portion of the holding means that abuts and supports the mobile communication terminal is a rotating body whose axis extends in a direction orthogonal to the direction in which the mobile communication terminal is taken out from the installation portion (horizontal direction if the mobile communication terminal is taken out upward). It may be configured by In this case, when the player tries to take out the mobile communication terminal held by the holding means, the rotator follows and rotates. can be done. Further, the holding means may be configured to be automatically displaceable between the holding position and the releasing position, or may be configured to be manually displaceable between the holding position and the releasing position by the player. Furthermore, it is desirable that the portion of the holding means that abuts on the mobile communication terminal is made of a material (sponge material or rubber material) that is as hard as possible.

Means O-14. The game machine according to any one of means O-7 to O-13, wherein the installation portion itself is configured to be displaced together with the mobile communication terminal installed on the installation portion.

According to the means O-14, the impact that the mobile communication terminal of the player is displaced is imparted, and the operation of the mobile communication terminal and the presentation corresponding to the read code information are interlocked to make it more dynamic. You can develop a performance. In addition, regarding the operation of the installation unit and, by extension, the mobile communication terminal, as in the above means O-7, the mobile communication terminal reads the code information displayed on the display means and derives an effect according to the code information. Therefore, it is not necessary to directly control the display of the mobile communication terminal by the control means on the main body side of the game machine, and furthermore, it is not necessary to connect wiring for control, and there is no restriction on wiring. Therefore, the portable communication terminal can be moved relatively freely, and as a result, the degree of freedom in game design is improved, making it possible to propose novel game machines.

Means O-15. According to means O-14, the information output means is configured to be able to change the position where the code information is displayed in accordance with the displacement of the movable display means displaced by the driving means. game machine.

According to the means O-15, while displacing the installation part and the mobile communication terminal, the effect display on the display part of the mobile communication terminal can be flexibly changed (the timing of branching to a plurality of effect patterns can be changed by the displacement of the movable display means). can be set even while the Therefore, it is possible to derive more diverse and dramatic presentations.

In addition, when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section, the position of the imaging unit is specified, and thereafter, the code information is displaced and displayed following the operation of the mobile communication terminal so as to fit within the imaging range of the imaging unit. Alternatively, the display position may be changed as appropriate so that the image is captured by the image capturing unit after the mobile communication terminal moves. Further, for example, display means capable of displaying code information may be provided at a plurality of locations within the movement range of the mobile communication terminal.

Means O-16. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-7 to O-15, further comprising installation detection means for detecting the presence of the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section. .

According to the means O-16, it is possible to smoothly and without delay prepare for a mobile-linked game, particularly for making the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal read the code information. In addition, it is possible to take measures to prevent the mobile communication terminal from being left behind in the installation section when the mobile-linked game is finished. For example, when ending a mobile-linked game, an announcement such as "Don't forget to bring your mobile phone" is displayed on a display device separate from the display means when the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, It is also possible to configure such that the announcement display or the like ends when the installation detection means ceases to detect.

Means O-17. In a gaming machine configured to be able to transmit information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
A game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed during a game,
The information output means is configured to display the code information including the server address information and the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means on the display means. The gaming machine according to any one of O-7 to O-16.

According to the means O-17, the address information of the server used (exchanged) in the mobile-linked game and the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means are also code information used in the performance. As with (code information for presentation), since it is displayed in the form of code information on the display means, if the mobile communication terminal is placed on the installation unit with the photographing unit facing backward, the address information of the server and The game information can also be read almost automatically by the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it becomes easier for the player to finish the mobile-linked game, and the mobile-linked game can be finished relatively smoothly. As a result, it is possible to increase the possibility of having more players participate in the mobile-linked game.

Furthermore, the work to end mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I feel that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Means O-18. In a gaming machine that can input information from a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player,
reading means capable of reading intermediate information (password), which is code information including information from a server and displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit;
The method according to any one of means O-7 to O-17, further comprising reflection information storage means for storing information included in the mediation information and referring to the information when the information is reflected in a game. game machine.

According to the means O-18, the medium information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means of the game machine. If the issued password is issued in a format that can be read directly by the reading means of the game machine, the mobile communication terminal can be placed on the installation part of the game machine while the password is displayed on the display part of the mobile communication terminal. A password can be input to a game machine only by installing it without performing other manual input work or the like.

Therefore, it is possible to quickly input the password without trouble, and the mobile-linked game can be started smoothly. Therefore, it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have avoided mobile-linked games because of the trouble of entering passwords will participate in mobile-linked games, and the effort and time required for password input can be reduced. While suppressing stress, it is possible to quickly start playing games. As a result, the player can feel comfortable playing the mobile-linked game.

Furthermore, the work to start mobile-linked games is a hindrance, and I think that my current situation is not good (I might be better off if I move to another game machine). However, it is possible to prevent the unnecessarily continuing the disadvantageous game without moving the board. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, and prevent the flow of wastefully playing games while thinking that the situation is not advantageous to oneself -> losing money -> disliking the game. can do.

In addition, since the password is not manually entered by the player, a password that is more complicated than the password that was manually entered (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) (for example, two-dimensional code, etc.) can be easily input. As a result, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the gaming machine at one time via the mobile communication terminal can be increased without increasing the player's trouble (while reducing it). Therefore, more diverse and more interesting mobile-linked games can be realized.

P. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, by exchanging information between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. A game system (mobile-linked game) capable of playing is known.

By the way, there is a concern that the mobile-linked game information may be forgotten when the game ends.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of suppressing forgetting to take information.

Means P-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player identification information storage means capable of storing player identification information used when identifying a player,
game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of a game, when at least the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
(When the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means) The game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means can be output so as to be obtainable or identifiable by the portable communication terminal. information output means,
A gaming machine comprising: a forgetting prevention means capable of deriving a guidance mode corresponding to the fact that the game information is stored in the game information storage means.

According to the means P-1, the player can recognize that the game information is stored in the game information storage means by visually recognizing the guidance mode. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game information used in the mobile-linked game from being forgotten from the game machine.

It should be noted that the guidance mode preferably includes "characters" so as to clearly convey that the game information is stored in the game information storage means. Of course, it is also possible to add a sound effect for alerting the player, or to light up the light-emitting means built in the predetermined operation means so as to prompt the player to operate the predetermined operation means. .

Means P-2. main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
Variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the winning lottery (,
Display control means for variably displaying the identification information in the variable display means, and stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
Even when the identification information is variably displayed by the variable display means, the pre-guidance mode as the guidance mode can be derived (and
The guidance mode derived when the identification information is not variably displayed on the variable display means and the pre-guidance mode derived when the identification information is variably displayed differ in mode. The gaming machine according to the means P-1.

According to the means P-2, since the guidance mode (pre-guidance mode) is derived even when the identification information is variably displayed on the variable display means, the player can completely exit the gaming machine after finishing the game. It is possible to have the user recognize the guidance mode before leaving (taking off the line of sight). Therefore, it is possible to more reliably call attention to the player.

It should be noted that the difference in guidance modes includes not only cases where the contents and shapes of words, graphics, etc. are different, but also patterns such as different sizes and display positions for the same contents.

Means P-3. (A plurality of patterns of the guidance mode are prepared, and) the guidance mode changes in accordance with the game information stored in the game information storage means. The game machine described.

According to the means P-3, the type and amount of game information stored in the game information storage means can be grasped or estimated by visually recognizing the guidance mode. Therefore, it is possible to give a strong impression that the game information is stored, and as a result, it is possible to improve the effect of preventing forgetting to remove the game information.

Means P-4. Means P-1 to Means P-12, characterized in that, in the guidance mode, a display for teaching at least a part of the content of the game information stored in the game information storage means can be derived. The gaming machine according to any one of

According to the means P-4, by disclosing the stored game information (occurrence of the special game state XX times, variation display performed XX times, specific premium effect derived, etc.), the game can be played. It is possible to strongly impress the player that there is game information accumulated and stored in the machine. In addition, "(provided with variable display means (same as the variable display means of means P-2) for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the winning lottery,) variation of identification information in the variable display means In the pre-guidance mode that is derived while the display is being performed, a display suggestive of the game information stored in the game information storage means can be derived."

Means P-5. The forgetting prevention means is configured to determine whether or not to derive the guidance mode according to various game situations,
A plurality of items are set for a specific game situation to derive the guide mode,
The forget-to-take preventing means determines whether or not the current game situation is in the specific game situation, and derives the guidance mode when it is determined that the game situation is the specific game situation. The gaming machine according to any one of means P-1 to P-4.

According to means P-5, the game situation is associated with the possibility that the player will end the game, and the player who is playing the mobile-linked game is likely to end the game, that is, By setting a situation in which it is highly necessary to derive the guidance mode as a specific game situation, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is derived excessively (continuously). Therefore, it is possible to prevent deterioration of performance, design, and playability due to the excessive guidance mode being derived.

Means P-6. a first ball receiving tray capable of storing game balls as game value paid out to the player;
a second ball receiver capable of guiding the game balls to be put out to the first ball receiver and storing the game balls when the first ball receiver is full of game balls;
a ball extraction operation part operated when discharging game balls stored in the first ball tray from the first ball tray to the second ball tray;
A ball extraction operation detection means capable of detecting that the operation of the ball extraction operation unit has been performed is provided,
The means P-5, wherein the means for preventing forgetting to take out uses the determination result of whether or not the detection of the ball pulling operation detection means is performed for determining whether or not to derive the guidance mode. The game machine described.

According to the means P-6, when the player is likely to end the game, for example, when the game ball in the first ball tray is discharged, the guidance mode is derived immediately. Thus, it is possible for the player to recognize the guidance mode until the game ball in the first ball receiving tray is discharged.

Means P-7. a launching means for launching a game ball;
a game area provided on the front side of the game board, in which the game balls shot by the shooting means are guided;
A ball lending operation means electrically connected to a ball lending device installed in the gaming machine, and a return operation means,
When the return operation means is operated, the mobile phone stores a value corresponding to the number of game balls owned by the player (borrowed from the game hall where the game is played) as a game value. The type of game value storage medium is returned from the ball lending device,
When the ball lending operation means is operated, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out (rented) to the player within the storage contents of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device. in
Equipped with balance grasping means capable of grasping the storage contents of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device attached to the game machine,
The forgetting prevention means includes:
Determining whether or not a valid operation of the return operation means has been performed, and if it is determined that the operation has been performed, further
A game according to means P-5 or P-6, characterized in that the determination result of whether or not the game ball is shot by the shooting means is used for determining whether or not to derive the guidance mode. machine.

According to the means P-7, the guidance mode is derived only by operating the return operation means and returning the game value storage medium from the ball lending device attached to the gaming machine. can be avoided.

It should be noted that the situation in which the return operation means is operated and the game value storage medium is returned is not limited to the case of ending the game, or temporarily leaving the seat to purchase a drink or use the restroom. Since there are enough game balls (there is no need to withdraw the game balls from the game value storage medium at least for a while), it is conceivable that the game balls should be kept at hand in advance in order to prevent forgetting to take them out. In addition, the ``effective operation of the return operation means'' means that a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than a specified number (for example, ``1'') is stored in a ball lending device attached to the gaming machine. It is intended for operation in a state in which a game value storage medium is inserted.

Means P-8. Determination of whether or not the game ball is being shot by the shooting means is detected by shooting detection means capable of detecting the game ball shot by the shooting means (not whether or not the shooting means is driven). The gaming machine according to means P-7, characterized in that it is performed by determining whether or not there is.

According to the means P-8, even if the shooting means is driven, it is possible to ascertain with certainty that the game ball is not being shot (so-called "empty shot" state). In other words, "empty hitting" is a phenomenon that tends to occur when a game is started or when a game is finished. Considering the fact that the game is being played, the possibility of ending the game becomes very high. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which a game ball is judged to be in a state in which a "blank hit" is being performed, and the timing for deriving the guidance mode is missed. can. In particular, in order to end the game, the game machine is operated to operate the return operation means and then continues to shoot the game balls until there are no remaining game balls, and the game machine shifts to the empty hitting state as it is. Although the player is present in front of the game, it is possible to derive the guidance mode at a perfect timing, such as just before the end of the game.

Means P-9. The forgetting prevention means includes:
Determining whether or not the variable display means (see means P-2) is performing variable display of identification information,
When it is determined that the variable display of the identification information is being performed, it is determined whether or not the specific variable display is being performed as the variable display of the identification information, suggesting that the occurrence of the special game state is highly expected. If it is determined that the specific variation display is performed, the guidance mode is not derived, and if it is determined that the specific variation display is not performed, the guidance mode is derived. The gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to P-8, characterized by:

According to the means P-9, the guide mode is derived at the time of the specific variation display, which suggests that the occurrence of the special game state is highly expected, and which the player views with particular interest. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which interest is lost.

Means P-10. The forgetting prevention means includes:
The operation of the player regarding the payout of the game ball is not performed (the detection of the ball withdrawal operation detection means of means P-6 is not performed, the operation of the return operation means of means P-7 is not performed ),
Determining whether or not the variable display means (see means P-2) is performing variable display of the identification information, and
one of determining whether or not the firing means is driven;
If one of the above is determined to be negative, the other determination is also performed, and if both are determined to be negative, the guidance mode is derived (if either is determined to be positive, the guidance mode is not derived) ), the gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to P-9.

According to the means P-10, every time the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means ends (every time the variable display is interrupted if the variable display can be suspended), the player throws the game ball. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is derived one by one even though the player is trying to proceed with the game by continuing to fire.

On the other hand, when the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means is finished and the driving of the firing means is also stopped, the guidance mode is derived. In other words, when these two conditions are satisfied, there is a good possibility that the player will end the game, and the guide mode will be derived after a lapse of a specified time after the end of the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. However, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game becomes meaningless after the player has already left the game machine.

Regarding the determination of "whether or not the shooting means is driven" in this means P-10, "whether or not the player is operating the shooting operation means for driving the shooting means". may be used as a judgment.

Means P-11. A first game mode for winning with a first probability in a privilege giving lottery in which a predetermined privilege is granted by winning, and a second game mode for winning with a higher probability than the first probability in the privilege giving lottery are set. is,
There are a first stage that is taught to be the first game mode and a second stage that is taught to be the second game mode,
The gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to means P-10, wherein the guidance mode is not derived in the second stage.

According to the means P-11, since the second stage teaches that the second game mode is advantageous for the player, the player ends the game when the second stage is derived. It is in a state of low possibility. Furthermore, in many cases, the game progresses relatively quickly. Therefore, in such a state, by refraining from deriving the guidance mode, the game can be progressed relatively smoothly without deteriorating the design due to the derivation of the guidance mode.

It should be noted that the "privilege granting lottery" is intended to be embodied as the winning lottery. Also, in addition to the first game mode and the second game mode, a third game mode may be set that suggests the possibility of the second game mode. Further, the third stage may be configured so that the guidance mode is not derived, or the guidance mode may be derived with a lower frequency of derivation than in the first stage.

Means P-12. The variable display means derives standby display when a specified time elapses without the variable display of the identification information being performed after the end of the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. A configuration that
The forget-to-take prevention means determines whether or not the standby display is derived in the variable display means, and erases the guidance mode when it is determined that the display is derived. The game machine according to any one of means P-5 to means P-11.

According to the means P-12, by adopting a configuration in which the guidance mode is not derived while the standby display is derived, the game information is not yet stored in the game information storage means when the game is started. In spite of this, it is possible to avoid a situation in which a process for deriving a guidance mode corresponding to game information being stored in the game information storage means is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode continues to be drawn uselessly after the previous player finishes playing the game.

In addition, in a configuration in which the standby display is not derived, post-stop elapsed time measuring means capable of grasping the time since the variable display of the identification information was stopped is provided, and a specified time has passed since the variable display of the identification information was stopped. The guidance mode may be deleted when Of course, even if the standby display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted.

Means P-13. The gaming machine according to any one of means P-1 to P-12, wherein the guidance mode is derived with a pattern of voice mode according to the player's selection.

According to the means P-13, for example, at the same time as or immediately before the end of the variable display, the player forgot to take the game information and looked away from the gaming machine to leave the place. Even if it becomes, the player can be stopped by the guidance mode by the voice mode. In particular, since such a voice mode corresponds to a pattern selected by the player himself/herself, it is possible to make it easier for the player to notice that it is a call to him/herself.

It should be noted that "(provided with variable display means (same as the variable display means of means P-2) for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery; In a state where the player specifying information is stored, a sound mode generated when a predetermined effect is derived from the variable display means is derived in a pattern corresponding to the player's selection. With respect to the guidance mode that is derived in a state where the identification information is not variably displayed on the variable display means, it may be derived with a voice mode of a pattern according to the player's selection. Also, "when a voice mode is derived as the guidance mode derived in a state where the variable display of the identification information is not performed on the variable display means, the volume of the voice other than the voice related to the guidance mode is reduced. Alternatively, it may be "muted".

Means P-14. variable display means for performing variable display of identification information;
an input means for inputting game media;
an insertion detection means for detecting a game medium inserted into the insertion means;
credit storage means for storing, as electronic data, the number of game media detected by the insertion detection means;
a starting operation means for starting the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means;
stop operation means for stopping the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means;
In order to start the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means, to bet the number necessary for starting the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means from the game media stored in the credit storage means. a bet operation means of
an effect operation means for changing the content of the effect depending on whether or not it is operated when a predetermined effect occurs;
lottery means for performing lottery for a winning combination triggered by the operation of the starting operation means in a state where game media are betted;
The variable display of the identification information is started based on the operation of the start operation means in the state where the game medium is bet, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped based on the operation of the stop operation means and the result of the lottery. identification information control means to be displayed;
game medium provision means for providing a number of game media corresponding to the winning combination when the identification information stopped and displayed by the identification information control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination;
a credit operation means for paying out the number of game media stored in the credit storage means;
The gaming machine according to means P-1, wherein the forgetting prevention means derives the guidance mode when the credit operation means is operated.

According to the means P-14, it is possible to make the player who is about to pay out the credited game media and leave the gaming machine recognize the guidance mode.

Means P-15. The forget-to-remove prevention means operates the bet operation means when the number of game media stored in the credit storage means is less than the number required to start the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. , the start operation means, and the performance operation means, the game machine according to means P-14, wherein the guidance mode is derived when any one of the operation is performed.

According to the means P-15, it is possible to have the player who may end the game recognize the guidance mode.

Means P-16. The forgetting prevention means includes:
In a state where there is a possibility of winning by the winning lottery, and the player has not won a special winning combination in which a special game state advantageous to the player is given after winning,
Means P for deriving the guide mode when the stop operation means is operated so as to stop the identification information on the variable display means at a position corresponding to winning of the specific winning combination. -14 or the gaming machine according to means P-15.

According to the means P-16, the player who may end the game can be made aware of the guidance mode.

Q. There is a pachinko machine as a kind of game machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted to determine whether or not a winning state is to be generated, and a variable display device is displayed. A variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see Patent Document 1, for example).

In recent years, when a player plays a game, there is a portable game value memory that stores the number of game values (game balls, etc.) owned by the player (borrowed from the game hall, etc., where the game is played). The use of media is increasing, and the player takes out the game value storage medium storing the remaining number of game values at the end of the game.

By the way, there is a concern that the player may forget to remove the game value storage medium when finishing the game. Further, for example, it is conceivable to perform a display to call attention to forgetting to take out the game value storage medium every time the winning state ends, but display at such timing deteriorates the flow of the game, resulting in performance and design. There is a concern that it will lead to a significant decrease in the quality of the product.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of preventing players from forgetting to remove a game value storage medium.

Means Q-1. a launching means for launching a game ball;
a game area provided on the front side of the game board, in which the game balls shot by the shooting means are guided;
In a gaming machine comprising a ball lending operation means electrically connected to a ball lending device installed in the gaming machine, and a returning operation means,
When the return operation means is operated, the mobile phone stores a value corresponding to the number of game balls owned by the player (borrowed from the game hall where the game is played) as a game value. The type of game value storage medium is returned from the ball lending device,
When the ball lending operation means is operated, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out (rented) to the player within the range of the storage contents of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device. ,
a balance grasping means capable of grasping the storage contents of a game value storage medium inserted in a ball lending device attached to the game machine;
a first ball receiving tray capable of storing game balls as game value paid out to the player;
a second ball receiver capable of guiding the game balls to be put out to the first ball receiver and storing the game balls when the first ball receiver is full of game balls;
a ball extraction operation unit operated when discharging the game balls stored in the first ball tray from the first ball tray to the second ball tray;
a ball extraction operation detection means capable of detecting that the operation of the ball extraction operation unit has been performed;
Corresponds to inserting a game value storage medium in which a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than a specified number (for example, "1") is stored in a ball lending device attached to a game machine. and a forget-to-take prevention means capable of deriving the guidance mode,
The forget-to-remove prevention means is configured to determine whether or not the detection by the ball extraction operation detection means has been performed, and to derive the guidance mode when it is determined that the detection has been performed. Amusement machine.

According to the means Q-1, by visually recognizing the guidance mode, the player stores a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than the prescribed number in the ball lending device attached to the gaming machine ( It can be grasped that a game value storage medium with a balance is inserted. In particular, when there is a high possibility that the player will end the game, such as when the game ball in the first ball receiving tray is discharged, the guidance mode is immediately derived, and the first ball is discharged. It is possible for the player to recognize the guidance mode until the game ball on the receiving tray is discharged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player forgets to remove the game value storage medium from the ball lending device.

In addition, it is desirable that the guidance form includes "characters" so as to clearly convey that the game value storage medium is inserted into the ball lending device. Of course, it is also possible to add a sound effect for alerting the player, or to light up the light-emitting means built in the predetermined operation means so as to prompt the player to operate the predetermined operation means. .

Means Q-2. main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
Variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the winning lottery (,
Display control means for variably displaying the identification information in the variable display means, and stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
Even when the identification information is variably displayed by the variable display means, the pre-guidance mode as the guidance mode can be derived (and
The guidance mode derived when the identification information is not variably displayed on the variable display means and the pre-guidance mode derived when the identification information is variably displayed differ in mode. The gaming machine according to means Q-1.

According to the means Q-2, since the guidance mode (pre-guidance mode) is derived even when the identification information is variably displayed on the variable display means, the player can completely exit the gaming machine after finishing the game. It is possible to have the user recognize the guidance mode before leaving (taking off the line of sight). Therefore, it is possible to more reliably call attention to the player.

It should be noted that the difference in guidance modes includes not only cases where the contents and shapes of words, graphics, etc. are different, but also patterns such as different sizes and display positions for the same contents.

Means Q-3. The forgetting prevention means includes:
When it is determined that the ball extraction operation detection means has detected, further,
Determining whether or not the variable display means (see means P-2) is performing variable display of identification information,
When it is determined that the variable display of the identification information is being performed, it is determined whether or not the specific variable display is being performed as the variable display of the identification information, suggesting that the occurrence of the special game state is highly expected. discriminate,
The guidance mode is not derived when it is determined that the specific variable display is performed, and the guidance mode is derived when it is determined that the specific variable display is not performed. The gaming machine according to means Q-2.

According to the means Q-3, it is caused by deriving the guidance mode at the time of the specific variation display, which suggests that the occurrence of the special game state is highly expected and which the player views with particular interest. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which interest is lost.

Means Q-4. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player identification information storage means capable of storing player identification information used when identifying a player,
game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of a game, when at least the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
(When the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means) The game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means can be output so as to be obtainable or identifiable by the portable communication terminal. and information output means,
The means Q-1 to Q-, wherein the forgetting prevention means derives the guidance mode when the game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means. 4. The gaming machine according to any one of 3.

According to means Q-4, a game system (mobile-linked game) is used in which information is exchanged between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine maker via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player. By deriving the guidance mode when there is a high possibility that the player who is playing the game will end the game, it is possible for the player to recognize the guidance mode.

Means Q-5. main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
A variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery,
A first game mode for winning with a first probability in a privilege giving lottery in which a predetermined privilege is granted by winning, and a second game mode for winning with a higher probability than the first probability in the privilege giving lottery are set. is,
There are a first stage that is taught to be the first game mode and a second stage that is taught to be the second game mode,
The forget-to-take prevention means (when there is no detection by the ball removal operation detection means of means Q-1 and game information is not output by the information output means of means Q-4)
Determining whether or not the identification information is being variably displayed by the variable display means, and
Determining whether or not the firing means is driven, and if both determinations are negative,
Determining whether or not the stage is the second stage, deriving the guidance mode when it is determined that the stage is not the second stage, and not deriving the guidance mode when it is determined that the stage is the second stage The gaming machine according to any one of means Q-1 to Q-4 characterized by:

According to the means Q-5, each time the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means ends (if the variable display can be suspended, each time the variable display is interrupted), the player throws the game ball. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is derived one by one even though the player is trying to proceed with the game by continuing to fire.

On the other hand, when the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means is finished and the driving of the firing means is also stopped, the guidance mode is derived. In other words, when these two conditions are satisfied, there is a good possibility that the player will end the game, and the guide mode will be derived after a lapse of a specified time after the end of the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. However, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game becomes meaningless after the player has already left the game machine.

However, when the second stage is extended, the guidance mode is not extended even if the launching means is not driven. That is, since the second stage teaches that the second game mode is advantageous for the player, when the second stage is derived, the player is unlikely to end the game. It's becoming Furthermore, in many cases, the game progresses relatively quickly. Therefore, in such a state, by refraining from deriving the guidance mode, the game can be progressed relatively smoothly without deteriorating the design due to the derivation of the guidance mode.

It should be noted that the "privilege granting lottery" is intended to be embodied as the winning lottery. Also, in addition to the first game mode and the second game mode, a third game mode may be set that suggests the possibility of the second game mode. Further, the third stage may be configured so that the guidance mode is not derived, or the guidance mode may be derived with a lower frequency of derivation than in the first stage. In addition, the determination of "whether or not the firing means is driven" may be determined as "whether or not the player is operating the firing operation means for driving the firing means". .

Means Q-6. main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
A variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery,
The variable display means derives standby display when a specified time elapses without the variable display of the identification information being performed after the end of the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. A configuration that
The forget-to-take prevention means determines whether or not the standby display is derived in the variable display means, and erases the guidance mode when it is determined that the display is derived. The gaming machine according to any one of means Q-1 to means Q-5.

According to the means Q-6, by adopting a configuration in which the guidance mode is not derived while the standby display is being derived, the game information is not yet stored in the game information storage means when the game is started. In spite of this, it is possible to avoid a situation in which a process for deriving a guidance mode corresponding to game information being stored in the game information storage means is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode continues to be drawn uselessly after the previous player finishes playing the game.

In addition, in a configuration in which the standby display is not derived, post-stop elapsed time measuring means capable of grasping the time since the variable display of the identification information was stopped is provided, and a specified time has passed since the variable display of the identification information was stopped. The guidance mode may be deleted when Of course, even if the standby display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted.

Means Q-7. A gaming machine comprising any of means Q-1 to Q-6 in any of means P-1 to P-15,
main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player, and generating the special game state based on the result of the lottery;
variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery;
Display control means for variably displaying the identification information in the variable display means, and stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
information guidance storage means for storing that derivation of the guidance mode relating to the game information stored in the game information storage means has been determined by the forget-to-take prevention means;
storage medium guidance storage means for storing that derivation of the guidance mode regarding the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device attached to the gaming machine has been determined by the forgetting to take out prevention means;
The display control means refers to the information guidance storage means and the storage medium guidance storage means, and generates a forget-to-take guidance display as the guidance mode displayed on the variable display means. machine.

According to the means Q-7, the content is a combination of the guidance mode regarding the game information stored in the game information storage means and the guidance mode regarding the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device attached to the gaming machine. guidance mode (forgotten-to-pick-up guidance display) can be derived, and the simplification of control related to the generation of such a mode can be achieved.

R. One type of game machine is, for example, a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-154110).

In addition, there are those that are provided with time counting means for counting with time, such as real-time grasping means for grasping the current time, and start a specific effect at a predetermined timing (time).

However, there is concern that the real-time grasping means and the like may gradually deviate (from the actual time) with the passage of time. In particular, regarding the real-time grasping means that measures the time even when the game machine is not supplied with power from the external power supply (power off state), the game machine is stored in a warehouse for a while. If the storage means for supplying power to the real-time grasping means or the like runs out of power in the power-off state, the concern that the time will be off becomes more pronounced. Therefore, even if a plurality of gaming machines arranged side by side using the real-time grasping means or the like are to start the specific effect all at once, there is a possibility that the start timing will be shifted.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of eliminating the deviation of the elapsed time counting means.

Means R-0. a specific effect executing means for executing a specific effect;
(At least in a power-on state in which power is supplied from an external power supply) time counting means for counting with time;
start setting means for setting the timing for starting the specific effect based on the count information from the elapsed time counting means;
a first operating means provided at a position operable by the player;
A second operation means provided at a position where the player cannot operate,
When the preset setting is performed by operating the second operating means, the first operating means is operated from the count setting invalid state in which the count value of the elapsed counting means cannot be set. A game machine characterized in that the state can be changed to a count setting valid state in which the count value of the elapsed count means can be set.

According to the means R-0, it is possible to set the count value of the elapsed counting means, and to correct any discrepancy in the counting of the elapsed counting means. In addition, the player can set the count value of the elapsed time counting means using the first operation means by operating the second operation means provided in an inoperable (position where it is not possible) to set in advance. count setting valid state. Therefore, it becomes impossible for the player to physically perform presetting (putting the count setting in a valid state). As compared with the configuration in which the setting of the elapsed counting means is permitted through the first operating means, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the player sets the elapsed counting means by operating the first operation means. As a result, due to the fact that the player arbitrarily sets the elapsed time counting means so as to set the time period in which the desired effect is derived, for example, a plurality of gaming machines installed side by side A player who knows how to set the (undisclosed) time of the real-time grasping means, such as the simultaneous start of the same specific performance, cannot be derived in the entirety of a plurality of gaming machines. By immediately deriving the specific performance, it is possible to prevent unfamiliar players from feeling uncomfortable or lowering the value of the specific performance.

Furthermore, the player can substantially set the elapsed time count means by using the first operation means provided in an operable position. Therefore, since detailed time setting of the elapsed counting means can be performed using the first operating means, the second operating means can be simple, and only for setting the time of the elapsed counting means (the player can It is possible to avoid the situation of providing a complicated (respectable) second operation means or a display means for displaying the set time, even though they are not used.

In addition, for example, in the case of a configuration in which setting of the elapsed time counting means using the first operating means is permitted by entering a password using the first operating means, for example, the elapsed time counting means can be set on the menu screen. It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to the password input when starting the setting of the counting means. In this regard, in this means, since it is not necessary to provide such a selection item, for example, a player who notices such a selection item cannot do so as a player (the player cannot know what is actually being done). It is possible to avoid a situation in which the user feels uncomfortable or distrustful of selection items that are likely to be set.

It should be noted that "in a power-off state in which power is not supplied from an external power supply to the gaming machine, a power storage means is provided to supply power to the elapsed time counting means, and the elapsed time counting means supplies power to the gaming machine from the external power supply. counting with time in both the power-on state in which power is supplied from the device and the power-off state. When this configuration is adopted, the probability of deviation in the counting of the elapsed counting means is relatively high. It will be played effectively.

Next, a description will be given of a configuration in the case of embodying real-time grasping means as elapsed counting means. In the means R-1, the "time setting valid state" corresponds to the "count setting valid state". However, the "elapsed time counting means" is not limited to the "real-time grasping means", and may be, for example, one that measures the passage of time from a predetermined timing regardless of the time. Also, the means after the means R-2 are configured as real-time grasping means, but they can be applied to other elapsed counting means.

Means R-1. a specific effect executing means for executing a specific effect;
real-time grasping means for grasping the current time;
a start setting means for setting the timing for starting the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means;
a first operating means provided at a position operable by the player;
A second operation means provided at a position where the player cannot operate,
When the presetting is performed by operating the second operating means, the time setting invalid state in which the time setting of the real-time grasping means cannot be performed is operated by operating the first operating means. A gaming machine characterized in that it is configured to be able to change its state to a time setting valid state in which time setting of the real-time grasping means is possible.

According to the means R-1, it is possible to set the time of the real-time grasping means, and to correct the time when the time of the real-time grasping means deviates. In addition, the player operates the second operating means provided in an inoperable (position where it is not possible) to set the time in advance so that the time can be set for the real-time grasping means using the first operating means. The setting can be enabled. Therefore, it becomes impossible for the player to physically perform presetting (putting the time setting in a valid state). It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the player operates the first operation means to set the time of the real-time grasping means, compared to the configuration in which the time setting of the real-time grasping means is permitted by the user. can. As a result, due to the fact that the player arbitrarily sets the time of the real-time grasping means so as to set the time zone in which the desired performance is derived, for example, a plurality of gaming machines installed side by side The same specific effect is started all at once, and dynamic effects are not derived across multiple gaming machines. It is possible to prevent an unfamiliar player from feeling discomfort or the like by immediately deriving the specific performance.

Furthermore, the player can use the first operation means provided at a position where the player can operate the real-time grasping means to substantially set the time. Therefore, since detailed time setting of the real-time grasping means can be performed using the first operating means, the second operating means can be simple. It is possible to avoid the situation of providing a complicated (respectable) second operation means or a display means for displaying the set time, even though they are not used.

In addition, for example, in the case of a configuration in which the time setting of the real-time grasping means using the first operating means is permitted by entering a password using the first operating means, for example, on the menu screen, It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to password input when starting time setting. In this regard, in this means, since it is not necessary to provide such a selection item, for example, a player who notices such a selection item cannot do so as a player (the player cannot know what is actually being done). It is possible to avoid a situation in which the user feels uncomfortable or distrustful of selection items that are likely to be set.

It should be noted that the second operating means "provided so that the player cannot operate" means not only the case where the second operating means is provided in a position where the player cannot operate, but also the case where the second operating means is provided in a specific position that the player cannot hold. This is intended to include the case where it is configured such that it cannot be operated without using a tool (for example, the key of the game machine can be used to operate the lock in a predetermined direction).

Means R-2. After setting the time of the real-time grasping means by operating the first operating means, by performing post-setting by operating the first operating means, the state changes to the time setting invalid state. The gaming machine according to means R-1, characterized by:

According to the means R-2, compared to a configuration in which the player is forced to operate an operation means (second operation means, etc.) provided in an inoperable (position where the player cannot operate) for the post-setting, work It is possible to improve the quality and the like.

Means R-3. The gaming machine according to means R-2, further comprising valid state teaching means for teaching that the time setting is in the valid state.

According to means R-3, a person involved in a game hall or the like where the game machine is installed forgets that the time setting is still in the valid state, and the player plays a game in the time setting valid state. can be deterred. In addition to teaching, it is also possible to set a state in which a normal game cannot be played (for example, the display on the display means becomes an error message).

Means R-4. The gaming machine according to means R-3, wherein the valid state teaching means is provided at a position visible to the player.

For example, if the valid state teaching means and the second operating means are located on the rear side of the door body provided in the game machine, if the operator hurriedly closes the door body after operating the second operating means, how effective is it? Even if the instruction is given by the state instruction means, there is a possibility that the instruction may not be noticed. In this regard, according to the means R-4, since the effective state teaching means is located in a position where the player can visually recognize the effective state teaching means, the effective state teaching means can be instructed after the work is completed, or during a patrol at the time of starting business thereafter. Easy to notice teaching by means. Therefore, the effects of providing the valid state teaching means are more reliably achieved.

Means R-5. a game situation storage means for storing a game situation;
backup power supply means for storing power while the gaming machine is powered on and supplying power to the gaming situation storage means when the gaming machine is powered off;
By operating the second operation means, the stored contents of the game situation storage means are erased, the presetting is performed, and the state is changed to the time setting valid state. A game machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-4.

According to the means R-5, the presetting is performed by using the second operation means for erasing the contents stored in the game situation storage means. Therefore, it is possible to standardize the operating means and simplify the configuration.

In addition, by operating the second operation means to erase the contents stored in the game situation storage means, the presetting is also performed. When operating the operation means, there is a concern that the user may be left as it is without noticing that the time setting is enabled. In this regard, by adopting the configuration of the means R-3, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of such a problem.

Means R-6. Equipped with a liquid crystal display device at a position visible to the player,
When the second operation means is operated,
an image creation process for creating an image to be derived in a game on the liquid crystal display device as the stored contents of the game situation storage means are erased;
As the presetting, a time setting permission process for changing the state to the time setting valid state is performed,
When the time setting permission process is performed, the liquid crystal display device derives a time setting screen for setting the time of the real-time grasping means,
In the liquid crystal display device, the image created based on the image creation process is derived when the time setting screen is erased (and
The gaming machine according to means R-5, characterized in that the image creation processing is advanced while the time setting screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device.

In general, when a game machine is turned on at the start of business of a game hall or the like, when creating a game image on the liquid crystal display device from the beginning, the image of the entire display screen of the liquid crystal display device is completed. It takes a relatively long time (for example, about 30 seconds). Therefore, if the time setting screen is created and displayed after such an image is completed, there is a concern that workability will deteriorate.

In this regard, according to the means R-6, when the second operation means is operated, the time setting screen is created and derived first. Therefore, the time can be set immediately after the operation of the second operating means, and the work efficiency can be improved.

Means R-7. Regarding the display state of the liquid crystal display means, there is a drawn state from which the desired display mode can be derived, and the desired display mode is being prepared, and a part of the display mode is different from the desired display mode. A configuration in which a preparing state derived as a temporary display mode, which is a mode, exists,
The amount of data of the time setting screen is about the same as the amount of data of the temporary display mode (for example, the difference is 20% or less, 10% or less), or less. The game machine described.

In general, when generating a display mode with a relatively large amount of information on the liquid crystal display means, a relatively large amount of processing is required. may require a significant amount of preparation time. Therefore, if the preparation time until the desired display mode can be derived is relatively long, the liquid crystal display means can display the desired display during the preparation time until the desired display mode is completed. A temporary display mode is derived that is different from the mode (suggestions and the like are conveyed in the same manner) and that is different from the state in which the power of the gaming machine is turned off. Such a temporary display mode has a relatively small amount of data and is a simple display mode that can be generated relatively quickly. In this respect, according to the means R-7, the amount of data on the time setting screen is about the same as or less than the amount of data on the temporary display mode. Therefore, for example, in a state where many processes are required, such as when the gaming machine is started, the time setting screen can be reliably derived and other processes can be advanced.

It should be noted that "the data used in the time setting screen may be used for screen display other than the time setting screen". In this case, it is possible to reduce the ROM capacity.

Means R-8. The gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-7, wherein the game machine is configured to be able to change the state to the time setting invalid state when a specified time elapses after the time setting valid state. .

According to the means R-8, a time limit is provided in the time setting valid state. In other words, the time can be set within a specified period of time after the time setting is enabled, and the time cannot be set after the specified period of time has passed. Therefore, the player forgets to return the time setting valid state to the time setting invalid state, and plays a game in a state where the real-time grasping means can set the time based on the operation of the first operation means (such as in a game hall, etc.). business is started) can be prevented. In particular, the second operation means is used for other than the input operation for enabling the time setting (for example, as in the above means R-5, the contents stored in the game situation storage means are erased by the operation of the second operation means). In such a case, there is a concern that the user may forget that the presetting has also been performed, so that the above-described operational effects are exhibited more remarkably.

Means R-9. After operating the second operating means to perform the presetting,
By performing a predetermined input operation by operating the first operation means within a specified time, the state changes from the time setting invalid state to the time setting valid state, or (the preset is performed The game machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-8, characterized in that the time setting valid state (changed by the above) is continued.

According to the means R-9, in order to enable the time setting, it is necessary not only to operate the second operation means to perform presetting, but also to perform a predetermined input operation of the first operation means. In other words, the right to enter the time setting valid state (or to continue the time setting valid state) if the predetermined input operation of the first operating means is not performed within a specified time after the presetting of the second operating means is performed. is lost. As a result, the player does not notice or forgets that the state has changed to the time setting valid state, and the player can set the time of the real-time grasping means based on the operation of the first operating means. It is possible to prevent a situation in which a game is played (a game hall or the like starts operating). In particular, the second operation means is used for other than the input operation for enabling the time setting (for example, as in the above means R-5, the contents stored in the game situation storage means are erased by the operation of the second operation means). In such a case, there is a concern that the user may forget that the presetting has also been performed, so that the above-described operational effects are exhibited more remarkably.

It should be noted that the "predetermined input operation" means inputting a password by operating the first operating means, or, if the first operating means comprises a plurality of input operating units, a specified input operation for the input operating units. Not only performing input operations in order (performing command input), but also simply performing operations on the first operation means (for example, pressing once, or twice or three times in consideration of pressing mistakes). It is intended to include pressing twice). Also, as in the former case, by requiring a password or input operations in a specified order, only the relevant persons can set the time of the real-time grasping means.

Means R-10. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information about a game played by a player to a server via a mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player identification information storage means capable of storing player identification information used when identifying a player,
game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of a game, when at least the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
(When the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means) The game information accumulated and stored in the game information storage means can be output so as to be obtainable or identifiable by the portable communication terminal. and information output means,
Means R-1 to R, characterized in that the setting based on the game information up to the previous game is reflected in the current game by inputting the password issued by the server through the first operation means. -9 the gaming machine according to any one of the above.

According to means R-10, when starting a mobile-linked game in which information is exchanged between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, In the configuration for entering a password into the machine, the password is entered by the first operating means. Therefore, when the first operating means is configured to allow relatively diverse inputs suitable for password input, the first operating means is used to set the time of the real-time grasping means. Thus, such time setting can be performed relatively smoothly.

Means R-11. The gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-10, further comprising a display means at a position visible to the player, wherein the display means can display the time.

According to means R-11, since the time can be checked on the gaming machine, the player can save the time spent looking at the wall clock in the gaming hall or looking at the wristwatch. In addition, as described above, since the time setting of the real-time grasping means can be performed, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the time displayed on the game machine continues to be displayed even though it is far from the actual time. can do. In other words, by providing the game machine with the time setting function, it is possible to display the time to the player on the premise that there will be no significant deviation. That is, for example, the clock function installed in the game machine is malfunctioning and the time is off, and the player who relied on the clock function (accepting the wrong time without hesitation) may find that the time is off. It is possible to prevent a situation such as feeling uncomfortable due to the incident.

It should be noted that it is also possible to provide time display operation means for displaying the time on the display means by performing a pressing operation once (one-touch operation).

Means R-12. a target time storage means capable of storing a target time set based on the player's operation of the first operation means;
a target time determining means for determining whether or not the target time has arrived by referring to the real-time grasping means;
any one of means R-1 to R-11, characterized by comprising timer means comprising: The gaming machine described in .

According to the means R-12, for example, if you have a schedule at 18:00 and want to stop playing at 17:00 and go home, if the timer function is set at 17:00, the gaming machine will notify you at 17:00. Therefore, until then, the player can concentrate on the game without worrying about the clock. Furthermore, since the game machine side can grasp the time by the real-time grasping means, it is possible to directly set the target time instead of setting a timer such as two hours from now. In addition, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the user carelessly fails to notice that the scheduled time has come, as in the case of self-management without timer means. In addition, by equipping the game machine with the time setting function, it is possible to prevent a significant time lag from being left untouched.

It should be noted that there is a concern that the instruction by the timer means may annoy surrounding players. In particular, such concern becomes more conspicuous when the instruction by the timer means is activated while the player who set the timer is away. For this reason, for example, it may be configured such that it is taught by means of a predetermined display means, or by the operation of an operation means operated by the player. In addition, when the instruction by the timer means is activated while the player is away from the seat, if the instruction ends before the player returns, the player will not notice the instruction at all. The instruction may be terminated by the player's operation of predetermined operation means (for example, first operation means). Furthermore, for example, if the timer means is set again (the timer is not set) or the mobile-linked game is not terminated, the teaching by the timer means is repeated (like the snooze function of an alarm clock). may be configured to do so. In this case, it is possible to improve the convenience for the player who wants to finish the game at a bad timing and wants to play a little more, but the schedule is also important. In addition, by resetting the timer means or ending the mobile-linked game at the end of the teaching by the timer means, if someone else ends the teaching by the timer means while the player is away, It is possible to prevent a situation in which the relevant player does not notice (in the case of the snooze function, the player notices after one cycle).

S. One type of game machine is, for example, a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a shooting device enters a starting ball entry means provided on a game board, a lottery is conducted as to whether or not a winning state is generated, and a lottery is displayed on a variable display device. A variable display is provided to teach the result (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-154110).

In recent years, by exchanging information between a game machine and a server operated by a game machine manufacturer via a mobile communication terminal carried by a player, it provides a pleasure that cannot be experienced simply by playing a game machine. A game system (mobile-linked game) capable of playing is known.

In addition, there are those that have a clock function that can grasp the date and time in order to derive a specific effect at a predetermined time.

However, if the game machine is equipped with a clock function that continues to measure even when the power is turned off and managed, it may be necessary to continue supplying power even when the power is turned off, or to cope with time lag caused by long-term use. There is a concern that it will be expensive to install the clock function itself.

Also, if the clock function is omitted, it becomes impossible to derive an effect that reflects the date and time (for example, an effect that gives a sense of the season). In this case, especially among the players, players who are playing mobile-linked games who have a relatively strong interest and commitment to the effects, etc., will feel unsatisfactory compared to other gaming machines. There is concern about this, and there is a risk that it will become difficult to increase the motivation to play the gaming machine.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and its object is to provide a gaming machine that is capable of deriving effects related to time information while simplifying the configuration. .

Means S-1. (In a gaming machine that can transmit information about the game played by the player to the server via the mobile communication terminal operated by the player,
a game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery to be performed at the time of the game;
an information output means capable of outputting the game information stored in the game information storage means in such a manner that the game information can be acquired or identified by the mobile communication terminal;
Input means (and) capable of inputting interlocking game information output from the server based on the game information output from the information output means and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal,
By inputting the interlocking game information, a process corresponding to the input interlocking game information (at the same time as the state where the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means is started) A configuration that allows the execution of
time information storage means (having at least one of date and time information) capable of storing time information included in the linked game information;
A game machine, comprising: specific effect execution means capable of executing a specific effect corresponding to the time information based on the time information stored in the time information storage means.

According to the means S-1, the interlocking game information including the time information is input to the gaming machine when the mobile interlocking game is started without providing the gaming machine with a clock function for continuously measuring 24 hours a day. By doing so, it is possible to provide a specific effect using the time information. Therefore, in order to manage the clock function that continues to measure even when the power of the game machine is turned off, power is continuously supplied even when the power is turned off, and processing is performed to cope with time lag caused by long-term use. Also, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the installation of the clock function itself (for example, a real-time clock, a power storage means, an integrated circuit and wiring for controlling these, etc.) requires a relatively large amount of cost.

Furthermore, among players, specific effects using time information are provided to players who are playing mobile-linked games who have a relatively strong interest in and particular about effects, etc. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the player feels unsatisfactory compared to the gaming machine, and to improve the willingness to play with the gaming machine. In addition, if the mobile-linked game is not played, the specific effect using the time information cannot be enjoyed.

In addition, when the time information has at least time information, a time measuring means for measuring time is provided as a time information storage means, and when the interlocking game information is input, the time included in the interlocking game information The time measuring means is set based on the information (time information).

It should be noted that "a player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information as a part of interlocking game information used when specifying a player is provided, and at least the player specifying information storing means stores player specifying information. When information is stored, a state in which the game information of the individual player is accumulated in the game information storage means may be started.

Means S-2. The interlocking game information is a password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal accessing the server. is configured to change over time,
comprising display means capable of displaying a password input screen for inputting the password;
The gaming machine according to means S-1, wherein the password entry screen specifies the order in which the words constituting the password are entered.

If there is a relatively long time lag between when the linked game information is output from the server (after the password is issued) and when the linked game information is input to the gaming machine, the time included in the linked game information There is a concern that the time information of the information will be inaccurate. In this respect, according to this means S-2, the word corresponding to the time information in the password is updated in real time even while the player is visually recognizing it. information) and the actual time can be prevented from a relatively large discrepancy.

In addition, when the player inputs the password into the gaming machine, if the word of the password corresponding to the time information is input first, the above-described effects cannot be achieved. Therefore, by defining the password entry order so that the word corresponding to the time information comes last (for example, the next word cannot be entered unless the previous word has been entered), this concern is eliminated. can do.

In addition, for example, in order to prevent a large gap between the time information contained in the password and the actual time, the password is forced to be changed after a specified period of time has passed after the password is issued. It is also conceivable to erase the information immediately (to prevent time information that is far from the actual time from being input to the gaming machine). However, in this case, the effort of entering the password partway through is wasted, or a player who is not good at manual entry may never be able to enter the password to the end. Since the password disappears in the middle of the process, there is a concern that if the password is written down and entered later, a large time lag will eventually occur. This concern can be eliminated by adopting the configuration of means S-2.

Means S-3. The interlocking game information is a two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal accessing the server, and the two-dimensional code changes over time even during display. The aspect of the part corresponding to is configured to change with the passage of time,
The gaming machine according to means S-1, further comprising reading means as the input means capable of reading the two-dimensional code.

According to the means S-3, it is possible to omit the trouble of manually inputting the password by the player, and it is possible to improve the workability. Even if it takes some time (for example, one minute or more) to read the two-dimensional code from the issuance of the two-dimensional code, the aspect of the part of the two-dimensional code corresponding to the time information changes with the passage of time, it is possible to prevent time lag.

Incidentally, instead of the two-dimensional code, another function may be provided to enable input of interlocking game information in a short period of time. For example, a receiving means is provided as an input means capable of receiving radio waves or infrared rays output from the mobile communication terminal, or a listening means is provided as an input means capable of listening to audio signals output from the audio output section of the mobile communication terminal. It is good also as providing. In addition, the function to create two-dimensional codes and various signals may be possessed by the server, or possessed by the mobile communication terminal (a dedicated application must be downloaded to the mobile communication terminal when registering for the first time for mobile-linked games). Ask for help) is also good. The time information may be provided by the server or may be provided by the mobile communication terminal.

Means S-4. When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, the game information stored in the game information storage means is deleted,
The time information stored in the time information storage means is not erased when the game information is output by the information output means, but is erased when the gaming machine is powered off. The gaming machine according to any one of means S-1 to S-3.

According to means S-4, even when a player who has been playing a mobile-linked game stops playing, the time information is kept stored in the time information storage means of the gaming machine. Therefore, even if the player who plays the next gaming machine does not play the mobile-linked game, he/she can enjoy the specific effect corresponding to the time information. In this way, by increasing opportunities for users to try specific effects corresponding to time information, it is possible to increase interest in such specific effects and, by extension, mobile-linked games, and as a result, increase motivation to participate in mobile-linked games. can be improved.

Also, when the power of the game machine is turned off, the time information is erased. In other words, when the game machine is turned off, the time measurement in the game machine also stops. Inadequate time information accuracy. Therefore, by erasing the time information when the power is turned off, it is possible to avoid using inaccurate time information. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a player is confused or misunderstood by deriving a specific effect based on erroneous time information.

In addition, if there is power failure information when the power is turned on, the message "The time information has been lost, so if you want to derive a specific effect corresponding to the time information, end the mobile-linked game once, and then restart the linked game." Please enter game information (such as a password)."

Means S-5. A configuration in which at least time information is included in the time information,
The game information storage means includes occurrence time storage means for storing at least one of the occurrence of a specific game state and the occurrence of a specific effect in association with the time of occurrence,
Means S-1 to S-4, wherein the information output means is configured to be capable of outputting the game information stored in the game information storage means including the contents stored in the generation time storage means. The gaming machine according to any one of

According to the means S-5, it is possible to keep a more detailed game record by playing a mobile-linked game. It should be noted that the schedule function may be provided in the server or the mobile communication terminal to which the dedicated application is downloaded, and the record of the mobile-linked game may be automatically added. As a record of the mobile-linked game, for example, the date the game was played, the start time, the end time, the number of times of a predetermined special game state, the number of times identification information was changed, the number of game values acquired, and a specific effect were derived. (Premium effect occurred, mission accomplished, etc.).

Means T-1. A gaming machine characterized by comprising any of the means D-1 to D-6 in any one of the means A-1 to A-16.

Means T-2. A game machine characterized by comprising any one of the means D-1 to D-6 in any one of the means B-1 to B-15.

Means T-3. A gaming machine characterized by comprising any one of the means D-1 to D-6 in any one of the means C-1 to C-16.

Means T-4. In any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 A game machine comprising any one of the above means D-1 to D-6.

Means T-5. In any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 A game machine comprising any one of the means D-1 to D-6 or any of the means E-1 to E-9.

Means T-6. In any of the means G-1 to G-13, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 characterized by comprising any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, or any of the means F-1 to F-10 Amusement machine.

Means T-7. In any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 characterized by comprising any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, or any of the means F-1 to F-10 Amusement machine.

Means T-8. In any of the means I-1 to H-8, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13 or any one of the means H-1 to H-13.

Means T-9. In any of the means J-1 to J-8, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, any of the means H-1 to H-13, or any of the means I-1 to H-8.

Means T-10. In any of the means K-1 to K-9, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, or any of the means J-1 to J-8. A game machine characterized by

Means T-11. In any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- A gaming machine characterized by having any one of 1 to K-9.

Means T-12. In any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- 1 to K-9, and any of the means L-1 to L-7.

Means T-13. In any of the means N-1 to N-13, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- 1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, and any of the means M-1 to M-13.

Means T-14. In any of the means O-1 to O-18, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16 Any of the above means D-1 to D-6, Any of the above means E-1 to E-9, Any of the above means F-1 to F-10, The above means G-1 to G- 13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- 1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, and any of the means N-1 to N-13 A game machine characterized by

Means T-15. In any of the means P-1 to P-16, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, and the means C-1 to C-16 any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K -1 to K-9, any of the above means L-1 to L-7, any of the above means M-1 to M-13, any of the above means N-1 to N-13, the above A gaming machine comprising any one of means O-1 to O-18.

Means T-16. In any of the means Q-1 to Q-6, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, and the means C-1 to C-16 any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K -1 to K-9, any of the above means L-1 to L-7, any of the above means M-1 to M-13, any of the above means N-1 to N-13, the above A gaming machine comprising any one of the means O-1 to O-18 and any one of the means P-1 to P-16.

Means T-17. In any of the means R-1 to R-12, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, and the means C-1 to C-16 any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K -1 to K-9, any of the above means L-1 to L-7, any of the above means M-1 to M-13, any of the above means N-1 to N-13, the above A game machine comprising any of the means O-1 to O-18, any of the means P-1 to P-16, or any of the means Q-1 to Q-6 .

Means T-18. In any of the means S-1 to S-5, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, and the means C-1 to C-16 any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, the means G-1 to G -13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, any of the means K-1 to K-9, the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means N-1 to N-13, any of the means O-1 to O-18, the means P -1 to P-16, and any of the means Q-1 to Q-6.

The basic configuration of various gaming machines to which the above means are applied is shown below.

a. The game machine in each of the above means is a pinball game machine. As a more detailed example of the aspect, "an operating means (game ball shooting handle) operated by a player, a shooting means (shooting motor, etc.) for flipping and shooting a game ball based on the operation of the operating means, and the shooting means. A pinball game machine provided with a game area in which a game ball is guided and each ball entry means (general winning opening, variable winning device, operation opening, etc.) arranged in the game area.

b. The game machine in each of the above means is a pinball game machine having a game area extending in a substantially vertical direction. As a more detailed example of the aspect, "an operating means (game ball shooting handle) operated by a player, a shooting means (shooting motor, etc.) for flipping and shooting a game ball based on the operation of the operating means, and the shooting means. A predetermined game area (for example, the game area is composed of a game board surface, etc.) that guides the game balls and extends along a substantially vertical direction, and each ball entry means (general winning opening, variable winning device, operation port, etc.), and configured to enable visual recognition of the behavior of the game ball flowing down the game area.

c. The game machine or each pinball game machine in each of the above means is a pachinko machine or a game machine conforming to a pachinko machine.

d. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a reel-type gaming machine such as a slot machine. As a more detailed example, "an identification information string (design string; specifically, a rotating body such as a reel or belt with a design) consisting of a plurality of identification information (designs) is variably displayed (specifically, a reel (e.g., rotation), a variable display means (specifically, a rotating body unit such as a reel unit) that stops and displays the identification information string, The identification information (design) starts to change, the identification information (design) is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (specifically, the stop button), and the identification aligned on the effective line at the time of the stop A reel-type gaming machine constructed so that game values are given on the condition that the information is specific identification information".

e. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a gaming machine of a type that combines a slot machine and a pachinko machine (particularly, a gaming machine of slot machine specifications using game balls as game media). As a more detailed example, "an identification information string (design string; specifically, a rotating body such as a reel or belt with a design) consisting of a plurality of identification information (designs) is variably displayed (specifically, a reel (e.g., rotation), a variable display means (specifically, a rotating body unit such as a reel unit) that stops and displays the identification information string, The identification information (design) starts to change, the identification information (design) is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (specifically, the stop button), and the identification aligned on the effective line at the time of the stop A game value is given on the condition that the information is specific identification information, and a ball receiving tray (upper tray or the like) is provided to take in a game ball from the ball receiving tray; A game machine comprising a payout means for paying out game balls, and constructed so that a game start condition is satisfied when the game balls are taken in by the take-in means.

10... Pachinko machine 32... Variable winning device 33... Starting winning unit 33a... First starting winning device 33b... Second starting winning device 42... Decorative pattern display device 43L, 43R... Special display device 46... Hold lamp 125 Production button 126 Cross button 224a, 224b Starting winning switch 261 Main controller 262 Sub controller.

Claims (1)

a first means visible from the front;
In front of the first means, a second means that is arranged so as to overlap the display part of the first means and is visible from the front,
The second means is configured to be displaceable relative to the first means,
Drive means for displacing the second means,
The second means is configured to be capable of setting the effect state related to the effect display derived by the first means, and the second means interlocks with the effect display derived by the first means. In a game machine configured to be displaceable,
It is possible to grasp whether the second means is displaced to a position corresponding to the combined display displayed on the display section of the first means, and to display the combined display so as to interlock with the second means. is configured to allow
At least a third means capable of executing a different effect from the first means,
The second means has a first effect state which is a state of effect interlocked with the effect display derived in the first means, and a second effect state which is a state of effect related to the aspect of the third means. variably configured,
In the second effect state, the second means exposes the first means forward, displaces to a position overlapping a part of the third means in the longitudinal direction of the game machine, and displaces the first means. A display different from the presentation by the aspect of the second means and the third means is executed,
an operation means that can be operated by a player;
means for displacing the second means when a predetermined condition is established based on the operation of the operating means;
The game machine is configured to be able to derive a mode in which the first means and the third means interlock with each other when the second means is in the second effect state. machine.

Images